theory of stellar atmospheres: an introduction to...

EXTENDED BIBLIOGRAPHY

References

[1] D. Abbott. The terminal velocities of stellar winds from early–typestars. Astrophys. J., 225, 893, 1978.

[2] D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds. I. A physicalinterpretation. Astrophys. J., 242, 1183, 1980.

[3] D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds. II. The lineacceleration. Astrophys. J., 259, 282, 1982.

[4] D. Abbott. The theory of radiation driven stellar winds and the Wolf–Rayet phenomenon. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 185. Astrophys.J., 259, 282, 1982.

[5] D. Abbott. Current problems of line formation in early–type stars. InBeckman and Crivellari [358], page 279.

[6] D. Abbott and P. Conti. Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys.,25, 113, 1987.

[7] D. Abbott and D. Hummer. Photospheres of hot stars. I. Wind blan-keted model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 294, 286, 1985.

[8] D. Abbott and L. Lucy. Multiline transfer and the dynamics of stellarwinds. Astrophys. J., 288, 679, 1985.

[9] D. Abbott, C. Telesco, and S. Wolff. 2 to 20 micron observations ofmass loss from early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 279, 225, 1984.

[10] C. Abia, B. Rebolo, J. Beckman, and L. Crivellari. Abundances of lightmetals and N I in a sample of disc stars. Astr. Astrophys., 206, 100,1988.

[11] M. Abramowitz and I. Stegun. Handbook of Mathematical Functions.(Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1972.

[12] H. Abt. A discussion of spectral classification. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 8,99, 1963.

[13] H. Abt, A. Meinel, W. Morgan, and J. Tapscott. An Atlas of Low–Dispersion Grating Stellar Spectra. Kitt Peak National Observatory,Steward Observatory, and Yerkes Observatory, 1969.

[14] L. Achmad, H. Lamers, and L. Pasquini. Radiation–driven wind modelsfor A, F, and G supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 196, 1997.

1

© Copyright, Princeton University Press. No part of this book may be distributed, posted, or reproduced in any form by digital or mechanical means without prior written permission of the publisher.

For general queries, contact [email protected]

[15] T. Adams. The effect of recoil in resonance–line scattering. Astrophys.J., 168, 575, 1971.

[16] T. Adams. The escape of resonance–line radiation from extremelyopaque media. Astrophys. J., 174, 439, 1972.

[17] T. Adams, D. Hummer, and G. Rybicki. Numerical evaluation of the re-distribution function RIIA(x, x′) and the associated scattering integral.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 1365, 1971.

[18] T. Adams and D. Morton. A model atmosphere for a B4 V star withline blanketing. Astrophys. J., 152, 195, 1968.

[19] S. Adelman. Recent results on abundance determinations. In Dworetskyet al. [1049], page 27.

[20] S. Adelman, F. Kupka, and W. Weiss, editors. Model Atmospheresand Spectrum Synthesis. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of thePacific), 1996.

[21] S. Adelman, O. Pintado, F. Nieva, K. Rayle, and S. Sanders. On the ef-fective temperatures and surface gravities of superficially normal main–sequence–band B and A stars. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 1031, 2002.

[22] S. Adelman and W. Wiese, editors. Astrophysical Applications of Pow-erful New Databases. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pa-cific), 1995.

[23] C. Aerts and H. Lamers. Maximum mass–loss rates of line–driven windsof massive stars. Astr. Astrophys., 403, 625, 2003.

[24] A. Aguilar, A. Covington, R. Hihojosa, I. Phaneuf, C. Alvarez, C. Cis-neros, J. Bozek, I. Dominguez, M. Santama, S. Schlachter, S. Nahar,and B. McLaughlin. Absolute photoionization cross section measure-ments of O II ions from 29.7 eV to 46.2 eV. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 146,467, 2003.

[25] J. Ahlberg, E. Nilson, and J. Walsh. The Theory of Splines and TheirApplications. (New York: Academic Press), 1967.

[26] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of He–rich subdwarfB stars from medium resolution optical spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys.,402, 335, 2003.

[27] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of He–rich subdwarfB stars from spectral energy distributions. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 323,2004.

[28] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. The evolution of He–rich subdwarf B stars.Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 253, 2004.

2



[29] A. Ahmad and C. Jeffery. Spectroscopic analyses of He–rich subdwarfB stars. In Koester and Moehler [2093], page 291.

[30] D. Aitken, M. Barlow, P. Roche, and P. Spenser. 8–13 micron spectraof very late type Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192,679, 1980.

[31] M. Ajmera and K. Chung. Photodetachment of negative hydrogen ions.Phys. Rev. A, 12, 475, 1975.

[32] T. Ake and J. Greenstein. Four probable late subdwarfs with extrememetal deficiency. Astrophys. J., 240, 859, 1980.

[33] C. Akerman, L. Carigi, P. Nissen, M. Pettini, and M. Asplund.The evolution of the C/O ratio in metal–poor halo stars. Astr. Astro-phys., 414, 931, 2004.

[34] B. Alam and S. Ansari. Role of the Gaunt factor in the derivation ofdielectronic recombination coefficients. Solar Phys., 96, 219, 1985.

[35] B. Albayrak. A spectral analysis of Deneb (A2 Iae). Astr. Astrophys.,364, 237, 2000.

[36] B. Alder, S. Fernbach, and M. Rotenberg, editors. Methods in Compu-tational Physics. Volume 7. Astrophysics. (New York: Academic Press),1967.

[37] B. Alder, S. Fernbach, and M. Rotenberg, editors. Methods in Compu-tational Physics. Volume 10. Atomic and Molecular Scattering. (NewYork: Academic Press), 1971.

[38] D. Alexander. Low temperature Rosseland opacity tables. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 29, 363, 1975.

[39] D. Alexander. Low temperature Rosseland opacities. In Adelman andWiese [22], page 63.

[40] D. Alexander and J. Ferguson. Low temperature Rosseland opacities.Astrophys. J., 437, 879, 1994.

[41] D. Alexander, J. Ferguson, R. Wing, H. Johnson, P. Hauschildt, andF. Allard. Effective temperature scales of red giant stars. In Donahueand Bookbinder [987], page 84.

[42] D. Alexander and H. Johnson. Model atmospheres for cool supergiantstars. Astrophys. J., 176, 629, 1972.

[43] J. Alexander. The chemical composition and ultraviolet excess ofG dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 41, 1967.

3



[44] J. Alexander and D. Branch. Problems with strong–line G and K dwarfs.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 164, L19, 1973.

[45] F. Allard and P. Hauschildt. Model atmospheres for M subdwarf stars.I. The base model grid. Astrophys. J., 445, 433, 1995.

[46] F. Allard, P. Hauschildt, and A. Schweitzer. Spherically SymmetricModel Atmospheres for Low-Mass Pre-Main-Sequence Stars with Effec-tive Temperatures between 2000 and 6800 K. Astrophys. J., 539, 366,2000.

[47] F. Allard and R. Wehrse. Line formation in white dwarf atmospheres.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 44, 209, 1990.

[48] N. Allard, M.–C. Artru, T. Lanz, and M. Le Dourneuf. Compilation ofatomic oscillator strengths for C, N, and O ions. The Be isoelectronicsequence (C III, N IV, and O V). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 84, 563, 1990.

[49] N. Allard and J. Kielkopf. Temperature and density dependence of theLyα line wing in H–rich white dwarf atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,242, 133, 1991.

[50] N. Allard and D. Koester. Theoretical profiles of Lyα satellites andapplication to synthetic spectra of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys.,258, 464, 1992.

[51] N. Allard, D. Koester, N. Feautrier, and A. Spielfiedel. Free–free quasi–molecular absorption and satellites in Lyα due to collisions with H andH+. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 108, 417, 1994.

[52] N. Allard, M. Le Dourneuf, M.–C. Artru, and T. Lanz. Compilation ofatomic oscillator strengths for C, N, and O ions. II. Addendum for theBe isoelectronic sequence. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 91, 399, 1991.

[53] C. Allen. Astrophysical Quantities. (London: Athlone Press), 3rd edi-tion, 1973.

[54] C. Allende Prieto, M. Asplund, and P. Fabiani Bendicho. Center–to–limb variation of solar line profiles as a test of NLTE line formationcalculations. Astr. Astrophys., 423, 1109, 2004.

[55] C. Allende Prieto, M. Asplund, R. Garcıa–Lopez, and D. Lambert.Signatures of convection in the spectrum of Procyon: Fundamental pa-rameters and Fe abundance. Astrophys. J., 567, 544, 2002.

[56] C. Allende Prieto, P. Barklem, M. Asplund, and B. Ruiz–Cobo. Chemi-cal abundances from inversions of stellar spectra: Analysis of solar–typestars with homogeneous and static model atmospheres. Astrophys. J.,558, 830, 2001.

4



[57] C. Allende Prieto and R. Garcıa–Lopez. Fe I line shifts in the opticalspectrum of the Sun. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 129, 41, 1998.

[58] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garcıa–Lopez, D. Lambert, and B. Gustafsson.Spectroscopic observations of convective patterns in the atmospheres ofmetal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 526, 991, 1999.

[59] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garcıa–Lopez, D. Lambert, and B. Gustafsson. Aconsistency test of spectroscopic gravities for late–type stars. Astrophys.J., 527, 879, 1999.

[60] C. Allende Prieto, R. Garcıa Lopez, D. Lambert, and B. Ruiz–Cobo.Model photospheres for late–type stars from the inversion of high–resolution spectroscopic observations: Groombridge 1830 and ε Eridani.Astrophys. J., 528, 885, 2000.

[61] C. Allende Prieto, I. Hubeny, and D. Lambert. Non–LTE model atmo-spheres for late–type stars. II. Restricted non–LTE calculations for asolar–like atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 591, 1192, 2003.

[62] C. Allende Prieto and D. Lambert. Fundamental parameters of nearbystars from the comparison with evolutionary calculations: Masses, radii,and effective temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 352, 555, 1999.

[63] C. Allende Prieto and D. Lambert. The near–ultraviolet continuum oflate–type stars. Astr. J., 119, 2445, 2000.

[64] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, and M. Asplund. The forbidden abun-dance of oxygen in the Sun. Astrophys. J., 556, L63, 2001.

[65] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, and M. Asplund. A reappraisal of thesolar photospheric C/O ratio. Astrophys. J., 573, 137, 2002.

[66] C. Allende Prieto, D. Lambert, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Non–LTEmodel atmospheres for late–type stars. I. A collection of data for lightneutral and singly ionized atoms. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 147, 363, 2003.

[67] C. Allende Prieto, B. Ruiz–Cobo, and R. Garcıa–Lopez. Model photo-spheres for late–type stars from the inversion of high–resolution spec-troscopic observations: the Sun. Astrophys. J., 502, 951, 1998.

[68] L. Aller. The atmosphere of 10 Lacertae. Astrophys. J., 104, 347, 1946.

[69] L. Aller. Atmospheres of the B stars. I. The supergiant ε Canis Majoris.Astrophys. J., 123, 117, 1956.

[70] L. Aller. Atmospheres of the B stars. II. The supergiant 55 Cygni.Astrophys. J., 123, 133, 1956.

[71] L. Aller. Quantitative analysis of normal stellar spectra. In Greenstein[1334], chapter 4, page 156.

5



[72] L. Aller. Interpretation of normal stellar spectra. In Greenstein [1334],chapter 5, page 252.

[73] L. Aller. The Atmospheres of the Sun and Stars. (New York: RonaldPress Company), 2nd edition, 1963.

[74] L. Aller. Physics of Thermal Gaseous Nebulae. (Dordrecht: Reidel),1984.

[75] L. Aller, J. Baker, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae.VI. The equations of radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 89, 587, 1939.

[76] L. Aller, J. Baker, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae.VIII. The ultraviolet radiation field and electron temperature of anoptically thick nebula. Astrophys. J., 90, 601, 1939.

[77] L. Aller, G. Elste, and J. Jugaku. Atmospheres of the B stars. III. Thecomposition of τ Scorpii. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 3, 1, 1957.

[78] L. Aller and J. Greenstein. The abundances of the elements in G–typesubdwarfs. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 5, 139, 1960.

[79] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. V. The spec-trum of γ Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 127, 125, 1958.

[80] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. VI. The profileof Hγ as a function of temperature and electron pressure distribution.Astrophys. J., 128, 616, 1958.

[81] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. Atmospheres of the B stars. VIII. Quantitativechemical analysis of γ Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 130, 469, 1959.

[82] L. Aller and J. Jugaku. The atmospheres of the B stars. VII. The precisecalculation of Balmer line profiles. Astrophys. J., 130, 109, 1959.

[83] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Broad band JHK in-frared photometry of an extended sample of late–type dwarfs and sub-dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 107, 365, 1994.

[84] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Determination of bolo-metric fluxes for F, G, and K subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 197,1995.

[85] A. Alonso, S. Arribas, and C. Martinez–Roger. Determination of ef-fective temperatures for an extended sample of dwarfs and subdwarfs(F0–K5). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 117, 227, 1996.

[86] V. Ambartsumyan, editor. Theoretical Astrophysics. (London:Pergamon Press), 1958.

6



[87] V. Ambartsumyan and N. Kosirev. Some remarks on the theory ofradiative equilibrium in the outer layers of the stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 87, 209, 1927.

[88] V. Ambartsumyan and N. Kosirev. Radiative equilibrium in inner layersof stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 87, 651, 1927.

[89] J. Andersen. Accurate masses and radii of normal stars. Astr. Astro-phys. Rev., 3, 91, 1991.

[90] J. Andersen. Precise stellar mass and mass–luminosity data. In Beddinget al. [361], page 99.

[91] C. Anderson. The He I λ 5876 line in O star spectra. Astrophys. J.,177, L121, 1972.

[92] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without local thermodynamic equilibrium.I. A hydrostatic stellar atmosphere with H, He, and C lines. Astrophys.J., 298, 848, 1985.

[93] L. Anderson. A code for line blanketing without local thermodynamicequilibrium. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 225.

[94] L. Anderson. An algorithm for the simultaneous solution of thou-sands of transfer equations under global constraints. In Kalkofen [1988],page 163.

[95] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without local thermodynamic equilibrium.II. A solar–type model in radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 339, 558,1989.

[96] L. Anderson. Non–LTE line blanketing with elements 1–28. In Garmany[1225], page 77.

[97] L. Anderson. Line blanketing without LTE: Simple and complex spec-tra. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 29.

[98] L. Anderson and R. Athay. Model solar chromosphere with prescribedheating. Astrophys. J., 346, 1010, 1989.

[99] L. Anderson and J. Grigsby. Line blanketing without LTE: The effecton diagnostics for B–type stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 365.

[100] W. Anderson. Die Beziehung zwischen dem Gasdruck und der transla-torischen Energie der Gasmolekule. Z. fur Phys., 54, 433, 1929.

[101] H. Andersson and B. Edvardsson. Carbon abundances in F andG dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 590, 1994.

[102] C. Andriesse. The difference in mass loss between O and Of stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 95, 1980.

7



[103] S. Andrievsky, I. Egorova, S. Korotin, and R. Burnage. Sodium en-richment of stellar atmospheres. I. Non–variable supergiants and brightgiants. Astr. Astrophys., 389, 519, 2002.

[104] S. Andrievsky, S. Korotin, R. Luck, and L. Kostynchuk. C and Nabundances in early B stars. I. NLTE calculations for a sample of starswith small v sin i values. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 598, 1999.

[105] Y. Andrillat and J. Vreux. Spectres d’etoiles de type O et de typeWolf–Rayet entre 0.8 et 1.1 microns. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 133, 1975.

[106] S. Ansari, G. Elwert, and P. Mucklich. On dielectronic recombination.Z. fur Naturforschung, 15, 1781, 1970.

[107] S. Anstee, B. O’Mara, and J. Ross. A determination of the solar abun-dance of Fe from the strong lines of Fe I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,284, 202, 1998.

[108] W. Aoki, T. Beers, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, S. Ryan, and S. Tsan-garides. Carbon–enhanced metal–poor stars. I. Chemical compositionsof 26 stars. Astrophys. J., 655, 492, 2007.

[109] W. Aoki, T. Beers, T. Sivarani, B. Marsteller, S.–L. Young, J. Nor-ris, S. Ryan, and D. Carollo. Carbon–enhanced mental–poor stars.III. Main–sequence turnoff stars from the SDS SEGUE sample. Astro-phys. J., 678, 1351, 2008.

[110] W. Aoki, A. Frebel, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, T. Beers, T. Minezaki,P. Barklem, S. Honda, M. Takada–Hidai, M. Asplund, S. Ryan, S. Tsan-garides, K. Eriksson, A. Steinhauer, C. Deliyannis, K. Nomoto, M. Fuji-moto, H. Ando, Y. Yoshii, and T. Kajino. HE 1327–2326: An unevolvedstar with [Fe/H] ≤ -5.0. I. A comprehensive abundance analysis. Astro-phys. J., 639, 897, 2006.

[111] W. Aoki, S. Honda, T. Beers, T. Kajino, H. Ando, J. Norris, S. Ryan,H. Izumiura, K. Sadakane, and M. Takada–Hidai. Spectroscopic studiesof very metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrographIII. Light neutron capture elements. Astrophys. J., 632, 611, 2005.

[112] W. Aoki, S. Honda, T. Beers, M. Takada–Hidai, N. Iwamoto, N. Tom-inaga, H. Umeda, K. Nomoto, J. Norris, and S. Ryan. Spectroscopicstudies of extremely metal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersionspectrograph. IV. The α–element enhanced metal–poor star BS 169344–002. Astrophys. J., 660, 747, 2007.

[113] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, and R. Beers. Chemical composition ofthe carbon–rich, extremely metal–poor star CS 29498-043: A new classof extremely metal–poor stars with excesses of Mg and Si. Astrophys.J., 576, L141, 2002.

8



[114] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, T. Beers, and H. Ando. The chemical com-position of carbon–rich, very metal poor stars: A new class of mildlycarbon rich objects without excess of neutron–capture elements. Astro-phys. J., 567, 1166, 2002.

[115] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, T. Beers, and H. Ando. Subaru/HDS studyof the extremely metal–poor star CS 29498-043: Abundance analysisdetails and comparison with other carbon–rich objects. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 54, 933, 2002.

[116] W. Aoki, J. Norris, S. Ryan, R. Beers, N. Christlieb, S. Tsangarides,and H. Ando. Oxygen overabundance in the extremely Fe–poor starCS 29498-043. Astrophys. J., 608, 971, 2004.

[117] J. Apruzese. An analytic Voigt profile escape probability approximation.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 34, 447, 1985.

[118] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Effects of line blocking in stars of spectraltypes O5–G0 and luminosity classes I–V. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 21, 1975.

[119] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Line blocking in the solar spectrum.Astr. Astrophys., 45, 19, 1975.

[120] A. Ardeberg and B. Virdefors. Spectral energy distribution for thewave–number interval 0.93µ−1 to 3.03µ−1 for stars hotter than theSun. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 159, 1986.

[121] A. Arharov, V. Novopashenny, and E. Terez. Absolute calibration ofthe energy distribution in the spectrum of Vega in the near–infraredregion. Astr. Cirk. No. 1046, 1979.

[122] R. Aris. Vectors, Tensors, and the Basic Equations of Fluid Mechanics.(New York: Dover Publications), 1989.

[123] C. Arlandini, F. Kappleler, K. Wisshak, R. Gallino, M. Lugaro,M. Busso, and O. Straniero. Neutron capture in low–mass asymptoticbranch stars: Cross sections and abundance signatures. Astrophys. J.,525, 886, 1999.

[124] E. Arnone, S. Ryan, D. Argast, J. Norris, and T. Beers. Mg abundancesin metal–poor halo stars as a tracer of early galactic mixing. Astr.Astrophys., 430, 507, 2005.

[125] H. Arp. (U −B) and (B−V ) colors of black bodies. Astrophys. J., 133,874, 1961.

[126] S. Arribas and L. Crivellari. A spectroscopic analysis of the G8 V starτ Ceti. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 236, 1989.

[127] S. Arribas and C. Martinez–Roger. Infrared observations of metal–deficient stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 70, 303, 1987.

9



[128] S. Arribas and C. Martinez–Roger. An empirical color–Teff calibrationfor G and K dwarf and subdwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys., 215, 305, 1989.

[129] G. Arutyunyan and A. Nikogosyan. The redistribution function forscattering by relativistic electrons. Sov. Phys. Doklady, 25, 918, 1980.

[130] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. III. The photosphericSi and meteoritic Fe abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 755, 2000.

[131] M. Asplund. New generations of stellar model atmospheres. In Char-bonnel et al. [744], page 275.

[132] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. IV. [O I], O I and OHlines and the photospheric O abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 751,2004.

[133] M. Asplund. Line formation in solar granulation. V. Missing UV–opacity and the photospheric Be abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417,769, 2004.

[134] M. Asplund. New light on stellar abundance analyses: Departures fromLTE and homogeneity. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 481, 2005.

[135] M. Asplund and A. Garcıa–Perez. On OH line formation and O abun-dances in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 372, 601, 2001.

[136] M. Asplund, N. Grevesse, A. Sauval, C. Allende Prieto, and D. Kisel-man. Line formation in solar granulation. IV. [O I], O I, and OH linesand the photospheric O abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 751, 2004.

[137] M. Asplund, N. Grevesse, A. J. Sauval, C. Allende Prieto, andR. Blomme. Line formation in solar granulation. VI. [C I], C I, CH,and C2 lines and the photospheric C abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 431,693, 2005.

[138] M. Asplund, H.–G. Ludwig, A. Nordlund, and R. Stein. The effects ofnumerical resolution on hydrodynamical surface convection simulationsand spectral line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 669, 2000.

[139] M. Asplund, A. Nordlund, R. Trampedach, C. Allende Prieto, andR. Stein. Line formation in solar granulation. I. Fe line shapes, shiftsand asymmetries. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 729, 2000.

[140] M. Asplund, A. Nordlund, R. Trampedach, and R. Stein. 3D hydro-dynamical model atmospheres of metal–poor stars. Evidence for a lowprimordial Li abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 346, L17, 1999.

[141] M. Asplund, A. Nordlund, R. Trampedach, and R. Stein. Line for-mation in solar granulation. II. The photospheric Fe abundance. Astr.Astrophys., 359, 743, 2000.

10



[142] R. Athay. Source function equality in multiplets. Astrophys. J., 140,1579, 1964.

[143] R. Athay. A non–LTE line–blanketed solar model. Astrophys. J., 161,713, 1970.

[144] R. Athay. Bandwidth requirements in spectral line transfer calculations.In Groth and Wellmann [1393], page 179.

[145] R. Athay. Radiation Transport in Spectral Lines. (Dordrecht: Reidel),1972.

[146] R. Athay and R. Canfield. Computed profiles for solar Mg b– andNa D–lines. Astrophys. J., 156, 695, 1969.

[147] R. Athay, L. House, and G. Newkirk, editors. Line Formation inthe Presence of Magnetic Fields. (Boulder: National Center for At-mospheric Research), 1972.

[148] R. Athay and B. Lites. Fe I ionization and excitation equilibrium in thesolar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 176, 809, 1972.

[149] R. Athay, J. Mathis, and A. Skumanich, editors. Resonance Lines inAstrophysics. (Boulder: National Center for Atmospheric Research),1968.

[150] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Emission cores in the H and K lines.I. Optically thick chromospheres. Solar Phys., 3, 181, 1968.

[151] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Emission cores in the H and K lines.IV. Center to limb variation. Solar Phys., 4, 176, 1968.

[152] R. Athay and A. Skumanich. Thermalization lengths and mean numberof scatterings for line photons. Astrophys. J., 170, 605, 1971.

[153] R. Athay and R. Thomas. On the use of the early Balmer lines toextend the photospheric model. Astrophys. J., 127, 96, 1958.

[154] R. Atkinson. Atomic synthesis and stellar energy. I. Astrophys. J., 73,250, 1931.

[155] R. Atkinson. Atomic synthesis and stellar energy. II. Astrophys. J., 73,308, 1931.

[156] L. Auer. Improved boundary conditions for the Feautrier method. As-trophys. J., 150, L53, 1967.

[157] L. Auer. The stellar atmospheres problem. In Hunt et al. [1836],page 573.

[158] L. Auer. Application of the complete–linearization method to the prob-lem of non–LTE line formation. Astrophys. J., 180, 469, 1973.

11



[159] L. Auer. An Hermitian method for the solution of radiative transferproblems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 931, 1976.

[160] L. Auer. Difference equations and linearization methods for radiativetransfer. In Kalkofen [1984], page 237.

[161] L. Auer. Acceleration of convergence. In Kalkofen [1988], page 101.

[162] L. Auer. Acceleration of convergence. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 9.

[163] L. Auer. Formal solution: Explicit answers. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 3.

[164] L. Auer. Insight into multidimensional transfer. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 405.

[165] L. Auer and D. Van Blerkom. Electron scattering in spherically expand-ing envelopes. Astrophys. J., 178, 175, 1972.

[166] L. Auer, P. Fabiani Bendicho, and J. Trujillo Bueno. Multidimensionalradiative transfer with multilevel atoms. I. ALI method with precondi-tioning of the rate equations. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 599, 1994.

[167] L. Auer and J. Heasley. An alternative formulation of the completelinearization method for the solution of non–LTE transfer problems.Astrophys. J., 205, 165, 1976.

[168] L. Auer, J. Heasley, and R. Milkey. A computational program for thesolution of non–LTE transfer problems by the complete linearizationmethod. Technical Report 553, Kitt Peak National Observatory, Tuc-son, Arizona, 1972.

[169] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Solution of transfer equations subject to theconstraint of radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 151, 311, 1968.

[170] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. I. Radiativeequilibrium models with Lyα. Astrophys. J., 156, 157, 1969.

[171] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. II. Effects ofHα. Astrophys. J., 156, 681, 1969.

[172] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Brackett α emission in non–LTE model stellaratmospheres. Astrophys. J., 156, L151, 1969.

[173] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. III. A complete–linearization method. Astrophys. J., 158, 641, 1969.

[174] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. IV. Results formulti–line computations. Astrophys. J., 160, 233, 1970.

12



[175] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. On the use of variable Eddington factors innon–LTE stellar atmospheres computations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,149, 65, 1970.

[176] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres. VII. The H andHe spectra of the O stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 24, 193, 1972.

[177] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmo-spheres. IV. He I in the B stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 25, 433, 1973.

[178] L. Auer and D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmo-spheres. V. Ne I in B stars. Astrophys. J., 184, 151, 1973.

[179] L. Auer and J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. VII. The Population IIB star Barnard 29 in M 13. Astrophys. J., 194, 87, 1974.

[180] L. Auer and F. Paletou. Two–dimensional radiative transfer with partialfrequency redistribution. I. General method. Astr. Astrophys., 284, 675,1994.

[181] L. Auer and H. Shipman. A self–consistent model–atmosphere analysisof the EUV white dwarf HZ 43. Astrophys. J., 211, L103, 1977.

[182] J. Aufdenberg. Line–blanketed spherically extended model atmospheresof hot luminous stars with and without winds. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,113, 119, 2001.

[183] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. Spherical non–LTE line–blanketed stellar–atmosphere models of the early B giants ε C Ma,β C Ma, and α Vir. In Howarth [1735], page 127.

[184] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. A non–local thermody-namic equilibrium spherical line–blanketed stellar atmosphere model ofthe early B giant β C Ma. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 599, 1999.

[185] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, T. Nordgren, A. Burnley,I. Howarth, K. Gordon, and J. Stansberry. The spectral energy distri-bution and mass–loss rate of the A–type supergiant Deneb. Astrophys.J., 570, 344, 2002.

[186] J. Aufdenberg, P. Hauschildt, S. Shore, and E. Baron. A sphericalnon–LTE line–blanketed stellar atmosphere model of the early B giantε Canis Majoris. Astrophys. J., 498, 837, 1998.

[187] J. Aufdenberg, H.–G. Ludwig, and P. Kervella. On the limb darken-ing, spectral energy distribution, and temperature structure of Procyon.Astrophys. J., 633, 424, 2005.

[188] E. Avrett. Solutions of the two–level line transfer problem with completeredistribution. In Avrett et al. [192], page 101.

13



[189] E. Avrett. Source–function equality in multiplets. Astrophys. J., 144,59, 1966.

[190] E. Avrett. Rapidlyconverging methods for solving multilevel transferproblems. in Numerical Methods for Multidimensional Radiative Trans-fer, E. Meinkohn, G. Kanschat, R. Rannacher, and R. Wehrse, editors,(Heidelberg, Springer), page 217.

[191] E. Avrett, O. Gingerich, and C. Whitney. Proceedings of the FirstHarvard–Smithsonian Conference on Stellar Atmospheres. TechnicalReport 167, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, Mas-sachusetts, 1964.

[192] E. Avrett, O. Gingerich, and C. Whitney. The Formation of SpectrumLines: Proceedings of the Second Harvard–Smithsonian Conference onStellar Atmospheres. Technical Report 174, Smithsonian AstrophysicalObservatory, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1965.

[193] E. Avrett and D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. II. Line formationwith a frequency independent source function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 130, 295, 1965.

[194] E. Avrett and M. Krook. The temperature distribution in a stellaratmosphere. Astrophys. J., 137, 874, 1963.

[195] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. The PANDORA atmosphere arogram. in CoolStars, Stellar Systems, and the Sun, Proceedings of the 7th CambridgeWorkshop, ASP Conference Series, San Francisco: ASP), 26, 489, 1982.

[196] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Line transfer in static and expanding sphericalatmospheres. in Kalkofen [1984], page 341.

[197] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Solar and stellar atmospheric modeling usingthe PANDORA computer program. in Piskunov et al. [3125], page A21.

[198] E. Avrett and R. Loeser. Models of the solar chromosphere and tran-sition region from SUMER and HRTS observations: Formation of theextreme-Ultraviolet spectrum of hydrogen, carbon, and oxygen. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 175, 229, 2008.

[199] E. Avrett, J. Vernazza, and J. Linsky. Excitation and ionization of Hein the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 207, L199, 1976.

[200] M. Axer, K. Fuhrmann, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analysis of metal–poor stars. I. Basic data and stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 291,895, 1994.

[201] M. Axer, K. Fuhrmann, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analyses ofmetal–poor stars. II. The evolutionary stage of subdwarfs. Astr. As-trophys., 300, 751, 1995.

14



[202] C. Aydin. Atmospheres of A–type supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 19,369, 1972.

[203] T. Ayres. A reexamination of solar upper photosphere models, theCa abundance, and empirical damping parameters. Astrophys. J., 213,296, 1977.

[204] T. Ayres. A physically realistic approximate form for the redistributionfunction RIIA. Astrophys. J., 294, 153, 1985.

[205] T. Ayres and J. Linsky. Stellar model chromospheres. III. Arcturus(K2 I). Astrophys. J., 200, 660, 1975.

[206] T. Ayres and J. Linsky. The Mg II h and k lines. II. Comparison withsynthesized profiles and Ca II K. Astrophys. J., 205, 874, 1976.

[207] T. Ayres, J. Linsky, A. Rodgers, and R. Kurucz. Stellar model chromo-spheres. V. α Centauri A (G2 V) and α Centauri B (K1 V). Astrophys.J., 210, 199, 1976.

[208] T. Ayres, J. Linsky, and R. Shine. Stellar model chromospheres. II. Pro-cyon (F5 IV–V). Astrophys. J., 192, 93, 1974.

[209] R. Aznar–Cuadrado and C. Jeffery. Physical parameters of sdB starsfrom spectral energy distributions. Astr. Astrophys., 368, 994, 2001.

[210] R. Baade. Resonance line formation in arbitrary moving envelopes.Astr. Astrophys., 233, 486, 1990.

[211] W. Baade. The resolution of Messier 32, NGC 205, and the centralregion of the Andromeda nebula. Astrophys. J., 100, 137, 1944.

[212] W. Baade. Evolution of Stars and Galaxies. (Cambridge: HarvardUniversity Press), 1965.

[213] W. Baade and F. Zwicky. On super–novae. Pub. Nat. Acad. Sci., 20,254, 1934.

[214] J. Babb. Effective oscillator strengths and transition energies for thehydrogen molecular ion. Molec. Phys., 81, 17, 1994.

[215] H. Babcock and C. Moore. The Solar Spectrum λ 6600 to λ 13495.Carnegie Institution of Washington Publication No. 579 (Washington,DC: Carnegie Institution), 1947.

[216] N. Badnell. Dielectronic recombination. In Ferland and Savin [1125],page 37.

[217] J. Bahcall and R. Wolf. Fine-structure transitions. Astrophys. J., 152,701, 1968.

15



[218] K. Bahner. Energy distribution in the spectra of early–type stars. As-trophys. J., 138, 1314, 1963.

[219] J. Bahng. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 611, 1975.

[220] J. Baker, L. Aller, and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae.VII. The transfer of radiation in the Lyman continuum. Astrophys. J.,90, 271, 1939.

[221] J. Baker and D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. III. TheBalmer decrement. Astrophys. J., 88, 52, 1938.

[222] J. Baker, D. Menzel, and L. Aller. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae.V. Electron temperatures. Astrophys. J., 88, 422, 1938.

[223] S. Balachandran and B. Carney. The oxygen abundances in halo dwarfs.I. HD 103095. Astr. J., 111, 926, 1996.

[224] Y. Balega, A. Blazit, L. Koechlin, R. Foy, and A. Labeyrie. The angulardiameter of Betelgeuse. Astr. Astrophys., 115, 253, 1982.

[225] C. Ball and B. Pagel. Abundances of C and N in the halo red giantHD 122563. Observatory, 87, 19, 1967.

[226] L. Balona. Effective temperature, bolometric correction, and mass cal-ibration of O–F stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 119, 1994.

[227] M. Bappu and J. Sahade, editors. Wolf–Rayet and High–TemperatureStars. IAU Symposium No. 49 (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1973.

[228] M. Baranger. Simplified quantum–mechanical theory of pressure broad-ening. Phys. Rev., 111, 481, 1958.

[229] M. Baranger. Problem of overlapping lines in the theory of pressurebroadening. Phys. Rev., 111, 494, 1958.

[230] M. Baranger. General impact theory of pressure broadening. Phys.Rev., 112, 855, 1958.

[231] M. Baranger. Spectral line Bboadening in plasmas. In Bates [320], page493.

[232] M. Baranger and B. Mozer. Electric field distributions in an ionizedgas. Phys. Rev., 115, 521, 1959.

[233] G. Barbabo and C. Chiosi. Problems in the determination of the chem-ical composition of supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 7, 1973.

16



[234] C. Barban, M. Goupil, C. van’t Veer–Menneret, R. Garrido, F. Kupka,and U. Heiter. New grids of ATLAS 9 atmospheres. II. Limb–darkeningcoefficients for the Stromgren photometric system for A–F stars. Astr.Astrophys., 405, 1095, 2003.

[235] R. Barbier, A. Delcroix, P. Hornack, J. Rogerson, and J. Swings. Theultraviolet spectrum of α Cygni. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 32, 69, 1978.

[236] B. Barbuy. Analysis of the subgiant halo star HD 76932. Astr. Astro-phys., 67, 339, 1978.

[237] B. Barbuy and J. Melendez. Oxygen abundances in metal–poor stars.In Charbonnel et al. [744], page 88.

[238] B. Barbuy, J. Melendez, M. Spite, F. Spite, E. Depagne, V. Hill,R. Cayrel, P. Bonifacio, A. Damineli, and C. Torres. Oxygen abun-dance in the template halo giant HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 588, 1072,2003.

[239] R. Barbuy and A. Renzini, editors. The Stellar Populations of Galaxies.(Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1992.

[240] E. Barker, D. Lambert, J. Tomkin, and J. Africano. Emission lines inthe spectrum of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 90, 514, 1988.

[241] P. Barklem, A. Belyaev, M. Guitou, N. Feautrier, F. Gadea, andA. Spielfiedel. On inelastic hydrogen atom collisions in stellar atmo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys., 530, 94, 2011.

[242] P. Barklem and B. O’Mara. The broadening of p−d and d−p transitionsby collisions with neutral hydrogen atoms. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,290, 860, 1997.

[243] P. Barklem, N. Piskunov, and B. O’Mara. Self–broadening in Balmer–line wing-formation in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1091,2000.

[244] P. Barklem, H. Stempels, C. Allende Prieto, O. Kochukov, N. Piskunov,and B. O’Mara. Detailed analysis of Balmer lines in cool dwarf stars.Astr. Astrophys., 385, 951, 2002.

[245] M. Barlow. Observations of mass loss from OB and Wolf–Rayet stars.In de Loore and Willis [938], page 149.

[246] M. Barlow, J. Blades, and D. Hummer. Optical observations of theultrahigh–excitation Wolf–Rayet star Sanduleak 3. Astrophys. J., 241,L27, 1980.

[247] M. Barlow and M. Cohen. Infrared photometry and mass loss rates forOBA supergiants and Of stars. Astrophys. J., 213, 737, 1977.

17



[248] M. Barlow, L. Smith, and A. Willis. Mass–loss rates for 21 Wolf–Rayetstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 196, 101, 1981.

[249] T. Barman, P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, P. Stancil, E. Baron, andF. Allard. Non–LTE effects of Na I in the atmosphere of HD 209458b.Astrophys. J., 569, 51, 2002.

[250] A. Barnard and J. Cooper. Computed profiles of He I 5016A at highelectron densities. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 10, 695, 1970.

[251] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and L. Shamey. Calculated profiles of He I 4471and 4922A and their forbidden components. Astr. Astrophys., 1, 28,1969.

[252] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. The broadening of He I lines in-cluding ion dynamic corrections with application to λ 4471A. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 1025, 1974.

[253] A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Stark broadening tables for He Iλ 4922A. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 429, 1975.

[254] T. Barnes and D. Evans. Stellar angular diameters and visual surfacebrightness. I. Late spectral types. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 489,1976.

[255] T. Barnes, D. Evans, and T. Moffett. Stellar angular diameters andvisual surface brightness. III. An improved definition of the relationship.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 285, 1978.

[256] T. Barnes, D. Evans, and S. Parsons. Stellar angular diameters and vi-sual surface brightness. II. Early and intermediate spectral types. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 503, 1976.

[257] T. Barnes, D. Lambert, and A. Potter. Infrared spectra of γ2 Velorumand ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 187, 73, 1974.

[258] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. Parallel implementation of the PHOENIX

generalized stellar atmosphere program. II. Wavelength parallelization.Astrophys. J., 495, 370, 1998.

[259] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. Comoving frame radiative transfer in spher-ical media with arbitrary velocity fields. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 987,2004.

[260] E. Baron and P. Hauschildt. A 3D radiative transfer framework. II. Linetransfer problems. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 255, 2007.

[261] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, E. Lentz, J. Aufdenberg,A. Schweitzer, and T. Barman. Highlights of stellar modeling withPHOENIX. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 19.

18



[262] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, and D. Lowenthal. Parallelization strategiesfor ALI radiative transfer in moving media. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 385.

[263] E. Baron, P. Hauschildt, and A. Mezzacappa. Radiative transfer in thecomoving frame. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 278, 763, 1996.

[264] E. Baron, P Hauschildt, P. Nugent, and D. Branch. Non–local thermo-dynamic equilibrium effects in modeling of supernovae at near maximumlight. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 283, 297, 1996.

[265] M. Barstow. LTE model atmospheres for hot, He–rich degenerate stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 243, 182, 1990.

[266] M. Barstow, editor. White Dwarfs: Advances in Theory and Observa-tion. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1993.

[267] M. Barstow, N. Bannister, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, F. Bruhweiler, andR. Napiwotzki. Far–ultraviolet spectroscopy of the hot DA white dwarfWD 2218+706 with STIS. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 325, 1149, 2001.

[268] M. Barstow, H. Bond, J. Holberg, M. Burleigh, I. Hubeny, andD. Koester. Hubble Space Telescope spectroscopy of the Balmer linesin Sirius B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 362, 1134, 2005.

[269] M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, N. Bannister, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, F. Bruh-weiler, and R. Napiwotzki. Heavy elements in DA white dwarfs. InProvencal et al. [3179], page 128.

[270] M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, H. Bond, andD. Koester. HST observations of the Sirius B Balmer lines. In Koesterand Moehler [2093], page 175.

[271] M. Barstow, R. Cruddace, M. Kowalski, N. Bannister, D. Yentis, J. Lap-ington, J. Tandy, I. Hubeny, S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and T. Barbee. High–resolution extreme ultraviolet spectroscopy of G191–B2B: Structure ofthe stellar photosphere and the surrounding interstellar medium. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 362, 1273, 2005.

[272] M. Barstow, S. Dreizler, J. Holberg, D. Finley, K. Werner, andI. Hubeny. The discovery of photospheric Ni in the hot DO white dwarfREJ 0503–289. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 314, 109, 2000.

[273] M. Barstow, T. Fleming, C. Diamond, D. Finley, A. Sansom, S. Rosen,D. Koester, M. Holberg, J. Marsh, and K. Kidder. ROSAT studies ofthe composition and structure of DA white dwarf atmospheres. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 264, 16, 1993.

[274] M. Barstow, T. Fleming, D. Finley, D. Koester, and C. Diamond.ROSAT EUV and soft X–ray studies of atmospheric composition andstructure in G191–B2B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 260, 631, 1993.

19



[275] M. Barstow, S. Good, M. Burleigh, I. Hubeny, J. Holberg, and A. Levan.A comparison of DA white dwarf temperatures and gravities from FUSELyman line and ground–based Balmer line observations. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 344, 562, 2003.

[276] M. Barstow, S. Good, J. Holberg, M. Burleigh, N. Bannister, I. Hubeny,and R. Napiwotzki. FUSE observations of PG1342+444: New insightsinto the nature of the hottest DA white dwarf. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 330, 425, 2002.

[277] M. Barstow, S. Good, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, N. Bannister, F. Bruh-weiler, M. Burleigh, and R. Napiwotzki. Heavy–element abundancepatterns in hot DA white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 341, 870,2003.

[278] M. Barstow and J. Holberg. The photospheric temperatures and com-position of very hot He–rich white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,245, 370, 1990.

[279] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, A. Cruise, and A. Penny. The mass, tempera-ture and distance of the white dwarf in V 471 Tauri. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 290, 505, 1997.

[280] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, S. Good, A. Levan, and F. Meru. Acomparison of DA white dwarf temperatures and gravities from Lymanand Balmer line studies. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 328, 211, 2001.

[281] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Heavy elements inwhite dwarf envelopes. In Isern et al. [1864], page 237.

[282] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, T. Lanz, F. Bruhweiler, andR. Tweedy. Solving the mystery of the heavy–element opacity in theDA white dwarf GD 394. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 1120, 1996.

[283] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. Limits on the hydrogen layermass and consequent He opacity in hot DA white dwarf atmospheres.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 35, 1994.

[284] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. Extreme ultraviolet spec-trophotometry of HD 16538 and HR 8210. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,270, 516, 1994.

[285] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, and D. Koester. The remarkably low abundanceof He in the atmosphere of the DA white dwarf HZ 43. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 274, 31, 1995.

[286] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, D. Koester, J. Nousek, and K. Werner. Extremeultraviolet spectroscopy of white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113],page 302.

20



[287] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, M. Marsh, R. Tweedy, M. Burleigh, T. Flem-ing, D. Koester, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. RE 1738+665: The hottestDA white dwarf detected by ROSAT. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 271,175, 1994.

[288] M. Barstow, J. Holberg, K. Werner, D. Buckley, and R. Stobie. Thenature of the newly discovered DO white dwarf RE 0503–289. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 267, 653, 1994.

[289] M. Barstow and I. Hubeny. An alternative explanation of the EUVspectrum of the white dwarf G191-B2B invoking a stratified H + Heenvelope including heavier elements. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299,379, 1998.

[290] M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. The effect of photosphericheavy elements on the hot DA white dwarf temperature scale. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 520, 1998.

[291] M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. Evidence for the stratificationof Fe in the photosphere of G191–B2B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 307,884, 1999.

[292] M. Barstow and R. Tweedy. The photospheric temperature and metalabundance of the compact star H1504 + 65. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,242, 484, 1990.

[293] M. Barstow, R. Tweedy, and K. Werner. PG 1159 stars and the PNN–white dwarf connection. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 17.

[294] M. Barstow and K. Werner. Structure and evolution of white dwarfsand their interaction with the local interstellar medium. Astrophys.Space Sci., 303, 3, 2006.

[295] B. Baschek. Aufbau und chemische Zussamensetzung der Atmospharedes Subdwarfs HD 140283. Z. fur Astrophys., 48, 95, 1959.

[296] B. Baschek. Haufigkeitsbestimmung fur Kohlenstoff aus CH–Bandenim subdwarf HD 140283 und in der Sonne. Z. fur Astrophys., 56, 207,1963.

[297] B. Baschek. Quantitative Analyse des Spektrums des Schnellaufers Wil-son 10367 (LPM 661). Z. fur Astrophys., 61, 27, 1965.

[298] B. Baschek. On the chemical abundances in the weak–He–line starα Sculptoris. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 333, 1973.

[299] B. Baschek, G. Efimov, E. von Waldenfels, and R. Wehrse. Radiativetransfer in moving spherical atmospheres. II. Astr. Astrophys., 317, 630,1997.

21



[300] B. Baschek, M. Hafner, and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer in movingspherical atmospheres. I. Analytical perturbation solution for the greycase. Astr. Astrophys., 301, 511, 1995.

[301] B. Baschek, P. Hoflich, and M. Scholz. The OB subdwarf Feige 66, achemical–composition twin to HD 149382. Astr. Astrophys., 112, 76,1982.

[302] B. Baschek, H. Holweger, O. Namba, and G. Traving. QuantitativeAnalyse des Spektrums des F8 V Sterns β Virginis. Z. fur Astrophys.,65, 418, 1967.

[303] B. Baschek, W. Kegel, and G. Traving, editors. Problems in StellarAtmospheres and Envelopes. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1975.

[304] B. Baschek, D. Mihalas, and J. Oxenius. On the stimulated emissionterms in partial redistribution calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 97, 43,1981.

[305] B. Baschek and J. Norris. Neutral–He line strengths. II. The B typesubdwarf HD 205805. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 327, 1970.

[306] B. Baschek and J. Norris. The OB–type subdwarf HD 149382 and thenature of the subdwarf B stars. Astrophys. J., 199, 694, 1975.

[307] B. Baschek and J. Oke. Effective temperatures and gravities of Ap, Am,and normal A–type stars. Astrophys. J., 141, 1404, 1965.

[308] B. Baschek and A. Sargent. The chemical composition of the horizontal–branch B star Feige 86. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 47, 1976.

[309] B. Baschek, W. Sargent, and L. Searle. The chemical composition ofthe B–type subdwarf HD 4539. Astrophys. J., 173, 611, 1972.

[310] B. Baschek and M. Scholz. The spectrum of ζ Pup (O5f). Astr. Astro-phys., 15, 285, 1971.

[311] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Spectral analysisof the OB subdwarf HD 149382. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 387, 1982.

[312] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, and E. Sedlmayr. Non–LTE analysis of neutralO lines in A–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 55, 375, 1977.

[313] B. Baschek, M. Scholz, and R. Wehrse. The parameters R and Teff instellar models and observations. Astr. Astrophys., 246, 374, 1991.

[314] B. Baschek and G. Traving. Differentielle Wachstumskurven. Z. furAstrophys., 59, 276, 1964.

[315] B. Baschek, W. Waldenfels, and R. Wehrse. Opacity distribution instatic and moving media. Astr. Astrophys., 371, 1084, 2001.

22



[316] U. Bastian, C. Bertout, L. Stenholm, and R. Wehrse. A comparison ofthree methods for computing line profiles in spherical envelopes. Astr.Astrophys., 86, 105, 1980.

[317] B. Bates, D. Giaretta, D. McCartney, J. McQuoid, and R. Bankhead.IUE and balloon spectral observations of mass loss from β Orionis. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 190, 611, 1980.

[318] B. Bates and S. Gilheany. IUE observations of mass–loss spectral fea-tures in B5–B9 supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 243, 320, 1990.

[319] D. Bates. Absorption of radiation by an atmosphere of H, H+, and H+2 ,

semi–classical treatment. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 112, 40, 1952.

[320] D. Bates, editor. Atomic and Molecular Processes. (New York: Aca-demic Press), 1962.

[321] D. Bates, R. Darling, S. Hawe, and A. Stewart. Properties of the hydro-gen molecular ion. III. Oscillator strengths of the 1sΣg−2pΠu, 2pΣu−3dΠg, and 2pΠu−3dΠg transitions. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 66, 1124,1953.

[322] D. Bates, R. Darling, S. Hawe, and A. Stewart. Properties of the hydro-gen molecular ion. IV. Oscillator strengths of the transitions connectingthe lowest even and odd Σ states with higher Σ states. Proc. Phys. Soc.London, 67, 533, 1954.

[323] D. Bates, K. Ledsham, and A. Stewart. Wave functions of the hydrogenmolecular ion. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 246, 215, 1953.

[324] D. Bates, U. Opik, and G. Poots. Properties of the hydrogen molecularion. II. Photoionization from the 1sΣg, 2sΣg, and 3sΣg states. Proc.Phys. Soc. London, 66, 1113, 1953.

[325] A. Batten, editor. Extended Atmospheres and Circumstellar Matter inSpectroscopic Binary Systems. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1973.

[326] F. Bauer and D. Husfeld. Metal abundances in subdwarf O stars. Astr.Astrophys., 300, 481, 1995.

[327] W. Baum, W. Hiltner, H. Johnson, and A. Sandage. The main sequenceof the globular cluster M 13. Astrophys. J., 130, 749, 1959.

[328] D. Baumuller, K. Butler, and T. Gehren. Sodium in the Sun and inmetal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 637, 1998.

[329] D. Baumuller and T. Gehren. Aluminum in metal–poor stars. Astr.Astrophys., 325, 1088, 1997.

[330] M. Bautista and T. Kallman. The XSTAR atomic database. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 134, 139, 2001.

23



[331] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of neutral Fe. J. Phys.B, 28, L173, 1995.

[332] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Fe/O abundance ratio in the Orion Neb-ula. Astrophys. J. Let., 442, L65, 1995.

[333] M. Bautista, P. Romano, and A. Pradhan. Resonance–averaged pho-toionization cross sections for astrophysical models. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 118, 259, 1998.

[334] C. Beals. On the nature of Wolf–Rayet emission. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 90, 202, 1929.

[335] C. Beals. The Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 4, 271,1930.

[336] C. Beals. The contours of emission bands in novae and Wolf–Rayetstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 966, 1931.

[337] C. Beals. Classification and temperatures of Wolf–Rayet stars. Obser-vatory, 56, 196, 1933.

[338] C. Beals. Spectrophotometric studies of Wolf–Rayet stars and novae.Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 5, 96, 1934.

[339] A. Beauchamp and F. Wesemael. The optical spectrum of extremeHe stars: A hotbed of forbidden components of neutral He. Astrophys.J., 496, 395, 1998.

[340] A. Beauchamp, F. Wesemael, and P. Bergeron. The DB and DBA whitedwarfs: Epitomes of H–deficient stars. In Koester and Werner [1904],page 295.

[341] A. Beck and P. Havas, editors. Collected Papers Of Albert Einstein,Volume 2. The Swiss Years: 1900–1909. (Princeton: Princeton Univer-sity Press), 1989.

[342] S. Becker. Temperature determination in B stars from Si II, III, and IVin non–LTE. In Garmany [1225], page 142.

[343] S. Becker. Temperatures, gravities and abundances of B stars: Recentprogress and remaining problems. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 353.

[344] S. Becker. Non–LTE analyses of B stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563],page 11.

[345] S. Becker. Non–LTE line formation for Fe–group elements in A super-giants. In Howarth [1735], page 137.

[346] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and late Ostars. I. Singly ionized oxygen. Astr. Astrophys., 201, 232, 1988.

24



[347] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and lateO stars. II. Equivalent widths for O II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 74, 211,1988.

[348] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and lateO stars. V. Equivalent widths for N II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 76, 331,1988.

[349] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and lateO stars. IV. Singly ionized N. Astr. Astrophys., 209, 244, 1989.

[350] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE equivalent widths for Si II, III, andIV. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 84, 95, 1990.

[351] S. Becker and K. Butler. Si II, III, and IV in non–LTE for temperaturedeterminations in B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 235, 326, 1990.

[352] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements.I. Fe V. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 647, 1992.

[353] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements.II. Fe VI. Astr. Astrophys., 294, 215, 1995.

[354] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements.III. Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys., 301, 187, 1995.

[355] S. Becker and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for Fe group elements.IV. Ni IV, V and VI. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 453, 1995.

[356] J. Beckers. The variation of the wings of the Ca K line across the solardisk. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 16, 133, 1962.

[357] J. Beckers, C. Bridges, and L. Gilliam. A High Resolution SpectralAtlas of the Solar Irradiance From 380 to 700 Nanometers. TechnicalReport Air Force Geophysics Laboratory Report AFGL–TR–76–01216Vol. II, Hanscom AFB, Massachusetts, 1976.

[358] J. Beckman and L. Crivellari, editors. Progress in Stellar Spectral LineFormation Theory. NATO Advanced Science Institute. (Dordrecht: Rei-del), 1985.

[359] J. Beckman, L. Crivellari, and P. Selvilli. The spectra of late–typedwarfs and subdwarfs in the near ultraviolet. I. Line identifications.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 47, 295, 1982.

[360] S. Beckwith and A. Natta. Transfer of resonant line photons in spheri-cally accelerating envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 181, 57, 1987.

[361] T. Bedding, A. Booth, and J. Davis, editors. Fundamental Stellar Prop-erties: The Interaction Between Observation and Theory. (Dordrecht:Kluwer), 1998.

25



[362] H. Beebe and R. Milkey. The effect of resonance–line transfer on H ion-ization. Astrophys. J., 172, L111, 1972.

[363] A. Beer, editor. Vistas in Astronomy. Volume 1. (Oxford: PergamonPress), 1955.

[364] T. Beers and N. Christlieb. The discovery and analysis of very metal–poor stars in the Galaxy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 43, 531, 2005.

[365] N. Behara and C. Jeffery. LTE model atmospheres with new opacities.I. Methods and general properties. Astr. Astrophys., 451, 643, 2006.

[366] D. Beintema, P. van Hoof, F. Lahuis, S. Pottasch, L. Waters,T. de Graauw, D. Boxhoorn, J. Feuchtgruber, and P. Morris. Thecentral stars of the planetary nebulae NGC 7027 and NGC 6543. Astr.Astrophys., 315, L253, 1996.

[367] K. Bell. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative ion of molec-ular hydrogen. J. Phys. B, 13, 1859, 1980.

[368] K. Bell and K. Berrington. Free–free absorption coefficient of the neg-ative hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 20, 801, 1987.

[369] K. Bell, A. Kingston, and W. McIlveen. The total absorption coefficientof the negative hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 8, 358, 1975.

[370] K. Bell, A. Kingston, and W. McIlveen. The total free–free absorptioncoefficient of the negative ion of molecular hydrogen. J. Phys. B, 8, 659,1975.

[371] R. Bell. Theoretical colors for F and G dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 154, 343, 1971.

[372] R. Bell. The influence of lines of various metals on the solar colors.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 156, 13, 1972.

[373] R. Bell. The calculation of flux constant line–blanketed model atmo-spheres for solar type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 164, 197, 1973.

[374] R. Bell. A comparison between observed and calculated IRAS fluxes ofG and K giant stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 264, 345, 1993.

[375] R. Bell. Tests of effective temperature – color relations. In Beddinget al. [361], page 159.

[376] R. Bell, S. Balachandran, and M. Bautista. The importance of Fe I as acontinuous opacity source in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 546,65, 2001.

[377] R. Bell and D. Branch. Carbon abundances in G dwarfs. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 175, 25, 1976.

26



[378] R. Bell, M. Briley, and J. Norris. The determination of C and O abun-dances in very metal-poor globular cluster giant stars. Astr. J., 104,1127, 1992.

[379] R. Bell, R. Clegg, and A. Powell. The C and N abundances of γ Pavonis.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 31, 1977.

[380] R. Bell, B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. The surface gravity of Arc-turus from MgH lines, strong metal lines, and the ionization equilibriumof Fe. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 212, 497, 1985.

[381] R. Bell, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, and A. Nordlund. A grid of modelatmospheres for metal–deficient giant stars. II. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,23, 37, 1976.

[382] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The colors of G and K type giant stars. II.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 34, 229, 1978.

[383] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The relationship between stellar visual sur-face brightness and color. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 191, 435, 1980.

[384] R. Bell and B. Gustafsson. The effective temperatures and colors of Gand K stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 236, 653, 1989.

[385] R. Bell and J. Oke. Analysis of four F subdwarfs used as spectropho-tometric standards. Astrophys. J., 307, 253, 1986.

[386] R. Bell and S. Parsons. Theoretical colors for F and G supergiants.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 169, 71, 1974.

[387] R. Bell and A. Rodgers. The atmosphere of β Doradus. III. H–lineprofiles. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 135, 121, 1967.

[388] N. Bellomo and R. Gatignol, editors. Lectures Notes on Discretizationof the Boltzmann Equation. Volume 63. Series on Advances in Math-ematics for Applied Sciences. (Singapore: World Scientific PublishingCompany), 2003.

[389] M. Beltrametti and J. Perry. Radiatively driven winds from extendedsources. Astr. Astrophys., 82, 99, 1980.

[390] O. Bely and H. van Regemorter. Excitation and ionization by electronimpact. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 8, 329, 1970.

[391] R. Bengston, M. Miller, W. Davis, and J. Grieg. Measurements of theStark broadening of Hγ. Astrophys. J., 157, 957, 1969.

[392] E. Bennet and C. McKeith. Carbon abundances in B–type stars froman LTE analysis of CCD/echelle observations of the C II 6578, 6583Alines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 234, 325, 1988.

27



[393] V. Berestetskii, E. Lifshitz, and L. Pitaevskii. Quantum Electrodynam-ics. (Oxford: Butterworth–Heinemann), 2nd edition, 1982.

[394] J. Berger. Absorption coefficients for free–free transitions in a hydrogenplasma. Astrophys. J., 124, 550, 1956.

[395] J. Berger and J. Greenstein. A new He–rich star, BD +13◦3224. Pub.Astr. Soc. Pacific, 75, 148, 1963.

[396] T. Bergerhoffer, J. Schmitt, R. Danner, and J. Cassinelli. X–ray prop-erties of bright OB–type stars detected in the ROSAT all–sky survey.Astr. Astrophys., 322, 167, 1997.

[397] P. Bergeron and S. Leggett. Model atmosphere analysis of two very coolwhite dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 580, 1070, 2002.

[398] G. Bernabeu. Stellar wind velocities and the radiation–driven windtheory for O stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 197, 237, 1992.

[399] G. Bernabeu, A. Magazzo, and R. Stalio. Stellar wind velocities andluminosities of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 226, 215, 1989.

[400] A. Bernat and D. Lambert. Copernicus observations of Betelgeuse andAntares. Astrophys. J., 204, 830, 1985.

[401] J. Bernkopf. Unified stellar models and convection in cool stars. Astr.Astrophys., 332, 127, 1998.

[402] K. Berrington, P. Burke, M. Le Dourneuf, W. Robb, K. Taylor, andV. Lan. A new version of the general program to calculate atomic con-tinuum processes using the R–matrix method. Comp. Phys. Commun.,14, 367, 1978.

[403] K. Berrington, W. Eissner, and P. Norrington. RMATRX1: Belfast atomicR–matrix codes. Comp. Phys. Commun., 92, 290, 1995.

[404] E. Bertone, A. Buzzoni, M. Chavez, and L. Rodriguez–Merino. ATLASvs. NextGen model atmospheres: A combined analysis of synthetic spec-tral energy distributetions Astr. J., 128, 289, 2004.

[405] C. Bertout and C. Magnan. Line profiles from moving spherical shells.Astr. Astrophys., 183, 319, 1987.

[406] M. Bessell. The metal deficiency of two members of M 67. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 84, 489, 1972.

[407] M. Bessell. Two of the most metal–deficient stars. Proc. Astr. Soc.Australia, 3, 144, 1977.

[408] M. Bessell. Cool star empirical temperature scales. In Bedding et al.[361], page 127.

28



[409] M. Bessell. Spectrophotometry: Revised standards and techniques. Pub.Astr. Soc. Pacific, 111, 1426, 1999.

[410] M. Bessell. Standard photometric systems. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys.,43, 293, 2005.

[411] M. Bessell. Measuring the Balmer jump and the effective gravity inFGK stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 119, 605, 2007.

[412] M. Bessell, F. Castelli, and B. Plez. Model atmospheres, broad–band colors, bolometric corrections and temperature calibrations forO–M stars. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 231, 1998.

[413] M. Bessell and J. Norris. N overabundances in Population II dwarfs.Astrophys. J., 263, 622, 1982.

[414] M. Bessell and J. Norris. The ultra–metal–deficient (Population III?)red giant CD 38.245◦. Astrophys. J., 285, 622, 1984.

[415] M. Bessell and J. Norris. Relative elemental abundances in extremelymetal–deficient stars. J. Astrophys. and Astr., 8, 99, 1987.

[416] M. Bessell, R. Sutherland, and K. Ruan. Oxygen abundances in halostars. Astrophys. J., 383, L71, 1991.

[417] M. Bessell and D. Wickramasinghe. Subdwarfs II. The missing halo–population K subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 227, 232, 1979.

[418] H. Bethe. Energy production in stars. Phys. Rev., 55, 434, 1939.

[419] H. Bethe and R. Jackiw. Intermediate Quantum Mechanics. (New York:W. A. Benjamin, Inc.), 2nd edition, 1968.

[420] H. Bethe and E. Salpeter. Quantum Mechanics of One– and Two–Electron Atoms. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1957.

[421] K. Beuermann, I. Baraffe, and P. Hauschildt. Barnes–Evans relationsfor late–type giants and dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 524, 1999.

[422] R. Beveridge and C. Sneden. The chemical compositions of two N–rich,metal–poor, halo dwarf stars. Astr. J., 108, 285, 1994.

[423] A. Bhatia. Properties of the ground state of the hydrogen molecularion. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 2787, 1998.

[424] P. Bhatnagar, M. Krook, D. Menzel, and R. Thomas. Turbulence,kinetic temperature, and electron temperature in stellar atmospheres.In Beer [363], page 296.

[425] L. Bianchi and R. Gilmozzi, editors. Mass Outflows From Stars andGalactic Nuclei. Proceedings of the Second Torino Workshop, Turin,Italy. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1988.

29



[426] E. Biemont. Abundances of singly–ionized elements of the Fe group inthe Sun. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 184, 683, 1978.

[427] E. Biemont, M. Baudoux, R. Kurucz, W. Ambacher, and E. Pinnington.The solar abundance of Fe: A “final” word! Astr. Astrophys., 249, 539,1991.

[428] L. Biermann. Untersuchungen uber den inneren Aufbau der Sterne.IV. Konvektionszonen im Innern der Sterne. Z. fur Astrophys., 5, 117,1932.

[429] J. Binney and M. Merrifield. Galactic Astronomy. (Princeton: Prince-ton University Press), 1998.

[430] G. Bisnovatyi–Kogan and A. Dorodnitsyn. On modeling radiation–driven envelopes at arbitrary optical depths. Astr. Astrophys., 344,647, 1999.

[431] J. Bjorkman and J. Cassinelli. Equatorial disk formation around rotat-ing stars due to Ram pressure confinement by the stellar wind. Astro-phys. J., 409, 429, 1993.

[432] J. Bjorkman. The solution topology of radiation–driven winds. I. TheX–type nature of the CAK critical point. Astrophys. J., 453, 369, 1995.

[433] D. Blackwell, R. Ellis, P. Ibbetson, A. Petford, and R. Willis. Thecontinuum flux distribution for Arcturus. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,171, 425, 1975.

[434] D. Blackwell and M. Shallis. Stellar angular diameters from infraredphotometry – Application to Arcturus and other stars; with effectivetemperatures. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 180, 177, 1977.

[435] D. Blackwell and R. Willis. Stellar gravities from metallic line profiles,with application to Arcturus – The effective temperature of Arcturus.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 180, 169, 1977.

[436] M. Blaha. Effective Gaunt factors geff for excitation of positive ions byelectron collisions in a simplified Coulomb–Born approximation. Astro-phys. J., 157, 473, 1969.

[437] J. Blanc–Vaziaga, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and R. Cayrel. Contributionto the study of supermetallicity in late–type giants. Astrophys. J., 180,871, 1973.

[438] R. Blandford and E. Scharlemann. On induced Compton scattering byrelativistic particles. Astrophys. Space Sci., 36, 303, 1975.

[439] R. Bless. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of A–type stars. Astrophys.J., 132, 532, 1960.

30



[440] R. Bless and A. Code. Ultraviolet astronomy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 10, 197, 1972.

[441] R. Bless, A. Code, and T. Houck. Astronomical radiation measure-ments. III. An analysis for far–ultraviolet filter observations of stars.Astrophys. J., 153, 561, 1968.

[442] R. Bless, A. Code, T. Houck, J. McNall, and D. Taylor. Astronomicalradiation measurements. II. Observations of stars in the spectral regionλλ 2800–2100. Astrophys. J., 153, 557, 1968.

[443] R. Bless, A. Code, and D. Schroeder. Astronomical radiation measure-ments. I. Spectrophometric standards for astronomical use. Astrophys.J., 153, 545, 1968.

[444] N. van der Blick, B. Gustafsson, and K. Eriksson. Stellar far–IR fluxes:How accurate are model predictions? Astr. Astrophys., 309, 860, 1996.

[445] S. Blinnikov, N. Dunina–Barkovskaya, and D. Nadyozhin. Equation ofstate of a Fermi gas: Approximations for various degrees of relativismand degeneracy. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106, 171, 1996.

[446] R. Blomme. The terminal velocity of the stellar wind in O–type stars.Astr. Astrophys., 229, 523, 1990.

[447] R. Blomme and W. Van Rensbergen. Mass loss and C IV ionization inthe stellar wind of OB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 207, 70, 1988.

[448] B. Boer, C. de Jager, and H. Nieuwenhuijzen. The dynamical state ofthe atmosphere of the supergiant α Cygni (A2 Ia). Astr. Astrophys.,195, 218, 1988.

[449] B. Bohannan, D. Abbott, S. Voels, and D. Hummer. Photospheres ofhot stars. II. An analysis of ζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 308, 728, 1986.

[450] B. Bohannan, S. Voels, D. Hummer, and D. Abbott. Photospheres ofhot stars. IV. Spectral type O4. Astrophys. J., 365, 729, 1990.

[451] B. Bohannan and N. Walborn. The Ofpe/WN 9 class in the LargeMagellanic Cloud. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 101, 520, 1989.

[452] R. Bohlin. Spectrophotometric standards from the far–UV to the near–IR on the white dwarf flux scale. Astr. J., 111, 1743, 1996.

[453] R. Bohlin. Comparison of white dwarf models with STIS spectropho-tometry. Astr. J., 120, 437, 2000.

[454] R. Bohlin, L. Colina, and D. Finley. White dwarf standard stars G191–B2B, GD 71, GD 153, HZ 43. Astr. J., 110, 1316, 1995.

31



[455] R. Bohlin, M. Dickinson, and D. Calzetti. Spectrophotometric stan-dards from the far–ultraviolet to the near–infrared: STIS and NICMOSfluxes. Astr. J., 122, 2118, 2001.

[456] R. Bohlin and R. Gilliland. HST absolute spectrophotometry of Vegafrom the far UV to the IR. Astr. J., 127, 3508, 2004.

[457] D. Bohm and L. Aller. The electron velocity distribution in gaseousnebulae and stellar envelopes. Astrophys. J., 105, 1, 1947.

[458] K.–H. Bohm. Die Temperaturschichtung der Sonnenatmosphare imnichtgrauen Strahlungsgleichgewicht. Z. fur Astrophys., 34, 182, 1954.

[459] K.–H. Bohm. Zur Deutung der Mitte Rand Variation der FraunhoferLinien. Z. fur Astrophys., 35, 179, 1954.

[460] K.–H. Bohm. Basic theory of line formation. In Greenstein [1334],chapter 3, page 88.

[461] K.–H. Bohm, editor. The Blanketing Effect. IAU Colloquium. J. Quan-tit. Spectrosc. & Radiat. Transf., 6, 534, 1966.

[462] K.–H. Bohm. The theory of extended and expanding atmospheres. InBatten [325], page 148.

[463] K.–H. Bohm and D. Kapranidis. The basic structure of hot white dwarfatmospheres as a function of composition. Astr. Astrophys., 87, 307,1980.

[464] E. Bohm–Vitense. Uber die Temperatur– und Druckschichtung derSonnenatmosphare. Z. fur Astrophys., 34, 209, 1954.

[465] E. Bohm–Vitense. Uber die Wasserstoffkonvektionszone in Sternen ver-schiedener Effektivtemperaturen und Leuchtkrafte. Z. fur Astrophys.,46, 108, 1958.

[466] E. Bohm–Vitense. Berechnung der Temperaturschichtung nichtgrauerAtmospharen im Strahlungsgleichgewicht. Z. fur Astrophys., 57, 241,1963.

[467] E. Bohm–Vitense. On the atmospheres of He stars. Astrophys. J., 150,483, 1967.

[468] E. Bohm–Vitense. The UBVr colors of main sequence stars. Astr.Astrophys., 8, 283, 1970.

[469] E. Bohm–Vitense. Convection and metal abundance. Astr. Astrophys.,14, 390, 1971.

[470] E. Bohm–Vitense. Surface temperatures and curves of growth for Pop-ulation I and Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 81, 1972.

32



[471] E. Bohm–Vitense. The UBVr colors of supergiants. Astr. Astrophys.,17, 335, 1972.

[472] E. Bohm–Vitense. The UBV r colors of extreme Population II giants.Astr. Astrophys., 24, 447, 1973.

[473] E. Bohm–Vitense. Line effects on the radiative acceleration in super-giant stars. Astrophys. J., 181, 379, 1973.

[474] E. Bohm–Vitense. Energy distributions in main sequence A and F stars.Astrophys. J., 223, 509, 1978.

[475] E. Bohm–Vitense. Spectral classification from a theoretical point ofview. In McCarthy et al. [2535], page 309.

[476] E. Bohm–Vitense. Far–ultraviolet energy distributions of the metal–poor A stars HD 109995 and HD 161817. Astrophys. J., 243, 213, 1981.

[477] E. Bohm–Vitense. The effective temperature scale. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 19, 295, 1981.

[478] E. Bohm–Vitense. The ultraviolet energy distributions of late A stars.Astrophys. J., 244, 938, 1981.

[479] E. Bohm–Vitense. Effective temperatures of A and F stars. Astrophys.J., 255, 191, 1982.

[480] E. Bohm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 1: Ba-sic Stellar Observations and Data. (Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress), 1989.

[481] E. Bohm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 2: Stel-lar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 1989.

[482] E. Bohm–Vitense. Introduction to Stellar Astrophysics. Volume 3: Stel-lar Structure and Evolution. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press),1992.

[483] E. Bohm–Vitense, T. Dettmann, and S. Kapranidis. On the energydistribution in Sirius B. Astrophys. J., 232, 189, 1979.

[484] E. Bohm–Vitense, P. Hodge, and D. Boggs. The ultraviolet spectra ofthe O and B stars in the young galactic cluster NGC 6530. Astrophys.J., 287, 825, 1984.

[485] E. Bohm–Vitense and P. Johnson. Scanner observations of main se-quence A and F stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 35, 461, 1977.

[486] E. Bohm–Vitense, J. Mena-Werth, K. Carpenter, and R. Robinson.Mg II emission lines of Hyades F Stars. Astrophys. J., 550, 457, 2001.

33



[487] E. Bohm–Vitense and G. Nelson. About the proper choice of the char-acteristic length in the convection theory. Astrophys. J., 210, 741, 1976.

[488] E. Bohm–Vitense, D. Pyper, and G. Wallerstein. The spectrum ofγ Pegasi between 3300 and 3030A . Astrophys. J., 140, 807, 1964.

[489] E. Bohm–Vitense, R. Robinson, and K. Carpenter. The O VI and C IIIlines at 1032 and 977A in Hyades F stars. Astrophys. J., 606, 1174,2004.

[490] E. Bohm–Vitense and P. Szkody. The interpretation of the two–colorand color–magnitude diagrams of M 15 and M 92. Astrophys. J., 184,211, 1973.

[491] E. Bohm–Vitense and P. Szkody. UBVr colors for Population II giants.Astrophys. J., 193, 607, 1974.

[492] H. Bohn and B. Wolf. Dissociation equilibrium and thermodynamics ofdiatomic molecules in astrophysical applications. Astr. Astrophys., 130,202, 1984.

[493] J. Bond, K. Watson, and J. Welch. Atomic Theory of Gasdynamics.(Reading: Addison–wesley), 1965.

[494] J. Bonnell and D. Branch. On the measurement and analysis of spectraof K giants. Astrophys. J., 229, 175, 1979.

[495] J. Bonnet. Recherches sur l’emission continue du Soleil entre 1950A et3000A. Ann. dAstrophys., 31, 597, 1968.

[496] R. Bonnet and P. Delache, editors. Energy Balance and Hydrodynam-ics of the Solar Chromosphere and Corona. (Clermont–Ferrand: G.deBussac), 1997.

[497] W. Bonsack, J. Greenstein, J. Mathis, W. Melbourne, G. Neugebauer,R. Newburn, K. Olsen, W. Tifft, H. Wahlquist, and G. Wallerstein. Theinterpretation of photoelectric colors for stars of types B–F. Astrophys.J., 125, 139, 1957.

[498] W. Bonsack and Greenstein J. A high–velocity supergiant, HD 172324.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 68, 249, 1956.

[499] M. Born, W. Heisenberg, and P. Jordan. Zur Quantenmechanik II. Z.fur Phys., 35, 557, 1926.

[500] M. Born and P. Jordan. Zur Quantenmechanik. Z. fur Phys., 34, 858,1925.

[501] M. Born and J. R. Oppenheimer. Zur Quantentheorie del Molekeln.Ann. Physik, 84, 457, 1927.

34



[502] J. Borsenberger and M. Gros. A grid of medium cool radiative equi-librium non–LTE models: 10,000 K ≤ Teff ≤ 15,000 K, g = 104. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 41, 291, 1978.

[503] J. Borsenberger and G. Stasinska. NLTE model atmospheres for early–type stars of various chemical compositions and resulting emission–linespectra for surrounding H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 158, 1982.

[504] A. Borysow. Modeling of collision–induced infrared absorption spectraof H2 – H2 pairs in the fundamental band at temperatures from 20 to300 K. Icarus, 92, 273, 1991.

[505] A. Borysow. Pressure–induced molecular absorption in stellar atmo-spheres. In Jørgensen [1964], page 209.

[506] A. Borysow. Collision–induced absorption coefficients of H2 pairs attemperatures from 60 K to 1000 K. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 779, 2002.

[507] A. Borysow, J. Borysow, and Y. Fu. Semi–empirical model of collision–induced absorption spectra of H2 – H2 complexes in the second overtoneband of hydrogen at temperatures from 50 to 500 K. Icarus, 145, 601,2000.

[508] A. Borysow and U. Jorgensen. Collision–induced absorption in M dwarfsand cool white dwarfs. In Griffith and Marley [1380], page 173.

[509] A. Borysow, U. Jorgensen, and Y. Fu. High–temperature (1000 –7000 K) collision–induced absorption of H2 pairs computed from firstprinciples, with application to cool and dense stellar atmospheres. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 68, 235, 2001.

[510] A. Borysow, U. Jorgensen, and C. Zheng. Model atmospheres of cool,low–metallicity stars: The importance of collision–induced absorption.Astr. Astrophys., 324, 185, 1997.

[511] S. Bose. Planck’s Gesetz und Lichtquantenhypothese. Z. fur Phys., 26,178, 1924.

[512] S. Bose. Warmegleichgewicht im Strahlungsfeld bei Anwesenheit vonMaterie. Z. fur Phys., 27, 384, 1924.

[513] J.–C. Bouret, T. Lanz, D. Hillier, S. Heap, I. Hubeny, D. Lennon,L. Smith, and J. Evans. Quantitative spectroscopy of O stars at lowmetallicity: O dwarfs in NGC 346. Astrophys. J., 595, 1182, 2003.

[514] R. Bowers and T. Deeming. Astrophysics. Volume 1: Stars. (Boston:Jones and Bartlett Publishers), 1984.

[515] S. Bowyer and R. Malina, editors. Astrophysics in the Extreme Ultra-violet. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1996.

35



[516] A. Boyarchuk. Expanding envelopes of stars. In Barbuy and Renzini[325], page 81.

[517] A. Boyarchuk, I. Hubeny, J. Kubat, L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin.Non–LTE effects in the atmospheres of F–type supergiants. II. Analysisof Na I lines (Method of computations). Astrofizika, 28, 335, 1988.

[518] A. Boyarchuk, I. Hubeny, J. Kubat, L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin.Non–LTE effects in the atmospheres of F–type supergiants. III. Analysisof Na I lines (Results of calculations). Astrofizika, 28, 343, 1988.

[519] A. Boyarchuk, L. Lyubimkov, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects inthe atmospheres of F–type supergiants. I. Overionization of Fe I atoms.Astrofizika, 22, 339, 1984.

[520] R. Bracewell. The Fourier Transform and Its Applications. (New York:Mc Graw–Hill Book Company), 3rd edition, 1999.

[521] P. Bradley and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for O–type stars withultraviolet line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 156, 687, 1969.

[522] D. Branch and J. Alexander. On the UBV RI colors of strong–lineG dwarfs and subgiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 161, 409, 1973.

[523] D. Branch and R. Bell. An abundance analysis of the ultraviolet defi-cient subgiant HR 244. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 151, 189, 1971.

[524] D. Branch and R. Bell. The colors and chemical composition of the Gdwarf HR 72. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 57, 1971.

[525] D. Branch and R. Bell. Carbon abundances in G and K giants. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 173, 299, 1975.

[526] D. Branch, J. Bonnell, and J. Tomkin. Iron abundances in G andK giants from near–infrared spectra. Astrophys. J., 225, 902, 1978.

[527] D. Branch, D. Lambert, and J. Tomkin. The Fe abundance in theHyades cluster. Astrophys. J., 241, L83, 1980.

[528] L. Branscomb and B. Pagel. Atomic and molecular negative ions instellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 258, 1958.

[529] R. Bray. The center–limb variation of the Na D lines. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 116, 395, 1956.

[530] S. Brechot and H. van Regemorter. L’ellargissement des raies spectralespar chocs. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 432, 1964.

[531] S. Brechot and H. van Regemorter. L’ellargissement des raies spec-trales par chocs. II. Theorie generale de l’ellargissement par chocsellectroniques. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 739, 1964.

36



[532] R. Breene. The Shift and Shape of Spectral Lines. (Oxford: PergamonPress), 1961.

[533] R. Breene. Theories of Spectral Line Shape. (New York: John Wiley &Sons), 1981.

[534] M. Breger and L. Kuhi. Effective temperatures, gravities, and the massdetermination of A and F stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 1129, 1970.

[535] P. Brekke. An ultraviolet spectral atlas of the Sun between 1190–1730A.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 113, 237, 1993.

[536] J. Brett. Opacity sampling model photospheres for M dwarfs. I. Com-putations, sensitivities and comparisons. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 185,1997.

[537] M. Bretz. Mitte Rand Variations von Wachstumskurven auf der Sonne.Z. fur Astrophys., 38, 259, 1956.

[538] O. Brill and B. Goodham. Causality in the Coulomb gauge. Amer. J.Phys., 35, 282, 1967.

[539] D. Brink and G. Satchler. Angular Momentum. (Oxford: Oxford Uni-versity Press), 1962.

[540] A. Brissaud and U. Frisch. Theory of Stark broadening - II. Exact lineprofile with model microfield. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf.,11, 1767, 1971.

[541] C. Brodbeck, J.–P. Bouanich, N. van Thanh, and A. Borysow. The bi-nary collision–induced second overtone band of gaseous hydrogen: Mod-eling and laboratory measurements. Planetary and Space Sci., 47, 1285,1999.

[542] C. Brodbeck, J.–P. Bouanich, N. van Thanh, Y. Fu, and A. Borysow.Collision–induced absorption by H2 pairs in the second overtone bandat 298 and 77.5 K: Comparison between experimental and theoreticalresults. J. Chem. Phys., 110, 4750, 1999.

[543] C. Brodbeck, N. van Thanh, A. Jean-Louis, J.–P. Bouanich, andL. Frommhold. Collision–induced absorption by H2 pairs in the fun-damental band at 78 and 298 K. Phys. Rev. A, 50, 484, 1994.

[544] V. Bromm. The early generations of low–metallicity stars. In Lamerset al. [2303], page 285.

[545] M. Bronstein. Zur strahlungsgleichgewichtes Problem von Milne. Z. furPhys., 58, 696, 1929.

[546] M. Bronstein. Uber das Verhaltnis der effektiven Temperatur der Sternezur Temperatur ihrer Oberflache. Z. fur Phys., 59, 144, 1929.

37



[547] M. Bronstein. Note on the temperature distribution in the deep layersof stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 133, 1930.

[548] A. Brown, A. Veale, P. Judge, J. Bookbinder, and I. Hubeny. Stringentlimits on the ionized mass loss from A and F dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 361,220, 1990.

[549] P. Brown, P. Dufton, and D. Lennon. Non–LTE calculations of O IIline strengths in early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 230, 443,1988.

[550] R. Brown. Measurement of stellar diameters. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 6, 13, 1968.

[551] R. Brown, J. Davis, and L. Allen. The stellar interferometer at Narrabriobservatory. I. A description of the instrument and observational pro-cedure. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 375, 1967.

[552] R. Brown, J. Davis, and L. Allen. The angular diameters of 32 stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 167, 121, 1974.

[553] R. Brown, J. Davis, L. Allen, and J. Rome. The stellar interferometerat Nararbri observatory. II. The angular diameters of 15 stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 393, 1967.

[554] R. Brown, J. Davis, R. Lake, and R. Thompson. The effects of limbdarkening on measurements of angular size with an intensity interfer-ometer. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 167, 475, 1974.

[555] R. Brown and J. Lang, editors. Astrophysical and Laboratory Spec-troscopy. (Edinburg: The Scottish Universities’ Summer School inPhysics), 1988.

[556] R. Brown and R. Twiss. Interferometry of the intensity fluctuations inlight. III. Applications to astronomy. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A, 248,199, 1958.

[557] R. Brown and R. Twiss. Interferometry of the intensity fluctuations inlight. IV. Test of an intensity interferometer on Sirius A. Proc. Roy.Soc. London A, 248, 222, 1958.

[558] R. Brucato and D. Mihalas. On the excitation mechanism of N IIIemission in the Of stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 154, 491, 1971.

[559] K. Brueckner. Collision broadening by neutral H. Astrophys. J., 169,621, 1971.

[560] D. Bruggemann and M. Bollig. An efficient algorithm for frequencyintegration of Voigt profiles. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 48,111, 1992.

38



[561] J. de Bruijne, R. Hoogerwerf, and P. de Zeeuw. A HIPPARCOS studyof the Hyades open cluster. Improved color–absolute magnitude andHertzsprung–Russell diagrams. Astr. Astrophys., 367, 111, 2001.

[562] B. Buchholz, P. Hauschildt, W. Rammacher, and P. Ulmschneider. Anoperator splitting method for atmospheres with shocks. Astr. Astro-phys., 285, 987, 1994.

[563] R. Buckingham, S. Reid, and R. Spence. Continuous absorption by theH molecular ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 112, 382, 1952.

[564] D. Buckley and A. Longmore. The distance to M 13 via a subdwarf fitin the optical–infrared color–magnitude plane. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 257, 731, 1992.

[565] I. Bues. The atmospheres of the He–rich white dwarfs of spectral typeDB. Astr. Astrophys., 7, 91, 1970.

[566] I. Bues. Carbon abundance in the atmospheres of H–poor white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 28, 181, 1973.

[567] I. Bues and R. Wehrse. Rayleigh scattering in the atmospheres of verycool white dwarf. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 461, 1976.

[568] C. Buet and S. Cordier. Numerical method for the Compton scatteringoperator. In Bellomo and Gatignol [388], page 223.

[569] V. Buimistrov and L. Trakhtenberg. Bremsstrahlung cross section inscattering of an electron by a hydrogen atom. Soviet Physics – J.E.T.P.,42, 54, 1976.

[570] G. Burbidge and E. Burbidge. The composition and spectra of whitedwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 66, 308, 1954.

[571] G. Burbidge, E. Burbidge, W. Fowler, and F. Hoyle. Synthesis of theelements in stars. Rev. Mod. Phys., 29, 547, 1957.

[572] M. Burger and K. van der Hucht. The theoretical near ultraviolet spec-trum of B type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 48, 173, 1976.

[573] M. Burger, K. van der Hucht, and H. Lamers. The Mg II lines at 2800Ain the spectrum of α2 Canum Venaticorum. Astr. Astrophys., 26, 149,1973.

[574] P. Burger and H. Lamers. Analytical expressions for the Rosseland meanopacity and electron scattering in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,218, 161, 1989.

[575] J. Burgers. Flow Equations for Composite Gases. (New York: AcademicPress), 1969.

39



[576] A. Burgess. A general formula for the estimation of dielectronic recom-bination coefficients in low–density plasmas. Astrophys. J., 141, 1588,1965.

[577] A. Burgess and M. Seaton. A general formula for the calculation ofatomic photoionization cross–sections. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 120,121, 1960.

[578] A. Burgess and M. Seaton. Radiative recombination of He. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 121, 471, 1960.

[579] A. Burgess and H. Summers. The effects of electron and radiationdensity on dielectronic recombination. Astrophys. J., 157, 1007, 1969.

[580] A. Burgess and H. Summers. The recombination and level populationsof ions. I. Hydrogen and hydrogenic ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,174, 345, 1976.

[581] A. Burgess and H. Summers. Radiative Gaunt factors. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 226, 257, 1987.

[582] D. Burgess. Some comments on present theoretical calculations of theprofiles of forbidden components in the wings of Stark–broadened spec-tral lines. J. Phys. B, 3, L70, 1970.

[583] D. Burgess and C. Cairns. Experimental observations of the profilesand relative intensities of He I 2P3–4D3 (λ 4471) and 23P–4F3 (λ 4470)at low electron densities. J. Phys. B, 3, 67, 1970.

[584] D. Burgess and C. Cairns. Experimental studies of He line broadening ina plasma. II. Low electron densities (lines with forbidden components).J. Phys. B, 4, 1364, 1971.

[585] P. Burke, D. Gallaher, and S. Geltman. Electron scattering by atomichydrogen using a pseudo–state expansion. I. Elastic scattering. J. Phys.B, 2, 1142, 1969.

[586] P. Burke, A. Hibbert, and W. Robb. Electron scattering by complexatoms. J. Phys. B, 4, 135, 1971.

[587] P. Burke and W. Robb. R–matrix theory of atomic processes. Adv.Atm. Mol. Phys., 11, 143, 1975.

[588] P. Burke and M. Seaton. Numerical solutions of the integro–differentialequations of electron–atom collision theory. In Alder et al. [37], page 1.

[589] P. Burke and T. Webb. Electron scattering by atomic hydrogen usinga pseudostate expansion. III. Excitation of 2s and 2p states at interme-diate energies. J. Phys. B, 3, L131, 1970.

40



[590] C. Burkhart and M. Coupry. The Pleiades, Coma, Hyades, and Praesepeopen clusters: Li, Al, Si, S, Fe, Ni, and Eu abundances compared inA stars. Astr. Astrophys., 354, 216, 2000.

[591] I. Busa, V. Andretta, M. Gomez, and L. Terranegra. A method toestimate the effect of line–blanketing in NLTE radiative transfer calcu-lations. Astr. Astrophys., 373, 993, 2001.

[592] I. Busbridge and W. Stibbs. On the intensities of interlocked multipletlines in the Milne–Eddington model. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 114,2, 1954.

[593] J. Busche and D. Hillier. An efficient short characteristic solution forthe transfer equation in axisymmetric geometries using a spherical co-ordinate system. Astrophys. J., 53, 1071, 2000.

[594] R. Buser. A systematic investigation of multicolor photometric systems.Astr. Astrophys., 62, 421, 1978.

[595] R. Buser and R. Kurucz. A systematic investigation of multicolor photo-metric systems. III. Theoretical UBV colors and the temperature scalefor early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 555, 1978.

[596] R. Buser and R. Kurucz. A library of theoretical stellar flux spectra.I. Synthetic UBVRI photometry and the metallicity scale for F– to K–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 264, 557, 1992.

[597] G. Busso, S. Moehler, M. Zoccali, U. Heber, and S. Yi. Hot subdwarfsin the galactic bulge. Astrophys. J., 633, 29, 2005.

[598] M. Busso, R. Gallino, D. Lambert, C. Travaglio, and V. Smith. Nucle-osynthesis and mixing on the asymptotic giant branch. III. Predictedand observed s–process abundances. Astrophys. J., 557, 802, 2001.

[599] C. Butler, P. Byrne, A. Andrews, and J. Doyle. Ultraviolet spectra ofdwarf solar neighborhood stars. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 197, 815,1981.

[600] K. Butler. Accuracy of excitation and ionization cross sections. InWehrse [4023], page 19.

[601] K. Butler. The Opacity Project – A review. In Heber and Jeffery [1563],page 345.

[602] K. Butler. Atmospheres and winds of hot stars: The impact of newopacity calculations and continuing needs. In Adelman and Wiese [22],page 509.

[603] K. Butler and J. Giddings. In Newsletter on Analysisof AstronomicalSpectra. No. 9 (Daresbury, England: Daresbury Laboratory).

41



[604] S. Butler and A. Dalgarno. Charge transfer of multiply charged ionswith hydrogen and helium Landau-Zener calculations. Astrophys. J.,241, 838, 1980.

[605] C. Cacciari. UV fluxes of Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,61, 339, 1985.

[606] C. Cacciari, M. Malagnini, C. Morossi, and L. Rossi. Physical parame-ters for Population II stars. Astr. Astrophys., 183, 314, 1987.

[607] B. Caccin, V. Penza, and M. Gomez. Spectral line ratios as Teff indica-tors in solar–like stars. Astr. Astrophys., 386, 286, 2002.

[608] J. Callaway and R. Chow. Excitation of the hydrogen molecular ion byelectron impact. Phys. Rev. A, 137, 1662, 1965.

[609] R. Canfield and R. Puetter. Theoretical quasar emission line ratios. I.Transfer and escape of radiation. Astrophys. J., 243, 381, 1981.

[610] C. Cannon. Line transfer in two dimensions. Astrophys. J., 161, 255,1970.

[611] C. Cannon. Angular–quadrature perturbations in radiative transfer the-ory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 627, 1973.

[612] C. Cannon. Frequency–quadrature perturbations in radiative transfertheory. Astrophys. J., 185, 621, 1973.

[613] C. Cannon. The temperature and velocity distribution in Wolf–Rayetstars. Astr. Astrophys., 32, 79, 1974.

[614] C. Cannon. Solutions of the radiative transfer equation for Lyα, Lyβ,Mg II h & k, Ca II H & K using two–dimensional geometry, macroscopicvelocity fields and frequency and angle dependent redistribution. Astr.Astrophys., 52, 337, 1976.

[615] C. Cannon. Radiative gas dynamics in the transonic regime. Astrophys.J., 289, 363, 1985.

[616] C. Cannon. The Transfer of Spectral Line Radiation. (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press), 1985.

[617] C. Cannon and L. Cram. The velocity–dependent source function inradiative transfer theory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 93,1974.

[618] C. Cannon, P. Lopert, and C. Magnan. Redistribution perturbations inradiative transfer theory. Astr. Astrophys., 42, 347, 1975.

[619] C. Cannon and D. Rees. Line transfer in the presence of two–dimensional velocity gradients. Astrophys. J., 169, 157, 1971.

42



[620] C. Cannon and I. Vardavas. The effect of redistribution on the emissionpeaks from chromospheric–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,32, 85, 1974.

[621] D. Carbon. A comparison of the straight–mean, harmonic–mean, andmultiple–picket approximations for the line opacities in cool model at-mospheres. Astrophys. J., 187, 135, 1974.

[622] D. Carbon. Model atmospheres for intermediate– and late–type stars.Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 513, 1979.

[623] D. Carbon. Line blanketing. In Kalkofen [1984], page 395.

[624] D. Carbon, B. Barbuy, R. Kraft, E. Friel, and N. Suntzeff. C and Nabundances in metal–poor dwarfs in the solar neighborhood. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 99, 335, 1987.

[625] D. Carbon, B. Barbuy, R. Kraft, N. Suntzeff, and E. Friel. C andN abundances in a sample of 70 metal–poor dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc.Pacific, 96, 786, 1984.

[626] D. Carbon, W. Romanishin, G. Langer, D. Butler, E. Kemper, C. Tre-fzger, R. Kraft, and N. Suntzeff. C and N abundances in giant starsof the metal–poor globular cluster M 92. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 49, 207,1982.

[627] R. Carlberg. The instability of radiation-driven stellar winds. Astrophys.J., 241, 1131, 1980.

[628] M. Carlsson. A computer program for solving multi–level non–LTEradiative transfer problems in moving or static atmospheres. TechnicalReport 33, Uppsala Astronomical Observatory, Uppsala, Sweden, 1986.

[629] M. Carlsson. A computer program for solving multi–level Non–LTEradiative transfer problems in moving or static atmospheres. In Viottiet al. [3952], page 273.

[630] M. Carlsson. Global and local methods for 1–D problems: Implemen-tation aspects and CPU–time and memory scalings. In Crivellari et al.[872], page 39.

[631] M. Carlsson. The MULTI Non–LTE Program. In Giampapa and Book-binder [1258], page 499.

[632] M. Carlsson. 3D NLTE radiative transfer – Current status and futureprospects. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 51.

[633] M. Carlsson and P. Judge. O I lines in the Sun and stars. I. Under-standing the resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 402, 344, 1993.

43



[634] M. Carlsson and R. Rutten. Solar H–lines in the infrared. Astr. Astro-phys., 259, 53, 1992.

[635] M. Carlsson, R. Rutten, J. Bruls, and N. Shchukina. The non-LTEformation of Li I lines in cool stars. Astr. Astrophys., 288, 860, 1994.

[636] M. Carlsson, R. Rutten, and N. Shchukina. The formation of the Mg Iemission features near 12 microns. Astr. Astrophys., 253, 567, 1992.

[637] B. Carney. Subdwarf ultraviolet excesses and metal abundances. As-trophys. J., 233, 211, 1979.

[638] B. Carney and M. Aaronson. Subdwarf bolometric corrections. Astr.J., 84, 867, 1979.

[639] B. Carney and R. Peterson. Abundance analyses of subdwarfs of theremote halo. Astrophys. J., 245, 238, 1981.

[640] L. Caroff, P. Noerdlinger, and J. Scargle. Transfer of resonance–lineradiation in differentially expanding atmospheres. I. General consider-ations and Monte Carlo calculations. Astrophys. J., 176, 439, 1972.

[641] E. Carretta, R. Gratton, and C. Sneden. Abundances of light elementsin metal–poor stars. III. Data analysis and results. Astr. Astrophys.,356, 238, 2000.

[642] G. Carrier and E. Avrett. A non–gray radiative transfer problem. As-trophys. J., 134, 469, 1961.

[643] B. Carroll and D. Ostlie. An Introduction to Modern Astrophysics.(Reading: Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 1996.

[644] D. Carrollo, D. Koester, A. Spagna, M. Lattanzi, and S. Hodgkin.Model atmosphere analysis of the extreme DQ white dwarf GSC2UJ131147.2+292348. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 13, 2003.

[645] T. Carson. Analytic formulae for Coulomb dipole transitions. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 75, 385, 1988.

[646] T. Carson. Coulomb free–free Gaunt factors. Astr. Astrophys., 189,319, 1988.

[647] J. Cassinelli. Extended model atmospheres for the central stars of plan-etary nebulae. Astrophys. J., 165, 265, 1971.

[648] J. Cassinelli. The continuous energy distribution from stars with hotextended atmospheres. Astrophys. Let., 8, 105, 1971.

[649] J. Cassinelli. Theories for the winds from Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Looreand Willis [938], page 173.

44



[650] J. Cassinelli and J. Castor. Optically thin stellar winds in early–typestars. Astrophys. J., 179, 189, 1973.

[651] J. Cassinelli, J. Castor, and J. Lamers. Expanding envelopes of early–type stars – Current status. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 90, 496, 1978.

[652] J. Cassinelli, D. Cohen, J. MacFarlane, J. Drew, A. Lynas–Gray,M. Hoare, J. Vallerga, B. Welsh, P. Vedder, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz.EUVE spectroscopy of ε Canis Majoris (B2) from 70 to 730 A. Astro-phys. J., 438, 932, 1995.

[653] J. Cassinelli, D. Cohen, J. MacFarlane, J. Drew, A. Lynas–Gray,I. Hubeny, J. Vallegra, B. Welsh, and M. Hoare. EUVE spectroscopyof β Canis Majoris (B1 II-III) from 500A to 700A. Astrophys. J., 460,949, 1996.

[654] J. Cassinelli and L. Hartmann. The subsonic structure of radiativelydriven winds of early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 202, 718, 1975.

[655] J. Cassinelli and G. Olson. Stellar winds. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys.,17, 275, 1979.

[656] J. Cassinelli, G. Olson, and R. Stalio. The structure of the winds andcoronae of O stars derived from Hα line–profile analysis. Astrophys. J.,220, 573, 1978.

[657] B. Castanheira, S. Kepler, G. Handler, and D. Koester. Analysis of IUEspectra of He–rich white dwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys., 450, 331, 2006.

[658] F. Castelli. Synthetic photometry from ATLAS 9 models in the UBVJohnson system. Astr. Astrophys., 346, 564, 1999.

[659] F. Castelli and C. Cacciari. Stellar parameters of Population II A–typestars from IUE spectra and new ODF ATLAS 9 model atmospheres. Astr.Astrophys., 380, 630, 2001.

[660] F. Castelli and R. Faraggiana. Spectral analysis of Vega from Coperni-cus. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 174, 1979.

[661] F. Castelli and R. Kurucz. Model atmospheres for Vega. Astr. Astro-phys., 281, 817, 1994.

[662] F. Castelli, H. Lamers, F. de Andres, and E. Muller. A comparisonbetween the observed and predicted UV line blocking for blanketedmodel atmospheres of early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 91, 32, 1980.

[663] J. Castor. Spectral line formation in Wolf–Rayet envelopes. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 149, 111, 1970.

[664] J. Castor. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetric flows. Astrophys.J., 178, 779, 1972.

45



[665] J. Castor. The effect of sphericity on stellar continuous energy distri-butions. Astrophys. J., 189, 273, 1974.

[666] J. Castor. On the force associated with absorption of spectral lineradiation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 169, 279, 1974.

[667] J. Castor. Radiation Hydrodynamics. (Cambridge: Cambridge Univer-sity Press), 2004.

[668] J. Castor, D. Abbott, and R. Klein. Radiation–driven winds in Of stars.Astrophys. J., 195, 157, 1975.

[669] J. Castor, P. Dykema, and R. Klein. A new scheme for multidimensionalline transfer. II. ETLA method in one dimension with application to ironKα lines. Astrophys. J., 387, 561, 1992.

[670] J. Castor and H. Nussbaumer. On the excitation of C III in Wolf–Rayetenvelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 155, 293, 1972.

[671] J. Castor, S. Owocki, and G. Rybicki. Time–dependent mass loss fromhot stars with and without radiative driving. In Stalio and Willson[3642], page 229.

[672] J. Castor and D. Van Blerkom. Excitation of He II in Wolf–Rayetenvelopes. Astrophys. J., 161, 485, 1970.

[673] J. Castor, D. Van Blerkom, and L. Smith. Influence of noncoherentelectron scattering on a line profile in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J.,159, 1119, 1970.

[674] C. Catala, P. Kunasz, and F. Praderie. Line formation in the wind ofAB Aur. Astr. Astrophys., 134, 402, 1984.

[675] R. Cavallo, C. Pilachowski, and R. Rebolo. Oxygen abundances in metalpoor subgiant stars from the O I triplet. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 109,226, 1997.

[676] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Comparaison entre les gradients absolus stellairesde Gottingen et de Paris. Ann. dAstrophys., 20, 55, 1957.

[677] G. Cayrel de Strobel. A comparison of photoelectric and photographicspectrophotometry. Ann. dAstrophys., 24, 509, 1961.

[678] G. Cayrel de Strobel. On the Mg green triplet lines and the Na D linesas temperature and gravity indicators in late–type stars. In Gingerich[1265], page 35.

[679] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Systematic effects in abundance determinationsfor metal–poor stars. Summary and recommendations. Pub. Astr. Soc.Pacific, 95, 111, 1983.

46



[680] G. Cayrel de Strobel. How precise are spectroscopic abundance deter-minations today? In Hayes et al. [1534], page 137.

[681] G. Cayrel de Strobel. Stars resembling the Sun. Astr. Astrophys. Rev.,7, 243, 1996.

[682] G. Cayrel de Strobel, J. Chauve–Godard, G. Hernandez, and M. Vazi-aga. Sodium in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 7, 408, 1970.

[683] G. Cayrel de Strobel, N. Knowles, G. Hernandez, and C. Benrolila. Insearch of real solar twins. Astr. Astrophys., 94, 1, 1981.

[684] R. Cayrel. Contribution a l etude de l equilibre radiatif. Ann. dAstro-phys., 14, 1, 1951.

[685] R. Cayrel. Sur quelques questions de la th eorie des atmospheresstellaires. II. Nouvelles formules d’approximation pour le calcul del’intensit e du rayonnement et du flux. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 245, 1960.

[686] R. Cayrel. Sur une cause purement radiative de remontee de temper-ature dans une atmosphere stellaire aux densit es chromospheriques.C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 257, 3309, 1963.

[687] R. Cayrel. On the temperature of radiative equilibrium in a layer ofoptically thin gas in the radiation field of the solar photosphere. InAvrett et al. [191], page 169.

[688] R. Cayrel. Non–LTE effects on abundance determination. In Avrettet al. [192], page 453.

[689] R. Cayrel. The line–blanketing problem in the non–LTE approach. InBohm [461], page 621.

[690] R. Cayrel. The location of a few subdwarfs in the theoretical H–Rdiagram and the He content of Population II. Astrophys. J., 151, 997,1968.

[691] R. Cayrel. Comparison of synthetic spectra with real spectra. In Gin-gerich [1265], page 237.

[692] R. Cayrel. The first generation of stars. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 7, 217,1996.

[693] R. Cayrel and G. Cayrel de Strobel. Abundance determinations fromstellar spectra. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 1, 1966.

[694] R. Cayrel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and B. Campbell. Steps towards theabundance scale. I. The abundance of heavy elements in the Hyadescluster. Astr. Astrophys., 146, 249, 1985.

47



[695] R. Cayrel, M. Faurobert–Scholl, N. Feautrier, A. Spielfieldel, andF. Thevenin. On the use of Ca I triplet lines as luminosity indicators.Astr. Astrophys., 312, 549, 1996.

[696] R. Cayrel, Y. Lebreton, M.–N. Perrin, and C. Turon. The HR diagramin the plane log(Teff),Mbol of Population II stars with HIPPARCOSparallaxes. In Proceedings of the ESA Symposium ‘HIPPARCOS’, ESASP–402, page 219, 1997.

[697] R. Cayrel, M.-N. Perrin, B. Barbuy, and R. Buser. A grid of syn-thetic spectra for the determination of the effective temperature, grav-ity, and metallicity of F–stars, G–stars, and K–stars. I. Description ofthe method. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 108, 1991.

[698] R. Cayrel, M.-N. Perrin, R. Buser, B. Barbuy, and M. Coupry. A gridof synthetic spectra for the determination of the effective temperature,gravity, and metallicity of F–stars, G–stars, and K–stars. II. Applicationto 41 stellar spectra taken in the Basel field of SA 141. Astr. Astrophys.,247, 122, 1991.

[699] R. Cayrel and M. Steinberg, editors. Physique des Mouvements dansles Atmospheres Stellaires. (Paris: Centre National de la Recherche Sci-entifique), 1976.

[700] R. Cayrel and G. Traving. Zur Frage der Druckverbreiterung der solarenBalmerlinien. Z. fur Astrophys., 50, 239, 1960.

[701] A. Cenarro, N. Cardiel, J. Gorgas, R. Pletier, A. Vazdekis, andF. Prada. Empirical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet. I. Thestellar library and index definition. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 959,2001.

[702] A. Cenarro, J. Gorgas, N. Cardiel, S. Pedraz, R. Peletier, andA. Vazdekis. Empirical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet.II. The stellar atmospheric parameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326,981, 2001.

[703] A. Cenarro, J. Gorgas, N. Cardiel, A. Vazdekis, and R. Peletier. Empir-ical calibration of the near–infrared Ca II triplet. III. Fitting functions.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 329, 863, 2002.

[704] R. Centeno and H. Socas–Navarro. A new approach to the solar O abun-dance problem. Astrophys. J. Let., 682, L61, 2008.

[705] C. Cesco, S. Chandrasekhar, and J. Sahade. On the radiative equilib-rium of a stellar atmosphere. IV. Astrophys. J., 100, 355, 1944.

[706] B. Chaboyer, P. Demarque, P. Kernan, and L. Krauss. The age ofglobular clusters in light of HIPPARCOS: Resolving the age problem?Astrophys. J., 494, 96, 1998.

48



[707] C. Chadeau. Etude compar ee des spectres de raies de l etoile a h eliumSigma Ori E et de l etoile normale Sigma Ori D (B2.5V). Ann. dAstro-phys., 23, 935, 1960.

[708] C. Chadeau. La s erie de Balmer das les etoiles B. Ann. dAstrophys.,23, 946, 1960.

[709] F. Chaffee, D. Carbon, and S. Strom. Abundances in open clusters:Model–atmosphere abundance analysis of stars in the Pleiades andHyades clusters. Astrophys. J., 166, 593, 1971.

[710] J. Chamberlain and L. Aller. The atmospheres of A–type subdwarfsand 95 Leonis. Astrophys. J., 114, 52, 1951.

[711] K.–L. Chan, K.–S. Cheng, and H. Singh, editors. 1997 Pacific Rim Con-ference on Stellar Astrophysics. (San Francisco: Astronomical Societyof the Pacific), 1998.

[712] S. Chandrasekhar. The maximum mass of ideal white dwarfs. Astrophys.J., 74, 81, 1931.

[713] S. Chandrasekhar. The dissociation formula according to the relativisticstatistics. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 446, 1931.

[714] S. Chandrasekhar. Model stellar photospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 92, 186, 1932.

[715] S. Chandrasekhar. On the hypothesis of the radial ejection of high speedatoms for the Wolf–Rayet stars and the novae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 94, 522, 1934.

[716] S. Chandrasekhar. The highly collapsed configurations of a stellar mass.(Second paper). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 95, 207, 1935.

[717] S. Chandrasekhar. The radiative equilibrium of the outer layers of astar with special reference to the blanketing effect of the reversing layer.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 96, 21, 1935.

[718] S. Chandrasekhar. Stochastic problems in physics and astronomy. Rev.Mod. Phys., 15, 1, 1943.

[719] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmo-sphere. II. Astrophys. J., 100, 76, 1944.

[720] S. Chandrasekhar. The negative ions of hydrogen and oxygen in stellaratmospheres. Rev. Mod. Phys., 16, 101, 1944.

[721] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmo-sphere. V. Astrophys. J., 101, 95, 1945.

49



[722] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the neg-ative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 102, 223, 1945.

[723] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the neg-ative hydrogen ion. II. Astrophys. J., 102, 395, 1945.

[724] S. Chandrasekhar. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellar atmo-sphere. VII. Astrophys. J., 101, 328, 1945.

[725] S. Chandrasekhar. An Introduction to the Study of Stellar Structure.(Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1939. Reprinted in 1957 (NewYork: Dover Publications).

[726] S. Chandrasekhar. On the continuous absorption coefficient of the neg-ative hydrogen ion. IV. Astrophys. J., 128, 114, 1958.

[727] S. Chandrasekhar. Radiative Transfer. (Oxford: Clarendon Press),1950. Reprinted in 1960 (New York: Dover Publications).

[728] S. Chandrasekhar. Selected Papers. Volume 2: Radiative Transfer andNegative Ion of H. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1989.

[729] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the continuous absorption coeffi-cient of the negative hydrogen ion. III. Astrophys. J., 104, 430, 1946.

[730] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellaratmosphere. XVIII. Astrophys. J., 105, 461, 1947.

[731] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellaratmosphere. XIX. Astrophys. J., 106, 143, 1947.

[732] S. Chandrasekhar and F. Breen. On the radiative equilibrium of a stellaratmosphere. XX. Astrophys. J., 106, 145, 1947.

[733] S. Chandrasekhar and D. Elbert. On the continuous absorption coeffi-cient of the negative hydrogen ion. V. Astrophys. J., 128, 633, 1958.

[734] S. Chandrasekhar and M. Krogdahl. On the negative hydrogen ion andits absorption coefficient. Astrophys. J., 98, 205, 1943.

[735] S. Chandrasekhar and G. Munch. The continuous spectrum of the Sunand the stars. Astrophys. J., 104, 446, 1946.

[736] E. Chang, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Electron collisional rates for atomichydrogen, revisited. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 580, 1991.

[737] E. Chang, E. Avrett, R. Noyes, R. Loeser, and P. Mauas. Formation ofthe infrared emission lines of Mg I in the solar atmosphere. Astrophys.J., 379, 79, 1991.

[738] R. Chapman. Radiative transfer in extended stellar atmospheres. As-trophys. J., 143, 61, 1966.

50



[739] R. Chapman. Rational approximations to Gaunt factors. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 9, 315, 1969.

[740] R. Chapman. Rational approximations to Gaunt factors. II. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 10, 1151, 1970.

[741] S. Chapman and T. Cowling. The Mathematical Theory of Non–Uniform Gases. (Cambridge, Cambridge University Press), 3rd edition,1970.

[742] C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and D. Schaerer. Grids of stellarmodels. VI. Horizontal branch and early asymptotic giant branch forlow–mass stars (Z = 0.020, 0.001). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 115, 339,1996.

[743] C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, G. Schaller, and D. Schaerer.Grids of stellar models. III. From 0.8 to 120 M� at Z = 0.004. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 101, 415, 1993.

[744] C. Charbonnel, D. Schaerer, and G. Meynet, editors. CNO in the Uni-verse. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003.

[745] V. Charugin and Ya. Ochelkov. Omnidirectional induced Compton scat-tering by relativistic electrons. Astrophys. Space Sci., 26, 337, 1974.

[746] M. Ch avez, A. Bressan, A. Buzzoni, and D. Mayya, editors. New Questsin Stellar Astrophysics: The Link Between Stars and Cosmology. (Dor-drecht: Kluwer), 2002.

[747] M. Ch avez and O. Cardona. A grid of LTE zero-metallicity stellarfluxes. In Ch avez et al. [746], page 41.

[748] P. Chayer, S. Vennes, J. Dupuis, and J. Kruk. Abundance of elementsbeyond the Fe group in cool DO white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 630, L169,2005.

[749] G.-X. Chen and A. Pradhan. Fluorescent excitation of spectral lines inplanetary nebulae. Astrophys. J., 536, 420, 2000.

[750] Y. Chen, P. Nissen, G. Zhao, and M. Asplund. Sulfur abundances indisk stars: A correlation with Si. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 225, 2002.

[751] Y. Chen, P. Nissen, G. Zhao, H. Zhang, and T. Benoni. Chemicalcomposition of 90 F and G disk dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 141,491, 2000.

[752] E. Chentsov, S. Ermakov, V. Klochkova, K. Bjorkman, and A. Mirosh-nichenko. An atlas of spectra of B6–A2 hypergiants and supergiantsfrom 4800 to 6700A. Astr. Astrophys., 397, 1035, 2003.

51



[753] L. Chevallier, F. Paletou, and B. Rutily. On the accuracy of the ALImethod for solving the radiative transfer equation. Astr. Astrophys.,411, 221, 2003.

[754] W. Chiang and H. Griem. Measurements of Stark broadening of ionizedSi lines from a plasma. Phys. Rev. A, 18, 1169, 1978.

[755] C. Chiarella and A. Reichel. On the evaluation of Voigt spectral linefunctions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 134, 83, 1966.

[756] C. Chiosi. Mass loss and evolution of massive stars. In Chiosi and Stalio[759], page 229.

[757] C. Chiosi. The evolution of massive stars: The production of “single”WR stars. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 323.

[758] C. Chiosi, G. Bertelli, and A. Bressan. New developments in under-standing the H–R diagram. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 329, 1986.

[759] C. Chiosi and R. Stalio, editors. Effects of Mass Loss on Stellar Evolu-tion. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1981.

[760] Y. Chmielewski. The infrared triplet lines of ionized Ca as a diagnostictool for F, G, K–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 353, 66,2000.

[761] Y. Chmielewski, E. Friel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and C. Bentolila. The1992 detailed analyses of α Centauri A and α Centauri B. Astr. Astro-phys., 263, 219, 1992.

[762] Y. Chmielewski and T. Lanz, editors. Radiation in Moving GaseousMedia. Swiss Society of Astrophysics and Astronomy. (Geneva: GenevaObservatory), 1988.

[763] C. Christensen. Absolute spectral energy distributions and [Fe/H] val-ues of metal–poor stars and globular clusters. Astr. J., 83, 244, 1978.

[764] W. Christie and O. Wilson. ζ Aurigae, The structure of a stellar atmo-sphere. Astrophys. J., 81, 426, 1935.

[765] N. Christlieb. The most metal-poor stars of the Galaxy: Surveys, abun-dances and implications. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 271.

[766] N. Christlieb, B. Gustafsson, A. Korn, P. Barklem, T. Beers, M. Bessell,T. Karlsson, and M. Mizuno-Wiedner. HE 0170–5240, a chemicallyancient star. I. A detailed abundance analysis. Astrophys. J., 603, 708,2004.

[767] N. Christlieb, L. Wisotzki, D. Reimers, D. Homeier, D. Koester, andU. Heber. The stellar content of the Hamburg/ESO survey I. Automatedselection of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 898, 2001.

52



[768] A. Claret. A new nonlinear limb–darkening law for LTE stellar atmo-sphere models. I. UBV RIJHKuvby systems: Calculations for −5.0 ≤log[M/H] ≤ +1, 2000K≤ Teff ≤ 50, 000K. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1081,2000.

[769] A. Claret. A new nonlinear limb–darkening law for LTE stellar at-mosphere models. II. Geneva and Walraven systems: Calculations for−5.0 ≤ log[M/H] ≤ +1, 2000K≤ Teff ≤ 50, 000K at several surfacegravities. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 657, 2003.

[770] A. Claret and A. Gimenez. Limb–darkening coefficients of late–typestars. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 412, 1990.

[771] A. Claret and P. Hauschildt. The limb–darkening for spherically sym-metric NextGen model atmospheres: A–G main–sequence and subgiantstars. Astr. Astrophys., 412, 241, 2003.

[772] F. Clausset, C. Stehle, and M. Artru. Parameterized Stark profiles ofH–lines in hot stellar plasmas. Astr. Astrophys., 287, 666, 1994.

[773] C. Claver, J. Liebert, P. Bergeron, and D. Koester. The masses of whitedwarfs in the Praesepe open cluster. Astrophys. J., 563, 987, 2001.

[774] R. Clegg. C and N abundances in F– and G–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 181, 1, 1977.

[775] R. Clegg. CNO in planetary nebulae. In Danziger et al. [910], page 261.

[776] R. Clegg. Planetary nebulae as post–AGB objects. In Mennessier andOmont [2567], page 368.

[777] R. Clegg and D. Middlemass. Non–LTE model atmospheres for centralstars of planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 228, 759, 1987.

[778] R. Clegg, J. Tomkin, and D. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances inmain–sequence stars. II. 20 F and G stars. Astrophys. J., 250, 262,1981.

[779] G. Clementini, R. Gratton, E. Carretta, and C. Sneden. Homogeneousphotometry and metal abundances for a large sample of HIPPARCOSmetal–poor stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 22, 1999.

[780] A. Code. Radiative equilibrium in an atmosphere in which pure scat-tering and pure absorption both play a role. Astrophys. J., 112, 22,1950.

[781] A. Code. Stellar spectroscopy by photoelectric scanning. Observatory,72, 201, 1952.

[782] A. Code. The energy distribution of the subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 130,473, 1959.

53



[783] A. Code. Stellar energy distribution. In Greenstein [1334], chapter 2,page 50.

[784] A. Code. Radiative transfer in a spherical Compton–scattering atmo-sphere. Astrophys. J., 149, 253, 1967.

[785] A. Code. A solution of a time–dependent equation of radiative transfer.Astrophys. J., 159, 1029, 1970.

[786] A. Code. The role of space observations in the calibration of fundamen-tal stellar quantities. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 209.

[787] A. Code and R. Bless. On the spectrum of γ2 Velorum. Astrophys. J.,139, 787, 1964.

[788] A. Code, R. Bless, J. Davis, and R. Brown. Empirical effective temper-atures and bolometric corrections for early–type stars. Astrophys. J.,203, 417, 1976.

[789] A. Code and G. Eason. Time–dependent radiation transfer in a semi–infinite atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 159, 1041, 1970.

[790] A. Code and A. Hoag. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of Hγ in early–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 81, 848, 1969.

[791] A. Code and M. Meade. Ultraviolet photometry from OAO. XXXII. Anatlas of ultraviolet stellar spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 39, 195, 1979.

[792] D. Cohen, M. Hurwitz, J. Cassinelli, and S. Bowyer. ORFEUS–SPAS IIextreme–ultraviolet spectroscopy of ε C Ma (B2 II). Astrophys. J., 500,51, 1998.

[793] J. Cohen, N. Christlieb, A. McWilliam, S. Shectman, I. Thompson,G. Wasserburg, I. Ivans, M. Dehn, T. Karlsson, and J. Mel endez. Abun-dances in very metal–poor dwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 612, 1107, 2004.

[794] J. Cohen, A. McWilliam, N. Christlieb, S. Shectman, I. Thompson,J. Mel endez, L. Wisotzki, and D. Reimers. A new type of extremelymetal–poor star. Astrophys. J., 659, L161, 2007.

[795] J. Cohen and S. Strom. Analysis of F and G subdwarfs. II. Amodel atmosphere abundance analysis of the subdwarfs HD 140283 andHD 19445. Astrophys. J., 151, 623, 1968.

[796] M. Cohen, L. Kuhi, and M. Barlow. Wolf–Rayet stars. VI. The natureof the optical and infrared continua. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 291, 1975.

[797] M. Cohen and S. Vogel. Wolf–Rayet stars. VIII. 2µ to 4µ spectropho-tometry of late WC stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 185, 47, 1978.

54



[798] S. Cohen, J. Hiskes, and R. Riddell. Vibrational states of the hydrogenmolecular ion. Phys. Rev., 119, 1025, 1960.

[799] C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg. Photons andAtoms: Introduction to Quantum Electrodynamics. (New York: JohnWiley & Sons), 1989.

[800] C. Cohen-Tannoudji, J. Dupont-Roc, and G. Grynberg. Atom–PhotonInteractions: Basic Processes and Applications. (New York: John Wiley& Sons), 1992.

[801] L. Colina and R. Bohlin. Absolute flux distributions of solar analogsfrom the UV to the near–IR. Astr. J., 113, 1138, 1997.

[802] L. Colina, R. Bohlin, and F. Castelli. The 0.12–2.5µ absolute fluxdistribution of the Sun for comparison with solar analog stars. Astr. J.,112, 307, 1996.

[803] R. Collet, M. Asplund, and F. Thvenin. Effects of line blocking on thenon–LTE Fe I spectral line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 442, 643, 2005.

[804] R. Collet, M. Asplund, and R. Trampedach. The chemical compositionsof the extreme halo stars HE 0107–5240 and HE 1327–2326 inferred fromthree–dimensional hydrodynamical model atmospheres. Astrophys. J.,644, 121, 2006.

[805] G. Collins. The Fundamentals of Stellar Astrophysics. (New York:W. H. Freeman & Company), 1989.

[806] A. Compton. A quantum theory of the scattering of X–rays by lightelements. Phys. Rev., 21, 483, 1923.

[807] E. Condon and G. Shortley. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press), 1963.

[808] E. Conlon, P. Dufton, and F. Keenan. Abundance analysis of the hotpost–AGB star Barnard 29. Astr. Astrophys., 290, 897, 1994.

[809] P. Conti. On the accretion of material by θ Orionis C. Astrophys. J.,174, L79, 1972.

[810] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. II. Comparison withnon–LTE models. Astrophys. J., 179, 161, 1973.

[811] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. III. The effective tem-perature scale. Astrophys. J., 179, 181, 1973.

[812] P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. IV. Lines in the redregion. Astrophys. J., 187, 539, 1974.

55



[813] P. Conti. Mass loss in early–type stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 16,371, 1978.

[814] P. Conti. Wolf–Rayet phenomena. In de Loore and Willis [938], page 3.

[815] P. Conti. Parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. In de Loore et al. [939],page 199.

[816] P. Conti and W. Alschuler. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars.I. Classification and absolute magnitudes. Astrophys. J., 170, 325, 1971.

[817] P. Conti, D. Block, T. Geballe, and M. Hanson. First detection ofionized He absorption lines in infrared K band spectra of O–type stars.Astrophys. J., 406, 21, 1993.

[818] P. Conti and R. Blum. Near–infrared observations of hot stars, andapplications to galactic H II regions. In Howarth [1735], page 24.

[819] P. Conti and M. Burnichon. The masses of O stars implied by theirluminosities and temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 467, 1975.

[820] P. Conti and A. Deutsch. Color anomalies and metal deficiencies insolar–type disk–population stars. Astrophys. J., 145, 742, 1966.

[821] P. Conti and A. Deutsch. Color anomalies and metal deficiencies insolar–type disk–population stars. II. Astrophys. J., 147, 368, 1967.

[822] P. Conti and S. Frost. Variations of the emission line profiles in theO6ef star λ Cephei. Astrophys. J., 190, 139, 1974.

[823] P. Conti and S. Frost. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. VI. Theearliest types: O3–O5.5. Astrophys. J., 212, 728, 1977.

[824] P. Conti and C. Garmany. Mass loss from O–type stars. Astrophys. J.,238, 190, 1980.

[825] P. Conti, C. Garmany, and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars. V. Optical spectrophotometry of the emission lines in SmallMagellanic Cloud stars. Astrophys. J., 341, 113, 1989.

[826] P. Conti, J. Greenstein, H. Spinrad, G. Wallerstein, and M. Vardya.Neutral oxygen in late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 148, 105, 1967.

[827] P. Conti, M. Hanson, P. Morris, A. Willis, and S. Fossey. Of–type starsHD 16691 and HD 190429 show WN–like spectra in infrared K band.Astrophys. J., 445, 35, 1995.

[828] P. Conti and I. Howarth. 1µ spectroscopy of normal OB stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 145, 1999.

[829] P. Conti and E. Leep. Spectroscopic studies of O–type stars. V. TheH–lines and λ 4686 He II. Astrophys. J., 193, 113, 1974.

56



[830] P. Conti, E. Leep, and D. Perry. The spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars.I. Optical line strengths and the H–to–He ratios in WN type stars.Astrophys. J., 268, 228, 1983.

[831] P. Conti and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars.IV. Optical spectrophotometry of the emission lines in galactic andLarge Magellanic Cloud stars . Astrophys. J., 337, 251, 1989.

[832] P. Conti, P. Massey, and J.-M. Vreux. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars. VI. Optical spectrophotometry of near–infrared emissionlines in some galactic stars. Astrophys. J., 354, 359, 1990.

[833] P. Conti, D. Roussel-Dupre, M. Rensing, and P. Massey. Spectroscopicstudies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorption lines. VIII. HD 193793.Astrophys. J., 282, 693, 1984.

[834] P. Conti and S. Strom. The early A stars. II. Model–atmosphere abun-dance analysis of eight stars in the Pleiades. Astrophys. J., 152, 483,1968.

[835] P. Conti and A. Underhill, editors. O Stars and Wolf–Rayet Stars.NASA Report No. SP–497. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Print-ing Office), 1988.

[836] P. Conti, G. Wallerstein, and R. Wing. The composition of main–sequence stars of types A–K in the Hyades cluster. Astrophys. J., 142,999, 1965.

[837] J. Cooper. Broadening of isolated lines in the impact approximationusing a density matrix formulation. Rev. Mod. Phys., 39, 167, 1967.

[838] J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, K. Burnett, and D. Hummer. On redistributionand the equations for radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 260, 299, 1982.

[839] J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, and I. Hubeny. Approximate formulation ofredistribution in the Lyα, Lyβ, Hα system. Astrophys. J., 344, 949,1989.

[840] J. Cooper, I. Hubeny, and J. Oxenius. On the line–profile coefficient forstimulated emission. Astr. Astrophys., 127, 224, 1983.

[841] J. Cooper and G. Oertel. Electron–impact broadening of isolated linesin neutral atoms in a plasma. I. Phys. Rev., 180, 286, 1969.

[842] D. Cope, R. Khoury, and R. Lovett. Efficient calculation of generalVoigt profiles. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 163, 1988.

[843] L. Corral, A. Herrero, R. Villamariz, and E. Martin. Spectroscopicanalysis of stars in Cyg OB2. Astrophys. Space Sci., 263, 255, 1998.

57



[844] J. Coste and J. Peyraud. Kinetics of the Compton scattering and theBose condensation of a photon gas. Phys. Rev. A, 12, 2144, 1975.

[845] M. Costes and C. Naulin. Dissociation energies and partition functionsof small molecules. In Jørgensen [1964], page 250.

[846] P. Cottrell, M. Bessell, and D. Wickramasinghe. Spectrum synthesis ofthe heavily blanketed white dwarf LP 701-29. Astrophys. J., 218, 133,1977.

[847] P. Cottrell and J. Greenstein. Ultraviolet spectrum synthesis of the Hewhite dwarf Ross 640. Astrophys. J., 238, 941, 1980.

[848] R. Courant and D. Hilbert. Methods of Mathematical Physics. 2 Vol-umes. (New York: Wiley-Interscience), 1989.

[849] J. Cowan, D. Burris, C. Sneden, A. McWilliam, and G. Preston. Ev-idence of heavy element nucleosynthesis early in the history of theGalaxy: The ultra–metal–poor star CS 22892-052. Astrophys. J., 439,51, 1995.

[850] J. Cowan, C. Sneden, S. Burles, I. Ivans, T. Beers, J. Truran, J. Lawler,F. Primas, G. Fuller, B. Pfeiffer, and K. Kratz. The chemical composi-tion and age of the metal–poor halo star BD +17◦3248. Astrophys. J.,572, 861, 2002.

[851] R. Cowan. The Theory Of Atomic Structure and Spectra. University ofCalifornia Press, 1981.

[852] A. Cowley, L. Aller, and T. Dunham. The H to He ratio in HD 96446.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 75, 441, 1963.

[853] C. Cowley. Relation between Fraunhofer lines from the center of thesolar disk and the integrated spectrum. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 76, 352,1964.

[854] C. Cowley. The Theory of Stellar Spectra. (New York: Gordon andBreach), 1970.

[855] C. Cowley. An approximate Stark broadening formula for use in spec-trum synthesis]. Observatory, 91, 139, 1971.

[856] C. Cowley. A high-resolution study of superficially normal late B spec-tra. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 92, 159, 1980.

[857] C. Cowley and A. Cowley. A new solar curve of growth. Astrophys. J.,140, 713, 1964.

[858] C. Cowley, M. Dworetsky, and C. M egessier, editors. Upper Main Se-quence Stars with Anomalous Abundances. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986.

58



[859] C. Cowley and J. Toney. Saturation effects in Fraunhofer lines of neutralFe. Astr. Astrophys., 22, 441, 1973.

[860] A. Cox, editor. Allen’s Astrophysical Quantities. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 4th edition, 2000.

[861] A. Cox, W. Livingston, and M. Matthews, editors. Solar Interior andAtmosphere. (Tucson: University of Arizona Press), 1991.

[862] J. Cox and R. Giuli. Principles of Stellar Structure. 2 Volumes. (NewYork: Gordon and Breach), 1968.

[863] L. Cram. Multi-component models for the formation of the chromo-spheric Ca II line. II. The effect of velocity fields. Solar Phys., 22, 375,1972.

[864] L. Cram. A multi–component time–dependent model for the formationof the Ca II K line. Astr. Astrophys., 50, 263, 1976.

[865] L. Cram. Perturbation solutions of the equation of radiative transfer ina stellar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 56, 401, 1977.

[866] L. Cram. Departures from radiative equilibrium in stellar atmospheres.Grey absorption. Astr. Astrophys., 67, 301, 1978.

[867] L. Cram and L. Kuhi, editors. FGK Stars and T Tauri Stars. NASA Re-port No. SP–502. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office),1989.

[868] L. Cram and P. Lopert. A perturbation solution of the radiative transferequation in a differentially moving atmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 16, 347, 1976.

[869] M. Crees, M. Seaton, and P. Wilson. IMPACT, A program for the solutionof the coupled integro–differential equations of electron–atom collisiontheory. Comp. Phys. Commun., 15, 23, 1978.

[870] L. Crivellari, U. Flora, M. Mercanti, C. Morossi, L. Rusconi, and G. Sed-mak. The visible spectra of three B stars: π Cet, 36 Lyn, and 134 Tau.Astrophys. Space Sci., 80, 425, 1981.

[871] L. Crivellari, U. Flora, L. Rusconi, and G. Sedmak. The visible spec-trum of β Ori B8 Ia. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 36, 73, 1979.

[872] L. Crivellari, I. Hubeny, and D. Hummer, editors. Stellar Atmospheres:Beyond Classical Models. NATO Advanced Science Institute. (Dor-drecht: Kluwer), 1991.

[873] P. Crowther. The effective temperatures of hot stars. In Bedding et al.[361], page 137.

59



[874] P. Crowther. Progress in model atmosphere studies of Wolf–Rayet stars.In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 116.

[875] P. Crowther. Observed metallicity dependence of winds from WR stars.In Lamers et al. [2303], page 157.

[876] P. Crowther. Physical properties of Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 45, 177, 2007.

[877] P. Crowther and B. Bohannan. On the nature of O Iafpe stars. In Vreuxet al. [3959], page 437.

[878] P. Crowther, B. Bohannan, and A. Pasquali. Near–IR diagnostics andtests of blanketing in early–type stars. In Howarth [1735], page 38.

[879] P. Crowther, O. De Marco, and M. Barlow. Quantitative classificationof WC and WO stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 296, 367, 1998.

[880] P. Crowther, O. De Marco, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. A quantitativeanalysis of the prototype [WCL] star CPD -56◦8032. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 238, 119, 1996.

[881] P. Crowther, L. Dessart, D. Hillier, J. Abbott, and A. Fullerton. Stellarand wind properties of LMC WC 4 stars. A metallicity dependence forWolf–Rayet mass–loss rates. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 653, 2002.

[882] P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, D. Hillier, K. Brownsberger, L. Dessart,A. Willis, O. De Marco, M. Barlow, J. Hutchings, D. Massa, D. Morton,and G. Sonneborn. Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer spectroscopyof the O VI resonance doublet in Sand 2 (WO). Astrophys. J., 538, L51,2000.

[883] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, C. Evans, A. Fullerton, O. De Marco, andA. Willis. Revised stellar temperatures for Magellanic Cloud O su-pergiants from Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer and Very LargeTelescope UV–Visual Echelle Spectrograph spectroscopy. Astrophys. J.,579, 774, 2002.

[884] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, and L. Smith. Fundamental parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. I. Ofpe/WN 9 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 172, 1995.

[885] P. Crowther, D. Hillier, and L. Smith. Fundamental parameters ofWolf–Rayet stars. II. Tailored analyses of galactic WNL stars. Astr.Astrophys., 293, 403, 1995.

[886] P. Crowther, D. Lennon, and N. Walborn. Physical parameters andwind properties of galactic early B supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 446,279, 2006.

60



[887] P. Crowther, A. Pasquali, O. De Marco, W. Schmutz, D. Hillier, andA. de Koter. Wolf–Rayet nebulae as tracers of stellar ionizing fluxes.I. M1–67. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 1007, 1999.

[888] P. Crowther, L. Smith, and D. Hillier. Tailored analysis of 24 galacticWN stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 271, 1993.

[889] P. Crowther, L. Smith, and D. Hillier. Fundamental parameters ofWolf–Rayet stars. IV. Weak–lined WNE stars. Astr. Astrophys., 302,457, 1995.

[890] P. Crowther, L. Smith, D. Hillier, and W. Schmutz. Fundamen-tal parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. III. The evolutionary status ofWNL stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 427, 1995.

[891] P. Crowther and A. Willis. Observations of the atmospheres and windsof O stars, LBV’s, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 85, 1993.

[892] R. Cruddace, M. Kowalski, D. Yentis, C. Brown, H. Gursky,M. Barstow, N. Bannister, G. Fraser, J. Spragg, J. Lapington, J. Tandy,B. Sanderson, J. Culhane, T. Barbee, J. Kordas, W. Goldstein, andG. Fritz. High–resolution spectroscopy of G191–B2B in the extreme–ultraviolet. Astrophys. J., 565, L47, 2002.

[893] K. Cunha, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Ne abundances in B stars of theOrion association: Solving the solar model problem? Astrophys. J.,647, L143, 2006.

[894] K. Cunha and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orion association.I. The O abundance of main–sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 399, 586,1992.

[895] K. Cunha and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orion association.II. The C, N, O, Si, and Fe abundances of main–sequence B stars.Astrophys. J., 426, 170, 1994.

[896] K. Cunha, V. Smith, and D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Orionassociation. IV. The O and Fe abundances of F and G stars. Astrophys.J., 493, 195, 1998.

[897] Y. Cuny. Contribution a l etude du spectre solaire de l’hydrogene. SolarPhys., 3, 204, 1968.

[898] Y. Cuny. Determination of the non–LTE departure coefficients for amultilevel atom: Remarks on the iterative method. In Athay et al.[149], page 113.

[899] Y. Cuny. Influence of the Lyα wing on the solar spectrum in the 1500Ato 8000A wavelength range. In Gingerich [1265], page 173.

61



[900] Y. Cuny. Non–LTE effects on the solar spectrum between 1500A and1680A. In Gingerich [1265], page 183.

[901] G. Curtis and J. Jefferies. The analysis of spectral–line profiles. II. Anapplication to the solar Na D–lines. Astrophys. J., 150, 1061, 1967.

[902] S. Daflon, K. Cunha, V. Smith, and K. Butler. Non–LTE abundancesof Mg, Al, and S in OB stars near the solar circle. Astr. Astrophys.,399, 525, 2003.

[903] C. Dahn, P. Bergeron, J. Liebert, H. Harris, B. Canzian, S. Legget,and S. Boudreault. Analysis of a very massive DA white dwarf via thetrigonometric parallax and spectroscopic methods. Astrophys. J., 605,400, 2004.

[904] A. Dalgarno. Rayleigh scattering near an absorption line. J. OpticalSoc. America, 53, 1223, 1963.

[905] A. Dalgarno. Sum rules and atomic structure. Rev. Mod. Phys., 35,522, 1963.

[906] A. Dalgarno and J. Browne. The associative detachment of H and H−.Astrophys. J., 149, 231, 1967.

[907] A. Dalgarno and A. Kingston. Refractive indices and Verdet constantsof the inert gases. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A259, 424, 1960.

[908] A. Dalgarno and N. Lane. Free–free transitions of electrons in gases.Astrophys. J., 145, 623, 1966.

[909] A. Dalgarno and D. Williams. Rayleigh scattering by molecular hydro-gen. Astrophys. J., 136, 690, 1962.

[910] I. Danziger, F. Mateucci, and K. Kjaer, editors. Production and Distri-bution of C, N, O Elements. (Garching: European Southern Observa-tory), 1985.

[911] I. Danziger, G. Wallerstein, and E. Bohm–Vitense. On the absolutemagnitude and effective temperature of the H–poor star HD 30353.Astrophys. J., 150, 239, 1967.

[912] R. Datla and H. Griem. Ionization rate coefficients of multiply ionizedatoms. Phys. Rev. A, 14, 979, 1976.

[913] K.–H. David. Die Mitte–Rand Variation der Balmerlinien Hα–Hδ aufder Sonnenscheibe. Z. fur Astrophys., 53, 37, 1961.

[914] K. Davidson. Ultraviolet and optical spectroscopy. In Ferland and Savin[1125], page 465.

62



[915] K. Davidson, A. Moffat, and H. Lamers, editors. Physics of LuminousBlue Variables. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1989.

[916] J. Davis, D. Morton, L. Allen, and R. Brown. The angular diameterand effective temperature of ζ Puppis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150,45, 1970.

[917] J. Davis and R. Shobbrook. On uvby indices and empirical effectivetemperatures and bolometric corrections for B stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 178, 651, 1977.

[918] J. Davis, W. Tango, A. Booth, E. Thorvaldson, and J. Giovannis. TheSydney University Stellar Interferometer. II. Commissioning observa-tions and results. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 303, 783, 1999.

[919] J. Davis and R. Webb. Ultraviolet fluxes and bolometric corrections forlate B to F main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 551, 1970.

[920] J. de Freitas-Pacheco, S. Codina, and L. Viadana. New color andZanstra temperatures for 15 central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 220, 107, 1986.

[921] J. de Greve. Atmospheres and interior models. In de Greve et al. [922],page 317.

[922] J. de Greve, R. Blomme, and H. Hensberge, editors. Stellar Atmo-spheres: Theory and Observations. Lecture Notes in Physics, No. 497.(New York: Springer–Verlag), 1997.

[923] C. de Jager. The Hydrogen Spectrum of the Sun. (Gravenhage: Excel-siors Foto-Offset), 1952.

[924] C. de Jager. The Brightest Stars. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1980.

[925] C. de Jager, H. Lamers, and K. van der Hucht. Progress in ultravioletstellar spectrophotometry with S 59. Astrophys. Space Sci., 38, 313,1975.

[926] C. de Jager, M. Migotte, and L. Neven. The profile of the Brackett αline in the solar spectrum. Ann. dAstrophys., 19, 9, 1956.

[927] C. de Jager, O. Namba, and L. Neven. The profile of the infrared He Ilines over the undisturbed solar disk. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 128,1966.

[928] C. de Jager and L. Neven. The profiles of the lines of the Paschen andBrackett series of hydrogen in the solar spectrum. Proc. Roy. Neth.Acad. Sci., 53, 157, 1950.

63



[929] C. de Jager and L. Neven. Observations of solar line profiles. I. Thecenter–to–limb variation of profiles of fifty lines in the near infraredsolar spectrum. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth. Suppl., 1, 325, 1966.

[930] C. de Jager and H. Nieuwenhuijzen. A new determination of the statis-tical relations between stellar spectral and luminosity classes and stellareffective temperature and luminosity. Astr. Astrophys., 177, 217, 1987.

[931] A. de Koter. The observed metallicity dependence of the mass loss ofO and early–B stars. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 99.

[932] A. de Koter, S. Heap, and I. Hubeny. On the evolutionary phase andmass loss of the Wolf–Rayet–like stars in R136a. Astrophys. J., 472,792, 1997.

[933] A. de Koter, S. Heap, and I. Hubeny. An empirical isochrone of verymassive stars in R136a. Astrophys. J., 509, 897, 1998.

[934] A. de Koter, I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and T. Lanz. Theoretical modeling ofGHRS observations of the Of/WN–type star in R136a. Astrophys. J.,435, L71, 1994.

[935] A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and H. Lamers. A fast non–LTE code forexpanding atmospheres: A test of the validity of the Sobolev approxi-mation. Astr. Astrophys., 277, 561, 1993.

[936] C. de Loore, J. de Greve, and H. Lamers. Evolution of massive starswith mass loss by stellar wind. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 251, 1977.

[937] C. de Loore, J. de Greve, and D. Vanbeveren. Parameters of massivestars and main–sequence evolution without and with stellar wind. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 34, 363, 1978.

[938] C. de Loore and A. Willis, editors. Wolf–Rayet Stars: Observations,Physics, Evolution. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1982.

[939] C. De Loore, A. Willis, and P. Laskarides, editors. Luminous Stars andAssociations in Galxies. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986.

[940] O. De Marco, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. The winds of WC 10 centralstars of planetary nebulae. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 91, 1996.

[941] O. De Marco, M. Shara, D. Zurek, J. Ouellette, T. Lanz, R. Saffer,and J. Sepinsky. A spectroscopic analysis of blue stragglers, horizontalbranch stars, and turnoff stars in four globular clusters. Astrophys. J.,632, 894, 2005.

[942] G. De Silva, C. Sneden, D. Paulson, M. Asplund, J. Bland-Hawthorn,M. Bessell, and K. Freeman. Chemical homogeneity in the Hyades.Astr. J., 131, 455, 2006.

64



[943] C. Dean and F. Bruhweiler. An ultraviolet line list for O star spectra.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 57, 133, 1985.

[944] L. Decin, P. Morris, P. Appleton, V. Charmandaris, L. Armus, andJ. Houck. MARCS: Model stellar atmospheres and their applicationto the photometric calibration of the Spitzer Space Telescope InfraredSpectrograph (IRS). Astrophys. J. Suppl., 154, 408, 2004.

[945] L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson,B. Plez, and A. Sauval. ISO–SWS calibration and the accurate modelingof cool–star atmospheres. III. A0 to G2 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 695,2003.

[946] L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson,B. Plez, A. Sauval, and K. Hinkle. ISO–SWS calibration and the ac-curate modeling of cool–star atmospheres. II. General results. Astr.Astrophys., 400, 679, 2003.

[947] L. Decin, C. Waelkens, K. Eriksson, B. Gustafsson, B. Plez, A. Surval,W. Vanassche, and B. Vandenbussche. ISO–SWS calibration and the ac-curate modeling of cool–star atmospheres. I. Method. Astr. Astrophys.,364, 137, 2000.

[948] J. Deetjen. ORFEUS II echelle spectra: On the influence of Fe–groupline blanketing in the far–UV spectral range of hot subdwarfs. Astr.Astrophys., 360, 281, 2000.

[949] J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and K. Werner. The Fe abundance inhot central stars of planetary nebulae derived from IUE spectra. Astr.Astrophys., 348, 940, 1999.

[950] F. Delahaye, S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.-L. Zhang. Resolution andaccuracy of resonances in R–matrix cross sections. J. Phys. B, 37, 2585,2004.

[951] F. Delahaye and A. Pradhan. Electron impact excitation of He–likeoxygen up to n = 4 levels including radiation damping. J. Phys. B, 35,3377, 2002.

[952] F. Delahaye, A. Pradhan, and C. Zeippen. Electron impact excitationof He–like ions up to n = 4 levels including radiation damping. J. Phys.B, 39, 3465, 2006.

[953] C. Delbouille, G. Roland, and L. Neven. Atlas Photometrique du Spec-tre Solaire de λ 3000 a λ 10000. (Liege: Universite de Liege, Institutd’Astrophysique), 1973.

[954] L. Delbouille, C. de Jager, and L. Neven. Observations of infrared solarline profiles. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 949, 1960.

65



[955] M. Deleuil and M. Viton. The Spacelab–1 very wide field survey ofUV–excess objects. III. Analysis of the IUE high–resolution spectra oftwo very hot sdO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 263, 190, 1992.

[956] E. Depagne, V. Hill, M. Spite, F. Spite, B. Plez, T. Beers, B. Barbuy,R. Cayrel, J. Andersen, P. Bonifacio, P. Francois, B. Nordstrom, andF. Primas. First stars. II. Elemental abundances in the extremely metal–poor star CS 22949–037. A diagnostic of early massive supernovae. Astr.Astrophys., 390, 187, 2002.

[957] G. Deridder and W. van Rensbergen. Tables of damping constants ofspectral lines broadened by H and He. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 23, 147,1976.

[958] K. Desikachary and D. Gray. Upper photospheric temperature models ofK giants: A comparison of super–metal–rich giants with normal giants.Astrophys. J., 226, 907, 1978.

[959] L. Dessart, P. Crowther, D. Hillier, A. Willis, P. Morris, and K. van derHucht. Quantitative analysis of WC stars: Constraints on neon abun-dances from ISO–SWS spectroscopy. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 315,407, 2000.

[960] A. Detz. Spectral photometry and quantitative analysis of the starHD 120640. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 28, 403, 1977.

[961] G. Di Benedetto. Empirical effective temperatures and angular diame-ters of stars cooler than the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 270, 315, 1993.

[962] G. Di Benedetto. Towards a fundamental calibration of stellar param-eters of A, F, G, and K dwarfs and giants. Astr. Astrophys., 339, 858,1998.

[963] G. Di Benedetto and R. Foy. The angular diameter and the effectivetemperature of Arcturus from Michelson interferometry. Astr. Astro-phys., 166, 204, 1986.

[964] A. Diaz, E. Terlevich, and R. Terlevich. Near–IR features in late–typestars –Their relations with stellar atmosphere parameters. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 239, 325, 1989.

[965] J. Diaz–Cordoves and A. Gimenez. A new nonlinear approximation tothe limb–darkening of hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 259, 227, 1992.

[966] R. Dicke and J. Wittke. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (Reading:Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 1960.

[967] R. Dietz and L. House. The formation of the Lyman continuum: Isother-mal atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 141, 1393, 1965.

66



[968] A. Digby, N. Hambly, J. Cooke, I. Reid, and R. Cannon. The subdwarfluminosity function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 344, 583, 2003.

[969] M. Dimitrijevic. Accuracy of line broadening data. In Wehrse [4023],page 31.

[970] M. Dimitrijevic and S. Sahal–Brechot. Stark broadening of neutralhelium lines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 31, 301, 1984.

[971] M. Dimitrijevic and S. Sahal–Brechot. Stark broadening of neutralHe lines of astrophysical interest. Regularities within spectral series.Astr. Astrophys., 136, 289, 1984.

[972] M. Dimitrijevic and S. Sahal–Brechot. Comparison of measured andcalculated Stark broadening for neutral He lines. Phys. Rev. A, 31, 316,1985.

[973] M. Dimitrijevic and S. Sahal–Brechot. Stark broadening of He I lines.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 82, 519, 1990.

[974] P. Dirac. On the theory of quantum mechanics. Proc. Roy. Soc. London,A112, 661, 1926.

[975] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the emission and absorption of radi-ation. Proc. Roy. Soc. London, A114, 243, 1927.

[976] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of dispersion. Proc. Roy. Soc. London,A114, 710, 1927.

[977] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the electron. Proc. Roy. Soc. London,A117, 610, 1928.

[978] P. Dirac. The quantum theory of the electron. Part II. Proc. Roy. Soc.London, A118, 351, 1928.

[979] P. Dirac. Quantum mechanics of many–electron systems. Proc. Roy.Soc. London, A123, 714, 1929.

[980] P. Dirac. The basis of statistical quantum mechanics. Proc. CambridgePhil. Soc., 25, 62, 1929.

[981] P. Dirac. The Principles of Quantum Mechanics. (Oxford: ClarendonPress), 4th edition, 1958.

[982] L. Divan. Recherches sur les spectres continus stellaires. IX. Etude dequelques sous–naines et etoiles a grande vitesse. Ann. dAstrophys., 19,287, 1956.

[983] P. Dobbie, M. Burleigh, A. Levan, M. Barstow, R. Napiwotzki, andI. Hubeny. A near–IR spectrum of the DO white dwarf RE J0503-285.Astr. Astrophys., 439, 1159, 2005.

67



[984] P. Dobbie, R. Napiwotzki, N. Lodieu, M. Burleigh, M. Barstow, andR. Jameson. On the origin of the ultramassive white dwarf GD 50.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 373, L45, 2006.

[985] P. Dobbie, D. Pinfield, R. Napiwotzki, N. Hambly, M. Burleigh,M. Barstow, R. Jameson, and I. Hubeny. Praesepe and the seven whitedwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 355, L39, 2004.

[986] L. Doherty. A survey of Mg h and k emission in near–solar–type stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 217, 41, 1985.

[987] R. Donahue and J. Bookbinder, editors. Cool Stars, Stellar Systems,and the Sun. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1998.

[988] C. Doom. The mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys.,192, 170, 1988.

[989] E. Dorfi and L. Drury. Simple adaptive grids for 1–D initial valueproblems. J. Comp. Phys., 69, 175, 1987.

[990] E. Dorfi and S. Hofner. AGB stars and mass loss. Rev. Mod. Astr., 11,147, 1998.

[991] N. Doughty and P. Fraser. The free–free absorption coefficient of thenegative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 267, 1966.

[992] N. Doughty, P. Fraser, and R. McEachran. The bound–free absorptioncoefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,132, 255, 1966.

[993] J. Dragon and J. Mutschlecner. The solar ultraviolet continuum. As-trophys. J., 239, 1045, 1980.

[994] J. Drake. A non–LTE study of neutral Ca in late–type stars with specialreference to Pollux. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 251, 369, 1991.

[995] J. Drake and D. Lambert. Sodium in weak G–band giants. Astrophys.J., 435, 798, 1994.

[996] S. Drake and J. Linsky. The formation of emission lines in the expandingchromospheres of luminous cool stars. I. The importance of atmosphericextension and partial redistribution effects. Astrophys. J., 273, 299,1983.

[997] D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. I. The observability of stellar photo-spheric convection. Astr. Astrophys., 172, 200, 1986.

[998] D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. II. Stellar photospheric line asymme-tries. Astr. Astrophys., 172, 211, 1987.

68



[999] D. Dravins, L. Lindegren, and A. Nordlund. Solar granulation: Influenceof convection on spectral line asymmetries and wavelength shifts. Astr.Astrophys., 96, 345, 1981.

[1000] D. Dravins and A. Nordlund. Stellar granulation. IV. Line formation ininhomogeneous stellar photospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 184, 1990.

[1001] D. Dravins and A. Nordlund. Stellar granulation. V. Synthetic spectrallines in disk integrated starlight. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 203, 1990.

[1002] H. Drawin. Influence of atom-atom collisions on the collisional-radiativeionization and recombination coefficients of hydrogen plasmas. Z. furPhys., 225, 483, 1969.

[1003] S. Drayson. Rapid computation of the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spec-trosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 611, 1976.

[1004] S. Dreizler. Spectral analysis of extremely He–rich subdwarf O–stars.Astr. Astrophys., 273, 212, 1993.

[1005] S. Dreizler. HST spectroscopy of hot H–deficient white dwarfs. InSolheim and Meistas [3615], page 499.

[1006] S. Dreizler. Hubble Space Telescope spectroscopy of hot He–rich whitedwarfs: Metal abundances along the cooling sequence. Astr. Astrophys.,352, 632, 1999.

[1007] S. Dreizler. Spectroscopy of hot H–deficient white dwarfs. Rev. Mod.Astr., 12, 255, 1999.

[1008] S. Dreizler. Temperature correction schemes. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 69.

[1009] S. Dreizler, U. Heber, K. Werner, S. Moehler, and K. de Boer. Hotsubluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. III. Non–LTE analysis ofextremely He rich sdO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 235, 234, 1990.

[1010] S. Dreizler and S. Schuh. Stratified Non–LTE model atmospheres forhot white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 69.

[1011] S. Dreizler and S. Schuh. Stratified NLTE model atmospheres for hotstars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 33.

[1012] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Non–LTE model atmosphere calculationswith approximate lambda operators. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 155.

[1013] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Line blanketing by Fe group elements innon–LTE model atmospheres for hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 278, 199,1993.

69



[1014] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Line blanketing by Fe group elements innon-LTE model atmospheres. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 147, 1993.

[1015] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of hot He–rich whitedwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 314, 217, 1996.

[1016] S. Dreizler and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of hot He–rich whitedwarfs. In Jeffery and Heber [1904], page 281.

[1017] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, and U. Heber. PG 1159 stars and their evolution-ary link to DO white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 160.

[1018] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, U. Heber, and D. Engels. Discovery and analysisof a H–rich PG 1159 star. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 820, 1996.

[1019] S. Dreizler, K. Werner, S. Jordan, and H.-J. Hagen. A “cool” PG 1159star discovered by the Hamburg Schmidt Survey: NLTE analysis of HS0704+6153. Astr. Astrophys., 286, 462, 1994.

[1020] S. Dreizler and B. Wolff. Analysis of the ultraviolet and extreme–ultraviolet of the DA white dwarf G191–B2B using self–consistent dif-fusion models. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 189, 1999.

[1021] J. Drew. On spectral line formation in winds from extended continuumsources. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 218, 41, 1986.

[1022] J. Drew. Ionization and thermal equilibrium models for O star windsbased on time–independent radiation–driven wind theory. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 71, 267, 1989.

[1023] J. Drew. A new theoretical calibration of the relation between mass–lossrate and Hα emission for O star winds. Astrophys. J., 357, 573, 1990.

[1024] J. Drew. O star wind temperatures, Si IV λ 1397 absorption and H IHα emission. In Garmany [1225], page 230.

[1025] J. Drew. The extreme mass–loss signatures of massive young stellarobjects. In Howarth [1735], page 14.

[1026] J. Drilling. Basic data on H–deficient stars. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904],page 461.

[1027] J. Drilling, C. Jeffery, and U. Heber. Spectral analysis of the extremeHe star LSS 3184. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 1019, 1998.

[1028] J. Drilling, D. Sch”onberner, U. Heber, and A. Lynas-Gray. Spectropho-tometry of extreme He stars: Ultraviolet fluxes and effective tempera-tures. Astrophys. J., 278, 224, 1984.

[1029] P. Dufton. A fine analysis of two early B–type supergiants HD 96248 andHD 164402, relative to the main sequence star τ Sco. Astr. Astrophys.,16, 301, 1972.

70



[1030] P. Dufton. A non–LTE analysis of the O–type subdwarf HD 49798.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 159, 79, 1972.

[1031] P. Dufton. An observational test of H–line broadening theories. Astr.Astrophys., 18, 335, 1972.

[1032] P. Dufton. An early–type metal–rich star, HD 135485. Astr. Astrophys.,28, 267, 1973.

[1033] P. Dufton. LTE and non–LTE abundance analyses of N–deficient su-pergiants in a loose association. Astr. Astrophys., 73, 203, 1979.

[1034] P. Dufton. Galactic B–type stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 3.

[1035] P. Dufton and A. Hibbert. Non–LTE calculations of N II line strengthsin B–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 95, 24, 1981.

[1036] P Dufton, L. Kane, and C. McKeith. The N to H abundance in mainsequence B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 194, 85, 1981.

[1037] P. Dufton and C. McKeith. Copernicus observations of neutral He linesin early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 81, 8, 1980.

[1038] P. Dufton, R. Ryans, C. Trundle, D. Lennon, I. Hubeny, T. Lanz, andC. Allende Prieto. B–type supergiants in the SMC: Chemical compo-sitions and comparison of static and unified models. Astr. Astrophys.,434, 1125, 2005.

[1039] A.-M. Dumont and S. Collin. Codes for optically thick and hot pho-toionized media – Radiative transfer and new developments. In Ferlandand Savin [1125], page 231.

[1040] S. Dumont and N. Heidmann. Effect of the absorbers on the thermalstructure of an LTE atmosphere: H and He. Astr. Astrophys., 27, 273,1973.

[1041] S. Dumont and N. Heidmann. Effect of the absorbers on the thermalstructure of an LTE atmosphere: II. C, Si, Mg, Fe, and Al. Astr.Astrophys., 49, 271, 1976.

[1042] S. Dunkin, M. Barlow, and S. Ryan. High–resolution spectroscopy ofVega–like stars. I. Effective temperatures, gravities and photosphericabundances. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 604, 1998.

[1043] A. Dupree and A. Goldberg. Stimulated emission of recombination linesin H I regions. Astrophys. J., 158, 49, 1969.

[1044] A. Dupree and L. Goldberg. Solar abundance determination from ul-traviolet emission lines. Solar Phys., 1, 229, 1967.

71



[1045] A. Dupree and L. Goldberg. Radio frequency recombination lines. Ann.Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 8, 231, 1970.

[1046] A. Dupree, D. Sasselov, and J. Lester. Discovery of a fast wind from afield Population II giant star. Astrophys. J., 387, L85, 1992.

[1047] J. Dupuis, S. Vennes, Bowyer S., A. Pradhan, and P. Thejll. Hot whitedwarfs in the local interstellar medium: H and He interstellar columndensities and stellar effective temperatures from EUVE spectroscopy.Astrophys. J., 455, 574, 1995.

[1048] H. Dwight. Tables of Integrals and Other Mathematical Data. (NewYork: Macmillan Publishing Co.), 4th edition, 1961.

[1049] M. Dworetsky, F. Castelli, and R. Faraggizna, editors. Peculiar Ver-sus Normal Phenomena in A–type and Related Stars. (San Francisco:Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1993.

[1050] P. Dykema, R. Klein, and J. Castor. A new scheme for multidimensionalline transfer. III. A two–dimensional Lagrangian variable tensor methodwith discontinuous finite–element Sn transport. Astrophys. J., 457, 892,1996.

[1051] D. Ebbets and S. Wolff. Observations of C III λλ 9707–9718 in earlytype–stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 204, 1981.

[1052] F. Eber and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation in early B and lateO stars. III. Singly ionized C. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 153, 1988.

[1053] D. Eberlein, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the ultraviolet line blan-keting in early type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 295, 1973.

[1054] G. Ecker. Zur statistischen Beschreibung von gesamtheiten mit kolleckt-iver Wechselwirkung. I. Grundlagen und Grenzen kollecktiver Be-schreibung. Z. fur Phys., 140, 274, 1955.

[1055] G. Ecker. Zur statistischen Beschreibung von gesamtheiten mitkollecktiver Wechselwirkung. III. Die verschiedenen Formulierungen derTragerkinetik. Z. fur Phys., 141, 294, 1955.

[1056] G. Ecker. Das Mikrofeld in gesamtheiten mit Coulombscher Wechsel-wirkung. Z. fur Phys., 148, 593, 1957.

[1057] G. Ecker. Abweichungen von dem Holtsmark–Profil der Balmer–Linenim Plasma. Z. fur Phys., 149, 254, 1957.

[1058] A. Eddington. On the radiative equilibrium of the stars. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 77, 16, 1916.

[1059] A. Eddington. The formation of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 89, 620, 1929.

72



[1060] A. Eddington. The Internal Constitution of the Stars. (New York:Dover Publications), 1959.

[1061] H. Edelmann, U. Heber, H.-J. Hagen, M. Lemke, S. Dreizler, R. Napi-wotzki, and D. Engels. Spectral analysis of sdB stars from the Hamburgquasar survey. Astr. Astrophys., 400, 939, 2003.

[1062] H. Edelmann, R. Napiwotzki, U. Heber, N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers.HE 0437–5439: An unbound hypervelocity main–sequence B–type star.Astrophys. J., 634, L181, 2005.

[1063] A. Edmonds. Angular Momentum in Quantum Mechanics. (Princeton:Princeton University Press), 1957.

[1064] F. Edmonds. Scattering by a moving electron atmosphere and its effecton spectral lines. I. The Schuster problem. Astrophys. J., 112, 307, 1950.

[1065] F. Edmonds. Scattering by a moving electron atmosphere and its effecton spectral lines. II. The planetary nebula problem. Astrophys. J., 112,324, 1950.

[1066] F. Edmonds. Noncoherent scattering due to collisions. I. Zanstra’s ratioof coherent to uncorrelated non–coherent scattering. Astrophys. J., 121,418, 1955.

[1067] B. Edvardsson. Spectroscopic surface gravities and chemical composi-tions for 8 nearby single subgiants. Astr. Astrophys., 190, 148, 1988.

[1068] B. Edvardsson, J. Andersen, B. Gustafsson, D. Lambert, P. Nissen, andJ. Tomkin. Chemical evolution of the galactic disk. I. Analysis andresults. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 101, 1993.

[1069] B. Edvardsson, J. Andersen, B. Gustafsson, D. Lambert, P. Nissen, andJ. Tomkin. Chemical evolution of the galactic disk. II. Observationaldata. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 102, 603, 1993.

[1070] B. Edvardsson and R. Bell. Theoretical colors and isochrones for someHubble Space Telescope color systems. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 238,1121, 1989.

[1071] B. Edvardsson, B. Pettersson, M. Kharrazi, and B. Westerlund. Abun-dance analysis and origin of the ζ Sculptoris open cluster. Astr. Astro-phys., 293, 75, 1995.

[1072] J. Edwards. Two–dimensional radiative convection in the Eddingtonapproximation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 242, 224, 1990.

[1073] P. Eenens and P. Williams. Terminal velocities of Wolf–Rayet windsfrom infrared He I lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 1082, 1994.

73



[1074] P. Eenens, P. Williams, and R. Wade. An infrared view of Wolf–RayetWC subtypes. I. Line identification and spectral characteristics. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 252, 300, 1991.

[1075] O. Eggen. On the existence of subdwarfs in the (Mbol, log Teff)plane. III. Astrophys. J., 182, 821, 1973.

[1076] O. Eggen, D. Lynden-Bell, and A. Sandage. Formation of the MilkyWay. Astrophys. J., 136, 748, 1962.

[1077] O. Eggen and A. Sandage. On the existence of subdwarfs in the (Mbol,log Teff) plane. II. Astrophys. J., 136, 735, 1662.

[1078] A. Einstein. Uber einen die Erzeugung und Verwandlung des Lichtesbetreffenden heuristischen Gesichtspunkt. Ann. Physik, 17, 132, 1905.English translation in Beck and Havas [341].

[1079] A. Einstein. Beitrage zur Quantentheorie. Deutsche Phys. Gesells. Ver-handlungen, 16, 820, 1914. English translation in Engel and Schucking[1096].

[1080] A. Einstein. Strahlungs–Emission und –Absorption nach der Quanten-theorie. Deutsche Phys. Gesells. Verhandlungen, 18, 318, 1916. Englishtranslation in Engel and Schucking [1096].

[1081] A. Einstein. Zur Quantentheorie des Strahlung. Phys. Gessels. ZurichMitteilungen, 18, 47, 1916. English translation in Engel and Schucking[1096].

[1082] A. Einstein. Zur Quantentheorie des Strahlung. Z. fur Phys., 18, 121,1917.

[1083] A. Einstein. Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases. BerlinerBerichte, page 261, 1924.

[1084] A. Einstein. Quantentheorie des einatomigen idealen Gases. BerlinerBerichte, page 3, 1925.

[1085] A. Einstein. The Meaning of Relativity. (Princeton: Princeton Univer-sity Press), 1955.

[1086] S. Eisenstadt, H. Eleman, and M. Schultz. Variational iterative methodsfor nonsymmetric systems of linear equations. SIAM J. Num. Anal., 20,345, 1983.

[1087] D. Eisenstein, J. Liebert, D. Koester, S. Kleinmann, A. Nitta, P. Smith,J. Barentine, H. Brewington, J. Brinkmann, M. Harvanek, J. Krzesinski,E. Nielsen, D. Long, D. Schneider, and S. Snedden. Hot DB white dwarfsfrom the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astr. J., 132, 676, 2006.

74



[1088] E. Eissner, M. Jones, and H. Nussbaumer. Techniques for the cal-culation of atomic structures and radiative data including relativisticcorrections. Comp. Phys. Commun., 8, 270, 1974.

[1089] J. Elias, R. Bell, K. Matthews, and G. Neugebauer. Infrared measure-ments of metal–poor subdwarfs and a comparison with model atmo-spheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 101, 1121, 1989.

[1090] E. Elst. Photon escape from a semi–infinite atmosphere. Bull. Astr.Inst. Neth., 20, 102, 1968.

[1091] G. Elste, J. Jugaku, and L. Aller. Theoretical line intensities and thespectrum of τ Scorpii. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 68, 23, 1956.

[1092] G. Elwert. Uber die Ionisationsprozesse und Rekombinationsprozessein einem Plasma und die Ionisationsformel der Sonnenkorona. Z. furNaturforschung, 7, 432, 1952.

[1093] G. Elwert. Verallgemeinerte Ionizationsformel eines Plasmas. Z. furNaturforschung, 7, 703, 1952.

[1094] G. Elwert and E. Haug. Calculation of bremsstrahlung cross sectionswith Sommerfeld–Maue eigenfunctions. Phys. Rev., 183, 90, 1969.

[1095] R. Emden. Gaskugeln. (Leipzig), 1907.

[1096] A. Engel and E. Schucking, editors. Collected Papers of Albert Ein-stein, Volume 6. The Berlin Years: 1914-1917. (Princeton: PrincetonUniversity Press), 1997.

[1097] O. Engvold. The solar chemical composition. Physica Scripta, 16, 48,1977.

[1098] P. Epstein. Zur Theorie des Starkeffektes. Ann. d. Physik, 355, 489,1916.

[1099] M. Erdelyi-Mendes and B. Barbuy. Synthetic Ca II infrared triplet linesas a function of stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 176, 1991.

[1100] G. Erhorn, D. Groote, and J. Kaufmann. On the temperature determi-nation in early B–stars using absorption lines of Si II, III, and IV. Astr.Astrophys., 131, 147, 1984.

[1101] K. Eriksson and S. Toft. The O I triplet λ 7773A in late–type giantstars. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 178, 1979.

[1102] C. Esteban. CNO abundances in galactic H II regions and planetarynebulae. In Charbonnel et al. [744], page 143.

75



[1103] C. Evans, P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, and D. Hillier. Quantitative studiesof the far–ultraviolet, ultraviolet, and optical spectra of late O– andearly B–type supergiants in the Magellanic Clouds. Astrophys. J., 610,1021, 2004.

[1104] N. Evans, T. Teays, L. Taylor, J. Lester, and R. Hindsley. The temper-ature of the supergiant α Per. Astr. J., 111, 2099, 1996.

[1105] D. Fabbian, M. Asplund, M. Carlsson, and D. Kiselman. The non–LTEline formation of neutral carbon in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys.,458, 899, 2006.

[1106] P. Fabiani Bendicho. Basic multidimensional radiative transfer. InHubeny et al. [1777], page 419.

[1107] P. Fabiani Bendicho and J. Trujillo Bueno. Three–dimensional radia-tive transfer with multilevel atoms. In Nagendra and Stenflo [2778],page 219.

[1108] P. Fabiani Bendicho, J. Trujillo Bueno, and L. Auer. Multidimensionalradiative transfer with multilevel atoms. II. The nonlinear multigridmethod. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 161, 1997.

[1109] U. Fano. Description of states in quantum mechanics by density matrixand operator techniques. Rev. Mod. Phys., 29, 74, 1957.

[1110] R. Faraggiana, M. Gerbaldi, C. van’t Veer, and M. Floquet. Behaviorof the O I triplet λ 7773. I. Normal stars. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 259,1988.

[1111] N. Feautrier, F. Praderie, and H. van Regemorter. Sur les raies del’hydrogene. II. Importance respective des domaines “impact” et qua-sistatique pour les electrons. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 45, 1967.

[1112] N. Feautrier, N. Tran-Minh and H. Van Regemorter. The quantumunified theory applied to the Lyman-alpha profile calculation. J. Phys.B, 9, 1871, 1976.

[1113] P. Feautrier. Sur la r esolution numerique de l equations de transfert.C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 258, 3189, 1964.

[1114] P. Feautrier. Th eorie des classifications stellaires. I. Construction demodeles en equilibre thermodynamique local. Ann. d’Astrophys., 30,125, 1967.

[1115] P. Feautrier. Theorie des classifications stellaires. II. Etude des ecartsa l equilibre thermodynamique local dans le continu. Ann. d’Astrophys.,31, 257, 1968.

[1116] E. Feenberg and G. Pake. Notes on the Quantum Theory of AngularMomentum. (Stanford: Stanford University Press), 1959.

76



[1117] W. Feibelman and F. Bruhweiler. Ultraviolet Fe VII absorption linesin planetary nebula nuclei, hot subdwarfs, and hot degenerate objects.Astrophys. J., 357, 548, 1990.

[1118] W. Feibleman, A. Boggess, C. McCracken, and W. Hobbs. Molecularhydrogen ion H+

2 absorption in planetary nebulae. Astr. J., 86, 881,1981.

[1119] A. Feldmeier. Time–dependent structure and energy transfer in hot starwinds. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 523, 1995.

[1120] A. Feldmeier, J. Puls, C. Reile, A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, andS. Owocki. Shocks and shells in hot star winds. Astrophys. Space Sci.,233, 293, 1995.

[1121] A. Feldmeier, I. Shlosman, and W.–R. Hamann. Runaway accelerationof line–driven winds: The role of the outer boundary. Astrophys. J.,566, 392, 2002.

[1122] S. Feltzing and G. Gonzalez. The nature of super–metal–rich stars.Detailed abundance analysis of eight super–metal–rich star candidates.Astr. Astrophys., 367, 253, 2001.

[1123] S. Feltzing and B. Gustafsson. Abundances in metal–rich stars: Detailedabundance analysis of 47 G and K dwarf stars with [M/H] > 0.10 dex.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 129, 237, 1998.

[1124] J. Ferguson, D. Alexander, F. Allard, T. Bakman, J. Bodnarik,P. Hauschildt, A. Heffner-Wong, and A. Tamanai. Low–temperatureopacities. Astrophys. J., 623, 585, 2005.

[1125] G. Ferland and D. Savin, editors. Spectroscopic Challenges of Pho-toionized Plasmas. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific),2001.

[1126] E. Fermi. Quantization of the monatomic perfect gas. Atti della R.Accad. Naz. dei Lincei, 3, 145, 1926.

[1127] E. Fermi. Zue Quantelung des idealen einatomigen gases. Z. fur Phys.,36, 902, 1926.

[1128] E. Fermi. Application of statistical gas methods to electronic systems.Atti della R. Accad. Naz. dei Lincei, 6, 602, 1927.

[1129] E. Fermi. Statistical deduction of atomic properties. Atti della R. Accad.Naz. dei Lincei, 7, 342, 1928.

[1130] E. Fermi. Eine statistische Methode zur Bestimmung einiger Eigen-schaften des Atomes und ihre Anwendung auf die Theorie des Periodis-che Systems der Elemente. Z. fur Phys., 48, 73, 1928.

77



[1131] R. Ferrero. On the line emission profile and line source function in thecase of partial redistribution. Astrophys. J., 314, 822, 1987.

[1132] R. Feynman. Forces in molecules. Phys. Rev., 56, 340, 1939.

[1133] G. Field. The time relaxation of a resonance–line profile. Astrophys. J.,129, 551, 1959.

[1134] M. Fieldus, J. Lester, and C. Rogers. A program for spherically ex-tended line blanketed stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 371,1990.

[1135] D. Figer, F. Najarro, T. Geballe, R. Blum, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Massivestars in the SGR 1806–20 cluster. Astrophys. J., 622, L49, 2005.

[1136] D. Finley, P. Jelinsky, J. Dupuis, and D. Koester. Initial white dwarfresults from the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer. Astrophys. J., 417, 259,1993.

[1137] D. Finley, D. Koester, and G. Basri. The temperature scale and massdistribution of hot DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 488, 375, 1997.

[1138] G. Finn. Frequency redistribution on scattering. Astrophys. J., 147,1085, 1967.

[1139] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 11, 203, 1971.

[1140] G. Finn. Studies in spectral line formation. IV. Singly ionized Ca. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 477, 1971.

[1141] G. Finn. Probability distribution for photon exit. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 12, 35, 1972.

[1142] G. Finn. Probability distributions for photon exit: Photons formedwith specified frequency. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 12,1217, 1972.

[1143] G. Finn. Statistical functions in radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spec-trosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 149, 1972.

[1144] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer: Mean number of scatterings.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 683, 1973.

[1145] G. Finn. Probabilistic radiative transfer: Two simply coupled spectrallines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 765, 1973.

[1146] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. I. Formula-tion and simple applications. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8,1675, 1968.

78



[1147] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. II. Linearcoupling in multilevel atom problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 8, 1705, 1968.

[1148] G. Finn and J. Jefferies. Studies in spectral line formation. III. Nonlin-ear multilevel atom problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 9,469, 1969.

[1149] G. Finn and D. Mugglestone. Tables of the line broadening functionH(a, v). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 221, 1965.

[1150] D. Fischel, C. Nethery, and W. Sparks. On the outer layers of modelmoving atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 163, 649, 1971.

[1151] E. Fitzpatrick and D. Massa. Determining the physical properties ofthe B stars. I. Methodology and first results. Astrophys. J., 525, 1011,1999.

[1152] A. Fitzsimmons, F. Keenan, E. Conlon, P. Dufton, and P. Williams.Infrared observations of high galactic latitude early–type stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 249, 336, 1991.

[1153] J. Fiutak, and J. Van Kranendonk. Impact theory of Raman line broad-ening. Canadian J. Phys., 40, 1085, 1062.

[1154] P. Flower. Bolometric corrections for late–type giants and supergiants.Astr. Astrophys., 41, 391, 1975.

[1155] V. Fock. Naherungsmethode zur Losung des quantenmechanischenMehrkorperproblems. Z. fur Phys., 61, 126, 1930.

[1156] A. Fokin, A. Lebre, H. Le Coroller, and D. Gillet. Nonlinear radiativemodels of post–AGB stars: Application to HD 56126. Astr. Astrophys.,378, 546, 2001.

[1157] H. Foley. The pressure broadening of spectral lines. Phys. Rev., 69, 616,1946.

[1158] H. Foley and P. Anderson. A method of synthesis of the statistical andimpact theories of pressure broadening. Phys. Rev., 86, 809, 1952.

[1159] G. Fontaine and P. Chayer. White dwarfs and hot subdwarfs as seenfrom FUSE. In Sonneborn et al. [3620], page 181.

[1160] G. Fontaine and F. Wesemael. A critical look at the question of thickvs. thin hydrogen and He envelopes in white dwarfs. In Isern et al.[1864], page 173.

[1161] G. Fontaine and F. Wesemael. Non–LTE analyses of DO white dwarfs.In Isern et al. [1864], page 213.

79



[1162] J. Fontenla, O. White, P. Fox, E. Avrett, and R. Kurucz. Calculationof solar irradiances. I. Synthesis of the solar spectrum. Astrophys. J.,518, 480, 1999.

[1163] P. Foukal. Solar Astrophysics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 2ndedition, 2004.

[1164] R. Fowler. Statistical equilibrium with special reference to the mecha-nism of ionization by electronic impact. Phil. Mag., 47, 257, 1924.

[1165] R. Fowler. On dense stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 87, 114, 1926.

[1166] R. Fowler and E. Guggenheim. Statistical Thermodynamics. (Cam-bridge: Cambridge University Press), 1956.

[1167] R. Fowler and E. Milne. The intensities of absorption lines in stellarspectra, and the temperatures and pressures in the reversing layers ofstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 403, 1923.

[1168] R. Fowler and E. Milne. The maxima of absorption lines in stellarspectra. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 499, 1924.

[1169] L. Fox, editor. Numerical Solution of Ordinary and Partial DifferentialEquations. (Oxford: Pergamon Press), 1962.

[1170] L. Fox. An Introduction to Numerical Linear Algebra. (New York:Oxford University Press), 1965.

[1171] R. Foy. On the solar curve of growth. Astr. Astrophys., 18, 26, 1972.

[1172] R. Foy. On the MK spectral classification of metal–poor late–type stars.Astr. Astrophys., 78, 25, 1979.

[1173] R. Foy. Detailed analysis of cool giants with low microturbulent velocity.Astr. Astrophys., 93, 315, 1981.

[1174] R. Foy and D. Proust. On ionization equilibrium in subdwarfs. Astr.Astrophys., 86, 157, 1980.

[1175] P. Francois, E. Depagne, V. Hill, M. Spite, F. Spite, B. Plez, T. Beers,B. Barbuy, R. Cayrel, J. Andersen, P. Bonifacio, P. Molaro, B. Nord-strom, and F. Primas. First stars. III. A detailed elemental abundancestudy of four extremely metal–poor giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 1105,403, 2003.

[1176] M. Franco, L. Crivellari, P. Molaro, G. Vladilo, M. Ramella, C. Morossi,C. Allocchio, and J. Beckman. The spectra of late–type dwarfs and sub-dwarfs in the near ultraviolet. III. An atlas of Mg II h and k profiles.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 58, 693, 1984.

80



[1177] S. Frandsen. NLTE–model atmospheres and Balmer–line profiles forA0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 139, 1974.

[1178] A. Frebel, N. Christlieb, J. Norris, W. Aoki, and M. Asplund. Theoxygen abundance of HE 1327–2326. Astrophys. J., 638, L17, 2006.

[1179] A. Frebel, J. Norris, W. Aoki, S. Honda, M. Bessell, M. Takada–Hidai,T. Beers, and N. Christlieb. Chemical abundance analysis of the ex-tremely metal–poor star HE 1300+0157. Astrophys. J., 658, 534, 2007.

[1180] B. Freeman. The non–equilibrium diffusion equation. Technical ReportLA–3377, Los Alamos Scientific Laboratory, 1965.

[1181] B. Freeman, L. Hauser, J. Palmer, S. Pickard, G. Simmons, D. Willston,and J. Zerkle. The VERA code: A one–dimensional radiative hydrody-namics program. Defense Atomic Support Agency Report No. 2135,Vol. I. Systems, Science, and Software, Inc., La Jolla, 1968.

[1182] R. Freire and F. Praderie. Comparison between LTE and non–LTEabundances from the analysis of stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,37, 117, 1974.

[1183] R. Freire, F. Praderie, J. Czarny, and P. Felenbok. High resolutionprofiles in A type stars. I The Ca II K line observed with the Meudonsolar tower. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 785, 1977.

[1184] R. Freire, F. Praderie, J. Czarny, and P. Felenbok. High resolutionprofiles in A type stars. II. Vega Ca II H and K lines observed at theMeudon solar tower. Astr. Astrophys., 68, 89, 1978.

[1185] R. Freire-Ferrero, P. Gouttebroze, and Y. Kondo. The Mg II h and klines in Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 121, 59, 1983.

[1186] R. Freire-Ferrero, P. Gouttebroze, and A. Talavera. Analysis of theMg II resonance lines in the spectrum of Sirius. Astr. Astrophys., 173,315, 1987.

[1187] Y. Fremat, L. Houziaux, and Y. Andrillat. Higher Paschen lines in thespectra of early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 25, 1996.

[1188] E. Freundlich, E. Hopf, and U. Wegner. On the integral equation forradiative equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 88, 139, 1927.

[1189] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, and L. Wisotzki.Cool He–rich white dwarfs from the Hamburg/ESO survey. Astr. As-trophys., 363, 1040, 2000.

[1190] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, U. Heber, C. Jeffery, and D. Reimers. Analysisof UV and optical spectra of the He–rich white dwarfs HS 2253+8023and GD 40. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 865, 1999.

81



[1191] S. Friedrich, D. Koester, U. Heber, and D. Reimers. Analysis of UV andoptical spectra of He–rich white dwarfs with trace elements. In Solheimand Meistas [3615], page 505.

[1192] E. Friel, G. Cayrel de Strobel, Y. Chmielewski, M. Spite, A. Lebre, andC. Bentolila. In search of real solar twins. III. Astr. Astrophys., 274,825, 1993.

[1193] D. Friend and D. Abbott. The theory of radiatively driven stellar winds.III. Wind models with finite disk correction and rotation. Astrophys.J., 311, 701, 1986.

[1194] D. Friend and J. Castor. Stellar winds driven by multiline scattering.Astrophys. J., 272, 259, 1983.

[1195] H. Frisch. Non-LTE transfer V. Asymptotics of partial redistribution.Astr. Astrophys., 83, 166, 1980.

[1196] U. Frisch and H. Frisch. Non-LTE transfer.√ε revisited. Mon. Not.

Roy. Astr. Soc., 173, 167, 1975.

[1197] U. Frisk, H. Nordh, S. Olofsson, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. The tem-perature of Arcturus. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 199, 471, 1982.

[1198] C. Froese-Fischer. The MCHF atomic structure package. Comp. Phys.Commun., 64, 369, 1991.

[1199] C. Frohlich. Observations of irradiance variability. Space Sci. Rev., 94,15, 2000.

[1200] L. Frommhold. Collision–Induced Absorption in Gases. (New York:Cambridge University Press), 1993.

[1201] Y. Fu, C. Zheng, and A. Borysow. Quantum mechanical computationsof collision–induced absorption in the second overtone band of hydrogen.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 67, 303, 2000.

[1202] B. Fuchs, H. Jahreiss, and R. Wielen. Kinematics of nearby subdwarfs.Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 175, 1999.

[1203] J. Fuhr, G. Martin, and W. Wiese. Atomic Transition Probabilities.Iron through Nickel. Supplement No. 4, J. of Phys. and Chem. Ref.Data (New York: American Institute of Physics, American ChemicalSociety, and National Bureau of Standards), 1988.

[1204] J. Fuhr, G. Martin, and W. Wiese. Atomic Transition Probabilities.Scandium through Manganese. Supplement No. 3, J. Phys. Chem. Ref.Data (New York: American Institute of Physics, American ChemicalSociety, and National Bureau of Standards), 1988.

82



[1205] K. Fuhrmann, M. Axer, and T. Gehren. Spectroscopic analyses ofmetal–poor stars. III. Magnesium abundances. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,301, 492, 1992.

[1206] K. Fuhrmann, M. Axer, and T. Gehren. Balmer lines in cool dwarfstars. I. Basic influence of atmospheric models. Astr. Astrophys., 271,451, 1993.

[1207] J. Fulbright. Abundances and kinematics of field stars. II. Kinematicsand abundance relationships. Astr. J., 123, 404, 2002.

[1208] J. Fulbright and J. Johnson. Oxygen abundances in metal–poor stars.Astrophys. J., 595, 1154, 2003.

[1209] A. Fullerton. Observations of hot–star winds. In de Greve et al. [922],page 187.

[1210] A. Fullerton, D. Massa, and R. Prinja. The discordance of mass–lossestimates for galactic O-type stars. Astrophys. J., 637, 1025, 2006.

[1211] A. Fullerton and F. Najarro. High–resolution near–infrared spec-troscopy of hot supergiants. In Howarth [1735], page 47.

[1212] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, and R. Mendez. Unified NLTEmodel atmospheres including spherical extension and stellar winds.III. The EUV fluxes of hot massive stars and He II emission in ex-tragalactic giant H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 265, 656, 1992.

[1213] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Uni-fied NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellarwinds: Method and first results. Astr. Astrophys., 226, 162, 1989.

[1214] R. Gabler, A. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Uni-fied NLTE model atmospheres including spherical extension and stellarwinds. In Garmany [1225], page 64.

[1215] A. Gabler, R. Gabler, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Onthe use of Hα and He II λ 4686 as mass–loss and luminosity indicatorsfor hot stars. In Garmany [1225], page 218.

[1216] R. Gabler, R.–P. Kudritzki, and R. Mendez. Unified NLTE model atmo-spheres including spherical extension and stellar winds. II. EUV fluxesand the He II Zanstra discrepancy in central stars of planetary nebulae.Astr. Astrophys., 245, 587, 1991.

[1217] G. Gahm and L. Hultqvist. Spectral properties of luminous late–typestars. Astr. Astrophys., 16, 329, 1972.

[1218] J. Gallagher, editor. Luminous Blue Variable Stars. (San Francisco:Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1997.

83



[1219] G. Gamow. Zur Quantentheorie der Atomzertrummerung. Z. fur Phys.,52, 510, 1928.

[1220] G. Gamow. Zur Quantentheorie des Atomkernes. Z. fur Phys., 51, 204,1928.

[1221] M. Garcia-Alegre, J. Ponz, and M. Vazquez. IUE Mg II doublet ob-servations in F and G main sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 96, 17,1981.

[1222] A. Garcıa-Gil, R. Garcıa–Lopez, C. Allende Prieto, and I. Hubeny. Astudy of the near–ultraviolet spectrum of Vega. Astrophys. J., 623, 460,2005.

[1223] R. Garcıa–Lopez, R. Rebolo, A. Herrero, and J. Beckman. Oxygenabundances in F-type stars of the Hyades and the Ursa Major group.Astrophys. J., 412, 173, 1993.

[1224] A. Garcıa-Perez, M. Asplund, F. Primas, P. Nissen, and B. Gustafsson.Oxygen abundances in metal–poor subgiants as determined from [O I],O I and OH lines. Astr. Astrophys., 451, 621, 2006.

[1225] C. Garmany, editor. Properties of Hot Luminous Stars: Boulder–Munich Workshop on Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: Astronom-ical Society of the Pacific), 1990.

[1226] C. Garmany, P. Conti, and P. Massey. Absolute spectrophotometry ofWolf–Rayet stars from 1200 to 7000A: A cautionary tale. Astrophys.J., 278, 233, 1984.

[1227] R. Garrison, editor. The MK Process and Stellar Classification.(Toronto: University of Toronto), 1984.

[1228] R. Garrison. The use and abuse of standard stars. In Hayes et al. [1534],page 17.

[1229] T. Garz, H. Holweger, M. Kock, and J. Richter. Revised solar Fe abun-dance and its influence on the photospheric model. Astr. Astrophys., 2,446, 1969.

[1230] S. Gascoigne, J. Norris, M. Bessell, A. Hyland, and N. Visvanathan. Theage and chemical composition of the LMC cluster NGC 2209. Astrophys.J., 209, L25, 1976.

[1231] E. Gates, G. Gyuk, H. Harris, M. Subbarao, S. Anderson, S. Kleinman,J. Liebert, H. Brewington, J. Brinkmann, M. Harvanek, J. Krzesinski,D. Lamb, D. Long, E. Neilsen, P. Newman, A. Nitta, and S. Snedden.Discovery of new ultracool white dwarfs in the Sloan Digital Sky Survey.Astrophys. J. Let., 612, L129, 2004.

84



[1232] R. Gathier, H. Lamers, and T. Snow. Empirical mass–loss rates for 25O and early B stars, derived from Copernicus observations. Astrophys.J., 247, 173, 1981.

[1233] J. Gaunt. Continuous absorption. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, A229,163, 1930.

[1234] J. Gaunt. Radiation of free electrons in a Coulombian field. Z. furPhys., 59, 508, 1930.

[1235] A. Gautschy. Pulsating post-asymptotic giant branch stars. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 265, 340, 1993.

[1236] A. Gautschy. Wolf–Rayet central stars of planetary nebulae: Are therepulsations involved? Astr. Astrophys., 302, 401, 1995.

[1237] A. Gautschy. A further look into the pulsating PG 1159 stars. Astr.Astrophys., 320, 811, 1997.

[1238] M. Gavrila. Elastic scattering of photons by a hydrogen atom. Phys.Rev., 163, 147, 1967.

[1239] R. Gayet. On the average Gaunt factor for free-free emission. Astr.Astrophys., 9, 312, 1970.

[1240] K. Gayley. An improved line-strength parameterization in hot-starwinds. Astrophys. J., 454, 410, 1995.

[1241] K. Gayley and S. Owocki. Acceleration efficiency in line–driven flows.Astrophys. J., 434, 684, 1994.

[1242] K. Gayley, S. Owocki, and S. Cranmer. Momentum deposition in Wolf–Rayet winds: Nonisotropioc diffusion with effective gray opacity. As-trophys. J., 442, 296, 1995.

[1243] K. Gebbie and R. Thomas, editors. Wolf–Rayet Stars. NBS SpecialPublication No. 307. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Of-fice), 1968.

[1244] K. Gebbie and R. Thomas. On the dependence of Teff upon quantityversus quality of the radiation field in a stellar atmosphere. Astrophys.J., 161, 229, 1970.

[1245] T. Gehren. Kinetic equilibrium and the line formation of Na I in thesolar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 289, 1975.

[1246] T. Gehren, K. Butler, L. Mashonkina, J. Reetz, and J. Shi. Kineticequilibrium of Fe in the atmospheres of cool dwarf stars. I. The solarstrong line spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 981, 2001.

85



[1247] T. Gehren, A. Korn, and J. Shi. Kinetic equilibrium of Fe in the atmo-spheres of cool dwarf stars. II. Weak Fe I lines in the solar spectrum.Astr. Astrophys., 380, 645, 2001.

[1248] T. Gehren, Y. Liang, J. Shi, H. Zhang, and G. Zhao. Abundances of Na,Mg, and Al in nearby metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 1045,2004.

[1249] T. Gehren, P. Nissen, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Butler. Abundancegradients in the galactic disk from young B–type stars in clusters: Firstresults. In Danziger et al. [910], page 171.

[1250] S. Geltman. The bound–free absorption coefficient of the negative hy-drogen ion. Astrophys. J., 136, 935, 1962.

[1251] S. Geltman. Continuum states of H− and the free-free absorption coef-ficient. Astrophys. J., 141, 376, 1965.

[1252] S. Geltman. Free–free radiation in electron–neutral atom collisions. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 13, 601, 1973.

[1253] S. Geltman and P. Burke. Electron scattering by atomic hydrogen us-ing a pseudo–state expansion. II. Excitation of 2s and 2p states nearthreshold. J. Phys. B, 3, 1062, 1970.

[1254] B. Gerasimovic. Note on the deviation of stellar atmospheres fromthermodynamic equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 272, 1929.

[1255] B. Gerasimovic. The contours of emission lines in expanding nebularenvelopes. Z. fur Astrophys., 7, 335, 1933.

[1256] M. Gerbaldi, R. Faraggiana, R. Burnage, F. Delmas, A. Gomez, andS. Grenier. Search for reference A0 dwarf stars: Masses and luminositiesrevisited with HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 137,273, 1999.

[1257] D. Gezari, A. Labeyrie, and R. Stachnik. Speckle interferometry:Diffraction–limited measurements of nine stars with the 200–inch tele-scope. Astrophys. J., 173, L1, 1972.

[1258] M. Giampapa and J. Bookbinder, editors. Cool Stars, Stellar Systems,and the Sun. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1992.

[1259] J. Giddings and M. Dworetsky. UV 1758 +36, a hot subluminous B star.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 265, 1978.

[1260] D. Gies and D. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances in early B–type stars.Astrophys. J., 387, 673, 1992.

86



[1261] H. Gieske and H. Griem. Calculated electron and ion Stark broadeningof the allowed and forbidden 2P −nL (n ≥ 5, L = 1, 2, . . . , n−1) tripletand singlet transitions in neutral He. Astrophys. J., 157, 963, 1969.

[1262] D. Gigas. The Fe abundance of Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 165, 170, 1986.

[1263] D. Gigas. A non–LTE abundance determination of Mg and Ba in Vega.Astr. Astrophys., 192, 264, 1988.

[1264] A. Gimenez, E. Guinan, and B. Montesinos, editors. Theory and Tests ofConvection In Stellar Structure. (San Francisco: Astronomical Societyof the Pacific), 1999.

[1265] O. Gingerich, editor. Theory and Observation of Normal Stellar Atmo-spheres. Proceedings of the Third Harvard–Smithsonian Conference onStellar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: M. I. T. Press), 1969.

[1266] O. Gingerich, R. Noyes, W. Kalkofen, and Y. Cuny. The Harvard–Smithsonian reference atmosphere. Solar Phys., 18, 347, 1971.

[1267] R. Giovanelli. The calculation of spectral line profiles with non–coherentscattering. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 124, 221, 1962.

[1268] S. Giridhar, D. Lambert, G. Gonzalez, and G. Pandey. Chemical com-positions of four metal–poor giant stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 113,519, 2001.

[1269] H. Glasco and H. Zirin. Average recombination Gaunt factors. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 9, 193, 1964.

[1270] R. Glass and A. Hibbert. Adaptation of CIV3 to evaluate hyperfinestructure. Comp. Phys. Commun., 11, 125, 1976.

[1271] R. Glass and A. Hibbert. Relativistic effects in many–electron atoms.Comp. Phys. Commun., 16, 19, 1978.

[1272] I. Glushneva. Synthetic color indices and energy distribution in thespectra of solar type stars. Astr. Reports, 38, 578, 1994.

[1273] I. Glushneva, V. Shenavrin, and I. Roshchina. Solar analogs: Spectralenergy distributions and physical parameters of their atmospheres. Astr.Reports, 44, 246, 2000.

[1274] J. Godfrey, C. Vidal, E. Smith, and J. Cooper. Effect of time orderingin the unified theory. Phys. Rev. A, 3, 1543, 1971.

[1275] L. Goldberg. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. VI. The statisticalequilibrium of neutral He. Astrophys. J., 93, 244, 1941.

[1276] L. Goldberg, A. Dupree, and J. Allen. Collisional excitation of autoion-izing levels. Ann. dAstrophys., 28, 589, 1965.

87



[1277] L. Goldberg, R. Kopp, and A. Dupree. The abundance of Fe in thesolar photosphere. Astrophys. J., 140, 707, 1964.

[1278] L. Goldberg, O. Mohler, and E. Muller. The double reversal in the coresof the Fraunhofer H and K lines. Astrophys. J., 129, 119, 1959.

[1279] L. Goldberg, E. Muller, and L. Aller. The abundances of the elementsin the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 5, 1, 1960.

[1280] H. Goldstein. Classical Mechanics. (Reading: Addison–Wesley Pub-lishing Company), 1950.

[1281] J. Gomez-Gomar and J. Isern. Simplified treatment of the radiativetransfer problem in expanding envelopes. Astrophys. J., 470, 1018, 1996.

[1282] G. Gontcharov and O. Kiyaeva. Astrometric orbits from a direct combi-nation of ground–based catalogs with the HIPPARCOS catalog. Astr.Let., 28, 261, 2002.

[1283] G. Gonzalez and G. Wallerstein. Elemental abundances in evolved su-pergiants. II. The young clusters h and χ Persei. Astr. J., 119, 1839,2000.

[1284] R. Gonzalez-Delgado and C. Leitherer. Synthetic spectra of H Balmerand He I absorption lines. I. Stellar library. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 125,479, 1999.

[1285] S. Good, M. Barstow, M. Burleigh, P. Dobbie, J. Holberg, andI. Hubeny. Heavy element abundances in DAO white dwarfs measuredfrom FUSE data. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 363, 183, 2005.

[1286] S. Good, M. Barstow, J. Holberg, D. Sing, M. Burleigh, and P. Dobbie.Comparison of the effective temperatures, gravities and He abundancesof DAO white dwarfs from Balmer and Lyman line studies. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 355, 1031, 2004.

[1287] W. Gordon. Zur Berecnung der Matrizen beim Wasserstoffatom. Ann.Physik, 2, 1031, 1929.

[1288] D. Gottlieb and R. Bell. Abundances in late–type giants. Astr. Astro-phys., 19, 434, 1972.

[1289] S. Goudsmit and G. Uhlenbeck. Die Kopplungsmoglichkeiten der Quan-tenvektoren im Atom. Z. fur Phys., 35, 618, 1926.

[1290] R. Gould. Boltzmann equation for a photon gas interacting with aplasma. Annals Phys., 69, 321, 1972.

[1291] P. Gouttebroze. Fast approximations for the RIIA redistribution func-tion. Astr. Astrophys., 160, 195, 1986.

88



[1292] P. Gouttebroze and P. Lemaire. A center–to–limb analysis of solar Mg IIlines. Astr. Astrophys., 34, 375, 1974.

[1293] P. Gouttebroze, P. Lemaire, J.-C. Vial, and G. Artzner. Astrophys. J.,225, 655, 1978.

[1294] B. Grabowski. Metal contents in the atmospheres of the subdwarfs.Acta Astr., 25, 147, 1986.

[1295] I. Gradshyteyn and I. Ryzhik. Table of Integrals, Series, and Products.(San Diego: Academic Press), 5th edition, 1994.

[1296] G. Grafener and W.–R. Hamann. Hydrodynamic model atmospheres forWR stars. Self-consistent modeling of a WC star wind. Astr. Astrophys.,432, 633, 2005.

[1297] G. Grafener and W.–R. Hamann. The metallicity dependence of WRwind models. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 171.

[1298] G. Grafener, W.–R. Hamann, D. Hillier, and L. Koesterke. Spectralanalyses of WC stars in the LMC. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 190, 1998.

[1299] G. Grafener, W.–R. Hamann, and L. Koesterke. The impact of Fe groupelements on the ionization structure of WC star atmospheres: WR 111.In Lamers and Sapar [2310], page 215.

[1300] G. Grafener, L. Koesterke, and W.–R. Hamann. Line–blanketed modelatmospheres for WR stars. Astr. Astrophys., 387, 244, 2002.

[1301] I. Grant. Calculation of Gaunt factors for free–free transitions nearpositive ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118, 241, 1958.

[1302] I. Grant. Numerical approximations in radiative transfer. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 125, 417, 1963.

[1303] I. Grant and A. Peraiah. Spectral line formation in extended stellaratmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 160, 239, 1972.

[1304] W. Grasberger. Hydrogen lines in an atmosphere with near thermody-namic equilibrium. Astrophys. J., 125, 750, 1957.

[1305] L. Gratton, S. Gaudenzi, C. Rossi, and R. Gratton. Studies on thespectra of K giants. I. Physical parameters and Fe and Ti abundancesfor 26 K giants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 201, 807, 1982.

[1306] R. Gratton. Studies on the spectra of K giants. III. C, N, and O abun-dances. Astr. Astrophys., 148, 105, 1985.

[1307] R. Gratton. Abundance of manganese in metal–poor stars. Astr. As-trophys., 208, 171, 1989.

89



[1308] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, and F. Castelli. Abundances of light elementsin metal–poor stars. I. Atmospheric parameters and a new Teff scale.Astr. Astrophys., 314, 191, 1996.

[1309] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, S. Desidera, S. Lucatello, P. Mazzei, andM. Barbieri. Abundances for metal–poor stars with accurate parallaxes.II. Alpha–elements in the halo. Astr. Astrophys., 406, 131, 2003.

[1310] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, K. Eriksson, and B. Gustafsson. Abundances oflight elements in metal–poor stars. II. Non–LTE abundance corrections.Astr. Astrophys., 350, 955, 1999.

[1311] R. Gratton, E. Carretta, F. Matteucci, and C. Sneden. Abundances oflight elements in metal–poor stars. IV. [Fe/O] and [Fe/Mg] ratios andthe history of star formation in the solar neighborhood. Astr. Astro-phys., 358, 671, 2000.

[1312] R. Gratton, P. Focardi, and R. Bandiera. A spectroscopic analysis ofthree supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 237, 1085, 1989.

[1313] R. Gratton, F. Fusi-Pecci, E. Carretta, E. Clementini, C. Corsi, andM. Lattanzi. Ages of globular clusters from HIPPARCOS parallaxes oflocal subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 491, 749, 1997.

[1314] R. Gratton, C. Pilachowski, and C. Sneden. Hα emission in old giants.Astr. Astrophys., 132, 11, 1984.

[1315] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Light element and Ni abundances in fielddisk and halo stars. Astr. Astrophys., 178, 179, 1987.

[1316] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Abundances in extremely metal–poor stars.Astr. Astrophys., 204, 193, 1988.

[1317] R. Gratton and C. Sneden. Abundances of elements of the Fe–group inmetal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 501, 1991.

[1318] D. Gray. Lectures on Spectral–Line Analysis: F, G, and K Stars. (On-tario: The Publisher), 1988.

[1319] D. Gray. The Observation and Analysis of Stellar Photospheres. (Cam-bridge: Cambridge University Press), 3rd edition, 2008.

[1320] D. Gray and C. Toner. An analysis of the photospheric line profiles inF, G, and K supergiants. Astrophys. J., 322, 360, 1987.

[1321] R. Gray. The calibration of Stromgren photometry for A, F, and earlyG supergiants. II. The F and early G supergiants. Astr. Astrophys.,252, 237, 1991.

90



[1322] R. Gray. The calibration of Stromgren photometry for A, F, and earlyG supergiants. III. The A and early F supergiants. Astr. Astrophys.,265, 704, 1992.

[1323] R. Gredel, editor. The Galactic Center. (San Francisco: AstronomicalSociety of the Pacific), 1996.

[1324] L. Green, P. Rush, and C. Chandler. Oscillator strengths and matrixelements for the electric dipole moment for hydrogen. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 3, 37, 1957.

[1325] R. Green. Spherical Astronomy. (Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress), 1985.

[1326] J. Greene. Bremsstrahlung from a Maxwellian gas. Astrophys. J., 130,693, 1959.

[1327] R. Greene. Stark broadening of the 1640A and 4686A lines of ionizedHe. Phys. Rev. A, 14, 1447, 1976.

[1328] R. Greene. Ion–radiator dynamic effects in Stark broadening of He IIlines. J. Phys. B, 15, 1831, 1982.

[1329] R. Greene and J. Cooper. A unified theory of Stark broadening forhydrogenic ions. II. Line wings. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf.,15, 1037, 1975.

[1330] R. Greene and J. Cooper. A unified theory of Stark broadening for hy-drogenic ions. III. Results for He II Lyα. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 15, 1045, 1975.

[1331] R. Greene, J. Cooper and E. Smith. A unified theory of Stark broaden-ing for hydrogenic ions. I. A general theory (including time ordering).J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 1025, 1975.

[1332] G. Greenstein and G. Vauclair. H–line strengths in degenerate stars. II.Astrophys. J., 231, 491, 1979.

[1333] J. Greenstein. The luminosity of the blue star BD +28◦4211. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 64, 256, 1952.

[1334] J. Greenstein, editor. Stellar Atmospheres. (Chicago: University ofChicago Press), 1960.

[1335] J. Greenstein. Spectra of stars below the main sequence. In StellarAtmospheres [1334], chapter 19, page 676.

[1336] J. Greenstein. Degenerate stars with He atmospheres. Astrophys. J.,210, 524, 1976.

91



[1337] J. Greenstein. The degenerate stars with hydrogen atmospheres. I. As-trophys. J., 233, 239, 1979.

[1338] J. Greenstein. A spectrophotometric study of some cool white dwarfstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203, 1213, 1983.

[1339] J. Greenstein. Spectrophotometry of the white dwarfs. Astrophys. J.,276, 602, 1984.

[1340] J. Greenstein. Bolometric luminosities and colors for K and M dwarfsand the subluminous stars of the halo. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 101,787, 1989.

[1341] J. Greenstein and P. Keenan. A spectroscopic study of NGC 188. As-trophys. J., 140, 673, 1964.

[1342] J. Greenstein and M. Matthews. Studies of the white dwarfs. I. Broadfeatures in white dwarf spectra. Astrophys. J., 126, 14, 1957.

[1343] J. Greenstein, G. Neugebauer, and E. Becklin. The faint end of themain sequence. Astrophys. J., 161, 519, 1970.

[1344] J. Greenstein and J. Oke. Ultraviolet spectrophotometry of degeneratestars. Astrophys. J., 229, 141, 1979.

[1345] J. Greenstein, J. Oke, and H. Shipman. Effective temperature, radius,and gravitational redshift of Sirius B. Astrophys. J., 169, 563, 1971.

[1346] J. Greenstein and V. Trimble. The Einstein redshift in white dwarfs.Astrophys. J., 149, 283, 1967.

[1347] J. Greenstein and G. Wallerstein. The He–rich star, σ Orionis E. As-trophys. J., 127, 237, 1958.

[1348] J. Greiner, editor. Supersoft X–Ray Sources. Lecture Notes in Physics,No. 472. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1996.

[1349] W. Greiner. Quantum Mechanics. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 4th edi-tion, 2000.

[1350] W. Greiner and J. Reinhardt. Quantum Electrodynamics. (Belin:Springer–Verlag), 1994.

[1351] T. Grenfell. Chemical compositions of cool He and C white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 31, 303, 1974.

[1352] N. Grevesse and A. Sauval. Molecules in the Sun and molecular data.In Jørgensen [1964], page 196.

[1353] H. Griem. Stark broadening of higher H and H–like lines by electronsand ions. Astrophys. J., 132, 883, 1960.

92



[1354] H. Griem. Wing formulae for Stark–broadened H and hydrogenic lines.Astrophys. J., 136, 422, 1962.

[1355] H. Griem. Plasma Spectroscopy. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Com-pany), 1964.

[1356] H. Griem. Theory of the line absorption coefficient. In Avrett et al.[192], page 11.

[1357] H. Griem. Corrections to the asymptotic Holtsmark formula for H–linesbroadened by electrons and ions in a plasma. Astrophys. J., 148, 1092,1967.

[1358] H. Griem. Stark broadening by electron and ion impacts of nα H–linesof large principal quantum numbers. Astrophys. J., 148, 547, 1967.

[1359] H. Griem. Calculated electron and ion Stark broadening of the allowedand forbidden 2 3P − 4 3P , 3D, 3F transitions in neutral He. Astrophys.J., 154, 1111, 1968.

[1360] H. Griem. Semi–empirical formulas for the electron–impact widths andshifts of isolated ion lines in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 165, 258, 1968.

[1361] H. Griem. Spontaneous single–photon decay of 23S1 in He–like ions.Astrophys. J., 156, 103, 1969.

[1362] H. Griem. Spontaneous single–photon decay of 23S1 in He–like ions.Astrophys. J., 161, 155, 1970.

[1363] H. Griem. Spectral Line Broadening by Plasmas. (New York: AcademicPress), 1974.

[1364] H. Griem. Densities and temperatures from spectral line shapes. InBrown and Lang [555], page 121.

[1365] H. Griem. Spectral line shapes. In Brown and Lang [555], page 105.

[1366] H. Griem. Principles of Plasma Spectroscopy. (Cambridge: CambridgeUniversity Press), 1997.

[1367] H. Griem, M. Baranger, A. Kolb, and G. Oertel. Stark broadening ofneutral He lines in a plasma. Phys. Rev., 125, 177, 1962.

[1368] H. Griem, A. Kolb, and K. Shen. Stark broadening of H–lines in aplasma. Phys. Rev., 116, 4, 1959.

[1369] H. Griem, A. Kolb, and K. Shen. Stark profile calculations for the Hβline of hydrogen. Astrophys. J., 135, 272, 1962.

[1370] H. Griem and R. Lovberg. Plasma Physics. (New York: AcademicPress), 1970.

93



[1371] H. Griem and C. Shen. Application of a dispersion relation to theelectron impact widths and shifts of isolated spectral lines from neutralatoms. Phys. Rev., 127, 196, 1962.

[1372] H. Griem and K. Shen. Stark broadening of hydrogenic ion lines in aplasma. Phys. Rev., 122, 1490, 1962.

[1373] R. Griffin. The spectrum of Arcturus in the far infrared. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 128, 187, 1964.

[1374] R. Griffin. A Photometric Atlas of the Spectrum of Arcturus λλ 3600–8825. (Cambridge: Cambridge Philosophical Society), 1968.

[1375] R. Griffin. Curve–of–growth analysis of the spectrum of β Geminorum.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 175, 225, 1976.

[1376] R. Griffin and R. Griffin. High resolution profiles in A type stars. I. TheCa II K line in Sirius. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 36, 1979.

[1377] R. Griffin and R. Griffin. A Photometric Atlas of the Spectrum of Pro-cyon λλ 3140–7470A. (Cambridge: Institute of Astronomy), 1979.

[1378] R. Griffin, B. Gustafsson, T. Vieira, and R. Griffin. HD 115444 – Abarium star of extreme Population II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198,637, 1982.

[1379] R. Griffin and H. Holweger. An abundance analysis of the Hyades giantγ Tauri: An exercise in caution. Astr. Astrophys., 214, 249, 1989.

[1380] C. Griffith and M. Marley, editors. From Giant Planets to Cool Stars.(San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2000.

[1381] J. Grigsby. A non–local thermodynamic equilibrium line–blanketed syn-thetic spectrum of ι Herculis: C, Al, and Si lines. Astrophys. J., 380,606, 1991.

[1382] J. Grigsby and N. Morrison. The threshold for stellar winds in hot mainsequence stars. Astrophys. J., 442, 794, 1995.

[1383] J. Grigsby, N. Morrison, and L. Anderson. Non–LTE line–blanketedmodel atmospheres for late O– and early B–type stars. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 78, 205, 1992.

[1384] V. Grinin. Transfer of resonance radiation in moving media with non-local radiative coupling. Astrophysics, 14, 113, 1978. (Translated fromAstrofizika, 14, 201, 1978)

[1385] V. Grinin. Formation of emission spectra in moving media. Astro-physics, 20, 190, 1984. (Translated from Astrofizika, 20, 365, 1984.)

94



[1386] M. Groenewegen and H. Lamers. The winds of O–stars. I. An analysisof the UV line profiles with the SEI method. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,79, 359, 1989.

[1387] M. Groenewegen and H. Lamers. The winds of O–stars. III. A compar-ison between observed and predicted degrees of ionization in the windsof O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 243, 429, 1991.

[1388] M. Groenewegen, H. Lamers, and A. Pauldrach. The winds of O–stars.II. The terminal velocities of stellar winds of O–type stars. Astr. As-trophys., 221, 78, 1989.

[1389] D. Groote and K. Hunger. Shell and photosphere of σ Ori E – Newobservations and improved model. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 64, 1982.

[1390] M. Gros, D. Sacotte, F. Praderie, and R. Bonnet. Analysis of theultraviolet spectrum of A–type stars observed by the OAO II satellite.Astr. Astrophys., 27, 167, 1973.

[1391] H.-G. Groth. Die Atmosphare des A2–Ubergiganten α Cygni. I. Teil:Die Beobachtungen. Z. fur Astrophys., 51, 206, 1961.

[1392] H.-G. Groth. Die Atmosphare des A2–Ubergiganten α Cygni. II. Teil:Quantitative Analyse. Z. fur Astrophys., 51, 231, 1961.

[1393] H.-G. Groth and P. Wellmann, editors. Spectrum Formation in StarsWith Steady–State Extended Atmospheres. NBS Special Publication No.332. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1970.

[1394] F. Grupp. MAFAGS–OS: New opacity sampling model atmospheres forA, F, and G stars I. The model and the solar flux. Astr. Astrophys.,420, 289, 2004.

[1395] F. Grupp. MAFAGS–OS: New opacity sampling model atmospheres forA, F, and G stars II. Temperature determination and three “standard”stars. Astr. Astrophys., 426, 309, 2004.

[1396] J. Gruschinske and R.–P. Kudritzki. Spherical extended non–LTEmodel atmospheres of low gravity subluminous O–stars. Astr. Astro-phys., 77, 341, 1979.

[1397] P. Guerin. Realisation et possibilites d’emploi d’un spectrophotometrestellaire photo–electrique e compensation. Ann. dAstrophys., 22, 611,1959.

[1398] C. Guillaume. Theoretical model of a B1.5 star with line blanketing.Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 175, 1966.

[1399] T. Gull, S. Johannson, and K. Davidson, editors. Eta Carinae andOther Mysterious Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of thePacific), 2001.

95



[1400] A. Gulliver, S. Adelman, and J. Cowley, C. Fletcher. Metallic lineprofiles in the A0 V star Vega. Astrophys. J., 380, 223, 1991.

[1401] K. Gunderson, E. Wilkinson, J. Green, and M. Barstow. Extreme–ultraviolet rocket spectroscopy of the hot DA white dwarf G191–B2B.Astrophys. J., 562, 992, 2001.

[1402] R. Gurner and E. Condon. Wave mechanics and radioactive disintegra-tion. Nature, 122, 439, 1928.

[1403] E. Gussmann. Zur Beschreibung der Intensitatverteilung in den Flugelnstarker Fraunhoferlinien. Z. fur Astrophys., 59, 66, 1964.

[1404] B. Gustafsson. A Feautrier–type method for model atmospheres includ-ing convection. Astr. Astrophys., 10, 187, 1971.

[1405] B. Gustafsson. Fundamental parameters and models of stellar atmo-spheres. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 303.

[1406] B. Gustafsson. Chemical analyses of cool stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 27, 701, 1989.

[1407] B. Gustafsson. Opacity incompleteness and atmospheres of cool stars.In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 347.

[1408] B. Gustafsson. Molecules in stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. Space Sci.,255, 241, 1997.

[1409] B. Gustafsson. What do we do when models don’t fit? On modelatmospheres and real stellar spectra. In Bedding et al. [361], page 261.

[1410] B. Gustafsson. The current status in the modeling of stellar atmo-spheres. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 3.

[1411] B. Gustafsson and R. Bell. The colors of G and K type giants. I. Astr.Astrophys., 74, 313, 1979.

[1412] B. Gustafsson, R. Bell, K. Eriksson, and A. Nordlund. A grid of modelatmospheres for metal–deficient giant stars. I. Astr. Astrophys., 42, 407,1975.

[1413] B. Gustafsson, B. Edvardsson, K. Eriksson, U. Jørgensen, A. Nordlund,and B. Plez. A grid of MARCS model atmospheres for late–type starsI. Methods and general properties. Astr. Astrophys., 486, 951, 2008.

[1414] B. Gustafsson, K. Fredga, G. Gahm, and R. Bell. The ultraviolet fluxof HD 122563. Astr. Astrophys., 89, 255, 1980.

[1415] B. Gustafsson and U. Jørgensen. Models of late–type stellar photo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys. Rev., 6, 19, 1994.

96



[1416] B. Gustafsson, T. Karlsson, E. Olsson, B. Edvardsson, and N. Ryde.The origin of carbon, investigated by spectral analysis of solar–typestars in the galactic disk. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 426, 1999.

[1417] B. Gustafsson and P. Nissen. The metal–to–H ratio in F1–F5 stars, asdetermined by a model–atmosphere analysis of photoelectric observa-tions of a group of weak metal lines. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 261, 1972.

[1418] M. Gustafsson and L. Frommhold. The H2 – H infrared absorptionbands at temperatures from 1000 K to 2500 K. Astr. Astrophys., 400,1161, 2003.

[1419] M. Gustafsson, L. Frommhold, D. Bailly, J.-P. Bouanich, and C. Brod-beck. Collision–induced absorption in the rototranslational band ofdense hydrogen gas. J. Chem. Phys., 119, 12264, 2003.

[1420] M. Gustafsson, L. Frommhold, and W. Meyer. The H2 – H complex:Interaction–induced dipole surface and infrared absorption spectra. J.Chem. Phys., 118, 1667, 2003.

[1421] A. Gutierrez-Moreno and H. Moreno. Effects of reddening on UBVcolor transformations. II. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 41, 1972.

[1422] T. Guyenne and L. Zeleny, editors. Proceedings of the ESA JointVarenna–Abastumani International School and Workshop on PlasmaAstrophysics. (Paris: European Space Agency), 1986.

[1423] S. Haas, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, S. Jeffery, and K. Werner. Iron and nickelabundances of subluminous O–stars. I. NLTE model atmospheres withline blanketing by Fe group elements. Astr. Astrophys., 311, 669, 1996.

[1424] H. Habing. The evolution of red giants to white dwarfs – A review ofthe observational evidence. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 16.

[1425] J. Hackwell, R. Gehrz, and J. Smith. Infrared photometry of Wolf–Rayet stars from 2.3 to 23 microns. Astrophys. J., 192, 383, 1974.

[1426] M. Haehnelt, P. Madau, R.–P. Kudritzki, and F. Haardt. An ionizingultraviolet background dominated by massive stars. Astrophys. J., 549,L151, 2001.

[1427] M. Hafner and R. Wehrse. On the information content of stellar spectra.Astr. Astrophys., 282, 874, 1994.

[1428] B. Haisch. A tensor formulation of the equation of transfer for spheri-cally symmetric flows. Astrophys. J., 205, 520, 1976.

[1429] H. Haken and H. Wolf. The Physics of Atoms and Quanta. (Berlin:Springer–Verlag), 5th edition, 1996.

97



[1430] J. Halenka and B. Grabowski. Atomic partition functions for Fe. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 57, 43, 1984.

[1431] J. Hall and R. Williams. Spectrophotometry of 67 bright stars with aphotoelectric cell: Discussion. Astrophys. J., 95, 231, 1942.

[1432] W.–R. Hamann. The expanding envelope of ζ Puppis: A detailed UV–line fit. Astr. Astrophys., 84, 342, 1980.

[1433] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: On thevalidity of the Sobolev approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 93, 353, 1981.

[1434] W.–R. Hamann. The expanding envelope of τ Scorpii: A detailed UV–line fit. Astr. Astrophys., 100, 169, 1981.

[1435] W.–R. Hamann. Computed He II spectra for Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr.Astrophys., 145, 443, 1985.

[1436] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Accuratesolution using approximate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys., 148,364, 1985.

[1437] W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Multi–levelcalculations using approximate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys.,160, 347, 1986.

[1438] W. R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding atmospheres: Multi–levelcalculations using approximate lambda operators. In Kalkofen [1988],page 35.

[1439] W.–R. Hamann. The Wolf–Rayet Stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563],page 87.

[1440] W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis of Wolf–Rayet stars: Theory, results,conclusions. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 237, 1993.

[1441] W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis and model atmospheres of WR cen-tral stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 31, 1996.

[1442] W.–R. Hamann. Wolf–Rayet stars of high and low mass. In Jeffery andHeber. [1904], page 127.

[1443] W.–R. Hamann. Basic ALI in moving atmospheres. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 171.

[1444] W.–R. Hamann, J. Brown, A. Feldmeier, and L. Oskinova. On thewavelength drift of spectral features from structured hot star winds.Astr. Astrophys., 378, 946, 2001.

[1445] W.–R. Hamann, G. Dunnebeil, L. Koesterke, W. Schmutz, and U. Wes-solowski. Spectral analyses of Wolf–Rayet stars: H–abundances inWN subtypes. Astr. Astrophys., 249, 443, 1991.

98



[1446] W.–R. Hamann and G. Grafener. Grids of model spectra for WN stars,ready for use. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 697, 2004.

[1447] W.–R. Hamann and G. Grafener. Hydrogen–deficient stars in pre–WDstages. In Koester and Moehler [2093], page 341.

[1448] W.–R. Hamann, G. Grafener, and L. Koesterke. WR central stars. InKwok et al. [2256], page 203.

[1449] W.–R. Hamann, G. Grafener, and A. Liermann. The galactic WN stars.Spectral analyses with line–blanketed model atmospheres versus stellarevolution models with and without rotation. Astr. Astrophys., 457,1015, 2006.

[1450] W.–R. Hamann, J. Gruschinske, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Massloss from O subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 104, 249, 1981.

[1451] W.–R. Hamann and L. Koesterke. Spectral analyses with the standardmodel. Part II: Wolf–Rayet stars. In Vreux et al. [3959], page 491.

[1452] W.–R. Hamann and L. Koesterke. WN stars in the LMC: Parametersand atmospheric abundances. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 647, 2000.

[1453] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and G. Grafener. Modeling and quanti-tative analyses of Wolf–Rayet spectra: Recent progress and results. Invan der Hucht et al. [3889], page 138.

[1454] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and G. Grafener. Non-LTE models ofWR winds. In Lamers and Sapar [2310], page 197.

[1455] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Iteration with ap-proximate lambda operators, and its application to the expanding at-mospheres of WR stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 69.

[1456] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analyses ofthe galactic Wolf–Rayet stars: A comprehensive study of the WN class.Astr. Astrophys., 274, 397, 1993.

[1457] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analyses ofthe galactic Wolf–Rayet stars: H–He abundances and improved stellarparameters for the WN class. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 151, 1995.

[1458] W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral atlas ofthe galactic Wolf–Rayet stars (WN sequence). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,113, 459, 1995.

[1459] W.–R. Hamann and R.–P. Kudritzki. Redistribution effects in expand-ing atmospheres: The angle averaged redistribution function in the co-moving frame. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 525, 1977.

99



[1460] W.–R. Hamann, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Mendez, and S. Pottasch. Massloss from the central star of NGC 3242. Astr. Astrophys., 139, 459,1984.

[1461] W.–R. Hamann, U. Leuenhagen, L. Koesterke, and U. Wessolowski.Modeling the spectrum of WC–type Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys.,255, 200, 1992.

[1462] W.–R. Hamann and W. Schmutz. Computed He II spectra for Wolf–Rayet stars: A grid of models. Astr. Astrophys., 174, 173, 1987.

[1463] W.–R. Hamann, W. Schmutz, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analysis ofthe Wolf–Rayet star HD 50896. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 190, 1988.

[1464] W.–R. Hamann, D. Schonberner, and U. Heber. Mass loss from ex-treme He stars: Detailed UV–line fits for HD 160641, BD −9◦4395 andBD +10◦2179. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 273, 1982.

[1465] W.–R. Hamann and U. Wessolowski. Line formation in expanding atmo-spheres: The treatment of radiative equilibrium by approximate lambdaoperators, and its application to Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys.,227, 171, 1990.

[1466] W.–R. Hamann and U. Wessolowski. The N spectra of Wolf–Rayetstars: A grid of models and its application to the galactic WN sample.Astr. Astrophys., 333, 251, 1998.

[1467] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, and L. Koesterke. Non–LTE spectralanalyses of Wolf–Rayet stars: The N spectrum of the WN 6 prototypeHD 192163 (WR 136). Astr. Astrophys., 281, 184, 1994.

[1468] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, W. Schmutz, E. Schwarz,G. Dunnebeil, L. Koesterke, E. Baum, and U. Leuenhagen. Analyses ofWolf–Rayet stars. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 174, 1990.

[1469] W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, E. Schwarz, G. Dunnebeil, andW. Schmutz. High-density winds: Wolf–Rayet stars – A progress reportabout quantitative spectral analyses. In Garmany [1225], page 259.

[1470] W.-R. Hamann, G. Grafener, L. Oskinova, and A. Feldmeier. Spec-troscopy and hydrodynamics of dense stellar winds. In Hubeny et al.[1782], page 136.

[1471] W.–R. Hamman and G. Grafener. A temperature correction methodfor expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 410, 993, 2003.

[1472] G. Hammond, E. Sion, S. Kenyon, and P. Aannestad. Abundances incool DZA and DAZ white dwarfs: New results using laboratory dampingconstants. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 317.

100



[1473] C. Hansen, S. Kawaler, and V. Trimble. Stellar Interiors: PhysicalPrinciples, Structure, and Evolution. (New York: Springer–Verlag),2nd edition, 2004.

[1474] M. Hanson. ZAMS O stars. In Howarth [1735], page 1.

[1475] M. Hanson and P. Conti. K–band spectroscopy of OB stars: A prelim-inary classification. Astrophys. J., 423, 139, 1994.

[1476] M. Hanson, P. Conti, and M. Rieke. A spectral atlas of hot, luminousstars at 2 microns. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 107, 281, 1996.

[1477] M. Hanson, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Kenworthy, J. Puls, and A. Toku-naga. A medium–resolution near–infrared spectral atlas of O and earlyB stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 161, 154, 2005.

[1478] J. Hardorp and M. Scholz. On the surface gravity and temperature ofVega. Z. fur Astrophys., 69, 350, 1968.

[1479] J. Hardorp and M. Scholz. The atmospheres of τ Scorpii (B0 V) andλ Leporis (B0.5 IV). Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 193, 1970.

[1480] R. Harm and M. Schwarzschild. Red giants of Population II. III. As-trophys. J., 139, 594, 1964.

[1481] R. Harm and M. Schwarzschild. Red giants of Population II. IV. As-trophys. J., 145, 496, 1966.

[1482] R. Harm and M. Schwarzschild. Oscillatory thermal instabilities at theonset of helium shell burning. Astrophys. J., 172, 403, 1972.

[1483] R. Harm and M. Schwarzschild. Transition from a red giant to a bluenucleus after ejection of a planetary nebula. Astrophys. J., 200, 324,1975.

[1484] R. Harman and M. Seaton. The ionization structure of planetary nebu-lae. IV. Optical thickness of the nebulae and temperatures of the centralstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 15, 1966.

[1485] G. Harper. A computer program for solving multilevel non–LTE ra-diative transfer problems in spherical geometry, in moving or staticatmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 894, 1994.

[1486] J. Harrington. On Schuster’s emission–line mechanism. Astrophys. J.,162, 913, 1970.

[1487] J. Harrington. The scattering for resonance–line radiation in the limitof large optical depth. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 43, 1973.

[1488] J. Harrington. Observations and models of H–deficient planetary neb-ulae. In Jeffery and Heber. [1904], page 193.

101



[1489] D. Harris. On the line–absorption coefficient due to Doppler effect anddamping. Astrophys. J., 108, 112, 1948.

[1490] D. Harris. The stellar temperature scale and bolometric corrections. InStrand [3681], chapter 14, page 263.

[1491] D. Harris, K. Strand, and C. Worley. Empirical data on stellar masses,luminosities, and radii. In Strand [3681], chapter 15, page 273.

[1492] E. Harris. A Pedestrian Approach to Quantum Field Theory. (NewYork: Wiley–Interscience), 1972.

[1493] G. Harris, A. Lynas-Gray, J. Tennyson, and S. Miller. The role of non–gray model atmospheres in the evolution of low–mass metal–poor stars.In Lamers et al. [2303], page 83.

[1494] H. Harris, C. Dahn, F. Vrba, A. Henden, J. Liebert, G. Schmidt, andI. Reid. A very low luminosity, very cool, DC white dwarf. Astrophys.J., 524, 1000, 1999.

[1495] H. Harris, B. Hansen, J. Liebert, D. Vanden Berk, S. Anderson,G. Knapp, X. Fan, B. Margon, J. Munn, R. Nichol, J. Pier, D. Schnei-der, J. Smith, D. Winget, D. York, J. Anderson, J. Brinkmann,S. Burles, B. Chen, A. Connolly, I. Csabai, J. Frieman, J. Gunn, G. Hen-nessy, R. Hindsley, Z. Ivezic, S. Kent, D. Lamb, R. Lupton, H. Newberg,D. Schlegel, S. Smee, M. Strauss, A. Thakar, A. Uomoto, and B. Yanny.A new very cool white dwarf discovered by the Sloan Digital Sky Survey.Astrophys. J. Let., 549, L109, 2001.

[1496] P. Harrison and C. Jeffery. A spectral analysis of the H–deficient starHD 144941. Astr. Astrophys., 323, 177, 1997.

[1497] D. Hartree. Wave mechanics of an atom with a mon-Coulomb centralfield. Part I. Math. Proc. Cambridge Philosophical Soc., 24, 89, 1928.

[1498] D. Hartree. Wave mechanics of an atom with a mon-Coulomb centralfield. Part II. Math. Proc. Cambridge Philosophical Soc., 24, 111, 1928.

[1499] H. Hartmann and J. Heise. Hot high–gravity NLTE model atmospheresapplied to supersoft sources. In Greiner [1348], page 25.

[1500] H. Hartmann and J. Heise. Hot high–gravity NLTE model atmospheresas soft X–ray sources. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 591, 1997.

[1501] J. Hartmann, C. Brodbeck, P. Flaud, R. Tipping, A. Brown, Q. Ma,and F. Lievi. Collision–induced absorption in the ν2 band of CH4.II. Dependence on the perturber gas. J. Chem. Phys., 116, 123, 2002.

[1502] F. Hartwick, D. Crampton, and A. Cowley. Subdwarfs among the olddisk population. Astrophys. J., 208, 776, 1976.

102



[1503] S. Haser, A. Pauldrach, D. Lennon, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Lennon,J. Puls, and S. Voels. Quantitative UV spectroscopy of early O starsin the Magellanic Clouds. The determination of the stellar metallicities.Astr. Astrophys., 330, 285, 1998.

[1504] S. Haser, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. O–star winds in the Magellanicclouds and the Milky Way. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 187, 1993.

[1505] A. Hauer and A. Merts, editors. Atomic Processes in Plasmas. (NewYork: American Institute of Physics), 1988.

[1506] P. Hauschildt. A fast operator perturbation method for the solutionof the special relativistic equation of transfer in spherical geometry. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 47, 433, 1992.

[1507] P. Hauschildt. Radiative equilibrium in rapidly expanding shells. As-trophys. J., 398, 224, 1992.

[1508] P. Hauschildt. Multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer in expandingshells. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 50, 301, 1993.

[1509] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, T. Barman, A. Schweitzer, E. Baron, andS. Leggett. Cool stellar atmospheres. In Woodward et al. [4185],page 427.

[1510] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, and E. Baron. The NextGen model atmospheregrid for 3000 ≤ Teff ≤ 10,000 K. Astrophys. J., 512, 377, 1999.

[1511] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, J. Ferguson, E. Baron, and D. Alexander.The NextGen model atmosphere grid. II. Spherically symmetric modelatmospheres for giant stars with effective temperatures between 3000and 6000 K. Astrophys. J., 525, 871, 1999.

[1512] P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, A. Schweitzer, and E. Baron. Cool stellaratmospheres. In Lejeune and Fernandes [2367], page 95.

[1513] P. Hauschildt, T. Barman, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Temperature cor-rection methods. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 227.

[1514] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. Non–LTE treatment of Fe II in astrophys-ical plasmas. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 54, 987, 1995.

[1515] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. Numerical solution of the expanding stellaratmosphere problem. J. Comp. Appl. Math., 109, 41, 1999.

[1516] E. Hauschildt, P.and Baron. Improved discretization of the wavelengthderivative term in CMF operator splitting numerical radiative transfer.Astr. Astrophys., 417, 317, 2004.

103



[1517] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. A 3D radiative transfer framework. I. Non-local operator splitting and continuum scattering problems. Astr. As-trophys., 451, 273, 2006.

[1518] P. Hauschildt and E. Baron. A 3D radiative transfer framework. III. Pe-riodic boundary conditions. Astr. Astrophys., 490, 873, 2008.

[1519] P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Parallel implementation of thePHOENIX generalized stellar atmosphere program. Astrophys. J., 483,390, 1997.

[1520] P. Hauschildt, E. Baron, S. Starrfield, and F. Allard. The effects ofFe II non–LTE on nova atmospheres and spectra. Astrophys. J., 462,386, 1996.

[1521] P. Hauschildt, M. Best, and R. Wehrse. Relativistic effects in supernovaphotospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 247, L21, 1991.

[1522] P. Hauschildt, D. Lowenthal, and E. Baron. Parallel implementationof the PHOENIX generalized stellar atmosphere program. III. A parallelalgorithm for direct opacity sampling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 134, 323,2001.

[1523] P. Hauschildt, D. Lowenthal, E. Baron, and F. Allard. Parallel su-percomputing in stellar atmosphere simulations. In Ferland and Savin[1125], page 303.

[1524] P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, F. Allard, J. Ferguson, D. Alexander, andE. Baron. Cool stellar atmospheres. In Chavez et al. [746], page 15.

[1525] P. Hauschildt, S. Starrfield, S. Shore, F. Allard, and E. Baron. Thephysics of early nova spectra. Astrophys. J., 447, 829, 1995.

[1526] P. Hauschildt, H. Storzer, and E. Baron. Convergence properties of theaccelerated Λ–iteration method for the solution of radiative transferproblems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 51, 875, 1994.

[1527] P. Hauschildt and R. Wehrse. Solution of the special relativistic equa-tion of radiative transfer in rapidly expanding spherical shells. J. Quan-tit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 46, 81, 1991.

[1528] D. Hayes. Unpublished Ph.D. thesis, UCLA, 1968.

[1529] D. Hayes. An absolute spectrophotometric calibration of the energydistribution of twelve standard stars. Astrophys. J., 159, 165, 1970.

[1530] D. Hayes. Stellar absolute fluxes and energy distributions from 0.32 to4.0µ. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 225.

104



[1531] D. Hayes and D. Latham. A rediscussion of the atmospheric extinctionand the absolute spectral–energy distribution of Vega. Astrophys. J.,197, 593, 1975.

[1532] D. Hayes, D. Latham, and S. Hayes. Measurements of the monochro-matic flux from Vega in the near infrared. Astrophys. J., 197, 587,1975.

[1533] D. Hayes, J. Oke, and R. Schild. A comparison of the Heidelberg andNBS–Palomar spectrophotometric calibrations. Astrophys. J., 162, 361,1970.

[1534] D. Hayes, L. Pasinetti, and A. Philip, editors. Calibration of Fundamen-tal Stellar Quantities. IAU Symposium No. 111. (Dordrecht: Reidel),1985.

[1535] S. Heap. Subluminous Wolf–Rayet stars: Observations. In de Looreand Willis [938], page 423.

[1536] S. Heap, B. Altner, D. Ebbets, I. Hubeny, J. Hutchings, R.–P. Kudritzki,S. Voels, S. Haser, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and K. Butler. First resultsfrom the Goddard High–Resolution Spectrograph: Spectroscopic deter-mination of stellar parameters of Melnick 42, an O3f star in the LargeMagellanic Cloud. Astrophys. J., 377, L29, 1991.

[1537] S. Heap, T. Lanz, and I. Hubeny. Fundamental properties of O–typestars. Astrophys. J., 638, 409, 2006.

[1538] A. Hearn. The abundance of He in early–type stars and departures fromlocal thermodynamic equilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150, 227,1970.

[1539] A. Hearn. Departures from local thermodynamic equilibrium in theneutral He lines of early–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 155, 3,1971.

[1540] A. Hearn. The mass loss from the O9.5 Ib supergiant, ζ Orionis, derivedfrom the Hα profile. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 277, 1975.

[1541] J. Hearnshaw. Carbon and Fe abundances for twenty F– and G–typestars. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 191, 1974.

[1542] J. Hearnshaw. Iron abundances, gravities, and ionization in high–velocity dwarfs and subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 71, 1976.

[1543] J. Hearnshaw. Iron abundances, gravities, and ionization in strong–lined K dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 51, 85, 1976.

[1544] J. Hearnshaw and D. Newburgh. A differential model atmosphere anal-ysis of the Fe spectrum of ε Virginis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 186,85, 1979.

105



[1545] J. Hearnshaw and E. Schmidt. Hα profiles for G–type dwarfs and sub-giants. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 111, 1972.

[1546] J. Heasley and F. Kneer. Formation of spectral lines with partial fre-quency redistribution. Astrophys. J., 203, 660, 1976.

[1547] J. Heasley, J. Timothy, and S. Wolff. He I lines in B stars – Compari-son of non–local thermodynamic equilbrium models with observations.Astrophys. J., 262, 663, 1982.

[1548] J. Heasley and S. Wolff. He I λ 4922 in B–stars – Comparison of theoryand observations. Astrophys. J., 245, 977, 1981.

[1549] J. Heasley and S. Wolff. Hα line profiles in B stars – Comparison oftheory and observations. Astrophys. J., 269, 634, 1983.

[1550] U. Heber. Spectral fine analysis of the extreme He star BD +10◦2179.Astr. Astrophys., 118, 39, 1983.

[1551] U. Heber. Spectroscopic analysis of hot extreme He stars. In Hungeret al. [1833], page 33.

[1552] U. Heber. The atmosphere of subluminous B stars. II. Analysis of tenHe–poor subdwarfs and the birthrate of sdB stars. Astr. Astrophys.,155, 33, 1986.

[1553] U. Heber. Hot subluminous stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 233.

[1554] U. Heber. Hot subdwarf stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 47, 211,2009.

[1555] U. Heber, S. Dreizler, and H.-J. Hagen. On the hot ends of the whitedwarf spectral sequences: Hot white dwarfs containing He from theHamburg Schmidt survey. Astr. Astrophys., 311, L17, 1996.

[1556] U. Heber, S. Dreizler, and K. Werner. Quantitative spectroscopy ofK648 – The PNN of Ps1 in the globular cluster M15. Acta Astr., 43,337, 1993.

[1557] U. Heber and H. Edelmann. Atmospheric parameters and abundancesof sdB stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 341, 2004.

[1558] U. Heber, H. Edelmann, M. Lemke, R. Napiwotzki, and D. Engels.Spectral analysis of hot subluminous stars. In Solheim and Meistas[3615], page 551.

[1559] U. Heber, H. Edelmann, T. Lisker, and R. Napiwotzki. Discovery of aHe–core white dwarf progenitor. Astr. Astrophys., 411, 477, 2003.

[1560] U. Heber, W.–R. Hamann, K. Hunger, R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, andR. Mendez. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O–stars. VI. Feige 110.Astr. Astrophys., 136, 331, 1984.

106



[1561] U. Heber and K. Hunger. UV observations of the intermediate He starCPD -46◦3093. Astr. Astrophys., 101, 269, 1981.

[1562] U. Heber, K. Hunger, G. Jonas, and R.–P. Kudritzki. The atmosphereof subluminous B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 119, 1984.

[1563] U. Heber and C. Jeffery, editors. The Atmospheres of Early–Type Stars.(New York: Springer–Verlag), 1992.

[1564] U. Heber and R.–P. Kudritzki. NLTE analysis of the sdO star ROB 162in the globular cluster NGC 6397. Astr. Astrophys., 169, 244, 1986.

[1565] U. Heber, R.–P. Kudritzki, V. Caloi, V. Castellani, and J. Danziger.A spectroscopic study of HB stars in the galactic globular clusterNGC 6752. Astr. Astrophys., 162, 171, 1986.

[1566] U. Heber and D. Schonberner. Colors and effective temperatures ofextreme He stars. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 73, 1981.

[1567] U. Heber, K. Werner, and J. Drilling. High–resolution spectroscopy ofcentral stars of planetary nebulae: LSS 1362. Astr. Astrophys., 194,223, 1988.

[1568] G. Hebrard, N. Allard, I. Hubeny, S. Lacour, R. Ferlet, and A. Vidal-Madjar. Quasi–molecular lines in Lyman wings of cool DA white dwarfs.Application to FUSE observations of G 231-40. Astr. Astrophys., 394,647, 2002.

[1569] G. Hebrard, N. Allard, J. Kielkopf, P. Chayer, J. Dupuis, J. Kruk, andI. Hubeny. Modeling of the Lyγ satellites in FUSE spectra of DA whitedwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 405, 1153, 2003.

[1570] T. Heinemann, W. Dobler, A. Nordlund, and A. Brandenburg. Ra-diative transfer in decomposed domains. Astr. Astrophys., 448, 731,2006.

[1571] J. Heintze. Temperature, gravity and mass of Vega, Sirius, and τ Her-culis. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 20, 1, 1968.

[1572] J. Heintze. On the temperature scale of B–type stars. Bull. Astr. Inst.Neth., 20, 154, 1969.

[1573] P. Heinzel. Derivatives of the Voigt functions. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech.,29, 159, 1978.

[1574] P. Heinzel. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines: A unifiedapproach to redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 25, 483, 1981.

[1575] P. Heinzel. Redistribution functions: A review of computational meth-ods. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 115.

107



[1576] P. Heinzel. Multilevel NLTE radiative transfer in isolated atmosphericstructures: Implementation of the MALI–technique. Astr. Astrophys.,299, 563, 1995.

[1577] P. Heinzel and I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines.II. Collisional redistribution. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27,1, 1982.

[1578] P. Heinzel and I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines.IV. Angle–averaged redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Ra-diat. Transf., 30, 77, 1983.

[1579] J. Heise and H. Huizenga. The hot white dwarf HZ 43. II. The He abun-dance derived from its ultra–soft X–ray spectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 84,280, 1980.

[1580] W. Heisenberg. Uber quantentheoretische Umdeutung kinetatischer andmechanischer Beziehung. Z. fur Phys., 33, 879, 1925.

[1581] W. Heisenberg and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik der Wellen-felder I. Z. fur Phys., 56, 1, 1929.

[1582] W. Heisenberg and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik der Wellen-felder II. Z. fur Phys., 59, 168, 1930.

[1583] U. Heiter and K. Eriksson. Geometry of giant star model atmospheres:A consistency test. Astr. Astrophys., 452, 1039, 2006.

[1584] U. Heiter, F. Kupka, C. van’t Veer-Menneret, C. Barban, W. Weiss, M.-J. Goupil, W. Schmidt, D. Katz, and R. Garrido. New grids of ATLAS 9

atmospheres. I. Influence of convection treatments on model structureand on observable quantities. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 619, 2002.

[1585] W. Heitler. The Quantum Theory of Radiation. (New York: DoverPublications), 3rd edition, 1984.

[1586] H. Helfer. Abundances in some Population II K giants. Astrophys. J.,129, 700, 1959.

[1587] J. Helfer and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in K giant stars. I. A de-termination of the abundances in the Hyades K giants. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 9, 81, 1964.

[1588] H. Helfer and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in K stars. II. A survey offield stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 16, 1, 1968.

[1589] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Abundances in some Pop-ulation II K giants. Astrophys. J., 129, 700, 1959.

[1590] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Abundances in G dwarfstars. III. Stars in moving clusters. Astrophys. J., 132, 335, 1960.

108



[1591] H. Helfer, G. Wallerstein, and J. Greenstein. Metal abundances in thesubgiant ζ Herculis and three other dG stars. Astrophys. J., 138, 97,1963.

[1592] C. Helling and U. Jørgensen. Optimizing the opacity sampling method.Astr. Astrophys., 337, 477, 1998.

[1593] K. Hempe and K. Schonberg. Line formation in the comoving frame:Accurate solution using an approximate Newton–Raphson operator.Astr. Astrophys., 160, 141, 1986.

[1594] H. Hensberge, C. de Loore, H. Lamers, and F. Bruhweiler. Mass lossfrom α Cyg (A2 Ia) derived from the profiles of low excitation Fe IIlines. Astr. Astrophys., 106, 137, 1982.

[1595] L. Henyey. Near thermodynamic radiative equilibrium. Astrophys. J.,103, 332, 1946.

[1596] L. Henyey, J. Forbes, and N. Gould. A new method for automaticcomputation of stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 139, 306, 1964.

[1597] L. Henyey and W. Grasberger. Near thermodynamic equilibrium. II.Astrophys. J., 122, 498, 1955.

[1598] L. Henyey, L. Wilets, K.–H. Bohm, R. Lelevier, and R. Levee. A methodfor automatic computation of stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 129, 628,1959.

[1599] J. Herald, L. Bianchi, and D. Hillier. Discovery of Ne VII in the windsof hot evolved stars. Astrophys. J., 627, 424, 2005.

[1600] J. Herald, D. Hillier, and R. Schulte-Ladbeck. Tailored analyses of theWN 8 stars WR 40 and WR 16. Astrophys. J., 548, 932, 2001.

[1601] J. Herald, R. Schulte-Ladbeck, P. Eenens, and P. Morris. The structureof Wolf–Rayet winds. II. Observations of ionization stratification in theWN subtype. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 126, 469, 2000.

[1602] A. Heras, R. Shipman, S. Price, T. de Graauw, H. Walker, M. Jour-dain de Muizon, M. Kessler, T. Prusti, L. Decin, B. Vandenbussche,and L. Waters. Infrared spectral classification of normal stars. Astr.Astrophys., 394, 539, 2002.

[1603] R. Herman and R. Wallis. Matrix elements of electronic transitions inthe H+

2 hydrogen molecular ion. Astrophys. J., 123, 353, 1956.

[1604] A. Herrero. Improved NLTE profiles of He II lines in hot stars includingtheir overlap with H. Astr. Astrophys., 186, 231, 1987.

[1605] A. Herrero. Improved non–LTE Balmer–line profiles for hot stars. Astr.Astrophys., 171, 189, 1987.

109



[1606] A. Herrero. Intrinsic parameters of massive OB stars. Space Sci. Rev.,66, 137, 1993.

[1607] A. Herrero. CNO in OB main sequence stars. In Charbonnel et al.[744], page 10.

[1608] A. Herrero. Parameters of massive OB stars. In van der Hucht et al.[3888], page 3.

[1609] A. Herrero, L. Corral, M. Villamariz, and E. Martın. Fundamentalparameters of galactic luminous OB stars. III. Spectroscopic analysis ofO stars in Cygnus OB2. Astr. Astrophys., 348, 542, 1999.

[1610] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, J. Vilchez, and A. Gabler. Fun-damental parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. II. A spectroscopicanalysis of HDE 226868 and the mass of Cygnus X–1. Astr. Astrophys.,297, 556, 1995.

[1611] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, and J. Vilchez. NLTE analysis of massiveOB stars in open clusters. Astrophys. Space Sci., 169, 7, 1990.

[1612] A. Herrero, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Vilchez, D. Kunze, K. Butler, andS. Haser. Intrinsic parameters of galactic luminous OB stars. Astr.Astrophys., 261, 209, 1992.

[1613] A. Herrero, A. Manchado, and R. Mendez. NLTE analysis of high–resolution spectra of CSPN. Astrophys. Space Sci., 169, 183, 1990.

[1614] A. Herrero, F. Najarro, and J. Puls. Spectroscopic analysis of Cyg OB2supergiants using unified model atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 243.

[1615] A. Herrero, J. Puls, L. Corral, R.–P. Kudritzki, and M. Villamariz. Ananalysis of HST UV spectra of Cyg OB2 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 366,623, 2001.

[1616] A. Herrero, J. Puls, and F. Najarro. Fundamental parameters of galacticluminous OB stars VI. Temperatures, masses and WLR of Cyg OB2supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 396, 949, 2002.

[1617] A. Herrero, J. Puls, and M. Villamariz. Fundamental parameters ofgalactic luminous OB stars. IV. The upper HR diagram. Astr. Astro-phys., 354, 193, 2000.

[1618] A. Herrero, J. Vilchez, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Kunze, and K. Butler. NLTEanalysis of massive OB stars. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 409.

[1619] E. Hertzsprung. On the radiation of stars. Zeit. fur Wiss. Photographie,3, 429, 1905.

110



[1620] E. Hertzsprung. Uber die Sterne der Unterabteilungen c und ab nachder Spektralklassifikation von Antonia C. Maury. Astr. Nachrichten,19, 91, 1909.

[1621] F. Herwig. Evolution of asymptotic giant branch stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 43, 435, 2005.

[1622] G. Herzberg. Atomic Spectra and Atomic Structure. (New York: DoverPublications), 2nd edition, 1944.

[1623] G. Herzberg. Infrared and Raman Spectra of Polyatomic Molecules.(Princeton: Van Nostrand), 1945.

[1624] G. Herzberg. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Structure. I. Spectra ofDiatomic Molecules. (New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold Company),2nd edition, 1950.

[1625] G. Herzberg. Electronic Spectra and Electronic Structure of PolyatomicMolecules. (Princeton: Van Nostrand), 1966.

[1626] G. Herzberg. The Spectra and Structures of Simple Free Radicals: AnIntroduction to Molecular Spectroscopy. (Ithaca: Cornell UniversityPress), 1971.

[1627] G. Herzberg and L. Howe. The Lyman bands of molecular H. CanadianJ. Phys., 37, 636, 1959.

[1628] J. Hesser. The halo populations. In Barbuy and Renzini [239], page 1.

[1629] D. Hestroffer. Center to limb darkening of stars. New model and appli-cation to stellar interferometry. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 199, 1997.

[1630] D. Hestroffer and C. Magnan. Wavelength dependency of the solar limbdarkening. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 338, 1998.

[1631] M. Heydari-Malayeri, P. Stee, and J. P. Zahn, editors. Evolution ofMassive Stars, Mass Loss and Winds. EAD Publ. Ser. 13, 2004.

[1632] A. Hibbert. CIV3 – A general program to calculate configuration inter-action wave functions and electric–dipole oscillator strengths. Comp.Phys. Commun., 9, 141, 1975.

[1633] A. Hibbert. Data for weak lines. In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 125.

[1634] F. Hickok and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for O5 V and B0 V starswith line blanketing. Astrophys. J., 152, 203, 1968.

[1635] N. Higginbotham. A fine analysis of the He–rich star HD 184927. Astr.Astrophys., 33, 277, 1974.

[1636] F. Hildebrand. Introduction to Numerical Analysis. (New York: DoverPublications), 2nd edition, 1987.

111



[1637] G. Hill, A. Gulliver, and S. Adelman. The spectrophotometric fittingprogram STELLAR. In Adelman et al. [20], page 184.

[1638] P. Hill. The spectra of He stars. I. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 127, 113,1964.

[1639] P. Hill. The spectra of He stars. II. An abundance analysis of three Hestars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 137, 1965.

[1640] V. Hill, B. Plez, R. Cayrel, T. Beers, B. Nordstrom, J. Andersen,M. Spite, F. Spite, F. Barbuy, P. Bonifacio, E. Depagne, P. Francois,and E. Primas. First stars. I. The extreme r–element rich, Fe–poor halogiant CS 31082–001. Implications for the r–process site(s) and radioac-tive cosmochronology. Astr. Astrophys., 387, 560, 2002.

[1641] D. Hillier. The influence of electron scattering on the He II line profilesin HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 280, 744, 1984.

[1642] D. Hillier. Infrared spectra of WN stars. II. WN 7 and WN 8 stars.Astr. J., 90, 1514, 1985.

[1643] D. Hillier. The formation of N and C lines in HD 50896 WN 5. InDe Loore et al. [939], page 261.

[1644] D. Hillier. An empirical model for the Wolf–Rayet star HD 50896.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 63, 965, 1987.

[1645] D. Hillier. Modeling the extended atmospheres of WN stars. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 63, 947, 1987.

[1646] D. Hillier. The formation of N emission lines in HD 50896 (WN 5).Astrophys. J., 327, 822, 1988.

[1647] D. Hillier. WC stars: Hot stars with cold winds. Astrophys. J., 347,392, 1989.

[1648] D. Hillier. An iterative method for the solution of the statistical andradiative equilibrium equations in expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astro-phys., 231, 116, 1990.

[1649] D. Hillier. Line blanketing, and the computation of line equivalentwidths in the comoving frame. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 111, 1990.

[1650] D. Hillier. Observational abundances of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Garmany[1225], page 340.

[1651] D. Hillier. The effects of electron scattering and wind clumping for earlyemission line stars. Astr. Astrophys., 247, 455, 1991.

[1652] D. Hillier. Relaxing assumptions in the standard model. In Vreux et al.[3959], page 509.

112



[1653] D. Hillier. Wolf–Rayet stars and stellar winds. In Jeffery and Heber.[1904], page 111.

[1654] D. Hillier. Non–LTE line blanketed atmospheres for hot stars. In Bed-ding et al. [361], page 209.

[1655] D. Hillier. Line–blanketing in massive stars: New results. In van derHucht et al. [3889], page 194.

[1656] D. Hillier. Modeling and diagnostics of structured winds. In Lamersand Sapar [2310], page 161.

[1657] D. Hillier. Advances in modeling of Wolf–Rayet stars. In van der Huchtet al. [3888], page 70.

[1658] D. Hillier. On the solution of the statistical equilibrium equations. InHubeny et al. [1777], page 199.

[1659] D. Hillier. Mass loss in massive stars. In Humphreys and Stanek [1820],page 215.

[1660] D. Hillier, T. Jones, and A. Hyland. Infrared spectra of WN stars.I. HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 271, 221, 1983.

[1661] D. Hillier, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, D. Baade, J. Cassinelli,J. Puls, and J. Schmitt. The 0.1–2.5 keV X–ray spectrum of the O4f starζ Puppis. Astr. Astrophys., 276, 117, 1993.

[1662] D. Hillier and T. Lanz. CMFGEN: A non-LTE line–blanketed radiativetransfer code for modeling hot stars with stellar winds. In Ferland andSavin [1125], page 343.

[1663] D. Hillier. Radiation driven stellar winds. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page111.

[1664] D. Hillier, T. Lanz, S. Heap, I. Hubeny, L. Smith, C. Evans, D. Lennon,and J.-C. Bouret. A tale of two stars: The extreme O7 Iaf+ supergiantAV 83 and the OC7.5 III((f)) star AV 69. Astrophys. J., 588, 1039,2003.

[1665] D. Hillier and D. Miller. The treatment of non–LTE line blanketing inspherically expanding outflows. Astrophys. J., 496, 407, 1998.

[1666] D. Hillier and K. Miller. Constraints on the evolution of massive starsthrough spectral analysis. Astrophys. J., 519, 354, 1999.

[1667] W. Hiltner, editor. Astronomical Techniques. (Chicago: University ofChicago Press), 1962.

[1668] W. Hiltner and H. Johnson. The law of interstellar absorption andreddening. Astrophys. J., 124, 367, 1956.

113



[1669] W. Hiltner and R. Williams. Photometric Atlas of Stellar Spectra. (AnnArbor: University of Michigan Press), 1946.

[1670] W. Hindmarsh. Collision broadening and shift in the resonance line ofCa. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 11, 1959.

[1671] W. Hindmarsh. Collision broadening and shift in the λ 6573 line of Ca.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 121, 48, 1960.

[1672] W. Hindmarsh, A. Petford and G. Smith. Interpretation of collisionbroadening and shift in atomic spectra. Proc. Roy. Soc. London A, 297,296, 1967.

[1673] K. Hinkle, L. Wallace, and W. Livingston. Infrared Atlas of the ArcturusSpectrum. 0.9 − 5.3µ. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of thePacific), 1995.

[1674] J. Hirschfelder, C. Curtiss, and R. Bird. Molecular Theory of Gases andLiquids. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1964.

[1675] F. Hjerting. Tables facilitating the calculation of line absorption coeffi-cients. Astrophys. J., 88, 508, 1938.

[1676] M. Hoare, M. Barstow, K. Werner, and T. Fleming. ROSAT obser-vations of EUV-bright planetary nebula central stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 273, 812, 1995.

[1677] M. Hoare, J. Drake, K. Werner, and S. Dreizler. The extreme–ultravioletspectrum of the central star of the planetary nebula NGC 1360. Astr.Astrophys., 283, 830, 1996.

[1678] L. Hobbs and J. Thorburn. On the metallicity of NGC 752. Astr. J.,104, 669, 1992.

[1679] P. Hoflich. Limb variation effects in rapidly expanding atmospheres.Astr. Astrophys., 229, 191, 1990.

[1680] P. Hoflich. ALI in rapidly expanding envelopes. In Hubeny et al. [1777],page 185.

[1681] P. Hoflich. Parallelization of stellar atmosphere codes. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 371.

[1682] P. Hoflich, R. Wehrse, and G. Shaviv. Non–LTE effects in low–densityscattering–dominated photospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 105, 986.

[1683] K. Hofmann and M. Scholz. Limb–darkening and radii of non–MiraM giant models. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 637, 1998.

[1684] S. Hofner. Dynamical modeling of AGB star atmospheres. In Le Bertreet al. [2348], page 159.

114



[1685] S. Hofner, R. Gautschy-Loidl, B. Aringer, and U. Jørgensen. Dynamicmodel atmospheres of AGB stars. III. Effects of frequency–dependentradiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 399, 589, 2003.

[1686] S. Hofner, U. Jørgensen, R. Loidl, and B. Aringer. Dynamic model at-mospheres of AGB stars. I. Atmospheric structure and dynamics. Astr.Astrophys., 340, 497, 1998.

[1687] S. Hofner, C. Sandin, B. Aringer, A. Andersen, U. Jørgensen,R. Gautschy-Loidl, W. Nowotny, and J. Hron. Dynamical atmospheresand winds of AGB stars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 353.

[1688] J. Holberg. Using DA white dwarfs to calibrate synthetic photometry.In Sterken [3669], page 533.

[1689] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and J. Collins. Photospheric Siin the DA white dwarf Wolf 1346. Astr. J., 111, 2361, 1996.

[1690] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, A. Cruise, and A. Penny. Sir-ius B: A new, more accurate view. Astrophys. J., 497, 935, 1998.

[1691] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and I. Hubeny, I. Green. Far–ultraviolet Space Telescope Imaging Spectrograph spectra of the whitedwarf REJ 1032+532. II. Stellar spectrum. Astrophys. J., 517, 850,1999.

[1692] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, F. Bruhweiler, and E. Sion. The EUVE andIUE spectra of the hot DA white dwarf GD 659. Astrophys. J., 453,313, 1995.

[1693] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, A. Chen, S. Dreizler, M. Marsh,D. O’Donoghue, E. Sion, R. Tweedy, G. Vauclair, and K. Werner. Twonew extremely Fe–rich hot DA white dwarfs and the nature of the EUVopacity. Astrophys. J., 416, 806, 1993.

[1694] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and M. Burleigh. An archive of IUE low–dispersion spectra of the white dwarf stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 147,145, 2003.

[1695] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, and I. Hubeny. Hubble Space Tele-scope ultraviolet spectroscopy of two hot white dwarfs. Astrophys. J.,484, 871, 1997.

[1696] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and E. Sion. A high–dispersion spectroscopicsurvey of the hot white dwarfs: The IUE NEWSIPS SWP echelle dataset. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 119, 207, 1998.

[1697] J. Holberg, M. Barstow, and E. Sion. Elemental abundances in hotwhite dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 485.

115



[1698] J. Holberg, I. Hubeny, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, E. Sion, and R. Tweedy.The discovery of Ni V in the photospheres of the hot DA white dwarfsRE2214–492 and G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 425, L105, 1994.

[1699] J. Holberg, G. McCook, E. Sion, T. Ostwalt, and M. Burleigh. Whitedwarf catalogs, databases, and websites. In Provencal et al. [3179],page 359.

[1700] A. Holm and J. Cassinelli. The spectral energy distribution of ζ Puppisand HD 50896. Astrophys. J., 211, 432, 1977.

[1701] D. Holmgren, P. Brown, P. Dufton, and F. Keenan. The determinationof element abundances in the solar neighborhood from B–type stellarspectra. II. Non–LTE calculations for Ar II. Astrophys. J., 364, 657,1990.

[1702] T. Holstein. Pressure broadening of spectral lines. Phys. Rev., 79, 744,1950.

[1703] A. Holt. H+2 wave functions. Proc. Cambridge Phil. Soc., 61, 207, 1965.

[1704] J. Holtsmark. Uber die Verbreiterung von Spektrallinien. Ann. Physik,58, 577, 1919.

[1705] H. Holweger. Depression of the solar continuous spectrum by line ab-sorption and the Balmer continuum. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 11, 1970.

[1706] H. Holweger. The broadening by neutral hydrogen in the solar atmo-sphere. Comments to the note by Roueff and Van Regemorter (1971).Astr. Astrophys., 12, 319, 1971.

[1707] H. Holweger. The solar abundance of Ca and collision broadening ofCa I and Ca II Fraunhofer lines by hydrogen. Solar Phys., 25, 14, 1972.

[1708] H. Holweger. Microturbulence and the effect of departures from LTEon photospheric Fe lines. Solar Phys., 30, 35, 1973.

[1709] H. Holweger. The solar abundance of Si. Astr. Astrophys., 26, 275,1973.

[1710] H. Holweger and E. Mueller. The photospheric barium spectrum. Solarabundance and collision broadening of Ba II lines by hydrogen. SolarPhys., 39, 19, 1974.

[1711] D. Homeier, D. Koester, H.-J. Hagen, S. Jordan, U. Heber, D. Engels,D. Reimers, and S. Dreizler. An analysis of DA white dwarfs from theHamburg quasar survey. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 563, 1998.

116



[1712] S. Honda, W. Aoki, H. Ando, H. Izumiura, T. Kijino, E. Kambe,S. Kawanomoto, K. Noguchi, K. Okita, K. Sadakane, B. Sato,M. Takada–Hidai, Y. Takeda, E. Watanabe, T. Beers, J. Norris, andS. Ryan. Spectroscopic studies of extremely metal–poor stars with theSubaru high–dispersion spectrograph. I. Observational data. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 152, 113, 2004.

[1713] S. Honda, W. Aoki, Y. Ishimaru, S. Wanajo, and S. Ryan. Neutron–capture elements in the very metal–poor star HD 122563. Astrophys.J., 643, 1180, 2006.

[1714] S. Honda, W. Aoki, T. Kajino, H. Ando, T. Beers, H. Izumiura,K. Sadakane, and M. Takada–Hidai. Spectroscopic studies of extremelymetal–poor stars with the Subaru high–dispersion spectrograph. II. Ther–process elements including thorium. Astrophys. J., 607, 474, 2004.

[1715] C. Hooper. Electric microfield distributions in plasmas. Phys. Rev.,149, 77, 1966.

[1716] C. Hooper. Low–frequency component electric microfield distributionsin plasmas. Phys. Rev., 165, 215, 1968.

[1717] C. Hooper. Asymptotic electric microfield distributions in low–frequency component plasmas. Phys. Rev., 169, 193, 1968.

[1718] E. Hopf. Zum Problem des Strahlungsgleichgewichts in den ausserenSchichten der Sterne. Strenge Losung der singularen Integralgleichungvon Milne. Z. fur Phys., 46, 374, 1927.

[1719] E. Hopf. Uber Strahlungsgleichgewicht in den ausseren Schichten derSterne. II. Eindeutingkeit beweis fur die Losung des Problem von Milne.Z. fur Phys., 49, 155, 1928.

[1720] E. Hopf. Remarks on the Schwarzschild–Milne model of the outer layersof a star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 287, 1930.

[1721] E. Hopf. Remarks on the Schwarzschild–Milne model of the outer layersof a star. II. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 863, 1932.

[1722] E. Hopf. Mathematical Problems of Radiative Equilibrium. CambridgeTracts in Mathematics and Mathematical Physics No. 31. (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press), 1934.

[1723] N. Houk. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spectral Types forthe HD Stars: Volume 2. University of Michigan, 1978.

[1724] N. Houk. Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spectral Types for theHD Stars: Volume 3. University of Michigan, 1982.

[1725] N. Houk and A. Cowley. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spec-tral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 1. University of Michigan, 1975.

117



[1726] N. Houk, H. Irvine, and D. Rosenbush. An Atlas of Objective–PrismSpectra. University of Michigan, 1974.

[1727] N. Houk and M. Newberry. A Second Atlas of Objective–Prism Spectra.University of Michigan, 1984.

[1728] N. Houk and C. Swift. Michigan Catalogue of Two–Dimensional Spec-tral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 5. University of Michigan, 1999.

[1729] N. Houk and M. Swift-Moore. Michigan Catalogue of Two–DimensionalSpectral Types for the HD Stars: Volume 4. University of Michigan,1988.

[1730] J. Houtgast. The variations in the profiles of strong Fraunhofer linesalong a radius of the solar disc. (Utrecht: Drukkerij F. Schotanus &Jens), 1942.

[1731] J. Houtgast. Observations and computations about center limb varia-tions of Fraunhofer lines. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 11, 475, 1952.

[1732] J. Houtgast. The high–dispersion continuous ultraviolet solar spectrumand the Balmer jump. Solar Phys., 3, 47, 1968.

[1733] J. Houtgast and M. Minnaert. The continuum in the Utrecht Photo-metric Atlas as assumed for the 1966 catalogue. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth.Suppl., 2, 415, 1967.

[1734] J. Houtgast and O. Namba. Continuum location and total line absorp-tion in the solar spectrum from 2988 to 4087A. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth.,20, 87, 1968.

[1735] I. Howarth, editor. Properties of Hot Luminous Stars: Second Boulder–Munich Workshop on Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: Astronom-ical Society of the Pacific), 1998.

[1736] I. Howarth and W. Schmutz. Near-infrared spectroscopy of galacticWolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 261, 503, 1992.

[1737] I. Howarth and W. Schmutz. The distance to the Wolf–Rayet starHD 50896. Astr. Astrophys., 294, 529, 1995.

[1738] J. Hoyland. Many-center wavefunctions for the hydrogen molecule andthe hydrogen molecular ion. J. Chem. Phys., 40, 3540, 1964.

[1739] B. Hrivnak. From red giant to planetary nebula: Studies of the transi-tional objects. In Provencal et al. [3179], page 3.

[1740] C.-T. Hua, A. Magnan, R. Morat, G. Waultier, and P. Petrov. Aboutthe absolute UV flux of the Of star HD 152408. Astrophys. Let., 25, 89,1986.

118



[1741] C.-T. Hua, J.-O. Woo, and H.-D. Nguyen. Absolute measurements ofthe flux of galactic Wolf–Rayet stars – Comparisons with main–sequenceOB stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 53, 407, 1983.

[1742] K. Huang. Statistical Mechanics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons),1963.

[1743] I. Hubeny. Improved complete–linearization method for the solution ofthe non–LTE line transfer problem. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 26, 38,1975.

[1744] I. Hubeny. The effect of Lyα on the non–LTE model atmospheres ofA type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 225, 1980.

[1745] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of A typestars. II. Theoretical considerations and interpretation of the Vega Lyαregion. Astr. Astrophys., 98, 96, 1981.

[1746] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line transfer with partial redistribution. I. Generalemission profile. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 32, 271, 1981.

[1747] I. Hubeny. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines. III. General-ized redistribution functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27,593, 1982.

[1748] I. Hubeny. A modified Rybicki method and the partial coherent scat-tering approximation. Astr. Astrophys., 145, 461, 1985.

[1749] I. Hubeny. A modified Rybicki method with partial redistribution. InBeckman and Crivellari [358], page 109.

[1750] I. Hubeny. General aspects of partial redistribution and its astrophysicalimportance. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 27.

[1751] I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line transfer with partial redistribution. II. Anequivalent–two–level–atom approach. Bull. Astr. Inst. Czech., 36, 1,1985.

[1752] I. Hubeny. Redistribution and radiation transfer in astrophysical situ-ations. In Rostas [3286], page 501.

[1753] I. Hubeny. Probabilistic interpretation of radiative transfer I. The√ε-

law. Astr. Astrophys., 185, 332, 1987.

[1754] I. Hubeny. A computer program for calculating non-LTE model stellaratmospheres. Comp. Phys. Commun., 52, 103, 1988.

[1755] I. Hubeny. Accelerated lambda iteration. In Heber and Jeffery [1563],page 377.

119



[1756] I. Hubeny. Stellar atmospheres theory: An introduction. In de Greveet al. [922], page 1.

[1757] I. Hubeny. From escape probabilities to exact radiative transfer. InFerland and Savin [1125], page 197.

[1758] I. Hubeny. Accelerated lambda iteration: An overview. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 17.

[1759] I. Hubeny. From complete linearization to ALI and beyond. In Hubenyet al. [1782], page 3.

[1760] I. Hubeny, M. Barstow, T. Lanz, and J. Holberg. Non–LTE modelatmospheres of hot DA white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615],page 445.

[1761] I. Hubeny and A. Burrows. A new algorithm for two-dimensional trans-port for astrophysical simulations. I. General formulation and tests forone-dimensional spherical case. Astrophys. J., 659, 1458, 2007.

I. Hubeny, O. Blaes, J. Krolik, and E. Agol. Non-LTE models and mhe-oretical spectra of accretion disks in active galactic nuclei. IV. Effects ofCompton scattering and metal opacities Astrophys. J., 559, 680, 2001.

[1762] I. Hubeny, A. Burrows, and D. Sudarsky. A possible bifurcation inatmospheres of strongly irradiated stars and planets. Astrophys. J.,594, 1011, 2003.

[1763] I. Hubeny and J. Cooper. Redistribution of radiation in the presenceof velocity–changing collisions. Astrophys. J., 305, 852, 1986.

[1764] I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and B. Altner. First results from the Goddard High–Resolution Spectrograph. Evidence for photospheric microturbulencein early O stars. Are surface gravities systematically underestimated?Astrophys. J., 377, 33, 1991.

[1765] I. Hubeny, S. Heap, and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model at-mospheres of O stars. In Howarth [1735], page 108.

[1766] I. Hubeny and P. Heinzel. Non–coherent scattering in subordinate lines.V. Solutions of the transfer problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 32, 159, 1984.

[1767] I. Hubeny and P. Heinzel. Comments on “The angle–dependent redis-tribution functions RIII and RIV” by S. McKenna. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 119, 409, 1986.

[1768] I. Hubeny, D. Hummer, and T. Lanz. NLTE model stellar atmosphereswith line blanketing near the series limits. Astr. Astrophys., 282, 151,1994.

120



[1769] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Accelerated complete–linearization method forcalculating NLTE model stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 262,501, 1992.

[1770] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Modeling A–type atmospheres: NLTE models.In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 98.

[1771] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheresof hot, metal–rich white dwarfs. In Koester and Werner [2113], page 98.

[1772] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheresof hot stars. I. Hybrid complete–linearization/accelerated lambda–iteration method. Astrophys. J., 439, 875, 1995.

[1773] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. EUV radiation from hot star photospheres:Theory versus observations. In Bowyer and Malina [515], page 381.

[1774] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Fully line–blanketed NLTE model atmospheresfor hot H–deficient stars. In Jeffery and Heber [1904], page 249.

[1775] I. Hubeny and T. Lanz. Model photospheres with accelerated lambdaiteration. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 51.

[1776] I. Hubeny and B. Lites. Partial redistribution in multilevel atoms.I. Method and application to the solar H–line formation. Astrophys.J., 455, 376, 1995.

[1777] I. Hubeny, D. Mihalas, and K. Werner, editors. Stellar AtmosphereModeling. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003.

[1778] I. Hubeny and J. Oxenius. Absorption and emission line–profile coeffi-cients of multilevel atoms. III. Generalized atomic redistribution func-tions for three–photon processes. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf.,37, 65, 1987.

[1779] I. Hubeny and J. Oxenius. Absorption and emission line–profile co-efficients of multilevel atoms. IV. Velocity–averaged generalized redis-tribution functions for three–photon processes. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 37, 397, 1987.

[1780] I. Hubeny, J. Oxenius, and E. Simonneau. Absorption and emissionline–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. I. Atomic profile coefficients.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 29, 477, 1983.

[1781] I. Hubeny, J. Oxenius, and E. Simonneau. Absorption and emissionline–profile coefficients of multilevel atoms. II. Velocity–averaged profilecoefficients. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 29, 495, 1983.

[1782] I. Hubeny, J. Stone, K. MacGregor, and K. Werner, editors. Recent Di-rections in Astrophysical Quantitative Spectroscopy and Radiation Hy-drodynamics. (New York: American Institute of Physics), 2009.

121



[1783] D. Huber. Resonant scattering of monochromatic light in gases. Phys.Rev., 178, 93, 1969.

[1784] K. Huber and G. Herzberg. Molecular Spectra and Molecular Struc-ture IV. Constants of Diatomic Molecules. (New York: Van NostrandReinhold Co.), 1979.

[1785] D. Huenemoerder, K. de Boer, and A. Code. Field horizontal-branchstars at ultraviolet and visual wavelengths. Astr. J., 89, 851, 1984.

[1786] S. Hugelmeyer, S. Dreizler, D. Homeier, J. Krzesinski, K. Werner,A. Nitta, and S. Kleinman. Spectral analyses of eighteen hot H–deficient(pre–) white dwarfs from the Sloan Digital Sky Survey data release 4.Astr. Astrophys., 454, 617, 2006.

[1787] S. Hugelmeyer, S. Dreizler, K. Werner, J. Krzesinski, A. Nitta, andS. Kleinman. Spectral analyses of DO white dwarfs and PG 1159 starsfrom the Sloan Digital Sky Survey. Astr. Astrophys., 442, 309, 2005.

[1788] A. Hui, B. Armstrong, and A. Wray. Rapid computation of the Voigtand complex error functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 19,509, 1978.

[1789] P. Hultzsch, J. Puls, R. Mendez, A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, T. Hoff-mann, and J. McCarthy. Central stars of planetary nebulae in thegalactic bulge. Astr. Astrophys., 467, 1253, 2007.

[1790] J. Huml ıcek. Optimized computation of the Voigt and complex proba-bility functions. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 27, 437, 1982.

[1791] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. I. The redistribution functionswith Doppler broadening. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 125, 21, 1962.

[1792] D. Hummer. The mean number of scatterings by a resonance–line pho-ton. Astrophys. J., 140, 276, 1964.

[1793] D. Hummer. The emission coefficient. In Avrett et al. [192], page 13.

[1794] D. Hummer. The Voigt function. An eight significant–figure table andgenerating procedure. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 70, 1, 1965.

[1795] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. III. The effect of continuousabsorption on the formation of spectral lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 138, 73, 1968.

[1796] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. IV. Doppler redistribution func-tions in moving atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 479,1968.

122



[1797] D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. VI. Solutions of the transferproblem with a frequency–dependent source function. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 145, 95, 1969.

[1798] D. Hummer. Line formation in expanding atmospheres. In Slettebak[3557], page 281.

[1799] D. Hummer. Expressions for the computer evaluation of the four ker-nel functions for line formation with Doppler and Lorentz profiles. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 26, 187, 1981.

[1800] D. Hummer. High order asymptotic expansions of the four kernel func-tions for line formation with the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 27, 569, 1982.

[1801] D. Hummer. A fast and accurate method for evaluating the nonrela-tivistic free–free Gaunt factor for hydrogenic ions. Astrophys. J., 327,477, 1988.

[1802] D. Hummer. The opacity project and the practical utilization of atomicdata. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 431.

[1803] D. Hummer, D. Abbott, S. Voels, and B. Bohannan. Failure of con-tinuum methods for determining the effective temperature of hot stars.Astrophys. J., 328, 704, 1988.

[1804] D. Hummer and P. Kunasz. Energy loss by resonance line photons inan absorbing medium. Astrophys. J., 236, 609, 1980.

[1805] D. Hummer, C. Kunasz, and P. Kunasz. Numerical evaluation of theformal solution of radiative transfer problems in spherical geometries.Comp. Phys. Commun., 6, 38, 1973.

[1806] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Line formation with non–coherent electronscattering in O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 150, L57, 1967.

[1807] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Model atmospheres for the central starsof planetary nebulae. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 339, 1970.

[1808] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. Surface fluxes for model atmospheres forthe central stars of planetary nebulae. Technical Report 101, JointInstitute for Laboratory Astrophysics, Boulder, Colorado, 1970.

[1809] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Computational methods for non–LTEline–transfer problems. In Alder et al. [36], page 53.

[1810] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Redshifted line profiles from differentiallyexpanding atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 153, L107, 1968.

123



[1811] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Non–coherent scattering. VII. Frequencydependent thermalization lengths and scattering with continuous ab-sorption. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 150, 419, 1970.

[1812] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetricsystems. The conservative grey case. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152,1, 1971.

[1813] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The formation of spectral lines. Ann. Rev.Astr. Astrophys., 9, 237, 1971.

[1814] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. A unified treatment of escape probabilitiesin static and moving media: Plane geometry. Astrophys. J., 254, 767,1982.

[1815] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The Sobolev approximation for line for-mation with continuous opacity. Astrophys. J., 293, 258, 1985.

[1816] D. Hummer and G. Rybicki. The Sobolev approximation for line for-mation with partial frequency redistribution. Astrophys. J., 387, 248,1992.

[1817] D. Hummer and J. Stewart. Thermalization lengths and the homo-geneous transfer equation in line formation. Astrophys. J., 146, 290,1966.

[1818] D. Hummer and S. Voels. Collisional–radiative switching: A powerfultechnique for converging non–LTE calculations. Astr. Astrophys., 192,279, 1988.

[1819] R. Humphreys, R.–P. Kudritzki, and H. Groth. The anomalous A typesupergiants in the Magellanic Clouds: Evidence for post–red supergiantevolution. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 593, 1991.

[1820] R. Humphreys and K. Stanek, editors. The Fate of the Most MassiveStars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2005.

[1821] E. Hundt, K. Kodaira, J. Schmid-Burgk, and M. Scholz. Extendedstatic stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 37, 1975.

[1822] A. Hundhausen. Coronal Expansion and Solar Wind. (New York:Springer-Verlag). 1972.

[1823] K. Hunger. Die Atmosphare des A0–Sternes α Lyrae. Z. fur Astrophys.,36, 42, 1955.

[1824] K. Hunger. Zur Theorie der Wachstumskurven. Z. fur Astrophys., 39,36, 1956.

[1825] K. Hunger. Quantitative Analyse des Infrarot–Spektrums des A0–Sternes α Lyr. Z. fur Astrophys., 49, 129, 1960.

124



[1826] K. Hunger and D. Groote. He–abnormal stars. In Dworetsky et al.[1049], page 394.

[1827] K. Hunger and D. Groote. Fractionated stellar wind and the H/Heabundance anomalies in Bp stars. Astr. Astrophys., 351, 554, 1999.

[1828] K. Hunger, J. Gruschinske, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Simon. Non–LTEanalysis of subluminous O–stars. IV. Spectral photometry and NLTEanalysis of 11 subluminous stars. Astr. Astrophys., 95, 244, 1981.

[1829] K. Hunger and J. Kaufmann. Spectral photometry and quantitativeanalysis of the H–deficient stars HD 144941 and CPD −69 2698. Astr.Astrophys., 25, 261, 1973.

[1830] K. Hunger and D. Klinglesmith. The carbon content of the He starBD +10◦ 2179. Astrophys. J., 152, 343, 1968.

[1831] K. Hunger and D. Klinglesmith. The atmosphere of the He–C starBD +10◦ 2179. Astrophys. J., 157, 721, 1969.

[1832] K. Hunger and R.–P. Kudritzki. SB 21, an extremely He–rich subdwarfO–star. Astr. Astrophys., 88, 4, 1980.

[1833] K. Hunger, D. Sch”onberner, and R. Kameswara, editors. HydrogenDeficient Stars and Related Objects. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1986.

[1834] K. Hunger and G. Traving. Einfache Naherungslosungen des nicht-grauen Strahlungsgleichgewichtsproblems. Z. fur Astrophys., 39, 248,1956.

[1835] K. Hunger and D. van Blerkom. A pure He model stellar atmosphere.Z. fur Astrophys., 66, 185, 1966.

[1836] G. Hunt, I. Grant, J. Houghton, A. Underhill, and M. Williams, editors.Transport Theory. Atlas Symposium No. 3. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. &Radiat. Transf., 11, 511, 1971.

[1837] G. Hunter, A. Yau, and H. Pritchard. Rotation-vibration level energiesof the hydrogen and deuterium ion molecules. Atomic Data and NuclearData Tables, 14, 11, 1974.

[1838] I. Hunter, P. Dufton, S. Smartt, R. Ryans, C. Evans, D. Lennon,C. Trundle, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. The VLT–FLAMES survey ofmassive stars: Surface chemical compositions of B–type stars in theMagellanic Clouds. Astr. Astrophys., 466, 277, 2007.

[1839] D. Husfeld. Abundances in hot evolved stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 59.

[1840] D. Husfeld. Atmospheric parameters of pre–white dwarfs. In Mennessierand Omont [2567], page 499.

125



[1841] D. Husfeld. Stellar wind albedo effect on hot photospheres. In Garmany[1225], page 97.

[1842] D. Husfeld, K. Butler, U. Heber, and J. Drilling. Non–LTE analysisof extremely He–rich stars: The hot sdO stars LSE 153, 259, and 263.Astr. Astrophys., 222, 150, 1989.

[1843] D. Husfeld, R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and R. Clegg. Non–LTE modelatmospheres of hot central stars close to the Eddington limit. TheZanstra discrepancy and the occurrence of an emission edge at 228 A.Astr. Astrophys., 134, 139, 1984.

[1844] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. I. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 219, 1968.

[1845] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. II. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 329, 1968.

[1846] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. IV. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 161, 1970.

[1847] J. Hutchings. Expanding atmospheres in OB supergiants. V. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 367, 1970.

[1848] J. Hutchings. Spectroscopic measurements of OB supergiants. Pub.Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 14, 355, 1976.

[1849] J. Hutchings and P. Laskarides. Mass motions in the atmospheres ofsupergiants of spectral types B9–A3. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 14,107, 59.

[1850] I. Iben. Stellar evolution within and off the main sequence. Ann. Rev.Astr. Astrophys., 5, 571, 1967.

[1851] I. Iben. Post main sequence evolution of single stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 12, 215, 1976.

[1852] I. Iben and J. MacDonald. The born again AGB phenomenon. InKoester and Werner [2113], page 48.

[1853] I. Iben and A. Renzini. Asymptotic giant branch evolution and beyond.Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 271, 1983.

[1854] A. Illarionov and R. Syunyaev. Comptonization, characteristic radiationspectra, and thermal balance of low–density plasma. Sov. Astr., 18, 413,1975.

[1855] A. Illarionov and R. Syunyaev. Comptonization, the background-radiation spectrum, and the thermal history of the universe. Sov. Astr.,18, 691, 1975.

126



[1856] M. Inoue and A. Uesugi. Interpretation of variable line profiles of Deneb(A2 Ia). Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 29, 149, 1977.

[1857] F. Irons. On the equality of the mean escape probability and mean netradiative bracket for line photons. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 182, 705,1978.

[1858] F. Irons. The escape factor in plasma spectroscopy. I. The escape factordefined and evaluated. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 22, 1,1979.

[1859] F. Irons. The escape factor in plasma spectroscopy. II. The case ofradiative decay. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 22, 21, 1979.

[1860] F. Irons. A clarification of Sobolev’s derivation of the escape–probabilitymethod of radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 44,361, 1990.

[1861] F. Irons. An alternative derivation of Sobolev’s large velocity gradientlimit. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 43, 107, 1990.

[1862] F. Irons. Concerning an equality between the net radiative bracket andescape probability in a moving medium. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 43, 99, 1990.

[1863] F. Irons. Concerning a constant source function method of radiativetransfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 45, 217, 1991.

[1864] J. Isern, M. Hernanz, and E. Garcıa-Berro, editors. White Dwarfs.(Dordrecht: Reidel), 1997.

[1865] G. Israelian, R. Garcıa–Lopez, and R. Rebolo. Oxygen abundances inunevolved metal-poor stars from near-ultraviolet OH lines. Astrophys.J., 507, 805, 1998.

[1866] G. Israelian and R. Rebolo. Sulfur abundance in very metal–poor stars.Astrophys. J., 557, 43, 2001.

[1867] G. Israelian, N. Shchukina, R. Rebolo, G. Basri, J. Gonzalez-Hernandez,and T. Kajino. Oxygen and Mg abundance in the ultra–metal–poorgiants CS 22949–037 and CS 29498–043: Challenges in models of atmo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 1095, 2004.

[1868] Y. Itikawa, K. Takayanagi, and T. Iwai. Annotated bibliography onelectron collisions with atomic positive ions: Excitation and ionization.Atomic Data and Nuclear Data Tables, 31, 215, 1984.

[1869] N. Itoh, M. Nakagawa, and Y. Kohyama. Relativistic free-free opacityfor a high–temperature stellar plasma. Astrophys. J., 294, 17, 1985.

127



[1870] N. Itoh. Relativistic free–free Gaunt factors for high–temperature stellarplasmas. Rev. Mex. Astr. Astrof., 23, 911, 1992.

[1871] N. Itoh, K. Kojo, and M. Nakagawa. Relativistic free–free Gaunt factorof the dense high–temperature stellar plasma II. Carbon and oxygenplasmas. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 74, 291, 1990.

[1872] N. Itoh, F. Kuwashima, K. Ichihashi, and H. Mutoh. The Rosse-land mean free–free Gaunt factor of the dense high–temperature stellarplasma. Astrophys. J., 382, 636, 1991.

[1873] V. Ivanov. Diffusion of resonance radiation in stellar atmospheres andnebulae. I. Semi–infinite medium. Sov. Astr., 6, 793, 1963.

[1874] V. Ivanov. Diffusion of resonance radiation in stellar atmospheres andnebulae. II. A layer of finite thickness. Sov. Astr., 7, 199, 1963.

[1875] V. Ivanov. Transfer of Radiation in Spectral Lines. NBS Special Pub-lication No. 385. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office),1973.

[1876] V. Ivanov. Analytical methods of line formation theory: are they stillalive? In Crivellari et al. [872], page 583.

[1877] I. Ivans, R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Smith, R. Rich, and M. Shetrone.New analyses of star–to–star abundance variations among bright giantsin the mildly metal–poor globular cluster M 5. Astr. J., 122, 1438, 2001.

[1878] I. Ivans, C. Sneden, C. James, G. Preston, J. Fulbright, P. Hoflich,B. Carney, and J. Wheeler. Chemical substructure in the Milky Wayhalo: A new population of old stars. Astrophys. J., 592, 906, 2003.

[1879] Greenstein J. and V. Trimble. The gravitational redshift of 40 Eridani B.Astrophys. J., 175, 1, 1972.

[1880] Y. Itakawa, editor. Photon and Electron Interactions with Atoms,Molecules, and Ions. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 2001.

[1881] J. Jackson. Classical Electrodynamics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons),2nd edition, 1975.

[1882] A. Jacob, T. Bedding, J. Robertson, and M. Scholz. Wavelength depen-dence of angular diameters of M giants: An observational perspective.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 312, 733, 2000.

[1883] D. Jahn, T. Rauch, E. Reiff, K. Werner, J. Kruk, and F. Herwig.High–resolution ultraviolet spectroscopy of PG 1159–035 with HST andFUSE. Astr. Astrophys., 462, 281, 2007.

[1884] M. Jammer. The Conceptual Development of Quantum Mechanics.(New York: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1966.

128



[1885] C. Jaschek and A. Gomez. The absolute magnitude of the early typeMK standards from HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys., 330,619, 1998.

[1886] M. Jaschek and C. Jaschek. The CNO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 401,1974.

[1887] J. Jefferies. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere.VII. The interlocking problem. Astrophys. J., 132, 775, 1960.

[1888] J. Jefferies. Multilevel problems. In Avrett et al. [192], page 177.

[1889] J. Jefferies. Spectral Line Formation. (Waltham: Blaisdell), 1968.

[1890] J. Jefferies. Population inversion in the outer layers of a radiating gas.Astr. Astrophys., 12, 351, 1971.

[1891] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibriumatmosphere. II. Depth dependence of source function for resonance andstrong subordinate lines. Astrophys. J., 127, 667, 1958.

[1892] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibriumatmosphere. III. The influence of a chromosphere. Astrophys. J., 129,401, 1959.

[1893] J. Jefferies and R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibriumatmosphere. V. Character of the self–reversed emission core of Ca+

H and K. Astrophys. J., 131, 695, 1960.

[1894] J. Jefferies and O. White. The source function in a non–equilibriumatmosphere. VI. The frequency dependence of the source function forresonance lines. Astrophys. J., 132, 767, 1960.

[1895] J. Jefferies and O. White. The analysis of spectral–line profiles. I. Ageneralized theory for the solar case. Astrophys. J., 150, 1051, 1967.

[1896] C. Jeffery. The atmospheres of extreme He stars. In Heber and Jeffery[1563], page 293.

[1897] C. Jeffery. Spectral analysis of LSE 78: An extreme He star similar toBD −9◦4395 and DY Centauri. Astr. Astrophys., 279, 188, 1993.

[1898] C. Jeffery. Surface properties of extreme He stars. In Jeffery and Heber[1904], page 152.

[1899] C. Jeffery. Spectral analysis of the high–gravity extreme He starLSIV +6◦2. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 294, 391, 1998.

[1900] C. Jeffery, J. Drilling, P. Harrison, U. Heber, and S. Moehler. Theclassification of He–rich hot subdwarfs. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 125,501, 1997.

129



[1901] C. Jeffery, P. Hamill, P. Harrison, and S. Jeffers. Spectral analysis ofthe low–gravity extreme He stars LSS 4357, LS II +33◦ 5 and LSS 99.Astr. Astrophys., 340, 476, 1998.

[1902] C. Jeffery and P. Harrison. The Fe abundance in He star HD 144941.Astr. Astrophys., 323, 393, 1997.

[1903] C. Jeffery and U. Heber. The extreme He star BD −9◦4395. Astr.Astrophys., 260, 133, 1992.

[1904] C. Jeffery and U. Heber, editors. Hydrogen Deficient Stars. (San Fran-cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1996.

[1905] C. Jeffery, U. Heber, P. Hill, S. Dreizler, J. Drilling, W. Lawson,U. Leuenhagen, and K. Werner. A catalogue of H–deficient stars. InJeffery and Heber. [1904], page 471.

[1906] D. Jeffery. The relativistic Sobolev method applied to homologouslyexpanding atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 415, 743, 1993.

[1907] D. Jeffery. An expansion opacity formalism for the Sobolev method.Astr. Astrophys., 299, 770, 1995.

[1908] D. Johansson and D. Leckrone. Atomic data for high resolution stellarspectroscopy: A review. In Adelman et al. [20], page 113.

[1909] T. John. The free–free transitions of the negative hydrogen ion in theexchange approximation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 128, 93, 1964.

[1910] T. John. The limiting behavior of the absorption cross sections of thenegative hydrogen ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 133, 447, 1966.

[1911] T. John. The free–free transitions of He− at threshold. Astrophys. J.,149, 449, 1967.

[1912] T. John. The continuous absorption coefficient of alkali metal negativeions. J. Phys. B., 5, 1662, 1972.

[1913] T. John. The free–free transitions of atomic and molecular negativeions in the infrared. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 5, 1975.

[1914] T. John. The continuous absorption coefficient of atomic and molecularnegative ions. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 172, 305, 1975.

[1915] T. John. Continuous absorption by the negative hydrogen ion reconsid-ered. Astr. Astrophys., 193, 189, 1988.

[1916] T. John. Structure of the solar atmosphere as deduced from a reanalysisof limb darkening observations. Astr. Astrophys., 244, 511, 1991.

130



[1917] T. John. Departure from local thermodynamic equilibrium and its effecton solar continuous absorption. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 256, 691,1992.

[1918] T. John. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative He ion.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 269, 871, 1994.

[1919] T. John. The free–free absorption coefficient of the negative ion ofmolecular hydrogen in the far–IR spectrum. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,269, 865, 1994.

[1920] T. John. The reliability of H− free–free absorption coefficients. Astr.Astrophys., 282, 890, 1994.

[1921] T. John. Continuous opacity from Ne−. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,279, 859, 1996.

[1922] T. John and A. Williams. The continuous absorption coefficient of Ne−.Phys. Lett., 43, 327, 1973.

[1923] T. John and A. Williams. The free–free transitions of neon and argonnegative ions. J. Phys. B, 6, L384, 1973.

[1924] T. John and R. Williams. The continuous absorption coefficient of thenegative oxygen ion in the infrared. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 171,71, 1975.

[1925] T. John and R. Williams. The free–free continuous absorption coeffi-cient of the negative carbon ion. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 174, 253,1976.

[1926] C. Johnas, P. Hauschildt, A. Schweitzer, D. Mullamphy, G. Peach, andI. Whittingham. The effects of new Na I D–line profiles in cool atmo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys., 466, 323, 2007.

[1927] H. Johnson. Infrared stellar photometry. Astrophys. J., 135, 69, 1962.

[1928] H. Johnson. The equilibrium of Na I in the solar photosphere. Ann.dAstrophys., 25, 30, 1962.

[1929] H. Johnson. A theoretical study of the excitation of Na in the solarphotosphere. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 695, 1964.

[1930] H. Johnson. Infrared photometry of M–dwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 141,170, 1965.

[1931] H. Johnson. Interstellar extinction in the Galaxy. Astrophys. J., 141,923, 1965.

[1932] H. Johnson. Sodium equilibrium and the Na I D lines. In Avrett et al.[192], page 333.

131



[1933] H. Johnson. Astronomical measurements in the infrared. Ann. Rev.Astr. Astrophys., 4, 193, 1966.

[1934] H. Johnson. Effects of non–local thermodynamic equilibrium (NLTE)on molecular opacities. In Jørgensen [1964], page 234.

[1935] H. Johnson, A. Bernat, and B. Krupp. Red giant model atmospheres.I. A grid of opacity sampled models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 42, 501, 1980.

[1936] H. Johnson, J. Collins, B. Krupp, and R. Bell. The line blanketing andstructure of the atmosphere of Arcturus. Astrophys. J., 212, 760, 1977.

[1937] H. Johnson and D. Klinglesmith. On the coupled line–transfer problemfor h. In Avrett et al. [192], page 221.

[1938] H. Johnson and B. Krupp. Treatment of atomic and molecular line–blanketing by opacity sampling. Astrophys. J., 206, 201, 1976.

[1939] H. Johnson, R. Milkey, and L. Ramsey. Formation of the luminosity–sensitive O I multiplet at 7774A. Astrophys. J., 187, 147, 1974.

[1940] H. Johnson and R. Mitchell. The spectral–energy curves of subd-warfs. II. Astrophys. J., 153, 213, 1968.

[1941] H. Johnson and W. Morgan. Fundamental stellar photometry for stan-dards of spectral on the revised system of the Yerkes Spectral Atlas.Astrophys. J., 117, 313, 1953.

[1942] H. Johnson and A. Sandage. The galactic cluster M 67 and its signifi-cance for stellar evolution. Astrophys. J., 121, 616, 1955.

[1943] H. Johnson and A. Sandage. Three–color photometry in the globularcluster M 3. Astrophys. J., 124, 379, 1956.

[1944] K. Johnston and C. Vegt. Reference frames in astronomy. Ann. Rev.Astr. Astrophys., 37, 97, 1999.

[1945] R. Johnston. Free–free radiative transitions. A survey of theoreticalresults. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 7, 815, 1976.

[1946] H. Jones. The formation of resonance lines in multidimensional media.I. Scaling properties in two dimensions. Astrophys. J., 164, 341, 1971.

[1947] H. Jones. The formation of resonance lines in multidimensional media.III. Interpolation functions, accuracy, and stability. Astrophys. J., 185,183, 1973.

[1948] H. Jones and B. Etemadi. Accurate ground state calculations of H+2

using basis sets of atom-centered Slater type orbitals. Phys. Rev. A, 47,3430, 1993.

132



[1949] H. Jones, A. Longmore, F. Allard, and P. Hauschildt. Spectral analysisof M dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 280, 771, 1996.

[1950] H. Jones, A. Longmore, F. Allard, P. Hauschildt, S. Miller, and J. Ten-nyson. Water vapor in cool dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,277, 767, 1995.

[1951] H. Jones, A. Longmore, R. Jameson, and C. Mountain. An infraredspectral sequence for M dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 267, 413,1994.

[1952] M. Jones, G. Ortiz, and D. Ceperley. Indication of singly ionized He inthe white dwarf GD 229. Astr. Astrophys., 343, L91, 1999.

[1953] T. Jones and S. Wolff. Observations of Paschen α in P Cygni and otherOB stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 92, 841, 1980.

[1954] K. Jonsell, B. Edvardsson, B. Gustafsson, P. Magain, P. Nissen, andM. Asplund. Chemical abundances in 43 metal–poor stars. Astr. As-trophys., 440, 321, 2005.

[1955] A. Jordan, C. Ridgeley. Solar limb and disk continuum intensities inthe wavelength region 1450–1950A. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 168,533, 1974.

[1956] C. Jordan. Ultraviolet stellar spectroscopy. In Pallavicini [2988],page 97.

[1957] P. Jordan and W. Pauli. Zur Quantenelectrodynamik ladungsfrierFelder. Z. fur Phys., 47, 151, 1928.

[1958] S. Jordan, editor. The Sun as a Star. NASA Report No. SP–450.(Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1981.

[1959] S. Jordan, U. Heber, D. Engels, and D. Koester. HS 0209+0832: ADAB white dwarf with a temperature fitting into the DB gap. Astr.Astrophys., 273, L27, 1993.

[1960] S. Jordan and D. Koester. Model atmospheres and synthetic spectra forwhite dwarfs with chemically stratified atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 65, 367, 1986.

[1961] S. Jordan, D. Koester, C. Wulf-Mathies, and H. Brunner. EUV pho-tometry of DA white dwarfs with EXOSAT. Astr. Astrophys., 185, 253,1987.

[1962] S. Jordan, R. Napiwotzki, D. Koester, and T. Rauch. Temperaturedetermination of the cool DO white dwarf HD 149499B from EUVEobservations. Astr. Astrophys., 318, 461, 1997.

133



[1963] S. Jordan, B. Wollf, D. Koester, and R. Napiwotzki. Analysis of ROSATpointed observations of 15 hot DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 290,843, 1994.

[1964] U. Jørgensen, editor. Molecules in the Stellar Environment. (Berlin:Springer–Verlag), 1994.

[1965] U. Jørgensen. Dominating molecules in the photospheres of cool stars.In Molecules in the Stellar Environment [1964], page 29.

[1966] U. Jørgensen. Molecular databases. In Adelman and Wiese [22],page 179.

[1967] U. Jørgensen. Molecules in stellar and star–like atmospheres. In Hubenyet al. [1777], page 303.

[1968] U. Jørgensen, M. Carlsson, and H. Johnson. The Ca infrared tripletlines in stellar spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 254, 158, 1992.

[1969] U. Jørgensen, D. Hammer, A. Borysow, and J. Falkesgaard. The at-mospheres of cool, He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 361, 283,2000.

[1970] U. Jørgensen and H. Johnson. Radiative force on molecules and itspossible role for mass loss in evolved AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 265,168, 1992.

[1971] P. Joss, E. Salpeter, and J. Ostriker. On the “critical luminosity” instellar interiors and stellar surface boundary conditions. Astrophys. J.,181, 429, 1973.

[1972] P. Judge. Constraints on the outer atmospheric structure of late–typegiant stars with IUE – Methods and application to Arcturus (α BooK2 III). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 221, 119, 1986.

[1973] P. Judge, V. Hubeny, and J. Brown. Fundamental limitations ofemission–line spectra as diagnostics of plasma temperature. Astrophys.J., 475, 275, 1997.

[1974] J. Jugaku. On the radiation field of extended stellar atmospheres. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 42, 1951.

[1975] J. Jugaku. On the abundance ratio of He to H in the atmosphere of τScorpii. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 161, 1959.

[1976] A. Juttner and B. Wolf. Analyses of B–type stars in the MagellanicClouds. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 63.

[1977] F. Juttner. Das Maxwellische Gesetz der Geschwindigkeitverteilung inder Relativtheorie. Ann. Physik, 34, 856, 1911.

134



[1978] W. Kalkofen. Radiative transfer in lines for media in statistical equilib-rium. In Avrett et al. [192], page 187.

[1979] W. Kalkofen. Deviations from LTE in stellar atmospheres. In Bohm[461], page 633.

[1980] W. Kalkofen. Deviations from LTE in stellar photospheres. Astrophys.J., 151, 317, 1968.

[1981] W. Kalkofen. The simultaneous solution of strongly coupled transferequations. In Athay et al. [149], page 1.

[1982] W. Kalkofen. Line formation in moving atmospheres. In Groth andWellmann [1393], page 120.

[1983] W. Kalkofen. Complete linearization of the integral equations in radia-tive transfer. Astrophys. J., 188, 105, 1974.

[1984] W. Kalkofen, editor. Methods in Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam-bridge University Press), 1984.

[1985] W. Kalkofen. Operator perturbation methods: A synthesis. In Methodsin Radiative Transfer [1984], page 427.

[1986] W. Kalkofen. Numerical methods in radiative transfer. In Beckmanand Crivellari [358], page 153.

[1987] W. Kalkofen. Partial versus complete linearization. In Beckman andCrivellari [358], page 169.

[1988] W. Kalkofen, editor. Numerical Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam-bridge University Press), 1987.

[1989] W. Kalkofen. Operator perturbation for differential equations. In Nu-merical Radiative Transfer [1988], page 191.

[1990] W. Kalkofen. Survey of operator perturbation methods. In NumericalRadiative Transfer [1988], page 23.

[1991] W. Kalkofen and E. Avrett. Solution of the line and continuum transferproblem for a three-level atom. In Avrett et al. [192], page 249.

[1992] W. Kalkofen and R. Klein. Stellar atmosphere in statistical equilibrium.Astrophys. J., 234, 200, 1979.

[1993] W. Kalkofen, R. Klein, and R. Stein. Deviations from LTE in a stellaratmosphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 21, 355, 1979.

[1994] W. Kalkofen and S. Strom. The effects of deviations from LTE andline blanketing on stellar atmospheres in the range B5 to A5. In Bohm[461], page 653.

135



[1995] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer: Analytic solution ofdifference equations. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 42, 1982.

[1996] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer: Comparison of finitedifference equations. Astr. Astrophys., 110, 18, 1982.

[1997] W. Kalkofen and R. Wehrse. Radiative transfer in spherical atmo-spheres. In Kalkofen [1984], page 307.

[1998] I. Kamp, S. Korotin, L. Mashonkina, N. Przybilla, and S. Shimansky.Round table summary: Comparison of different NLTE codes and therole of atomic input data. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 323.

[1999] L. Kamp. A non–LTE study of Si line formation in early–type main–sequence atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 180, 447, 1973.

[2000] L. Kamp. Statistical equilibrium calculations for si in early–type modelstellar atmospheres. Technical Report 1976N76–18009K, National Aero-nautics and Space Administration, Greenbelt, Maryland, 1976.

[2001] L. Kamp. On the theory of Si spectra in O and B stars. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 36, 143, 1978.

[2002] L. Kamp. IUE observations of Si and C lines and comparison withnon–LTE models. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 48, 415, 1982.

[2003] R. Kandel. Modeles d’atmospheres pour les etoiles naines froides. Ann.dAstrophys., 30, 439, 1967.

[2004] N. Kaneko, K. Morita, and M. Maekawa. The comoving–frame equationof radiative transfer in a curvilinear coordinate system. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 107, 333, 1984.

[2005] M. Kanno. Departures from LTE in the higher levels of H. Ann. dAs-trophys., 23, 823, 1960.

[2006] L. Kantorovich and G. Akilov. Functional Analysis in Normed Spaces.(New York: Pergamon Press), 1964.

[2007] S. Karanjai. On the calculation of interlocked multiplet lines in theMilne–Eddington model. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 20, 173, 1968.

[2008] T. Karlsson. Primordial stellar feedback and the origin of hyper–metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 641, L41, 2006.

[2009] T. Karlsson, B. Edvardsson, B. Gustafsson, E. Olsson, and N. Ryde.The chemical evolution of carbon in the galactic disk. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 265, 261, 1999.

[2010] T. Karlsson and B. Gustafsson. Chemical abundance patterns – Finger-prints of nucleosynthesis in the first stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 461,2001.

136



[2011] A. Karp. Efficient computation of spectral line shapes. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 173, 649, 1972.

[2012] W. Karzas and R. Latter. Electron radiative transitions in a Coulombfield. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 6, 167, 1961.

[2013] S. Kastner. Evaluation of Jefferies’ level–population ratios, and gener-alization of Seaton’s cascade matrix, by a Markov chain method. As-trophys. Space Sci., 68, 245, 1980.

[2014] S. Kastner. The photon single–flight escape probability for Voigt pro-files. Expressions, values, and diagrams. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 54, 1001, 1995.

[2015] K. Kato and K. Sadakane. A model atmosphere analysis of Procyon(α CMi, F5 IV–V). Astr. Astrophys., 113, 135, 1982.

[2016] K. Kato, Y. Watanabe, and K. Sadakane. Atmospheric abundances oflight elements in the F-type star Procyon. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 48,601, 1996.

[2017] H. Kaufl. Infrared observations of atomic H–lines in ζ Puppis. Astr.Astrophys., 272, 452, 1993.

[2018] H. Kaufl, R. Siebenmorgen, and A. Moorwood, editors. High ResolutionInfrared Spectroscopy in Astronomy. (Springer Verlag: Berlin), 2005.

[2019] J. Kaufmann and K. Hunger. Spectral photometry and quantitativeanalysis of the H–deficient star HD 60344. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 351,1975.

[2020] J. Kaufmann and U. Theil. Spectral atlas of He–rich stars. Astr. As-trophys. Suppl., 41, 271, 1980.

[2021] F. Keenan, B. Bates, P. Dufton, D. Holmgren, and S. Gilheany. Thedetermination of element abundances in the solar neighborhood fromB–type stellar spectra. I. Argon. Astrophys. J., 348, 322, 1990.

[2022] F. Keenan, P. Brown, D. Conlon, P. Dufton, and D. Lennon. Non–LTE abundance analysis of the early–type high galactic latitude starHD 100340. Astr. Astrophys., 178, 194, 1987.

[2023] F. Keenan and D. Lennon. An LTE analysis of the blue halo starHD 214080. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 179, 1984.

[2024] P. Keenan. Stellar spectra in the red and near infrared. Pub. Astr. Soc.Pacific, 69, 5, 1957.

[2025] P. Keenan. The MK classification and its calibration. In Hayes et al.[1534], page 121.

137



[2026] P. Keenan and C. Barnbaum. Revision and calibration of MK luminosityclasses for cool giants by HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astrophys. J., 518,859, 1999.

[2027] W. Kegel. Die Atmosphare des F6 IV–V Sternes γ Serpentis. Z. furAstrophys., 55, 221, 1962.

[2028] R. Kelly and D. Harrison. Ionization potentials, experimental and the-oretical, of the elements H to Kr. Atomic Data, 3, 177, 1971.

[2029] S. Kepler, B. Castanheira, A. Costa, and D. Koester. Gemini spectraof 12000 K white dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 372, 1799,2006.

[2030] P. Kepple. Improved Stark profile calculations for the He II lines at256, 304, 1085, 1216, 3202, and 4686A. Phys. Rev., A6, 1, 1972.

[2031] P. Kepple and H. Griem. Improved Stark profile calculations for theH–lines Hα, Hβ, Hγ, and Hδ. Phys. Rev., 173, 317, 1968.

[2032] D. Kershaw. A fast method for computing the integrals of the relativisticCompton scattering kernel for radiative transfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 38, 347, 1987.

[2033] D. Kershaw, M. Prasad, and J. Beason. A simple and fast methodfor computing the relativistic Compton scattering kernel for radiativetransfer. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 36, 273, 1986.

[2034] G. Khromov. Temperatures of central stars of planetary nebulae. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 181, 1967.

[2035] K. Kidder, J. Holberg, M. Barstow, R. Tweedy, and F. Wesemael. Thecoolest DA white dwarfs detected at soft X-ray wavelengths. Astrophys.J., 394, 288, 1992.

[2036] J. Kielkopf and N. Allard. Satellites of Lyman alpha due to H-H andH-H+ collisions. Astrophys. J., 450, L75, 1995.

[2037] H. Kienle, D. Chalonge, and D. Barbier. Comparaison de sources etalonsutilisees en spectrophotometrie stellaire a l’Observatoire de Gottingenet au Laboratoire d’Astrophysique de Paris. Ann. dAstrophys., 1, 396,1938.

[2038] J. Kilian, S. Becker, T. Gehren, and P. Nissen. Chemical abundances inearly B–type stars. III. NLTE temperature and gravity determination.Astr. Astrophys., 244, 419, 1991.

[2039] J. Kilian, O. Montenbruck, and P. Nissen. Chemical abundances in earlyB–type stars. II. Line identification and atomic data for high resolutionspectra. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 88, 10, 1991.

138



[2040] J. Kilian and P. Nissen. Chemical abundance is early B–type stars.I. Sample and metal line equivalent widths. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,80, 255, 1989.

[2041] M. Kilic, C. Allende Prieto, W. Brown, and D. Koester. The lowestmass white dwarf. Astrophys. J., 660, 1451, 2007.

[2042] M. Kilic, P. Kowalski, F. Mullally, W. Reach, and T. von Hippel. Firstmid–infrared spectra of cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 678, 1298,2008.

[2043] M. Kilic, T. von Hippel, F. Mullally, W. Reach, M. Kuchner, D. Winget,and A. Burrows. The mystery deepens: Spitzer observations of coolwhite dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 642, 1051, 2006.

[2044] D. Kilkenny, U. Heber, and K. Hunger. CD -24◦9052: a new bright andHe–rich subdwarf O star. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 175, 1986.

[2045] D. Kilkenny and D. Whittet. On the intrinsic uvby colors of early–typesupergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 216, 127, 1985.

[2046] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. I. A resolution to the 7774 A O Iabundance discrepancy. Astr. J., 106, 1206, 1993.

[2047] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. II. On the location of the break inthe (O/Fe) vs. (Fe/H) plane. Astr. J., 107, 350, 1994.

[2048] J. King. Stellar oxygen abundances. III. The O abundance of the verymetal poor halo star BD -13◦ 3442. Astrophys. J., 436, 331, 1994.

[2049] J. King and A. Boesgaard. Stellar oxygen abundances. IV. Systematiceffects on oxygen abundances from the 6300 A [O I] and 7774 A O Ilines. Astr. J., 109, 383, 1995.

[2050] J. King and D. Hiltgen. Stellar oxygen abundances. V. Abundancesof two Hyades dwarfs derived from the 6300A [OI] line. Astr. J., 112,2650, 1996.

[2051] J. Kingdon and G. Ferland. Rate coefficients for charge transfer be-tween hydrogen and the first 30 elements. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106,205, 1996.

[2052] R. Kingsburgh, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. Oxygen and carbon abun-dances for the WO stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 277, 1993.

[2053] R. Kingsburgh, M. Barlow, and P. Storey. Properties of the WO Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 295, 75, 1995.

[2054] R. Kippenhahn and A. Weigert. Stellar Structure and Evolution.(Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1990.

139



[2055] J. Kirkpatrick, D. Kelly, G. Rieke, J. Liebert, F. Allard, and R. Wehrse.M dwarf spectra from 0.6 to 1.5 micron: A spectral sequence, modelatmosphere fitting, and the temperature scale. Astrophys. J., 402, 643,1993.

[2056] D. Kiselman. Non–LTE effects on O abundance determinations forsolar–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 9, 1991.

[2057] D. Kiselman. The 777 nm oxygen triplet in the Sun and solar–typestars, and its use for abundance analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 275, 269,1993.

[2058] D. Kiselman and A. Nordlund. 3D non–LTE line formation in the solarphotosphere and the solar oxygen abundance. Astr. Astrophys., 302,578, 1995.

[2059] P. Kjaergaard, B. Gustafsson, G. Walker, and L. Hultqvist. C, N, andO abundances in G8–K3 giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 115, 145, 1982.

[2060] M. Klaus. On H+2 for small internuclear separation. J. Phys. A, 16,

2709, 1983.

[2061] O. Klein and Y. Nishina. Uber die Streuung von Strahlung durch freieElektronen nach der neuen relativistischen Quantendynamik von Dirac.Z. fur Phys., 52, 853, 1929.

[2062] R. Klein and J. Castor. H and He II spectra of Of stars. Astrophys. J.,220, 902, 1978.

[2063] R. Klein, J. Castor, A. Greenbaum, D. Taylor, and P. Dykema. Anew scheme for multidimensional line transfer. I. Formulation and 1Dresults. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 41, 199, 1989.

[2064] S. Kleinman, H. Harris, D. Eisenstein, J. Liebert, A. Nitta, J. Krze-siski, J. Munn, C. Dahn, S. Hawley, J. Pier, F. Schmidt, N. Silvestri,J. Smith, P. Szkody, M. Strauss, G. Knapp, M. Collinge, A. Mukadam,D. Koester, A. Uomoto, D. Schlegel, S. Anderson, J. Brinkmann,D. Lamb, D. Schneider, and D. York. A catalog of spectroscopicallyidentified white dwarf stars in the first data release of the Sloan DigitalSky Survey. Astrophys. J., 607, 426, 2004.

[2065] D. Klinglesmith, K. Hunger, R. Bless, and R. Millis. The atmosphereof the H–deficient star σ Orionis E. Astrophys. J., 159, 513, 1970.

[2066] V. Klochkova. Spectroscopy of F supergiants with infrared excess. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 272, 710, 1995.

[2067] F. Kneer. Comments on the redistribution function of Jefferies andWhite. Astrophys. J., 200, 367, 1975.

140



[2068] F. Kneer. Multidimensional radiative transfer in stratified atmospheres.III. Non–LTE line formation. Astr. Astrophys., 93, 387, 1981.

[2069] F. Kneer and J. Heasley. Multidimensional radiative transfer in strati-fied atmospheres: Gray radiative equilibrium. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 14,1979.

[2070] F. Kneer and J. Trujillo Bueno. Multidimensional radiative transfer instratified atmospheres. V. Energy transport by radiation. Astr. Astro-phys., 183, 91, 1987.

[2071] C. Kobayashi, H. Umeda, K. Nomoto, N. Tominaga, and T. Ohkubo.Galactic chemical evolution: C through Zn. Astrophys. J., 653, 1145,2006.

[2072] H. Kobayashi. Line–by–line calculation using Fourier–transformedVoigt function. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 62, 477, 1999.

[2073] K. Kodaira. Atmospharenstruktur und chemische Zusammensetzungdes Schnellaufers HD 161817. Z. fur Astrophys., 59, 139, 1964.

[2074] K. Kodaira. Oxygen abundance in the atmosphere of the high velocitystar HD 161817. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 19, 550, 1967.

[2075] K. Kodaira, Greenstein J., and J. Oke. Abundances in two horizontal–branch A–stars. Astrophys. J., 155, 525, 1969.

[2076] K. Kodaira and M. Scholz. Spectroscopic investigation of B3 V stars:ι Herculis, η Hydrae, HD 58343. Astr. Astrophys., 6, 93, 1970.

[2077] K. Kodaira and K. Tanaka. Oxygen abundances of three Population IIhorizontal–branch stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 24, 355, 1972.

[2078] D. Koelbloed. Excitation temperatures in G– and K–giant atmospheres.Astr. Astrophys., 16, 230, 1972.

[2079] D. Koester. Outer envelopes and cooling of white dwarfs. Astr. Astro-phys., 16, 459, 1972.

[2080] D. Koester. On the effective temperature of Sirius B. Astr. Astrophys.,76, 262, 1979.

[2081] D. Koester. Model atmospheres for DB white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 39, 401, 1980.

[2082] D. Koester. Mass distribution of DA white dwarfs. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 100, 471, 1984.

[2083] D. Koester. Gravitational redshift and mass–radius relation in whitedwarfs. Astrophys. J., 322, 825, 1987.

141



[2084] D. Koester. White dwarfs: Recent developments. Astr. Astrophys. Rev.,11, 33, 2002.

[2085] D. Koester, K. Beuermann, H. Thomas, U. Graser, P. Giommi, andG. Tagliaferri. EXOSAT observations of three DA white dwarfs. Astr.Astrophys., 239, 265, 1990.

[2086] D. Koester and G. Chanmugam. Physics of white dwarf stars. ReportsProg. Phys., 53, 837, 1990.

[2087] D. Koester, G. Chanmugam, and D. Reimers. The white dwarf com-panion to PSR 0820+02. Astrophys. J., 395, L107, 1992.

[2088] D. Koester and D. Finley. Hot white dwarfs. In Heber and Jeffery[1563], page 314.

[2089] D. Koester, D. Finley, N. Allard, J. Kruk, and R. Kimble. Quasi–molecular satellites of Lyβ in the spectrum of the DA white dwarfWolf 1346. Astrophys. J., 463, 93, 1996.

[2090] D. Koester and S. Knist. New DQ white dwarfs in the Sloan DigitalSky Survey DR4: Confirmation of two sequences. Astr. Astrophys., 454,951, 2006.

[2091] D. Koester, J. Liebert, and E. Hege. The effective temperatures and Heabundances of DO white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 163, 1979.

[2092] D. Koester, J. Liebert, and R. Saffer. GD 323: New observations andanalysis of the prototype DAB white dwarf. Astrophys. J., 422, 783,1994.

[2093] D. Koester and S. Moehler, editors. 14th European Workshop on WhiteDwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2005.

[2094] D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, H. Drechsel, H.–J. Hagen,U. Heber, D. Homeier, C. Karl, B. Leibundgut, S. Moehler, G. Nele-mans, E.-M. Pauli, D. Reimers, A. Renzini, and L. Yungelson. High–resolution UVES/VLT spectra of white dwarfs observed for the ESOSN Ia progenitor survey (SPY) I. Astr. Astrophys., 378, 556, 2001.

[2095] D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, B. Voss, D. Homeier, and D. Reimers.HS 0146+1847: A DAZB white dwarf of very unusual composition.Astr. Astrophys., 439, 317, 2005.

[2096] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. I. NGC 2287 and NGC 2422. Astr. Astrophys., 99,8, 1981.

[2097] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. III. IC 2391 and NGC 2451. Astr. Astrophys., 153,260, 1985.

142



[2098] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Discovery of a new extremely hot DA whitedwarf close to the open cluster NGC 6405. Astr. Astrophys., 217, L1,1989.

[2099] D. Koester and D. Reimers. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters: VI. Three new white dwarfs in NGC 3532. Astr.Astrophys., 275, 479, 1993.

[2100] D. Koester and D. Reimers. White dwarfs in open clusters.VIII. NGC 2516: A test for the mass–radius and initial–final mass re-lations. Astr. Astrophys., 313, 810, 1996.

[2101] D. Koester, K. Rollenhagen, R. Napiwotzki, B. Voss, N. Christlieb,D. Homeier, and D. Reimers. Metal traces in white dwarfs of the SPY(ESO Supernova Ia Progenitor Survey) sample. Astr. Astrophys., 432,1025, 2005.

[2102] D. Koester, H. Schulz, and G. Wegner. Determination of atmosphericparameters for DB white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 331, 1981.

[2103] D. Koester, H. Schulz, and V. Weidemann. Atmospheric parametersand mass distribution of DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 76, 262,1979.

[2104] D. Koester, U. Sperhake, N. Allard, D. Finley, and S. Jordan. Quasi–molecular satellites of Lyβ in ORFEUS observations of DA whitedwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 336, 276, 1998.

[2105] D. Koester, G. Wegner, and D. Kilkenny. Model atmosphere analysisof the DZ white dwarf K789–37. Astrophys. J., 350, 329, 1990.

[2106] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Chemical composition and the loca-tion of the Hyades main sequence in the color–magnitude and mass–luminosity diagrams. Astr. Astrophys., 25, 437, 1973.

[2107] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Spectroscopic and photometric obser-vations of white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 108, 406, 1982.

[2108] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. Detection of Lyα in the spectrum of awhite dwarf with a He atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 276, 1989.

[2109] D. Koester and V. Weidemann. On the mass of 40 Eri B. Astr. J., 102,1152, 1991.

[2110] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, and E. Zeidler. Atmospheric parametersand C abundance of white dwarfs of spectral types C2 and DC. Astr.Astrophys., 116, 147, 1982.

[2111] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, E. Zeidler, and G. Vauclair. Discovery ofCa II absorption at 1840 A in IUE spectra of two He–rich white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 116, 147, 1982.

143



[2112] D. Koester, V. Weidemann, E. Zeidler, and G. Vauclair. The explana-tion of the 1400 and 1600A features in DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astro-phys., 142, 5, 1985.

[2113] D. Koester and K. Werner, editors. White Dwarfs. Lecture Notes inPhysics, No. 443. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1995.

[2114] D. Koester and B. Wolff. Element abundances in cool white dwarfs.I. The DZA white dwarfs L 745-46A and Ross 640. Astr. Astrophys.,357, 629, 2000.

[2115] L. Koesterke. Spectral analyses of WR–type central stars of planetarynebulae. Astrophys. Space Sci., 275, 41, 2001.

[2116] L. Koesterke. Rate equations with ALI and more. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 215.

[2117] L. Koesterke, S. Dreizler, and T. Rauch. On the mass–loss of PG 1159stars. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 1041, 1998.

[2118] L. Koesterke and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analyses of 25 galactic Wolf–Rayet stars of the C sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 503, 1995.

[2119] L. Koesterke and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analysis of central stars ofplanetary nebulae of early WC–type: NGC 6751 and Sanduleak 3. Astr.Astrophys., 320, 91, 1997.

[2120] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and G. Grafener. Expanding atmo-spheres in non–LTE: Radiation transfer using short characteristics.Astr. Astrophys., 384, 562, 2002.

[2121] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and P. Kosmol. Upgrading the accel-erated lambda–iteration technique by means of “least–change secantmethods. Astr. Astrophys., 255, 490, 1992.

[2122] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, and U. Wessolowski. A grid of modelsfor Wolf–Rayet stars of the C sequence (WC). Astr. Astrophys., 261,535, 1992.

[2123] L. Koesterke, W.–R. Hamann, U. Wessolowski, and W. Schmutz. Spec-tral analyses of 19 Wolf–Rayet (WN) stars in the LMC. Astr. Astro-phys., 248, 166, 1991.

[2124] L. Koesterke and K. Werner. Determination of mass–loss rates ofPG 1159 stars from far–ultraviolet spectroscopy. Astrophys. J., 500,L55, 1998.

[2125] T. Kogure. On the radiation field of a Wolf–Rayet star. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 5, 1, 1953.

144



[2126] J. Kohl and W. Parkinson. The Mg II h and k lines. I. Absolute centerand limb measurements of the solar profiles. Astrophys. J., 205, 599,1976.

[2127] K. Kohl. Die atmosphare des Sirius. Z. fur Astrophys., 60, 115, 1964.

[2128] A. Kompaneets. The establishment of thermal equilibrium betweenquanta and electrons. Sov. Phys. JETP, 4, 730, 1957.

[2129] M. Kondo. Metallic abundance of two weak–line stars. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 9, 201, 1957.

[2130] N. Konjevic. Plasma broadening and shifting of non–hydrogenic spectrallines: Present status and applications. Physics Reports, 316, 339, 1999.

[2131] N. Konjevic and W. Wiese. Experimental Stark widths and shifts forspectral lines of neutral and ionized atoms. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data,19, 1307, 1990.

[2132] E. Kontizas and E. Theodossiou. Empirical effective temperatures of Band early A stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 745, 1980.

[2133] D. Korcakova and J. Kubat. Radiative transfer in moving media. I. Dis-continuous finite element method for one-dimensional atmospheres.Astr. Astrophys., 401, 419, 2003.

[2134] A. Korn, J. Shi, and T. Gehren. Kinetic equilibrium of Fe in the atmo-spheres of cool stars. III. The ionization equilibrium of selected referencestars. Astr. Astrophys., 407, 691, 2003.

[2135] S. Korotin, S. Andrievsky, and L. Kostynchuk. N abundance in earlyB–stars. I. NLTE calculations for γ Pegasi. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 756,1999.

[2136] S. Korotin, S. Andrievsky, and R. Luck. Oxygen abundances in earlyB–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 351, 168, 1999.

[2137] S. Korotin and N. Komarov. Influence of non–LTE effects on theNa abundance in the atmospheres of K giants. Sov. Astr., 33, 449,1989.

[2138] N. Kosirev. Radiative equilibrium of the extended photosphere. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 94, 430, 1934.

[2139] R. Kostik, N. Shchukina, and R. Rutten. The solar Fe abundance: Notthe last word. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 325, 1996.

[2140] V. Kourganoff. Basic Methods in Transfer Problems. (New York: DoverPublications), 1963.

145



[2141] N. Kovacs and R. Foy. Model dependence of detailed analysis of coolgiants. Astr. Astrophys., 57, 235, 1977.

[2142] J. Kovalevsky. First results from HIPPARCOS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 36, 99, 1998.

[2143] V. Kovtyukh, C. Sourbrian, S. Belik, and N. Gorlova. High precisioneffective temperatures for 181 F–K dwarfs from line–depth ratios. Astr.Astrophys., 411, 559, 2003.

[2144] P. Kowalski. On the dissociation equilibrium of H2 in very cool He–richwhite dwarf atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 641, 488, 2006.

[2145] R. Kraft. The spectra of supergiants and Cepheids of Population I. InGreenstein [1334], chapter 9, page 370.

[2146] R. Kraft. CNO abundances in old stars of the galactic halo and in starsof small satellite subsystems of the Galaxy. In Danziger et al. [910],page 21.

[2147] R. Kraft. Composition differences between globular cluster and halofield giants. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 153, 1999.

[2148] R. Kraft. Helfer, Wallerstein, & Greenstein’s abundances in Popula-tion II giants. Astrophys. J., 525, 896, 1999.

[2149] R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Langer, and C. Prosser. Oxygen abundancesin halo giants. II. Giants in the globular clusters M 13 and M 3 and theintermediately metal–poor halo field. Astr. J., 104, 645, 1992.

[2150] R. Kraft, C. Sneden, G. Langer, and M. Shetrone. Oxygen abundancesin halo giants. IV. The O–Na anticorrelation in a sample of 22 brightgiants in M 13. Astr. J., 106, 1490, 1993.

[2151] R. Kraft, N. Suntzeff, G. Langer, C. Trefzger, E. Friel, R. Stone, andD. Carbon. C and N abundances in extremely metal–deficient red giants.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 94, 55, 1982.

[2152] H. Kramers. Theory of X–ray absorption and of the continuous X-rayspectrum. Phil. Mag., 46, 836, 1923.

[2153] H. Kramers and W. Heisenberg. Uber die Streuung von Strahlung durchAtome. Z. fur Phys., 31, 661, 1925.

[2154] C. Krawchuk, P. Dawson, and M. De Robertis. Fundamental parame-ters of low–mass stars from broadband photometry. I. Method and firstresults. Astr. J., 119, 1956, 2000.

[2155] J. Krempec-Krygier, M. Schmidt, and Z. Turlo. The chemical composi-tion of two K4–type giants, HD 14872 and HD 209960. Astr. Astrophys.,250, 451, 1991.

146



[2156] K. Krishna Swamy. Adiabatic gradient for ionizable matter and radia-tion Astrophys. J., 134, 1017, 1961.

[2157] W. Krogdahl and J. Miller. A numerical determination of the absorptioncoefficient of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 150, 273, 1967.

[2158] M. Krook. On the solution of equations of transfer. I. Astrophys. J.,122, 488, 1955.

[2159] M. Krook. Structure of stellar atmospheres. II. Astrophys. J., 129, 724,1959.

[2160] M. Krook. Structure of stellar atmospheres. III. Astrophys. J., 130,286, 1959.

[2161] M. Krook. A perturbation method for non–grey stellar atmospheres.Astrophys. J., 137, 863, 1963.

[2162] M. Krook and J.-C. Pecker. Sur le calcul de modeles d’atmospheresen equilibre radiatif (cas non–gris). C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 247, 1177,1958.

[2163] J. Krticka. NLTE models of line-driven stellar winds. II. O stars in theSmall Magellanic Cloud. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 367, 1282, 2006.

[2164] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. Multicomponent radiatively driven stellarwinds. I. Nonisothermal three-component wind of hot B stars. Astr.Astrophys., 369, 333, 2001.

[2165] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. Multicomponent radiatively driven stel-lar winds. II. Gayley-Owocki heating in multitemperature winds ofOB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 377, 175, 2001.

[2166] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. Multicomponent radiatively driven stellarwinds. III. Radiative–acoustic waves in a two–component wind. Astr.Astrophys., 388, 531, 2002.

[2167] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. NLTE models of line–driven stellar winds.I. Method of calculation and first results for O stars. Astr. Astrophys.,417, 1003, 2004.

[2168] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. Mass loss from massive zero–metallicity stars.In Lamers et al. [2303], page 133.

[2169] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. The winds of hot massive first stars. Astr.Astrophys., 446, 1039, 2006.

[2170] J. Krticka and J. Kubat. Hot star wind models with new solar abun-dances. Astr. Astrophys., 464, L17, 2007.

147



[2171] J. Krticka, S. Owocki, J. Kubat, R. Galloway, and J. Brown. On multi-component effects in stellar winds of stars at extremely low metallicity.Astr. Astrophys., 402, 713, 2003.

[2172] J. Kruk and K. Werner. Far–ultraviolet spectroscopy of PG 1159 starswith the Hopkins Ultraviolet Telescope. Astrophys. J., 502, 858, 1998.

[2173] N. Kryzhevoi, G. Efimov, and R. Wehrse. Analytical solution of theradiative transfer equation in the two–stream approximation. Astr.Astrophys., 370, 707, 2001.

[2174] J. Krzesinski, A. Nitta, S. Kleinman, H. Harris, J. Liebert, G. Schmidt,D. Lamb, and J. Brinkmann. Fifteen DO, PG 1159, and related whitedwarf stars in the SDSS, including two DO stars with ultra–high exci-tation lines. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 1093, 2004.

[2175] P. Kuan and L. Kuhi. P Cygni stars and mass loss. Astrophys. J., 199,148, 1975.

[2176] P. Kuan and L. Kuhi. Spectral energy distributions of O–type stars.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 88, 128, 1976.

[2177] J. Kubat. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximatelambda operators. I. First results for static NLTE atmospheres. Astr.Astrophys., 287, 179, 1994.

[2178] J. Kubat. The sphericity effects in the NLTE model atmospheres of hotwhite dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 299, 803, 1995.

[2179] J. Kubat. Calculations of spherically symmetric NLTE model atmo-spheres. In Adelman et al. [20], page 165.

[2180] J. Kubat. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximatelambda operators. II. Simple method for calculation of both plane–parallel and spherically symmetric static model atmospheres. Astr. As-trophys., 305, 255, 1996.

[2181] J. Kubat. On NLTE plane–parallel and spherically–symmetric modelatmospheres of He–rich central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astro-phys., 323, 524, 1997.

[2182] J. Kubat. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approximatelambda operators. III. The equations of statistical equilibrium with oc-cupation probabilities. Astr. Astrophys., 326, 277, 1997.

[2183] J. Kubat. Sphericity effects in NLTE model atmospheres of whitedwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 229.

[2184] J. Kubat. The effect of increasing He abundance on the NLTE modelatmospheres of white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 324, 1020, 1997.

148



[2185] J. Kubat. The sphericity effects in the NLTE model atmospheres of hotpost–AGB stars. New Astronomy, 4, 157, 1999.

[2186] J. Kubat. Spherically symmetric model atmospheres using approxi-mate lambda operators. IV. Computational details of thermal balancemethod. Astr. Astrophys., 366, 210, 2001.

[2187] J. Kubat. A computer code for the calculation of NLTE model atmo-spheres using ALI. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 87.

[2188] J. Kubat. Calculation of the temperature using thermal balance ofelectrons. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 91.

[2189] J. Kubat, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Thermal balance of electrons incalculations of model stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 341, 587,1999.

[2190] R. Kudritzki and R. Mendez. Model atmospheres of central stars of PN.In Weinberger and Acker [4041], page 47.

[2191] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE effects, and influence of He abundance inA0 Ia supergiant atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 103, 1973.

[2192] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE model atmospheres of subluminous O–stars.Astr. Astrophys., 52, 11, 1976.

[2193] R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE analysis of the O3 star HD 93250. Astr.Astrophys., 85, 174, 1980.

[2194] R.–P. Kudritzki. Quantitative spectroscopy of very hot stars. InDanziger et al. [910], page 277.

[2195] R.–P. Kudritzki. The atmospheres of hot stars: Modern theory andobservation. In Chmielewski and Lanz [762], page 3.

[2196] R.–P. Kudritzki. Spectroscopic constraints on the evolution of massivestars. In Lambert [2270], page 97.

[2197] R.–P. Kudritzki. The formation of weak metal lines in the atmospheresof O–stars. The role of microturbulence and transonic matter outflow.Astr. Astrophys., 266, 395, 1992.

[2198] R.–P. Kudritzki. Spectral diagnostics of luminous blue supergiants. InVreux et al. [3959], page 467.

[2199] R.–P. Kudritzki. Line–driven winds, ionizing fluxes, and ultravioletspectra of hot stars at extremely low metallicity. I. Very massive O stars.Astrophys. J., 577, 389, 2002.

[2200] R.–P. Kudritzki. Line driven winds, ionizing fluxes and UV spectra ofhot stars at extremely low metallicity. In Humphreys and Stanek [1820],page 239.

149



[2201] R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Cabanne, D. Husfeld, V. Niemela, H. Groth,J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Quantitative spectroscopy of O-stars in theMagellanic Clouds. I. The young open cluster NGC 346 in the SMC.Astr. Astrophys., 226, 235, 1989.

[2202] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Gabler, R. Gabler, H. Groth, and A. Pauldrach.Model atmospheres and quantitative spectroscopy of luminous bluestars. In Davidson et al. [915], page 67.

[2203] R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, D. Kunze, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Modelatmospheres of massive hot stars. In Leitherer et al. [2366], page 59.

[2204] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Hummer. Intrinsic properties of the hot bluestars. In De Loore et al. [939], page 3.

[2205] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Hummer. Quantitative spectroscopy of hotstars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 303, 1990.

[2206] R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Hummer, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, F. Najarro, andJ. Imhoff. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. X. The deter-mination of stellar masses, radii and distances from terminal velocitiesand mass–loss rates. Astr. Astrophys., 257, 655, 1992.

[2207] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Radiation–driven windsof hot luminous stars. II. Wind models for O–stars in the MagellanicClouds. Astr. Astrophys., 173, 293, 1987.

[2208] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Stellar winds: Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. In Conti and Underhill [835],page 173.

[2209] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, and J. Puls. Winds of hot stars as adiagnostic tool of stellar evolution. In Nomoto [2868], page 114.

[2210] R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and D. Abbott. Radiation–driven winds of hot stars. VI. Analytical solutions for wind models in-cluding the finite cone angle effect. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 205, 1989.

[2211] R.–P. Kudritzki and J. Puls. Winds from hot stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 38, 613, 2000.

[2212] R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, D. Lennon, K. Venn, J. Reetz, F. Najarro,J. McCarthy, and A. Herrero. The wind momentum–luminosity rela-tionship of galactic A– and B–supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 370,1999.

[2213] R.–P. Kudritzki and D. Reimers. On the absolute scale of mass-loss inred giants. II. Circumstellar absorption lines in the spectrum of α Sco Band mass-loss of α Sco A. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 227, 1978.

150



[2214] R.–P. Kudritzki and K. Simon. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O-stars. The H–deficient subdwarf O binary HD 49798. Astr. Astrophys.,70, 653, 1978.

[2215] R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and W.–R. Hamann. Non–LTE analysis ofmassive O–stars. II. The O4 star ζ Puppis. Astr. Astrophys., 118, 245,1983.

[2216] R.–P. Kudritzki, K. Simon, and R. Mendez. Absorption lines in thevisual spectrum of the ‘continuous’ central star of the planetary nebulaNGC 3242. Astr. Astrophys., 99, L15, 1981.

[2217] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. The temperature stratification. Astrophys.J., 180, 783, 1973.

[2218] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. I. The continuous energy distribution. As-trophys. J., 142, 753, 1996.

[2219] L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. II. The infrared spectrum. Astrophys. J.,142, 753, 1996.

[2220] L. Kuhi and J. Sahade. A survey of spectroscopic features of Wolf–Rayetstars. In Gebbie and Thomas [1243], page 101.

[2221] N. Kuin and A. Hearn. The influence of divergent geometries on stellarwinds. Astr. Astrophys., 114, 303, 1982.

[2222] J. Kulander. The velocity–dependent non–LTE source function. I. Dis-continuous velocity semi–infinite atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 147, 1063,1967.

[2223] J. Kulander. Line formation in a differentially moving non–LTE atmo-sphere. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 273, 1968.

[2224] J. Kulander. The velocity–dependent non–LTE source function. II. Fi-nite layers. Astrophys. J., 165, 543, 1971.

[2225] J. Kulander and J. Jefferies. Inference of velocities from line asymme-tries. Astrophys. J., 146, 194, 1966.

[2226] R. Kulsrud. The Gaunt factor for free–free transitions in pure hydrogen.Astrophys. J., 119, 386, 1954.

[2227] C. Kunasz, J. Jefferies, and O. White. Inversion of the solar limb–darkening equation in the presence of noise. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 15,1973.

[2228] P. Kunasz. Synthetic line profiles in early–type stellar winds. H andHe+. Astrophys. J., 237, 819, 1980.

151



[2229] P. Kunasz. Line formation in the wind of α Cygni. Astrophys. J., 247,949, 1981.

[2230] P. Kunasz and L. Auer. Short characteristic integration of radiativetransfer problems: Formal solution in two–dimensional slabs. J. Quan-tit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 67, 1988.

[2231] P. Kunasz and D. Hummer. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetricsystems. III. Fundamentals of line formation. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,166, 19, 1974.

[2232] P. Kunasz and D. Hummer. Radiative transfer in spherically symmetricsystems. IV. Solution of the line transfer problem with radial velocityfields. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 166, 57, 1974.

[2233] P. Kunasz, D. Hummer, and D. Mihalas. Theory of extended stellaratmospheres. II. A grid of static spherical models for O–stars and plan-etary nebula nuclei. Astrophys. J., 202, 92, 1975.

[2234] P. Kunasz and N. Morrison. Mass loss in α Cygni: Synthetic Hα profiles.Astrophys. J., 263, 226, 1982.

[2235] P. Kunasz, N. Morrison, and B. Spressart. Mass loss in HR 1040 (A0 Ia):Analysis of Mg II λ 2802 and Hα. Astrophys. J., 266, 739, 1983.

[2236] P. Kunasz and G. Olson. Short characteristic solution of the non–LTEline transfer problem by operator perturbation. II. The two–dimensionalplanar slab. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 39, 1, 1988.

[2237] P. Kunasz and F. Praderie. Line formation in the wind of α Cygni.Astrophys. J., 247, 949, 1981.

[2238] M. Kuntz. A new implementation of the Huml ıcek algorithm for thecalculation of the Voigt profile function. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 57, 819, 1997.

[2239] M. Kunzli, P. North, R. Kurucz, and B. Nicolet. A calibration of Genevaphotometry for B to G stars in terms of Teff , log g, and [ M/H ]. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 122, 51, 1997.

[2240] R. Kurth. Zur Schwarzschildschen Integralgleichung. Z. fur Astrophys.,31, 115, 1952.

[2241] R. Kurucz. ATLAS: A computer program for calculating model stellaratmospheres. Technical Report 309, Smithsonian Astrophysical Obser-vatory, 1970.

[2242] R. Kurucz. Stellar spectral synthesis in the ultraviolet. Astrophys. J.,188, 21, 1974.

152



[2243] R. Kurucz. A preliminary theoretical line–blanketed model solar pho-tosphere. Solar Phys., 34, 17, 1974.

[2244] R. Kurucz. Model atmospheres for G, F, A, B, and O stars. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 40, 1, 1979.

[2245] R. Kurucz. New opacity calculations. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 441.

[2246] R. Kurucz. The solar spectrum. In Cox et al. [861], page 663.

[2247] R. Kurucz. A new opacity–sampling model atmosphere program forarbitrary abundances. In Dworetsky et al. [1049], page 87.

[2248] R. Kurucz. The Kurucz–Smithsonian atomic and molecular database.In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 205.

[2249] R. Kurucz. Model stellar atmospheres and real stellar atmospheres. InAdelman et al. [20], page 2.

[2250] R. Kurucz. Status of the ATLAS12 opacity–sampling program and of newprograms for Rosseland and distribution–function opacity. In Adelmanet al. [20], page 106.

[2251] R. Kurucz, E. Peytremann, and E. Avrett. Blanketed Model Atmo-spheres of Early Type Stars. Smithsonian Institution. (Washington,DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1974.

[2252] H. Kusch. Experimentelle Untersuchung der Druckverbreiterung vonEisenlinien durch neutrale Wasserstoffatome und Wasserstoffmolekle.Z. fur Astrophys., 45, 1, 1958

[2253] A. Kutepov, D. Kunze, D. Hummer, and G. Rybicki. The solution of ra-diative transfer problems in molecular bands without the LTE assump-tion by accelerated lambda iteration methods. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 46, 347, 1991.

[2254] A. Kucinskas, P. Hauschildt, I. Brott, V. Vansevicius, L. Lindegren,T. Tanabe, and F. Allard. Broad-band photometric colors and effec-tive temperature calibrations for late-type giants. II. Z < 0.02. Astr.Astrophys., 452, 1021, 2006.

[2255] A. Kucinskas, P. Hauschildt, H.–G. Ludwig, I. Brott, V. Vansevicius,L. Lindegren, T. Tanabe, and F. Allard. Broad-band photometric colorsand effective temperature calibrations for late-type giants. I. Z = 0.02.Astr. Astrophys., 442, 281, 2005.

[2256] S. Kwok, M. Dopita, and R. Sutherland, editors. Planetary Nebulae:Their Evolution and Role in the Universe. (San Francisco: AstronomicalSociety of the Pacific), 2003.

153



[2257] A. Labeyrie. Attainment of diffraction limited resolution in large tele-scopes by Fourier analyzing speckle patterns in star images. Astr. As-trophys., 6, 85, 1970.

[2258] A. Labeyrie. Stellar interferometry methods. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 16, 77, 1978.

[2259] D. Labs. Eine einfache Naherunglosung fur das Strahlungsgleichgewichteiner “grauen” Atmosphare. Z. fur Astrophys., 27, 153, 1950.

[2260] D. Labs. Untersuchungen zur inkoharenten Streuung in Fraunhoferlin-ien. Teil II. Z. fur Astrophys., 34, 173, 1954.

[2261] D. Labs and H. Neckel. Die absolute Strahlungsintensitat der Mitte derSonnenscheibe im Spektralbereich 3288≤ λ ≤12480A. Z. fur Astrophys.,55, 269, 1962.

[2262] D. Lai, M. Bolte, J. Johnson, S. Lucatello, A. Heger, and S. Woosley.Detailed abundances for 28 metal–poor stars: Stellar relics in the MilkyWay. Astrophys. J., 681, 1524, 2008.

[2263] J. Laird. Abundances in field dwarf stars. I. Atmospheric parameters.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 57, 389, 1985.

[2264] J. Laird. Abundances in field dwarf stars. II. C and N abundances.Astrophys. J., 289, 556, 1985.

[2265] D. Lambert. The abundance of neon in the Sun. Observatory, 87, 228,1967.

[2266] D. Lambert. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere.I. C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 143, 1968.

[2267] D. Lambert. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere.VIII. Revised abundances of C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,182, 249, 1978.

[2268] D. Lambert. The chemical composition of cool stars. II. The H–deficientstars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 127.

[2269] D. Lambert. Chemical evolution of the Galaxy – Abundances of thelight elements (Na to Ca). J. of Astr. and Astrophys., 8, 103, 1987.

[2270] D. Lambert, editor. Frontiers of Stellar Evolution. (San Francisco: As-tronomical Society of the Pacific), 1991.

[2271] D. Lambert. Stellar photospheres and molecules – A view from thebridge. In Jørgensen [1964], page 1.

[2272] D. Lambert, J. Brown, K. Kinkle, and H. Johnson. C, N, and O abun-dances in Betelgeuse. Astrophys. J., 284, 223, 1984.

154



[2273] D. Lambert and K. Hinkle. A high–resolution infrared spectrum of theWolf–Rayet star HD 193793. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 96, 222, 1984.

[2274] D. Lambert and R. Luck. The abundances of the elements in the solarphotosphere. IX. Na to Ca. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 183, 79, 1978.

[2275] D. Lambert, A. McWilliam, and V. Smith. The chemical compositionof blue horizontal branch stars in M 4 and NGC 6397. Astrophys. J.,386, 685, 1992.

[2276] D. Lambert and B. Pagel. The dissociation equilibrium of H− in stellaratmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 141, 299, 1968.

[2277] D. Lambert and L. Ries. C, N, and O abundances in G and K giants.Astrophys. J., 245, 228, 1981.

[2278] D. Lambert, S. Roby, and R. Bell. C, N, and O abundances in Siriusand Vega. Astrophys. J., 254, 663, 1982.

[2279] D. Lambert, C. Sneden, and L. Ries. The oxygen abundance in themetal–deficient star HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 188, 98, 1984.

[2280] D. Lambert and B. Warner. Absorption lines of neutral Si in the solarspectrum. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 139, 35, 1968.

[2281] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in thesolar photosphere. II. Na, Al, P, S, and K. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,138, 181, 1968.

[2282] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in thesolar photosphere. III. Silicon. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 213,1968.

[2283] D. Lambert and B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in thesolar photosphere. V. The alkaline earths Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 140, 197, 1968.

[2284] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant ε Orionis (B0 Ia) I. Iden-tifications, equivalent widths, line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 7,113, 1972.

[2285] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant ε Orionis (B0 Ia) II. Radialvelocities and curve of growth analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 34, 1972.

[2286] H. Lamers. The spectrum of the supergiant ε Ori (B0 Ia) III. The basicparameters. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 237, 1974.

[2287] H. Lamers. The expanding coronae of ζ Pup (O4 f) and τ Sco (B0 V).In Cayrel and Steinberg [699], page 405.

[2288] H. Lamers. Mass loss from O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 245, 593, 1981.

155



[2289] H. Lamers. Mass loss from hot stars – Main sequence and supergiantstars. In Bianchi and Gilmozzi [425], page 39.

[2290] H. Lamers. Stellar wind theories. In de Greve et al. [922], page 69.

[2291] H. Lamers. Theory of line–driven stellar winds. In de Greve et al. [922],page 159.

bibitemlam98a H. Lamers. Observations of stellar winds. Astrophys.Space Sci., 260, 63, 1998.

[2292] H. Lamers. Stellar wind theories. Astrophys. Space Sci., 260, 81, 1998.

[2293] H. Lamers. Mass loss from massive stars – What we don’t know. InLamers et al. [2303], page 3.

[2294] H. Lamers and J. Cassinelli. Introduction to Stellar Winds. (Cambridge:Cambridge University Press), 1999.

[2295] H. Lamers, M. Cerruti-Sola, and M. Perinotto. The “SEI” method foraccurate and efficient calculations of line profiles in spherically symmet-ric stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 314, 726, 1987.

[2296] H. Lamers and C. de Loore, editors. Instabilities in Luminous EarlyType Stars. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1987.

[2297] H. Lamers, R. Faraggiana, and M. Burger. Observations of the mid–ultraviolet spectrum of 138 early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,38, 227, 1979.

[2298] H. Lamers and E. Fitzpatrick. The relationship between the Eddingtonlimit, the observed upper luminosity limit for massive stars, and theluminous blue variables. Astrophys. J., 324, 279, 1988.

[2299] H. Lamers, R. Gathier, and T. Snow. Empirical ionization fractions inthe winds and determination of mass–loss rates for early–type stars.Astrophys. J., 242, 33, 1980.

[2300] H. Lamers and M. Groenewegen. The winds of O–stars. I. An analysisof the UV line profiles with the SEI method. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,79, 359, 1989.

[2301] H. Lamers and M. Groenewegen. Winds of O–stars: Velocities andionization. In Garmany [1225], page 189.

[2302] H. Lamers, S. Haser, A. de Koter, and C. Leitherer. The ionization inthe winds of O stars and the determination of mass–Loss rates fromultraviolet lines. Astrophys. J., 516, 872, 1999.

[2303] H. Lamers, N. Langer, T. Nugis, and K. Annuk, editors. Stellar Evolu-tion at Low Metallicity: Mass Loss, Explosions, Cosmology. (San Fran-cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2006.

156



[2304] H. Lamers and C. Leitherer. What are the mass–loss rates of O stars?Astrophys. J., 412, 771, 1993.

[2305] H. Lamers, A. Maeder, W. Schmutz, and J. Cassinelli. Wolf–Rayet starsas starting points or as endpoints of the evolution of massive stars?Astrophys. J., 368, 538, 1991.

[2306] H. Lamers and D. Morton. Mass ejection from the O4f star ζ Puppis.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 32, 715, 1976.

[2307] H. Lamers, E. Muller, and F. Llorente de Andres. Line blocking in thenear ultraviolet spectrum of early type stars. I. Observed line blockingfactors for 132 stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 32, 1, 1978.

[2308] H. Lamers and T. Nugis. An explanation for the curious mass–loss his-tory of massive stars: From OB stars, through luminous blue variables,to Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 395, 1, 2002.

[2309] H. Lamers, F. Paerels, and C. de Loore. Masses and mass loss from Oand Of stars. Astr. Astrophys., 87, 68, 1980.

[2310] H. Lamers and A. Sapar, editors. Thermal and Ionization Aspects ofFlows From Hot Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of thePacific), 2000.

[2311] H. Lamers and M. Snijders. Observations and theory of Mg II linesin early-type stars. III. The observations and a comparison with thepredictions. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 259, 1975.

[2312] H. Lamers and T. Snow. Ionization conditions in the expanding en-velopes of O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 219, 504, 1978.

[2313] H. Lamers, R. Stalio, and Y. Kondo. A study of mass loss from themid–ultraviolet spectrum of α Cygni (A2 Ia), β Orionis (B8 Ia), andη Leonis (A0 Ib). Astrophys. J., 223, 207, 1978.

[2314] H. Lamers and L. Waters. The infrared and radio spectrum of early–typestars with mass loss. I. The curve of growth method. Astr. Astrophys.,136, 37, 1984.

[2315] H. Lamers, L. Waters, and P. Wesselius. The IRAS infrared spectrumof ζ Puppis (O4 If). Astr. Astrophys., 134, L17, 1984.

[2316] A. Lancon, P. Hauschildt, D. Ladjal, and M. Mouhcine. Near–IR spectraof red supergiants and giants. I. Models with solar and with mixing–induced surface abundance ratios. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 205, 2007.

[2317] A. Lancon and P. Wood. A library of 0.5µ to 2.5µ spectra of luminouscool stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 146, 217, 2000.

157



[2318] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. The Classical Theory of Fields. (Oxford:Pergamon Press), 4th edition, 1975.

[2319] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. Statistical Physics. Part 1. (Oxford: Perg-amon Press), 3rd edition, 1980.

[2320] L. Landau and E. Lifschitz. Fluid Mechanics. (Oxford: PergamonPress), 2nd edition, 1987.

[2321] A. Land e. Termstruktur und Zeemaneffekt der Multipletts. Z. furPhys., 15, 189, 1923.

[2322] A. Lande′. Termstruktur und Zeemaneffekt der Multipletts. Z. furPhys., 19, 112, 1923.

[2323] M. Lane and J. Lester. The energy distributions of classical metallic-linestars. Astrophys. J., 238, 210, 1980.

[2324] M. Lane and J. Lester. Effective temperatures and surface gravities ofmetallic–line A stars. Astrophys. J., 281, 723, 1984.

[2325] K. Lang. Astrophysical Data. (New York: Springer–Verlag), 1992.

[2326] K. Lang. Astrophysical Formulae. Volume I. Radiation, Gas Processes,and High Energy Astrophysics. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 3rd edition,1999.

[2327] K. Lang and O. Gingerich. A Source Book in Astronomy and Astro-physics, 1900–1975. (Cambridge: Harvard University Press), 1979.

[2328] G. Langer, R. Kraft, D. Carbon, E. Friel, and J. Oke. On the carbonabundance of subgiant stars in the globular cluster M 92. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 98, 473, 1986.

[2329] N. Langer. Models of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Garmany [1225], page 328.

[2330] N. Langer. Massive star evolution at low metallicity – What we don’tknow. In Lamers et al. [2303], page 15.

[2331] N. Langer, W.–R. Hamann, M. Lennon, F. Najarro, A. Pauldrach, andJ. Puls. Towards an understanding of very massive stars. A new evo-lutionary scenario relating O stars, LBVs, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr.Astrophys., 290, 819, 1994.

[2332] N. Langer, M. Kiriakidis, M. Eleid, and K. Fricke. The surface tem-perature of C/O–rich Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 177,1988.

[2333] T. Lanz, M.-C. Artru, M. Le Dourneuf, and I. Hubeny. Photoionizationresonances of Si II in stellar spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 309, 218, 1996.

158



[2334] T. Lanz, M. Barstow, I. Hubeny, and J. Holberg. A self–consistentoptical, ultraviolet, and extreme–ultraviolet model for the spectrum ofthe hot white dwarf G191–B2B. Astrophys. J., 473, 1089, 1996.

[2335] T. Lanz, K. Cunha, J. Holtzman, and I. Hubeny. Argon abundances inthe solar neighborhood: Non-LTE analysis of Orion association B–Typestars. Astrophys. J., 678, 1342, 2008.

[2336] T. Lanz, A. de Koter, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. Toward resolving the“mass discrepancy” in O–type stars. Astrophys. J., 465, 359, 1996.

[2337] T. Lanz, M. S. Dimitrijevic, and M.-C. Artru. Stark broadening ofvisible Si II lines in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 192, 249,1988.

[2338] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. Non–LTE line–blanketed model atmospheresof hot stars. II. Hot, metal–rich white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 439, 905,1995.

[2339] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. A grid of non–LTE line–blanketed model at-mospheres of O–type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 146, 417, 2003.

[2340] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. Atomic data in non–LTE model stellar atmo-spheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 117.

[2341] T. Lanz and I. Hubeny. A grid of NLTE line–blanketed model atmo-spheres of early B–Type stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 169, 83, 2007.

[2342] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and A. de Koter. Atomic data for non–LTE modelstellar atmospheres. Physica Scripta, T65, 144, 1996.

[2343] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. Non–LTE line–blanketed model at-mospheres of hot stars. III. Hot subdwarfs: The sdO star BD +75◦325.Astrophys. J., 485, 843, 1997.

[2344] T. Lanz, I. Hubeny, and S. Heap. NLTE line-blanketed model stellaratmospheres. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 67.

[2345] R. Larson. The emitted spectrum of a protostar. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 145, 297, 1969.

[2346] M. Larsson. Computation of the absorption coefficient for diatomicmolecules. In Jørgensen [1964], page 271.

[2347] J. Lattanzio and C. Frost. The asymptotic giant branch. In Beddinget al. [361], page 373.

[2348] T. Le Bertre, A. Lebre, and C. Waelkens, editors. Asymptotic GiantBranch Stars. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific),1999.

159



[2349] J.-F. Le Borgne, G. Bruzual, R. Pello, A. Lancon, B. Rocca-Volmerange,B. Sanahuja, D. Schaerer, C. Soubiran, and R. Vılchez-Gomez. STELIB:A library of stellar spectra at R ∼ 2000. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 433,2003.

[2350] Y. Lebreton. Stellar structure and evolution: Deductions from HIP-PARCOS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 35, 2001.

[2351] Y. Lebreton, M.-N. Perrin, R. Cayrel, A. Baglin, and J. Fernandes.The HIPPARCOS HR diagram of nearby stars in the metallicity range−1.0 ≤ [ Fe/H ] ≤ 0.3. A new constraint on the theory of stellar interiorsand model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 587, 1999.

[2352] D. Leckrone. The He I line profiles in normal B–type spectra. Astr.Astrophys., 11, 387, 1971.

[2353] H.-W. Lee. Raman–scattering wings of Hα in symbiotic stars. Astro-phys. J., 541, L25, 2000.

[2354] H.-W. Lee. Exact low–energy expansion of the Rayleigh scatteringcross–section by atomic H. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 1472, 2005.

[2355] H.-W. Lee and H. Kim. Rayleigh scattering cross-section redward ofLyα by atomic hydrogen. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 347, 802, 2004.

[2356] U. Lee. Mass–loss solutions of massive stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 244, 96, 1990.

[2357] E. Leep. Three southern hemisphere Of stars, HD 163758, HD 150958,and HD 152386. I. The lines in the blue region. Astrophys. J., 225, 165,1978.

[2358] E. Leep and G. Wallerstein. Abundances in eleven field stars with largemetal deficiencies. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 196, 543, 1981.

[2359] K. Lefever, J. Puls, and C. Aerts. A grid of FASTWIND NLTE modelatmospheres of massive stars. In Sterken [3669], page 545.

[2360] S. Leggett, F. Allard, G. Berriman, C. Dahn, and P. Hauschildt. In-frared spectra of low–mass stars: Toward a temperature scale for reddwarfs. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 104, 117, 1996.

[2361] N. Lehner, P. Dufton, D. Lambert, R. Ryans, and F. Keenan. High–resolution optical spectroscopy of the sharp–line B–type star HD 83206.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 314, 199, 2000.

[2362] R. Leighton. Principles of Modern Physics. (New York: McGraw–HillBook Company), 1959.

[2363] J. Leisenring, F. Kemper, and G. Sloan. Effects of metallicity on thechemical composition of carbon stars. Astrophys. J., 681, 1557, 2008.

160



[2364] C. Leitherer. Spectral synthesis analysis of hot–star populations. InVreux et al. [3959], page 591.

[2365] C. Leitherer and H. Lamers. A comparison between observed and pre-dicted mass–loss rates and wind momentum of O stars. Space Sci. Rev.,66, 153, 1993.

[2366] C. Leitherer, N. Walborn, T. Heckman, and C. Norman, editors. Mas-sive Stars in Starbursts. (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press),1991.

[2367] T. Lejeune and J. Fernandes, editors. Observed HR Diagrams and Stel-lar Evolution. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific),2002.

[2368] P. Lemaire and P. Gouttebroze. Magnesium II line formation: The con-tribution of high atomic levels to the resonance lines. Astr. Astrophys.,125, 241, 1982.

[2369] M. Lemke. Extended VCS Stark broadening tables of hydrogen Lymanto Brackett series. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 122, 285, 1997.

[2370] P. L ena. Continuum infrared radiation of the solar photosphere. Astr.Astrophys., 4, 202, 1970.

[2371] D. Lennon. Non–LTE calculations for C II in B–type stars. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 205, 829, 1983.

[2372] D. Lennon. The chemical composition of B supergiant atmospheres.Space Sci. Rev., 66, 127, 1993.

[2373] D. Lennon, S. Becker, K. Butler, F. Eber, H. Groth, D. Kunze, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Quantitative spectroscopy of B supergiants in the Galaxy,the LMC and the SMC. I. The B0.5 Ia supergiants κ Orionis, SK -68◦

41 and SK 159 . Astr. Astrophys., 252, 498, 1991.

[2374] D. Lennon, P. Brown, P. Dufton, and A. Lynas-Gray. Non–LTE calcu-lations of Si–line strengths in B–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,222, 719, 1987.

[2375] D. Lennon and P. Dufton. Observations of the He I 10830A line in mainsequence O9–B6 stars and comparison with non–LTE predictions. Astr.Astrophys., 225, 439, 1989.

[2376] D. Lennon, R.–P. Kudritzki, S. Becker, F. Eber, and K. Butler. Ele-ment abundances in B stars in the Galaxy, the LMC and the SMC. InGarmany [1225], page 415.

[2377] A. Lenorzer, M. Mokiem, A. de Koter, and J. Puls. Modeling the near–infrared lines of O–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 422, 275, 2004.

161



[2378] P. Lenzuni, D. Chernoff, and E. Salpeter. Rosseland and Planck meanopacities of a zero–metallicity gas. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 76, 759, 1991.

[2379] F. Leone and A. Lanzafame. Visible neutral He lines in main sequenceB–type stars: Observations and NLTE calculations. Astr. Astrophys.,330, 306, 1998.

[2380] M. Leroy and J.-P. Lafon. On hot star winds. Astr. Astrophys., 106,358, 1982.

[2381] M. Leroy and J.-P. Lafon. On hot star winds. I. Radiation–driven winds.Astr. Astrophys., 106, 345, 1982.

[2382] J. Lester. A spectroscopic study of the strong He–line star HD 37017.Astrophys. J., 178, 743, 1972.

[2383] J. Lester. The ON9 V star HD 201345. Astrophys. J., 185, 253, 1973.

[2384] J. Lester. An analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of the He–rich starHR 3089. Astrophys. J., 210, 153, 1976.

[2385] J. Lester. The status of continuous opacities. In Adelman et al. [20],page 19.

[2386] J. Lester, R. Gray, and R. Kurucz. Theoretical uvbyβ indices. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 61, 509, 1986.

[2387] J. Lester, M. Lane, and R. Kurucz. A study of convective model stellaratmospheres using a modified mixing–length theory. Astrophys. J., 260,272, 1982.

[2388] U. Leuenhagen and W.–R. Hamann. Spectral analyses of late–type WCcentral stars of planetary nebulae: More empirical constraints for theirevolutionary status. Astr. Astrophys., 330, 265, 1998.

[2389] U. Leuenhagen, W.–R. Hamann, and C. Jeffery. Spectral analyses oflate–type WC central stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 312,167, 1996.

[2390] U. Leuenhagen, L. Koesterke, and W.–R. Hamann. Analyses of PNNiwith [WC] spectral type. Acta Astr., 43, 329, 1993.

[2391] J. Lewis, M. McDowell, and B. Moiseiwitsch. Properties of the hydrogenmolecular ion. V. Transitions connecting the lowest even and odd Πstates with higher Σ states. Proc. Phys. Soc. London, 68, 565, 1955.

[2392] H. Li, J. Wu, B. Zhou, J. Zhu, and Z. Yan. Calculations of energies ofthe hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. A, 75, 012504, 2007.

[2393] R. Liboff. Kinetic Theory: Classical, Quantum, and Relativistic De-scriptions. (New York: John Wiley & Sons), 2nd edition, 1998.

162



[2394] J. Liebert. Hydrogen in a H–poor white dwarf: Ross 640. Astr. Astro-phys., 60, 101, 1977.

[2395] J. Liebert. The origin and evolution of He–rich white dwarfs. In Hungeret al. [1833], page 367.

[2396] J. Liebert, P. Bergeron, D. Eisenstein, H. Harris, S. Kleinman, A. Nitta,and J. Krzesinski. A He white dwarf of extremely low mass. Astrophys.J., 606, 147, 2004.

[2397] J. Liebert and R. Wehrse. The H–rich, cool DA white dwarf Ross 627.Astr. Astrophys., 122, 297, 1983.

[2398] J. Liebert, R. Wehrse, and R. Green. White dwarfs with metallic linespectra. Astr. Astrophys., 175, 173, 1987.

[2399] A. Lightman, D. Lamb, and G. Rybicki. Comptonization by cold elec-trons. Astrophys. J., 248, 738, 1981.

[2400] A. Lightman and G. Rybicki. Inverse Compton reflection: Time–dependent theory. Astrophys. J., 232, 882, 1979.

[2401] A. Lightman and G. Rybicki. Inverse Compton reflection: The steady–state theory. Astrophys. J., 236, 928, 1980.

[2402] E. Lindholm. Zur theorie der verbreiterung von spektrallinien. Arkivfor Math., Astr., och Fysik, 28B, No. 3, 1941.

[2403] E. Lindholm. Pressure broadening of spectral lines. Arkiv for Math.,Astr., och Fysik, 32A, No. 17, 1945.

[2404] R. Lindquist. Relativistic transport theory. Annals of Physics, 37, 341,1966.

[2405] J. Linsky. Formation of the Calcium H, K, and subordinate lines inthe solar chromosphere. Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory SpecialReport No. 274. 1968.

[2406] J. Linsky. On the relative residual intensities of the Calcium H and Klines. Solar Phys., 11, 355, 1970.

[2407] J. Linsky. Observed and computed stellar line profiles: The roles playedby partial redistribution, geometrical extent, and expansion. In Beck-man and Crivellari [358], page 1.

[2408] J. Linsky and E. Avrett. The solar H and K lines. Pub. Astr. Soc.Pacific, 82, 169, 1970.

[2409] T. Lisker, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, Z. Han, D. Homeier,and D. Reimers. Hot subdwarfs from the ESO supernova Ia progenitorsurvey. I. Atmospheric parameters and cool companions of sdB stars.Astr. Astrophys., 430, 223, 2005.

163



[2410] T. Lisker, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, andD. Homeier. Spectroscopic analysis of sdB stars from the ESO super-nova Ia progenitor survey. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 351, 2004.

[2411] B. Lites. The influence of blends upon the formation of spectral lines.Astr. Astrophys., 30, 297, 1974.

[2412] B. Lites and C. Cowley. Fe I line formation in solar–type giants anddwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 31, 361, 1974.

[2413] B. Lites and D. Mihalas. The H− equilibrium using coupled rate equa-tions for H−, H, H+, and H+

2 . Solar Phys., 93, 23, 1984.

[2414] W. Livingston and L. Wallace. An Atlas of the Solar Spectrum in theInfrared from 1850 to 9000 cm−1 (1.1 to 5.4µ). (Tucson: National SolarObservatory), 2003.

[2415] F. Llorente de Andres, H. Lamers, and E. Muller. Line blocking in thenear ultraviolet spectrum of early type stars. II. The dependence onspectral type and luminosity for normal stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,38, 367, 1979.

[2416] A. Lobel, A. Dupree, R. Stefanik, G. Torres, G. Israelian, N. Morri-son, C. de Jager, H. Nieuwenhuijzen, I. Ilyin, and F. Musaev. High–resolution spectroscopy of the yellow hypergiant ρ Cassiopeiae from1993 through the outburst of 2000-2001. Astrophys. J., 583, 923, 2003.

[2417] M. Lofdahl and G. Scharmer. Wavefront sensing and image restorationfrom focused and defocused solar images. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 107,243, 1994.

[2418] R. Loidl, S. Hofner, U. Jørgensen, and B. Aringer. Dynamic modelatmospheres of AGB stars. II. Synthetic near infrared spectra of carbonstars. Astr. Astrophys., 342, 531, 1999.

[2419] G. Lombardi, D. Kelleher, and J. Cooper. Redistribution of radiationin the absence of collisions. Astrophys. J., 288, 820, 1985.

[2420] J. Lopez and J. Walsh. On the C overabundance in the OBC–type stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 204, 129, 1983.

[2421] W. Lotz. Electron–impact ionization cross–sections and ionization ratecoefficients for atoms and ions from H to Ca. Z. fur Phys., 216, 241,1968.

[2422] R. Loudon. The Quantum Theory of Light. (Oxford: University ofOxford Press), 1973.

[2423] R. Luck, H. Bond, and D. Lambert. Chemical compositions of fourhigh–latitude A–F supergiants. Astrophys. J., 357, 673, 1990.

164



[2424] R. Luck and D. Lambert. C, N, and O in intermediate–mass supergiants.– Is O underabundant? Astrophys. J., 298, 782, 1986.

[2425] R. Luck and C. Sneden. C, N, and O in two Li–rich supergiants. Pub.Astr. Soc. Pacific, 98, 310, 1986.

[2426] L. Lucy. A temperature correction procedure. In Avrett et al. [191],page 93.

[2427] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in extended and expandingatmospheres. Astrophys. J., 163, 95, 1971.

[2428] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in locally nonmonotonicwinds. Astrophys. J., 255, 278, 1982.

[2429] L. Lucy. The formation of resonance lines in locally nonmonotonicwinds. II. An amplitude diagnostic. Astrophys. J., 274, 372, 1983.

[2430] L. Lucy. The asymmetry of resonance line scattering in a velocity gra-dient. Astr. Astrophys., 140, 210, 1984.

[2431] L. Lucy. An iterative technique for solving equations of statistical equi-librium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 95, 2001.

[2432] L. Lucy. Similarity solutions for radiation in time–dependent relativisticflows. Astr. Astrophys., 429, 31, 2005.

[2433] L. Lucy. Mass fluxes for O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 468, 649, 2007.

[2434] L. Lucy and D. Abbott. Multiline transfer and the dynamics of Wolf–Rayet winds. Astrophys. J., 405, 738, 1993.

[2435] L. Lucy and P. Solomon. Mass loss by hot stars. Astrophys. J., 159,879, 1970.

[2436] S. Lumsden, P. Puxley, and R. Doherty. Infrared spectroscopy of Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 268, 821, 1994.

[2437] S. Lumsden, P. Puxley, and M. Hoare. Infrared He–H line ratios anda measure of stellar effective temperature. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,320, 83, 2001.

[2438] L. Lyubimkov, D. Lambert, T. Rachkovskaya, A. Tarasov, D. Poklad,V. Larionov, and L. Larionova. Surface abundances of light elementsfor a large sample of early B–type stars. I. Spectral observations of123 stars; measurements of H and He lines; infrared photometry. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 316, 19, 2000.

[2439] L. Lyubimkov, T. Rachkovskaya, S. Rostopchin, and D. Lambert. Sur-face abundances of light elements for a large sample of early B–typestars. II. Basic parameters of 107 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 333,9, 2002.

165



[2440] L. Lyubimkov, S. Rostopchin, and D. Lambert. Surface abundances oflight elements for a large sample of early B–type stars. III. An analysisof He lines in spectra of 102 stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 351, 745,2004.

[2441] L. Lyubimkov, S. Rostopchin, T. Rachkovskaya, D. Poklad, andD. Lambert. Surface abundances of light elements for a large sam-ple of early B–type stars. IV. The Mg abundance in 52 stars: A test ofmetallicity. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 193, 2005.

[2442] J. MacFarlane. Non–LTE radiative transfer with lambda–acceleration:convergence properties using exact full and diagonal lambda–operators.Astr. Astrophys., 264, 153, 1992.

[2443] J. MacFarlane, J. Cassinelli, B. Welsh, P. Vedder, J. Vallegra, andW. Waldron. Predicted extreme–ultraviolet line emission for nearbymain sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 380, 564, 1991.

[2444] K. MacGregor, L. Hartmann, and J. Raymond. Radiative amplificationof sound waves in the winds of O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 231, 514,1979.

[2445] J. Madej. Effects of Compton scattering in X–ray spectra. Astrophys.J., 339, 386, 1989.

[2446] J. Madej. Computations of Comptonized model atmospheres and X–rayspectra: DA white dwarfs HZ 43 and PG 0824+289. Astr. Astrophys.,340, 617, 1998.

[2447] J. Madej, J. Halenka, and B. Grabowski. Theoretical X–ray spectra ofhot H–rich white dwarfs. Impact of new partition functions of Fe. Fe Vthrough Fe VII. Astr. Astrophys., 343, 531, 1999.

[2448] M. Madlow. Uber die Bestimmung der Temperatur– und Druckschich-tung in der ausseren Photosphare aus Messungen im Kontinuum beiAbweichungen vom thermodynamischen Gleichgewicht. Z. fur Astro-phys., 55, 29, 1962.

[2449] R. Maeckle, H. Holweger, R. Griffin, and R. Griffin. A model–atmosphere analysis of the spectrum of Arcturus. Astr. Astrophys.,38, 239, 1975.

[2450] A. Maeder. An observational evidence of the non–LTE effects for O–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 13, 444, 1971.

[2451] P. Magain. Spectroscopic analysis of extreme metal–poor ‘dwarfs’.I. Observational material, Fe lines, and model atmospheres. Astr. As-trophys., 132, 208, 1984.

166



[2452] P. Magain. Spectroscopic analysis of extreme metal–poor ‘dwarfs’.II. Improved model atmospheres and detailed abundances. Astr. As-trophys., 146, 95, 1985.

[2453] P. Magain. Abundances of light elements in halo dwarfs – A re–analysis.Astr. Astrophys., 179, 176, 1987.

[2454] P. Magain. The chemical composition of the extreme halo stars. I. Bluespectra of 20 dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 209, 211, 1989.

[2455] P. Magain and G. Zhao. Empirical study of departures from the exci-tation equilibrium of Fe I in metal–poor stars. Astr. Astrophys., 305,265, 1996.

[2456] C. Magnan. Emission lines in moving atmospheres. Astrophys. Let., 2,213, 1968.

[2457] C. Magnan. Radiative transfer in a moving medium. J. Quantit. Spec-trosc. Radiat. Transf., 14, 123, 1974.

[2458] C. Magnan. The angle–averaged redistribution functions in non–coherent scattering. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 233, 1974.

[2459] C. Magnan. Redistribution functions for astrophysical problems. Astr.Astrophys., 142, 117, 198.

[2460] C. Magnan and P. de Laverny. A simple problem of radiative transferby multilevel atoms. Astrophysics, 37, 167, 1995.

[2461] C. Magnan and P. de Laverny. Line emission in stellar envelopes. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 920, 1997.

[2462] E. Makarova. A photometric investigation of the energy distributionin the continuous solar spectrum in absolute units. Sov. Astr., 1, 531,1957.

[2463] E. Makarova. On the energy distribution in the solar continuous spec-trum. Observatory, 83, 183, 1963.

[2464] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Mean absolute energy distributionin the solar spectrum from 1800A to 4µ, and the solar constant. Sov.Astr., 12, 599, 1969.

[2465] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Averaged data for the limb darkeningof the quiet Sun – The continuum. Sov. Astr., 20, 698, 1976.

[2466] E. Makarova and A. Kharitonov. Sun as a star spectrum energy distri-bution and UBV photometry Astr. Tsirk. No. 1406, 1985.

[2467] E. Makarova, L. Knyazeva, and A. Kharitonov. On the energy distri-bution in the solar spectrum. Sov. Astr., 33, 298, 1989.

167



[2468] E. Makarova, E. Roshchina, and A. Sarychev. Average data on solarlimb darkening in the 300 to 2400 nm quasi-continuum. Sov. Astr., 35,441, 1991.

[2469] M. Malagnini, R. Faraggiana, and C. Morossi. Observed and computedspectral distribution of early–type stars. II. Determination of Teff forB5–A0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 128, 375, 1983.

[2470] M. Malagnini, R. Faraggiana, C. Morossi, and L. Crivellari. Observedand computed UV spectral distributions of A and F stars. Astr. Astro-phys., 114, 170, 1982.

[2471] M. Malagnini and C. Morossi. Accuracy of effective temperatures ofsolar chemical–composition stars derived from the flux–fitting method.Astr. Astrophys., 326, 736, 1997.

[2472] M. Malagnini, C. Morossi, L. Rossi, and R. Kurucz. The empirical B.C.versus Teff scale for non–supergiant O9–G5 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 162,140, 1986.

[2473] D. Malaise, M. Gros, and D. Macau. Absolute ultraviolet spectroph-tometry from the TD–1 satellite. III. The continuum of A type stars.Astr. Astrophys., 33, 79, 1974.

[2474] A. Manchado, O. Suarez, P. Garcıa–Lario, M. Manteiga, and S. Pot-tasch. Optical survey of post–AGB candidates. In Szczerba and Gorny[3720], page 21.

[2475] A. Manduca, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. Limb darkening coefficientsfor late–type giant model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 61, 809, 1977.

[2476] A. Manduca, R. Bell, and B. Gustafsson. The analysis of infrared fluxesof some late–type stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 883, 1981.

[2477] W. Marcolino, D. Hillier, F. Araujo, and C. Pereira. Detailed far–ultraviolet to optical analysis of four [WR] stars. Astrophys. J., 654,1068, 2007.

[2478] P. Marigo, C. Chiosi, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Zero–metallicity stars.II. Evolution of very massive objects with mass loss. Astr. Astrophys.,399, 616, 2003.

[2479] C. Mark. The neutron density near a plane surface. Phys. Rev., 72,558, 1947.

[2480] N. Markova, J. Puls, T. Repolust, and H. Markov. Bright OB stars inthe Galaxy. I. Mass loss and wind–momentum rates of O–type stars: Apure Hα analysis accounting for line blanketing. Astr. Astrophys., 413,693, 2004.

168



[2481] J. Marlborough. Radiation pressure and accelerating stellar winds. As-trophys. J., 169, 441, 1971.

[2482] J. Marlborough and J. Roy. Supersonic stellar winds in early–type stars.Astrophys. J., 160, 221, 1970.

[2483] M. Marsh, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, D. Koester,D. O’Donoghue, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. An EUV–selected sample ofDA white dwarfs from the ROSAT all–sky survey. I. Optically derivedstellar parameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 286, 369, 1997.

[2484] M. Marsh, M. Barstow, D. Buckley, M. Burleigh, J. Holberg, D. Koester,D. O’Donoghue, A. Penny, and A. Sansom. An EUV–selected sampleof DA white dwarfs from the ROSAT all–sky survey. II. EUV and softX–ray properties. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 287, 705, 1997.

[2485] F. Marti and P. Noerdlinger. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in dif-ferentially expanding atmospheres. V. Line formation in a deceleratingspherical flow. Astrophys. J., 215, 247, 1977.

[2486] P. Martin. A determination of atmospheric parameters of Arcturus.Astr. Astrophys., 61, 591, 1977.

[2487] W. Martin. Energy levels of neutral He. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 2,257, 1973.

[2488] W. Martin, V. Kaufman, and A. Musgrove. A compilation of energylevels and wavelengths for the spectrum of singly–ionized oxygen (O II).J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 22, 1179, 1985.

[2489] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Magnesium, Mg I throughMg XII. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 9, 1, 1980.

[2490] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Sodium, Na I throughNa XI. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 10, 153, 1981.

[2491] W. Martin and R. Zalubas. Energy levels of Silicon, Si I through Si XIV.J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 12, 323, 1983.

[2492] W. Martin, R. Zalubas, and A. Musgrove. Energy levels of Sulfur, S Ithrough S XVI. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 19, 821, 1990.

[2493] L. Martinet, editor. Theorie des Atmospheres Stellaires. Swiss Societyof Astrophysics and Astronomy. (Geneva: Geneva Observatory), 1971.

[2494] F. Martins, R. Genzel, D. Hillier, F. Eisenhauer, T. Paumard,S. Gillessen, T. Ott, and S. Trippe. Stellar and wind properties ofmassive stars in the central parsec of the Galaxy. Astr. Astrophys.,468, 233, 2007.

169



[2495] F. Martins and D. Schaerer. Line blanketing effects in atmospheres ofO stars. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 267.

[2496] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, and D. Hillier. On the effective temperaturescale of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 999, 2002.

[2497] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, and D. Hillier. A new calibration of stellarparameters of galactic O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 436, 1049, 2005.

[2498] F. Martins, D. Schaerer, D. Hillier, F. Meynadier, M. Heydari-Malayeri,and N. Walborn. O stars with weak winds: The galactic case. Astr.Astrophys., 441, 735, 2005.

[2499] L. Martins, R. Gonzalez-Delgado, C. Leitherer, M. Cervino, andP. Hauschildt. A high–resolution stellar library for evolutionary popu-lation sysnthesis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 49, 2005.

[2500] K. Masai and M. Ishida. Non–LTE curves of growth of X–ray absorptionlines. Astrophys. J., 607, 76, 2004.

[2501] I. Masaki. Radiative transfer in hot plasma. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33,77, 1981.

[2502] I. Masaki and W. Unno. The generalized Eddington approximation inradiative transfer. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 30, 547, 1978.

[2503] L. Mashonkina. Accurate collisional cross sections: Important inputdata in non–LTE calculations. In Adelman et al. [20], page 140.

[2504] L. Mashonkina, A. Korn, and N. Przybilla. A non–LTE study of neutraland singly ionized Ca in late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 461, 261,2007.

[2505] L. Mashonkina, N. Sakhibullin, and V. Shimanskii. Non–LTE analysisof Na I spectral lines in the atmospheres of G dwarfs. Sov. Astr., 37,192, 1993.

[2506] L. Mashonkina, V. Shimanskii, and N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE effects inNa I spectral lines in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Reports, 44, 790, 2000.

[2507] D. Massa. The UV Si spectra of early B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 224,131, 1989.

[2508] D. Massa, S. Shore, and D. Wynne. Photospheric velocity gradients inB1 supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 264, 169, 1992.

[2509] D. Massa, D. Wynne, B. Altner, and H. Lamers. C and N abundances inthe BN supergiant HD 93840, and their implications for normal galacticsupergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 242, 188, 1991.

170



[2510] P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars with absorptionlines. I. The probable single WN 5 star HD 193077. Astrophys. J., 236,526, 1980.

[2511] P. Massey. Absolute spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 93, 549, 1981.

[2512] P. Massey. The masses of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 246, 153,1981.

[2513] P. Massey, F. Bresolin, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and A. Pauldrach. Thephysical properties and effective temperature scale of O-Type stars as afunction of metallicity. I. A sample of 20 stars in the Magellanic Cloud.Astrophys. J., 608, 1001, 2004.

[2514] P. Massey and P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars withabsorption lines. II. The WN 8 standard star HD 177230. Astrophys.J., 242, 638, 1980.

[2515] P. Massey and P. Conti. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayet stars withabsorption lines. V. HD 9974, a single WN 3? Astrophys. J., 244, 173,1981.

[2516] P. Massey and D. Hunter. R136: A cluster of O3 stars In Howarth[1735], page 355.

[2517] P. Massey, J. Puls, A. Pauldrach, F. Bresolin, R.–P. Kudritzki, andT. Simon. The physical properties and effective temperature scale ofO type stars as a function of metallicity. II. Analysis of 20 more Magel-lanic Cloud stars and results from the complete sample. Astrophys. J.,627, 477, 2005.

[2518] P. Massey, K. Strobel, J. Barnes, and E. Anderson. Spectrophotometricstandards. Astrophys. J., 328, 315, 1988.

[2519] J. Mathis and H. Lamers. The origin of the extremely metal–poor post–AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 259, L39, 1992.

[2520] R. Mathisen. Photo cross–sections for stellar atmosphere calculations– Compilation of references and data. Institute of Theoretical Astro-physics Publication Series No. 1, University of Oslo, 1984.

[2521] D. Mathur, S. Khan, and J. Hasted. Collision processes with molecularhydrogen ions. J. Phys. B, 12, 2043, 1979.

[2522] S. Matsushima. Non–grey model atmospheres of solar type stars. I. Therole of hydrogen molecules as a source of continuous opacity. Ann.dAstrophys., 30, 23, 1967.

[2523] S. Matsushima and H.-G. Groth. Das Spektrum von α Lyr im Bereichλλ 4800 bis 8750. Z. fur Astrophys., 49, 126, 1960.

171



[2524] S. Matsushima and Y. Terashita. Non–grey model atmospheres of solartype stars. II. The source of opacity in the ultraviolet continuum andits effect on the radiation field in the other spectral regions. Ann.dAstrophys., 30, 189, 1967.

[2525] F. Matteucci and L. Rossi. LTE/non–LTE boundary from wide–bandcolor index and bolometric correction comparison. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 60, 119, 1979.

[2526] T. Matthews and A. Sandage. Optical identification of 3C 48, 3C 196,and 3C 286 with stellar objects. Astrophys. J., 138, 30, 1963.

[2527] W. Mattig and E. Schroter. A comparison between observed and the-oretical intensity distribution in the wings of the Na D–lines. Ann.dAstrophys., 23, 911, 1960.

[2528] W. Mattig and E. Schroter. Intensity measurements in the wings of theNa D–lines. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 913, 1960

[2529] A. Matvijenko and L. Ponomarev. Number of vibrational levels of themolecular hydrogen ion. J. Phys. B, 5, 27, 1972.

[2530] M. Mayer and W. Duschl. Rosseland and Planck mean opacities forprimordial matter. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 358, 614, 2005.

[2531] B. Mazur. On the position of the subdwarfs’ main sequence. Acta Astr.,37, 341, 1989.

[2532] H. McAlister. The calibration of interferometrically determined prop-erties of binary stars. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 97.

[2533] H. McAlister. High angular resolution measurements of stellar proper-ties. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 59, 1985.

[2534] D. McCammon, G. Munch, and G. Neugebauer. Infrared spectra oflow–temperature stars. Astrophys. J., 147, 575, 1967.

[2535] M. McCarthy, A. Philip, and G. Coyne, editors. Spectral Classificationof the Future. (Vatican City: International Astronomical Union), 1979.

[2536] W. McCrea. A note on Dr. P. A. Taylor’s paper “The equlibrium of thecalcium chromosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 88, 729, 1928.

[2537] W. McCrea. Model stellar atmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91,836, 1931.

[2538] W. McCrea. The ejection of matter by novae. Z. fur Astrophys., 14,208, 1937.

[2539] W. McCrea and K. Mitra. Schuster’s problem for a moving atmosphere.Z. fur Astrophys., 11, 359, 1936.

172



[2540] J. McDonald. Hydrogen absorption lines in the spectra of B–type stars.Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 9, 269, 1953.

[2541] M. McDowell, J. Williamson, and V. Myerscough. Continuous absorp-tion by He− . Astrophys. J., 144, 827, 1966.

[2542] N. McErlean, D. Lennon, and P. Dufton. Galactic B–supergiants: Anon–LTE model atmosphere analysis to estimate atmospheric parame-ters and chemical compositions. Astr. Astrophys., 349, 553, 1999.

[2543] A. McWilliam. Abundance ratios and galactic chemical evolution. Ann.Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 503, 1997.

[2544] A. McWilliam. Barium abundances in extremely metal–poor stars.Astr. J., 115, 1640, 1998.

[2545] A. McWilliam, G. Preston, C. Sneden, and L. Searle. A spectroscopicanalysis of the 33 most metal–poor stars. I. Astr. J., 109, 2736, 1995.

[2546] A. McWilliam, G. Preston, C. Sneden, and L. Searle. A spectroscopicanalysis of the 33 most metal–poor stars. II. Astr. J., 109, 2757, 1995.

[2547] A. McWilliam and M. Rauch, editors. Origin and Evolution of theElements. Carnegie Observatories Centennial Symposia, (Pasadena:Carnegie Observatories), 2004.

[2548] A. McWilliam and L. Searle. Abundance ratios in extreme metal–poorstars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 133, 1999.

[2549] M. Meade and A. Code. Ultraviolet photometry from OAO. XXXVIII.A second atlas of ultraviolet stellar spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 42,283, 1979.

[2550] J. Mehltretter. Ein primarer spektralphotometrischer Standard hoherGenauigkeit. Z. fur Astrophys., 51, 32, 1960.

[2551] E. Meinkohn and S. Richling. Radiative transfer with finite elements.II. Lyα line transfer in moving media. Astr. Astrophys., 392, 827, 2002.

[2552] W. Melbourne. Line–blanketing effects of A–G dwarfs. Astrophys. J.,132, 101, 1960.

[2553] J. Melendez and B. Barbuy. Keck NIRSPEC infrared OH lines. Oxygenabundances in metal-poor stars down to [Fe/H] = − 2.9. Astrophys. J.,575, 474, 2002.

[2554] J. Melendez, B. Barbuy, and F. Spite. Oxygen abundances in metal–poor stars (−2.2 < [ Fe/H ]< −1.2) from infrared OH lines. Astrophys.J., 556, 858, 2001.

173



[2555] D. Melrose. A classical derivation of inverse Compton scattering. As-trophys. Space Sci., 10, 186, 1971.

[2556] D. Melrose. Induced Compton scattering by relativistic particles. As-trophys. Space Sci., 13, 56, 1971.

[2557] R. Mendez. Accuracy of abundances from O to mid B main sequencestars. In Wehrse [4023], page 45.

[2558] R. Mendez, A. Herrero, A. Manchado, and R.–P. Kudritzki. On thewidths of emission lines in spectra of WC 9 stars of different kinds.Astr. Astrophys., 252, 265, 1991.

[2559] R. Mendez, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Ciardullo, and G. Jacoby. The brightend of the planetary nebula luminosity function. Astr. Astrophys., 275,534, 1993.

[2560] R. Mendez, R.–P. Kudritzki, H. Groth, D. Husfeld, and A. Herrero.PHL 932: Another non–post–AGB central star of planetary nebula.Astr. Astrophys., 197, 25, 1988.

[2561] R. Mendez, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Gruschinske, and K. Simon. A spec-tral description and non–LTE analysis of six central stars of planetarynebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 101, 323, 1981.

[2562] R. Mendez, R.–P. Kudritzki, and A. Herrero. On central star luminosi-ties and optical thicknesses in planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 260,329, 1992.

[2563] R. Mendez, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Herrero, D. Husfeld, and H. Groth. Highresolution spectroscopy of central stars of planetary nebulae. I. Basicatmospheric parameters and their interpretation. Astr. Astrophys., 190,113, 1988.

[2564] R. Mendez, A. Manchado, and A. Herrero. A stronger He II 4686 inthe spectrum of the planetary nebula NGC 6572. Astr. Astrophys., 207,L5, 1988.

[2565] R. Mendez, C. Miguel, U. Heber, and R.–P. Kudritzki. He–rich subdwarfO stars and central stars of planetary nebulae. In Hunger et al. [1833],page 323.

[2566] C. Mendoza. Atomic Data from the Opacity Project. In Smith andWiese [3581], page 85.

[2567] M. Mennessier and A. Omont, editors. From Miras to Planetary Nebu-lae: Which Path for Stellar Evolution? (Gif-sur-Yvette: Editions Fron-tieres), 1990.

[2568] D. Menzel. Simple derivation of the dissociation formula. Proc. Nat.Acad. Sci. U. S., 19, 40, 1933.

174



[2569] D. Menzel. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. I. Absorption andemission of radiation. Astrophys. J., 85, 330, 1937.

[2570] D. Menzel, editor. Selected Papers on Physical Processes in IonizedPlasmas. (New York: Dover Publications), 1962.

[2571] D. Menzel, editor. Selected Papers on the Transfer of Radiation. (NewYork: Dover Publications), 1966.

[2572] D. Menzel and L. Aller. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. XVII.Fluorescence in high–excitation planetaries. Astrophys. J., 94, 436,1941.

[2573] D. Menzel, L. Aller, and J. Baker. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae.IV. The mechanistic and equilibrium treatment of nebular statistics.Astrophys. J., 88, 313, 1938.

[2574] D. Menzel and J. Baker. Physical processes in gaseous nebulae. II. The-ory of the Balmer decrement. Astrophys. J., 86, 70, 1937.

[2575] D. Menzel and C. Pekeris. Absorption coefficients and H–line intensities.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 96, 77, 1935.

[2576] J. Mermilliod. Comparative studies of young open clusters. II. An atlasof composite color–magnitude diagrams. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 44,467, 1981.

[2577] E. Merzbacher. Quantum Mechanics. (New York: John Wiley & Sons),3rd edition, 1998.

[2578] D. Messerschmidt, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the interpretation ofstrong He I lines in early type spectra. Z. fur Astrophys., 66, 246, 1967.

[2579] R. Mewe. Ionization rate coefficients. In Brown and Lang [555],page 141.

[2580] R. Mewe. Recombination rate coefficients. In Brown and Lang [555],page 155.

[2581] R. Mewe, J. Lemen, and G. van den Oord. Calculated X–radiationfrom optically thin plasmas. VI. Improved calculations for continuumemission and approximation formulae for nonrelativistic average Gauntfactors. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 65, 511, 1986.

[2582] R. Mewe, A. Rassen, J. Cassinelli, K. van der Hucht, N. Miller, andM. Gudel. High–resolution X–ray spectroscopy of τ Scorpii (B0.2 V)with XMM-Newton. Astr. Astrophys., 398, 203, 2003.

[2583] M. Meyer, S. Edwards, K. Hinkle, and S. Strom. Near–infrared classi-fication spectroscopy: H–band spectra of fundamental MK standards.Astrophys. J., 508, 397, 1998.

175



[2584] W. Meyer, A. Borysow, and L. Frommhold. Collision–induced firstovertone band of gaseous hydrogen from first principles. Phys. Rev. A,47, 4065, 1993.

[2585] G. Meynet, A. Maeder, G. Schaller, D. Schaerer, and C. Charbonnel.Grids of massive stars with high mass-loss rates. V. From 12 to 120 M�at (Z = 0.001, 0.004, 0.008, 0.020). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 103, 97,1996.

[2586] A. Mezzacappa, editor. Stellar Evolution, Stellar Explosions and Galac-tic Chemical Evolution. 2nd Oak Ridge Symposium on Atomic andNuclear Astrophysics. (Philadelphia: Institute of Physics Publishing),1998.

[2587] R. Michard. On the energy distribution in the ultraviolet continuousspectrum of the Sun. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 11, 227, 1950.

[2588] G. Michaud. Diffusion processes in peculiar A stars. Astrophys. J., 160,641, 1970.

[2589] A. Michelson and F. Pease. Measurement of the diameter of α Orioniswith the interferometer. Astrophys. J., 53, 249, 1921.

[2590] E. Michelson. The near ultraviolet stellar spectra of α Lyrae and β Ori-onis. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 197, 57, 1981.

[2591] M. Migeotte and L. Neven. High–dispersion solar spectrograms between15µ and 24µ. Astrophys. J., 115, 326, 1952.

[2592] A. Mihajlov, D. Jevremovic, P. Hauschildt, M. Dimitrijevic, Lj. Ign-jatovic, and F. Allard. Influence of chemi–ionization and chemi–recombination processes on the population of hydrogen Rydberg statesin atmospheres of late type dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 404, 787, 2003.

[2593] A. Mihajlov, D. Jevremovic, P. Hauschildt, M. Dimitrijevic, Lj. Ign-jatovic, and F. Allard. Influence of chemi–ionization and chemi–recombination processes on H–line shapes in M dwarfs. Astr. Astro-phys., 471, 671, 2007.

[2594] D. Mihalas. Model atmospheres and line profiles for early–type stars.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 9, 321, 1965.

[2595] D. Mihalas. Balmer–line–blanketed model atmospheres for A–typestars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 13, 1, 1966.

[2596] D. Mihalas. LTE model atmospheres with line blanketing: Review andfuture prospects. In Bohm [461], page 581.

[2597] D. Mihalas. The effects of line shifts on the temperature distribution instellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 157, 1363, 1969.

176



[2598] D. Mihalas. Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: W. H. Freeman &Company), 1st edition, 1970.

[2599] D. Mihalas. Theoretical analysis of stellar spectra. In Martinet [2493],page 1.

[2600] D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. I. Mag-nesium II in O and B stars. Astrophys. J., 177, 115, 1972.

[2601] D. Mihalas. Non–LTE effects on continuum and H–line parameters inB and O stars. Astrophys. J., 176, 139, 1972.

[2602] D. Mihalas. Non–LTE model atmospheres for B and O stars. Techni-cal Report NCAR–TN/STR-76, National Center for Atmospheric Re-search, Boulder, Colorado, 1972.

[2603] D. Mihalas. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellar atmospheres. II. TheCa II K–line in B stars. Astrophys. J., 179, 209, 1973.

[2604] D. Mihalas. The N III emission lines in the Of stars. Pub. Astr. Soc.Pacific, 85, 593, 1973.

[2605] D. Mihalas. Progress towards an interpretation of stellar spectra. Astr.J., 79, 1111, 1974.

[2606] D. Mihalas. Effects of departures from LTE and atmospheric extensionon colors and theoretical continuum parameters. In Philip and Hayes[3108], page 241.

[2607] D. Mihalas. Radiative transfer in expanding atmospheres. In Cayreland Steinberg [699], page 347.

[2608] D. Mihalas. Stellar Atmospheres. (San Francisco: W. H. Freeman &Company), 2nd edition, 1978.

[2609] D. Mihalas. Curves of growth and line profiles in expanding and rotatingatmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 189, 671, 1979.

[2610] D. Mihalas. Radiative transfer in spherical flows with nonmonotonicvelocity fields: The observer’s frame reconsidered. Astrophys. J., 238,1042, 1980.

[2611] D. Mihalas. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer inspherically symmetric flows. VI. Relativistic flows. Astrophys. J., 237,574, 1980.

[2612] D. Mihalas. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer inspherically symmetric flows. VII. Angle–dependent partial redistribu-tion. Astrophys. J., 238, 1034, 1980.

177



[2613] D. Mihalas. The computation of radiation transport using Feautriervariables. I. Static media. J. Comp. Phys., 57, 1, 1985.

[2614] D. Mihalas. The quest for physical realism in stellar atmospheric mod-eling. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 127.

[2615] D. Mihalas. Schuster’s radiative transfer model of a stellar atmosphere.Astrophys. J., 525, No. 1C, Part 3, 25, 1999.

[2616] D. Mihalas and L. Auer. Non–LTE model atmospheres. V. Multi–lineH–He models for O and early B stars. Astrophys. J., 160, 1161, 1970.

[2617] D. Mihalas, L. Auer, and B. Mihalas. Two dimensional radiative trans-fer. I. Planar geometry. Astrophys. J., 220, 1001, 1978.

[2618] D. Mihalas, A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. He I λ 4471 pro-files in B stars: Calculations with an improved line broadening theory.Astrophys. J., 190, 315, 1974.

[2619] D. Mihalas, A. Barnard, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. He I λ 4922 pro-files in B stars: Calculations with an improved line broadening theory.Astrophys. J., 197, 139, 1975.

[2620] D. Mihalas, S. Frost, and G. Lockwood. Observations of the C III λ 8500(3s 1S− 3p 1P ) line in O and Of stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 87, 153,1975.

[2621] D. Mihalas, J. Heasley, and L. Auer. A non–LTE model stellar at-mosphere computer program. Technical Report NCAR–TN/STR–104,National Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado, 1975.

[2622] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Analyses of light–ion spectra in stellaratmospheres. III. N III in the O stars. Astrophys. J., 179, 827, 1973.

[2623] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Some observational implications of ex-tended static O–star model atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 189, L39, 1974.

[2624] D. Mihalas and D. Hummer. Theory of extended stellar atmospheres.I. Computational method and first results for static spherical models.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 28, 343, 1974.

[2625] D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, and P. Conti. On the N III λλ 4640, 4097 linesin Of stars. Astrophys. J., 178, L99, 1972.

[2626] D. Mihalas and R. Klein. On the solution of the time-dependent inertial-frame equation of radiative transfer in moving media to O(v/c). J.Comp. Phys., 46, 97, 1982.

[2627] D. Mihalas and P. Kunasz. Solution for the comoving–frame equation oftransfer in spherically symmetric flows. V. Multilevel atoms. Astrophys.J., 219, 635, 1978.

178



[2628] D. Mihalas and P. Kunasz. The computation of radiation transportusing Feautrier variables. II. Spectrum line formation in moving media.J. Comp. Phys., 64, 1, 1986.

[2629] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. I. Computa-tional method for equivalent–two–level–atom source functions. Astro-phys. J., 202, 465, 1975.

[2630] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. II. Picket–fence models. Astrophys. J., 203, 647, 1976.

[2631] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for the comoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows. III. Effect ofaberration and advection terms. Astrophys. J., 206, 515, 1976.

[2632] D. Mihalas, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Solution for thecomoving–frame equation of transfer in spherically symmetric flows.IV. Frequency–dependent source functions for scattering by atoms andelectrons. Astrophys. J., 210, 419, 1976.

[2633] D. Mihalas and G. Lockwood. Observations of the He II λ 10124 line inO and Of stars. Astrophys. J., 175, 757, 1972.

[2634] D. Mihalas and W. Luebke. A non–LTE picket–fence model in radiativeequilibrium. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 229, 1971.

[2635] D. Mihalas and B. Mihalas. Foundations of Radiation Hydrodynamics.(New York: Dover Publications), 1999.

[2636] D. Mihalas and D. Morton. A model for a B1 V star with line blanketing.Astrophys. J., 142, 253, 1965.

[2637] D. Mihalas, B. Pagel, and P. Souffrin. Theorie des Atmospheres Stel-laires. (Geneva: Observatoire de Geneve), 1971.

[2638] D. Mihalas, R. Shine, P. Kunasz, and D. Hummer. Resonance–linetransfer with partial redistribution. VIII. Solution in the comovingframe for moving atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 205, 492, 1976.

[2639] S. Miksa, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, J. Kruk, T. Rauch, and K. Werner.Iron abundance in hot hydrogen–deficient central stars and white dwarfsfrom FUSE, HST, and IUE spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 389, 953,2002.

[2640] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: I. Line absorption in stellarspectra. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 243, 1950.

[2641] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: II. The absolute photovisualfluxes of the stars. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 251, 1950.

179



[2642] N. Milford. Monochromatic stellar fluxes: III. The absolute flux λλ 4000to 9800. Ann. dAstrophys., 13, 262, 1950.

[2643] R. Milkey, T. Ayres, and R. Shine. Resonance–line transfer with partialredistribution. III. Mg II resonance lines in solar–type stars. Astrophys.J., 197, 143, 1975.

[2644] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Calculation of the solar chromospheric Lyαallowing for partial redistribution effects. Solar Phys., 32, 361, 1973.

[2645] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial re-distribution: A preliminary study of Lyα in the solar chromosphere.Astrophys. J., 185, 709, 1973.

[2646] R. Milkey and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with partial redis-tribution. II. The solar Mg II lines. Astrophys. J., 192, 769, 1974.

[2647] R. Milkey and C. Pilachowski. Hα line profiles in DA white dwarfs.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 97, 634, 1985.

[2648] R. Milkey, R. Shine, and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer with par-tial redistribution. IV. A generalized formulation for lines with commonupper states. Astrophys. J., 199, 718, 1975.

[2649] R. Milkey, R. Shine, and D. Mihalas. Resonance–line transfer withpartial redistribution. VII. Angle–dependent redistribution. Astrophys.J., 202, 250, 1975.

[2650] N. Miller, J. Cassinelli, W. Waldron, J. MacFarlane, and D. Cohen.New challenges for wind shock models: The Chandra spectrum of thehot star δ Orionis. Astrophys. J., 577, 951, 2002.

[2651] E. Miller-Ricci and H. Uitenbroek. Improving the numerical modelingof the O I resonance triplet in the solar spectrum. Astrophys. J., 556,500, 2002.

[2652] E. Milne. Radiative equilibrium in the outer layers of a star. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 81, 361, 1921.

[2653] E. Milne. Radiative equilibrium: The effect of a strong absorption line.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 81, 510, 1921.

[2654] E. Milne. The temperature in the outer atmosphere of a star. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 82, 368, 1922.

[2655] E. Milne. Radiative Equilibrium: The relation between the spectralenergy curve of a star and the law of darkening of the disc towards thelimb, with special reference to the effects of scattering and the solarspectrum. Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 223A, 201, 1923.

180



[2656] E. Milne. Statistical equilibrium in relation to the photoelectric effect,and its application to the determination of absorption coefficients. Phil.Mag., 47, 209, 1924.

[2657] E. Milne. The stellar absorption coefficient. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,85, 750, 1925.

[2658] E. Milne. Note on Rosseland’s integral for the stellar absorption coeffi-cient. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 85, 989, 1925.

[2659] E. Milne. The theoretical contours of absorption lines in stellar atmo-spheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 3, 1928.

[2660] E. Milne. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. I. Generalized Saha formu-lae, maximum intensities, and the determination of the coefficient ofopacity. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 17, 1928.

[2661] E. Milne. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. II. Absolute magnitudeeffects. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 157, 1928.

[2662] E. Milne. Thermodynamics of the stars. In Menzel [2571], page 77.

[2663] E. Milne. The radiative equilibrium of a planetary nebula. Z. fur As-trophys., 1, 98, 1930.

[2664] E. Milne. The dissociation formula according to the Fermi–Dirac statis-tics. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 90, 769, 1930.

[2665] E. Milne and S. Chandrasekhar. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. III.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 150, 1932.

[2666] L. Milone and D. Merlo. Opacity errors in model atmospheres. Astro-phys. Space Sci., 220, 235, 1994.

[2667] M. Minnaert. The distribution of energy near the Sun’s limb. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 89, 197, 1928.

[2668] M. Minnaert. The theoretical intensities of faint Fraunhofer lines. Bull.Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 339, 1948.

[2669] M. Minnaert. The theoretical intensities of faint Fraunhofer lines. II.Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 399, 1948.

[2670] M. Minnaert. The determination of cosmic abundances. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 117, 315, 1957.

[2671] M. Minnaert, J. Houtgast, and G. Mulders. Photometric Atlas of theSolar Spectrum from λ 3612 to λ 8771 With an Appendix from λ 3332to λ 3637. (Utrecht: Sterrewacht “Sonnenborgh”), 1940.

[2672] L. Mirzoyan, editor. Problems of Physics and Evolution of the Universe.(Erevan: Publishing House of the Armenian academy of Sciences), 1978.

181



[2673] T. Mishenina, S. Korotin, V. Klochkova, and V. Panchuk. Oxygenabundance in halo stars from the O I triplet. Astr. Astrophys., 353,978, 2000.

[2674] A. Mitchell. Computational Methods in Partial Differential Equations.(London: John Wiley & Sons), 1969.

[2675] W. Mitchell. The absorption coefficient of the negative hydrogen ion.Astrophys. J., 130, 872, 1959.

[2676] W. Mitchell. Limb darkening in the solar ultraviolet. Solar Phys., 69,39, 1981.

[2677] M. Mittleman and F. Wolf. Coherent scattering of photons by atomic H.Phys. Rev., 128, 2686, 1962.

[2678] S. Miyamoto. Non–coherent scattering and the contour of absorptionlines. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 5, 142, 1953.

[2679] S. Miyamoto. Residual intensity and contour of the solar K–line. Z. furAstrophys., 31, 282, 1953.

[2680] S. Miyamoto. Contours of strong Fraunhofer lines. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 6, 140, 1954.

[2681] S. Miyamoto. On the calculation of non–coherent contours. Pub. Astr.Soc. Japan, 6, 103, 1954.

[2682] S. Miyamoto. On the central intensity and Doppler core width of theinfrared Ca II line. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 207, 1954.

[2683] S. Miyamoto. Residual intensity and contour of the solar K–line. II.Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 196, 1954.

[2684] O. Moe and E. Milone. Limb darkening 1945–3245 A for the quiet Sunfrom SKYLAB data. Astrophys. J., 226, 301, 1978.

[2685] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and K. de Boer. Hot subluminous stars at highgalactic latitudes. II. Physical parameters and distances of 37 sdB stars.Astr. Astrophys., 239, 265, 1990.

[2686] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and S. Dreizler. PG 2120+062: an apparentlynormal O–star at high galactic altitude. Astr. Astrophys., 282, L2, 1994.

[2687] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and P. Durell. Hot HB stars in globular clusters:physical parameters and consequences for theory. IV. sdB candidates inM 15. Astr. Astrophys., 317, L83, 1997.

[2688] S. Moehler, U. Heber, M. Lemke, and R. Napiwotzki. Abundances ofUV bright stars in globular clusters. I. ROA 5701 in ω Centauri andBarnard 29 in M 13. Astr. Astrophys., 339, 537, 1998.

182



[2689] S. Moehler, U. Heber, R. Napiwotzki, D. Koester, and A. Renzini. FirstVLT spectra of white dwarfs in a globular cluster. Astr. Astrophys., 354,75, 2000.

[2690] S. Moehler, U. Heber, and G. Rupprecht. Hot HB stars in globular clus-ters: physical parameters and consequences for theory. III. NGC 6752and its long blue vertical branch. Astr. Astrophys., 319, 109, 1997.

[2691] S. Moehler, D. Koester, M. Zoccali, F. Ferraro, U. Heber, R. Napi-wotzki, and A. Renzini. Spectral types and masses of white dwarfs inglobular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 420, 515, 2004.

[2692] S. Moehler, W. Landsman, and R. Napiwotzki. Hot UV bright stars inglobular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 510, 1998.

[2693] S. Moehler, T. Richtler, K. de Boer, R. Dettmer, and U. Heber. Hotsubluminous stars at high galactic latitudes. I. Spectra and Stromgrenphotometry. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 86, 53, 1990.

[2694] S. Moehler, A. Sweigart, W. Landsman, and S. Dreizler. He–rich EHBstars in globular clusters. Astrophys. Space Sci., 291, 231, 2004.

[2695] O. Mohler. Photometric Atlas of the Near Infrared Solar Spectrum,λ 8465 to λ 25,242. (Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press), 1950.

[2696] P. Mohr and B. Taylor. CODATA values of the fundamental constants2002. Rev. Mod. Phys., 77, 1, 2005.

[2697] M. Mokiem. The physical properties of early–type stars. Universiteitvan Amsterdam, 2006.

[2698] M. Mokiem, A. de Koter, C. Evans, J. Puls, S. Smartt, P. Crowther,A. Herrero, N. Langer, D. Lennon, F. Najarro, M. Villamariz, andJ. Vink. The VLT–FLAMES survey of massive stars: Wind proper-ties and evolution of hot massive stars in the Large Magellanic Cloud.Astr. Astrophys., 465, 1003, 2007.

[2699] M. Mokiem, N. Martın-Hernandez, A. Lenorzer, A. de Koter, andA. Tielens. Metallicity and the spectral energy distribution and spectraltypes of dwarf O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 319, 2004.

[2700] P. Molaro, C. Morossi, M. Ramella, and M. Franco. Superionization inthe A0 V star HD 119921. Astr. Astrophys., 127, L3, 1983.

[2701] C. Møller. The Theory of Relativity. (Oxford: Oxford University Press),2nd edition, 1972.

[2702] M. Mon, R. Hirata, and K. Sadakane. Abundance analysis of the Heweak star 20 Tauri. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33, 413, 1981.

183



[2703] D. Montes and D. Martin. Library of high–resolution UES echelle spec-tra of F, G, K, and M field dwarf stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 128,485, 1998.

[2704] T. Moon and M. Dworetsky. Grids for the determination of effectivetemperature and surface gravity of B, A, and F stars using uvbyβ pho-tometry. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 215, 305, 1985.

[2705] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels andMultiplet Tables of C I, C II, C III, C IV, C V, C VI. [NSRDS–NBS–3,Section 3] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1970.

[2706] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels andMultiplet Tables of N IV, N V, N VI, N VII. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section4] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1971.

[2707] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levelsand Multiplet Tables of N I, N II, N III. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 5](Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1975.

[2708] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels andMultiplet Tables of O I. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 7] (Washington, D.C.:U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1976.

[2709] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels andMultiplet Tables of O VI, O VII, O VIII. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 8](Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1979.

[2710] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levelsand Multiplet Tables of O V. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 9] (Washington,D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1980.

[2711] C. Moore. Selected Tables of Atomic Spectra. Atomic Energy Levels andMultiplet Tables of O IV. [NSRDS–NBS–3, Section 10] (Washington,D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Commerce), 1983.

[2712] C. Moore, M. Minnaert, and J. Houtgast. The Solar Spectrum 2935Ato 8770A. NBS Special Monograph No. 385. (Washington, DC: U. S.Government Printing Office), 1966.

[2713] D. Moores. Electron–ion Collisions: Theory and experiment. In Brownand Lang [555], page 75.

[2714] D. Moores. Ion–ion scattering: Theory. In Brown and Lang [555],page 65.

[2715] H. Moos, J. Linsky, R. Henry, and W. McClintock. High spectral reso-lution measurements of the H I λ 1216 and Mg II λ 2800 emission fromArcturus. Astrophys. J., 188, 93, 1974.

184



[2716] P. Morel, C. van’t Veer, J. Provost, G. Berthomieu, F. Castelli,R. Cayrel, M. Goupil, and Y. Lebreton. Incorporating the atmospherein stellar structure models: The solar case. Astr. Astrophys., 286, 91,1994.

[2717] W. Morgan, H. Abt, and J. Tapscott. Revised MK Spectral Atlas forStars Earlier Than the Sun. (Yerkes Observatory, University of Chicago,and Kitt Peak National Observatory), 1978.

[2718] W. Morgan, D. Harris, and H. Johnson. Some characteristics of colorsystems. Astrophys. J., 118, 92, 1953.

[2719] W. Morgan and P. Keenan. Spectral Classification. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 11, 29, 1973.

[2720] W. Morgan, P. Keenan, and E. Kellman. An Atlas of Stellar Spectra.(Chicago: University of Chicago Press), 1943.

[2721] C. Morossi, M. Franchini, M. Malagnini, R. Kurucz, and R. Buser. Coolstars: Spectral energy distributions and model atmosphere fluxes. Astr.Astrophys., 277, 173, 1993.

[2722] C. Morossi, M. Franchini, M. Malagnini, R. Kurucz, and R. Buser.Synthetic DDO colors. Astr. Astrophys., 295, 471, 1995.

[2723] P. Morris, K. Brownsberger, P. Conti, P. Massey, and W. Vacca. Spec-trophotometry of Wolf–Rayet stars. I. Continuum energy distributions.Astrophys. J., 412, 324, 1993.

[2724] P. Morris, P. Eenens, M. Hanson, P. Conti, and D. Blum. Infraredspectra of massive stars in transition: WNL, Of, Of/WN, Be, B[e], andluminous blue variable stars. Astrophys. J., 470, 597, 1996.

[2725] P. Morris, K. van der Hucht, A. Willis, and P. Williams. ISO’s view onmassive star evolution: Neon abundances in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astro-phys. Space Sci., 255, 157, 1998.

[2726] N. Morrison. Photometry of O–type stars, interpreted with reference tomodel atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 200, 113, 1975.

[2727] N. Morrison. The line of He I at 3187A and He II at 3202A in O–typestars. Astrophys. J., 202, 433, 1975.

[2728] P. Morse. Thermal Physics. (Reading: Benjamin/Cummings PublishingCompany), 1969.

[2729] D. Morton. The effect of line–blanketing on ultraviolet stellar radiation.Astrophys. J., 139, 1383, 1964.

[2730] D. Morton. Theoretical line profiles in the ultraviolet spectra of earlyB–type stars. Ann. dAstrophys., 27, 797, 1964.

185



[2731] D. Morton. Mass loss from three OB supergiants in Orion. Astrophys.J., 150, 535, 1967.

[2732] D. Morton. The far–ultraviolet spectra of six stars in Orion. Astrophys.J., 147, 1017, 1967.

[2733] D. Morton. The abundance of He in A– and B–type stars. Astrophys.J., 151, 285, 1968.

[2734] D. Morton. Rocket observations of mass loss from hot stars. Astrophys.Space Sci., 3, 117, 1969.

[2735] D. Morton. The effective temperatures of the O stars. Astrophys. J.,158, 629, 1969.

[2736] D. Morton. The effective temperatures of six Wolf–Rayet stars. Astro-phys. J., 160, 215, 1970.

[2737] D. Morton. P Cygni profiles in ζ Ophiuchi and ζ Puppis. Astrophys.J., 203, 386, 1976.

[2738] D. Morton and T. Adams. Effective temperatures and bolometric cor-rections of early–type stars. Astrophys. J., 151, 611, 1968.

[2739] D. Morton, A. Bruzual, R. Kurucz, and H. Spinrad. The ultravioletspectra of α Aquilae and α Canis Majoris. Astrophys. J., 212, 438,1977.

[2740] D. Morton, E. Jenkins, and N. Brooks. Far–ultraviolet spectra of ζ Pup-pis and γ2 Velorum. Astrophys. J., 155, 875, 1969.

[2741] D. Morton, H. Spinrad, G. Bruzal, and R. Kurucz. The ultravioletspectra of α Aquilae and α Canis Minoris. Astrophys. J., 212, 438,1977.

[2742] D. Morton and A. Underhill. The ultraviolet spectrum of ζ Puppis.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 33, 83, 1977.

[2743] D. Morton and G. Van Citters. Rocket observations of Orion stars withan all-reflective ultraviolet spectrograph. Astrophys. J., 161, 695, 1970.

[2744] D. Morton and K. Widing. The solar Lyα emission line. Astrophys. J.,133, 596, 1961.

[2745] R. Moss. Calculated transition frequencies for microwave and far-infrared transitions of the hydrogen molecular ion. Chem. Phys. Let.,171, 513, 1990.

[2746] C. Motch, K. Werner, and M. Pakull. A new PG 1159 star discoveredin the ROSAT XRT all sky survey: NLTE analysis of X–ray and opticalspectra. Astr. Astrophys., 268, 561, 1993.

186



[2747] J. Mould and A. Hyland. Infrared observations and the structure of thelower main sequence. Astrophys. J., 208, 399, 1976.

[2748] J. Mould and J. Liebert. Infrared photometry and the atmosphericcomposition of cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 226, 29, 1978.

[2749] J. Mould and D. McElroy. Old disk subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 220, 935,1978.

[2750] N. Mowlavi, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, D. Schaerer, and C. Charbonnel.On some properties of very metal–rich stars. Astr. Astrophys., 335, 573,1998.

[2751] N. Mowlavi, D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, P. Bernasconi, C. Charbonnel,and A. Maeder. Grids of stellar models. VII. From 0.8 to 60 M� at Z= 0.10. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 128, 471, 1998.

[2752] B. Mozer and M. Baranger. Electric field distributions in an ionizedgas. II. Phys. Rev., 118, 626, 1960.

[2753] D. Mozurkewich, J. Armstrong, R. Hindsley, A. Quirrenbach, C. Hutter,K. Johnston, A. Hajian, Elias N., D. Buscher, and R. Simon. Angulardiameters of stars from the Mark III optical interferometer. Astr. J.,126, 2502, 2003.

[2754] D. Muchmore. Non–unique solutions to the stellar atmosphere problem.Astr. Astrophys., 155, 172, 1986.

[2755] D. Mugglestone and B. O’Mara. Saturation effects in stellar atmosphericabsorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 41, 1965.

[2756] D. Mugglestone and B. O’Mara. The influence of Stark broadening onabundance determinations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 132, 37, 1966.

[2757] E. Muller, B. Baschek, and H. Holweger. Center–to–limb analysis ofthe solar O lines. Solar Phys., 3, 125, 1968.

[2758] E. Muller and J. Mutschlecner. Effects of deviations from local ther-modynamic equilibrium on solar abundances. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 9,1, 1964.

[2759] U. Munari and T. Zwitter. Equivalent width of Na I and K I lines andreddening. Astr. Astrophys., 318, 269, 1997.

[2760] G. Munch. A theoretical discussion of the continuous spectrum of theSun. Astrophys. J., 102, 385, 1945.

[2761] G. Munch. The effect of the absorption lines on the temperature distri-bution of the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 104, 87, 1946.

[2762] G. Munch. Model solar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 106, 217, 1947.

187



[2763] G. Munch. The effect of nongrayness on the temperature distributionof the solar atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 107, 265, 1948.

[2764] G. Munch. The effect of electron scattering on the line spectrum ofhigh–temperature stars. Astrophys. J., 108, 116, 1948.

[2765] G. Munch. On the formation of absorption lines by noncoherent scat-tering. Astrophys. J., 109, 275, 1949.

[2766] G. Munch. Study of the H and He II lines in a high–temperature sub-dwarf. Astrophys. J., 217, 642, 1958.

[2767] G. Munch. The theory of model stellar atmospheres. In Greenstein[1334], chapter 1, page 1.

[2768] G. Munch and A. Slettebak. A new O–type subdwarf. Astrophys. J.,129, 852, 1959.

[2769] A. Munier and R. Weaver. Radiation transfer in the fluid frame: A co-variant formulation. I. Radiation hydrodynamics. Comp. Phys. Reports,3, 125, 1986.

[2770] A. Munier and R. Weaver. Radiation transfer in the fluid frame: Acovariant formulation. II. The radiation transfer equation. Comp. Phys.Reports, 3, 165, 1986.

[2771] T. Murai. Electronic energies of the hydrogen molecular ion H+2 . Science

of Light, 23, 83, 1974.

[2772] K. Murdoch, J. Drew, and L. Anderson. Infrared line emission in 10 Lac-ertae. Astr. Astrophys., 284, L27, 1994.

[2773] C. Murray. Vectorial Astronomy. (Bristol: Adam Hilger Ltd.), 1983.

[2774] J. Musielok, F. Bottcher, H. Griem, and H.-J. Kunze. Measurementsof Stark–broadened Hα and Hγ lines of He II in dense plasmas. Phys.Rev. A, 36, 5683, 1987.

[2775] E. Mustel. The formation of absorption lines in the spectra of stars. InAmbartsumyan [86], chapter 9–16, pages 107–255.

[2776] E. Mustel. The theory of the radiative equilibrium of stellar photo-spheres and the continuous spectrum of stars. In Ambartsumyan [86],chapter 1–8, pages 1–106.

[2777] T. Nagel, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and K. Werner AcDc - A new codefor the NLTE spectral analysis of accretion disks: Application to thehelium CV AM CVn. Astr. Astrophys., 428,109, 2004.

bibitemnag03 K. Nagendra. Numerical solutions of polarized line trans-fer equations. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 583.

188



[2778] K. Nagendra and J. Stenflo, editors. Solar Polarization. (Boston:Kluwer), 1999.

[2779] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients for Si I, Si II,S III, C II, and C–like ions: C I, N II, O III, F IV, Ne V, Na VI, Mg VII,Al VIII, Si IX, and S XI. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 101, 423, 1995.

[2780] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strenghts forFe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53, 1545, 1996.

[2781] S. Nahar. Total electron–ion recombination of Fe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53,2417, 1996.

[2782] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination of Fe II. Phys. Rev. A, 55, 1980,1997.

[2783] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths foroxygen ions: O I – O VIII. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 3766, 1998.

[2784] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionizationcross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant el-ements. II. O ions. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 120, 131, 1999.

[2785] S. Nahar. Large scale Breit–Pauli calculations for the transition prob-abilities of Fe V. Physica Scripta, 61, 675, 2000.

[2786] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients, photoionizationcross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysically abundant el-ements. III. Si–sequence ions: Si I, S III, Ar V, Ca VII, and Fe XIII.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 126, 537, 2000.

[2787] S. Nahar. Relativistic photoionization cross sections for C II. Phys.Rev. A, 65, 052702, 2002.

[2788] S. Nahar. Atomic Processes in Planetary Nebulae. In Kwok et al. [2256],page 325.

[2789] S. Nahar. Fine structure radiative transitions in C II and C III usingthe Breit–Pauli R–matrix method. Atom. & Nuc. Data Tables, 80, 205,2004.

[2790] S. Nahar. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients and photoioniza-tion cross sections for astrophysically abundant elements. XI. N V–VIand F VII–VIII for UV and X-ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 164,280, 2006.

[2791] S. Nahar. Photoionization and electron–ion recombination of He I. NewAstronomy, 15, 417, 2010.

[2792] S. Nahar and M. Bautista. Electron–ion recombination of Fe V. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 120, 327, 1999.

189



[2793] S. Nahar, M. Bautista, and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination ofneutral Fe. Astrophys. J., 479, 497, 1997.

[2794] S. Nahar, M. Bautista, and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination ofFe IV. Phys. Rev. A, 58, 4593, 1998.

[2795] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Photoionization and electron–ion recombi-nation: The carbon sequence. Phys. Rev. A, 44, 2935, 1991.

[2796] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination in the close–coupling approximation. Phys. Rev. Let., 68, 1488, 1992.

[2797] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. New results for photoionization and re-combination of astrophysicallly abundant atoms and ions: The carbonsequence. Astrophys. J., 397, 729, 1992.

[2798] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Unified treatment of electron–ion recombi-nation in the close–coupling approximation. Phys. Rev. A, 49, 1816,1994.

[2799] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Unified electron–ion recombination ratecoefficients of Si and S ions. Astrophys. J., 447, 966, 1995.

[2800] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients,photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysi-cally abundant elements. I. C and N. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 111, 339,1997.

[2801] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Electron–ion recombination rate coefficients,photoionization cross sections and ionization fractions for astrophysi-cally abundant elements. VII. Relativistic calculations for O VI andO VII for UV and X–ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 149, 239,2003.

[2802] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Self–consistent R–matrix approach to pho-toionization and unified electron–ion recombination. Rad. Phys. andChem., 70, 328, 2004.

[2803] S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.–L. Zhang. Electron–ion recombinationrate coefficients, photoionization cross sections and ionization fractionsfor astrophysically abundant elements. IV. Relativistic calculations forC IV and C V for UV and X–ray modeling. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 131,375, 2000.

[2804] S. Nahar, A. Pradhan, and H.–L. Zhang. K–shell dielectronic resonancesin photoabsorption: Differential oscillator strengths for Li–like C IV,O VI, and Fe XXIV. Phys. Rev. A, 63, 060701, 2001.

[2805] F. Najarro, D. Figer, D. Hillier, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Metallicity in thegalactic center: The Arches cluster. Astrophys. J., 611, L105, 2004.

190



[2806] F. Najarro, A. Herrero, and E. Verdugo. Massive stars in the UV.Astrophys. Space Sci., 303, 153, 2006.

[2807] F. Najarro, D. Hillier, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz,S. Drapatz, and T. Geballe. The nature of the brightest galactic centerHe I emission line star. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 573, 1994.

[2808] F. Najarro, D. Hillier, J. Puls, T. Lanz, and F. Martins. On the sensi-tivity of He I singlet lines to the Fe IV model atom in O stars. Astr.Astrophys., 456, 659, 2006.

[2809] F. Najarro, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz, R.–P. Kudritzki, andD. Hillier. Spectroscopy of the He I cluster in the galactic center. Astr.Astrophys., 325, 700, 1997.

[2810] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Cassinelli, O. Stahl, and D. Hillier.Stellar winds and the EUV continuum excess of early B–giants. Astr.Astrophys., 306, 892, 1996.

[2811] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Hillier, H. Lamers, R. Voors, P. Morris,and L. Waters. Ionized outflows of hot stars. Astrophys. Space Sci.,255, 137, 1997.

[2812] F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Krabbe, R. Genzel, D. Lutz, andD. Hillier. Quantitative spectroscopy of the He I cluster. In Gredel[1323], page 203.

[2813] M. Nakagawa, Y. Kohyama, and N. Itoh. Relativistic Gaunt factor ofthe dense high–temperature stellar plasma. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 63,661, 1987.

[2814] W. Napier. A method for the construction of model stellar atmospheres.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 147, 287, 1970.

[2815] R. Napiwotzki. White dwarfs in old planetary nebulae. Acta Astr., 43,343, 1993.

[2816] R. Napiwotzki. LTE or NLTE for the analysis of hot white dwarf andsubdwarf B stars? Astr. Astrophys., 322, 256, 1997.

[2817] R. Napiwotzki. From central stars of planetary nebulae to white dwarfs.Rev. Mod. Astr., 11, 3, 1998.

[2818] R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. IV. Modelatmosphere analysis. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 101, 1999.

[2819] R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of old planetaries. V. Dis-tance scales. Astr. Astrophys., 367, 973, 2001.

[2820] R. Napiwotzki. On near Chandrasekhar mass central stars of planetarynebula. Astr. Astrophys., 451, L27, 2006.

191



[2821] R. Napiwotzki, M. Barstow, T. Fleming, H. Holweger, S. Jordan, andK. Werner. Analysis of the DA white dwarf HZ 43A and its companionstar. Astr. Astrophys., 278, 478, 1993.

[2822] R. Napiwotzki, P. Green, and R. Saffer. How accurately do we know theparameters of hot DA white dwarfs? In Solheim and Meistas [3615],page 492.

[2823] R. Napiwotzki, U. Heber, and J. Koppen. Analysis of BD +33◦2642:A newly detected planetary nebula in the galactic halo and its centralstar. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 239, 1994.

[2824] R. Napiwotzki, M. Herrmann, U. Heber, and M. Altmann.BD +33◦ 2642: Abundance Patterns in the central star of a halo PN.In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 277.

[2825] R. Napiwotzki, M. Hurwitz, S. Jordan, D. Bowyer, D. Koester, V. Wei-demann, M. Lampton, and J. Edelstein. ORFEUS observations of theDO white dwarf HD 149499B. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 5, 1995.

[2826] R. Napiwotzki and T. Rauch. The Balmer–line problem of hot starsand the impact of ion–dynamical effects on the Stark broadening of H Iand He II lines. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 603, 1994.

[2827] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schonberner. Planetary nebulae nuclei with whitedwarf spectra. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 39.

[2828] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schonberner. Spectroscopic investigation of oldplanetaries. II. Detection of a ‘hybrid’ central star. Astr. Astrophys.,249, L16, 1991.

[2829] R. Napiwotzki and D. Schonberner. Spectroscopic investigation of oldplanetaries. III. Spectral types, magnitudes, and distances. Astr. As-trophys., 301, 545, 1995.

[2830] R. Napiwotzki, D. Schonberner, and V. Wenske. On the determinationof effective temperature and surface gravity of B, A, and F stars usingStromgren uvbyβ photometry. Astr. Astrophys., 268, 653, 1993.

[2831] D. Nargriner and Yu. Poutanen. Compton scattering by Maxwellianelectrons: Frequency and directional redistribution of radiation. Astr.Let., 19, 262, 1993.

[2832] K. Nariai. Atmospheres of white dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 14,199, 1962.

[2833] K. Nariai. Analysis of the H–deficient star HD 30353. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 15, 449, 1963.

[2834] K. Nariai. Analysis of the H–deficient star HD 30353. II. Pub. Astr.Soc. Japan, 19, 63, 1967.

192



[2835] K. Nariai and M. Ito. Numerical solution of the equation of radiativeequilibrium. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 37, 553, 1985.

[2836] K. Nariai and T. Shigeyama. Numerical solution of the equation ofradiative equilibrium. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 36, 593, 1984.

[2837] K. Nariai and K. Yoshioka. Numerical calculation of mean intensityand radiative flux in plane–parallel stellar atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 35, 113, 1983.

[2838] A. Natta and S. Beckwith. Brightness distribution of resonant linephotons in spherical envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 158, 310, 1986.

[2839] A. Nayfonov, W. Dappen, D. Hummer, and D. Mihalas. The MHDequation of etate with post-Holtsmark microfield distributions. Astro-phys. J., 526, 451, 1999.

[2840] H. Neckel. Die Randverdunklung der Sonne bei 4674A und die Tem-peratureverteilung in den ausseresten Photospharenschichten. Z. furAstrophys., 44, 153, 1958.

[2841] H. Neckel. Die Temperaturverteilung der Sonnenphotosphare ausRestintensitaten von Fraunhoferlinien. Z. fur Astrophys., 44, 100, 1958.

[2842] H. Neckel. On the Sun’s absolute disk–center and mean disk intensities,its limb darkening, and its ‘limb temperature’ (λλ 330 to 1099 nm).Solar Phys., 212, 239, 2003.

[2843] H. Neckel and D. Labs. Solar limb darkening 1986–1990 (λλ 330 to1099 nm). Solar Phys., 153, 91, 1994.

[2844] M. Neiger and H. Griem. Experimental investigation of Stark broaden-ing and plasma polarization shift of ionized He resonance lines. Phys.Rev. A, 14, 291, 1976.

[2845] J. von Neumann. Wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretischer Aufbau der Quan-tenmechanik. Gottinger Nachrichten, 1, 245, 1927.

[2846] C. Neuforge. Low temperature Rosseland mean opacities. Astr. Astro-phys., 274, 818, 1993.

[2847] L. Neven and C. de Jager. The model of the solar atmosphere and thecontinuous absorption coefficient in the infrared. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth.,11, 291, 1951.

[2848] L. Neven and C. de Jager. Observational models and He abundances ofthe atmospheres of four B–type stars. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 12, 103,1954.

[2849] K. Ng. Hypernetted chain solutions for the classical one-componentplasma up to Γ = 7000. J. Chem. Phys., 61, 2680, 1974.

193



[2850] A. Niedzielski. Stratification in WR envelopes as seen in He II lines.Astr. Astrophys., 282, 529, 1994.

[2851] G. Nienhuis, and F. Schuller. Collisional redistribution of fluorescenceradiation. Physica, 92C, 397, 1977.

[2852] A. Niedzielski and T. Nugis. Chemical composition of Wolf–Rayet stars.I. Line intensities in 7 galactic WR stars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 91,273, 1991.

[2853] M. Nieva and N. Przybilla. C II abundances in early–type stars: Solu-tion to a notorious non–LTE problem. Astrophys. J., 639, L39, 2006.

[2854] G. Nikolsky. The energy distribution in the solar EUV spectrum andabundance of elements in the solar atmosphere. Solar Phys., 6, 399,1969.

[2855] Y. Nishina. Die Polarisation der Comptonstreuung nach der DiracschenTheorie des Elektrons. Z. fur Phys., 52, 869, 1929.

[2856] P. Nissen. The He–to–H ratio in B stars, as determined from photoelec-tric observations of a narrow–band index of the He I λ 4026 line. Astr.Astrophys., 36, 57, 1974.

[2857] P. Nissen, Y. Chen, M. Asplund, and M. Pettini. S and Zn abundancesin galactic stars and damped Lyα systems. Astr. Astrophys., 415, 993,2004.

[2858] P. Nissen and B. Edvardsson. Oxygen abundances in F and G dwarfsderived from the forbidden [O I] line at 6300A. Astr. Astrophys., 261,255, 1992.

[2859] P. Nissen, B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. Oxygen and α-elementabundances in galactic disk stars as a function of stellar age. In Danzigeret al. [910], page 131.

[2860] P. Nissen, B. Gustafsson, B. Edvardsson, and G. Gilmore. Chemi-cal composition and atmospheric parameters of metal–poor halo stars.Astr. Astrophys., 285, 440, 1994.

[2861] P. Nissen, F. Primas, M. Asplund, and D. Lambert. O/Fe in metal–poormain–sequence and subgiant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 390, 235, 2002.

[2862] L. Nobili and R. Turolla. Henyey method revisited: An application toproblems involving critical points. Astrophys. J., 333, 248, 1988.

[2863] P. Noerdlinger. A modified Feautrier method for expanding atmo-spheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 20, 62, 1978.

[2864] P. Noerdlinger. Probabilistic approach to radiative transfer in super-sonic flows. Astrophys. Space Sci., 61, 185, 1979.

194



[2865] P. Noerdlinger. Transfer of resonance–line radiation in differentiallyexpanding atmospheres. VI. The plane parallel atmosphere with ex-panding and contracting regions. Astrophys. J., 245, 682, 1981.

[2866] P. Noerdlinger and P. Rybicki. Transfer of resonance–line radiation indifferentially expanding atmospheres. IV. The two–level atom in planeparallel geometry solved by the Feautrier method. Astrophys. J., 193,651, 1974.

[2867] P. Noerdlinger and J. Scargle. Transfer of resonance–line radiation indifferentially expanding atmospheres. II. Analytic solution for the caseof coherence in the frame of the fluid. Astrophys. J., 176, 463, 1972.

[2868] K. Nomoto, editor. Atmospheric Diagnostics of Stellar Evolution. (NewYork: Springer–Verlag), 1988.

[2869] A. Nordlund. On convection in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,32, 407, 1974.

[2870] A. Nordlund. A two–component representation of stellar atmosphereswith convection. Astr. Astrophys., 50, 23, 1976.

[2871] A. Nordlund. Numerical simulations of the solar granulation. I. Basicequations and methods. Astr. Astrophys., 107, 1, 1982.

[2872] A. Nordlund. Iterative solution of radiative transfer problems withspherical symmetry using a single–ray approximation. In Beckman andCrivellari [358], page 211.

[2873] A. Nordlund and D. Dravins. Stellar granulation. III. Hydrodynamicmodel atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 155, 1990.

[2874] A. Nordlund, H. Spruit, H.-G. Ludwig, and R. Trampedach. Is stellargranulation turbulence? Astr. Astrophys., 328, 229, 1997.

[2875] A. Nordlund and R. Stein. 3–D simulations of solar and stellar convec-tion and magnetoconvection. Comp. Phys. Commun., 59, 119, 1990.

[2876] C. Norman, A. Renzini, and M. Tosi, editors. Stellar Populations. (Cam-bridge: Cambridge University Press), 1987.

[2877] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. III. The singlet–triplet anomaly ofPopulation I stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 19, 337, 1970.

[2878] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. IV. Fourteen “normal” stars ofPopulation I . Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 193, 1971.

[2879] J. Norris. Neutral He line strengths. V. The weak–He stars of Popula-tion I. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 213, 1971.

195



[2880] J. Norris. Population studies – The nature of the thick disk. Astrophys.J., 314, L39, 1987.

[2881] J. Norris and B. Baschek. Neutral–He line strengths. I. Line profiles fora grid of approximate line–blanketed model atmospheres. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 19, 305, 1970.

[2882] J. Norris, T. Beers, and S. Ryan. Extremely metal–poor stars. VII. Themost metal–poor dwarf, CS 22876–032. Astrophys. J., 540, 456, 2000.

[2883] J. Norris, M. Bessell, and A. Pickles. Population studies. I. TheBidelman–MacConnell ‘weak–metal’ stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 58,463, 185.

[2884] J. Norris, N. Christlieb, A. Korn, K. Eriksson, M. Bessell, T. Beers,L. Wisotzki, and D. Reimers. HE 0557–4840: Ultra–metal–poor andcarbon–rich. Astrophys. J., 670, 774, 2007.

[2885] J. Norris and E. Green. Population studies. VI. The transition fromhalo to thin disk. Astrophys. J., 337, 272, 1989.

[2886] J. Norris and T. Hawarden. The metal abundance of the old open clusterNGC 2243. Astrophys. J., 223, 483, 1978.

[2887] J. Norris, R. Peterson, and T. Beers. Abundances of four ultra–metal–deficient stars. Astrophys. J., 415, 797, 1993.

[2888] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. I. Spec-troscopic data. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 107, 391, 1996.

[2889] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. IV. Thecarbon–rich objects. Astrophys. J., 488, 350, 1997.

[2890] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. Thecarbon–rich, neutron capture, element poor object CS 22957–027. As-trophys. J., 489, 169, 1997.

[2891] J. Norris, S. Ryan, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars.VIII. High–resolution, high signal–to–noise ratio alanysis of five starswith [Fe/H]< −3.5. Astrophys. J., 561, 1034, 2001.

[2892] J. Norris and P. Strittmatter. Neutral He line strengths. VIII. Lineprofiles in the weak–He–line star 3 Sco. Astrophys. J., 196, 515, 1975.

[2893] A. Nota and H. Lamers, editors. Luminous Blue Variables: MassiveStars in Transition. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pa-cific), 1997.

[2894] A. Nota, A. Pasquali, L. Drissen, C. Leitherer, C. Robert, A. Mof-fat, and W. Schmutz. O stars in transition. I. Optical spectroscopy ofOfpe/WN 9 and related stars. Astrophys. J., 102, 383, 1996.

196



[2895] R. Noyes, O. Gingerich, and L. Goldberg. On the infrared continuumof the Sun and stars. Astrophys. J., 145, 344, 1966.

[2896] T. Nugis and H. Lamers. Mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet stars as afunction of stellar parameters. Astr. Astrophys., 360, 227, 2000.

[2897] T. Nugis and H. Lamers. The mass–loss rates of Wolf–Rayet starsexplained by optically thick radiation–driven wind models. Astr. As-trophys., 389, 162, 2002.

[2898] T. Nugis and A. Niedzielski. Chemical composition of Wolf–Rayet stars.II. H–to–He ratio. Astr. Astrophys., 300, 237, 1995.

[2899] H. Nussbaumer, H. Schmid, and M. Vogel. Raman scattering as adiagnostic possibility in astrophysics. Astr. Astrophys., 211, L27, 1989.

[2900] H. Nussbaumer and W. Schmutz. The hydrogenic 2s− 1s two–photonemission. Astr. Astrophys., 138, 495, 1984.

[2901] H. Nussbaumer and W. Schmutz. The N abundance in Wolf–RayetWC stars. Astr. Astrophys., 154, 100, 1986.

[2902] H. Nussbaumer, W. Schmutz, L. Smith, and A. Willis. IUE ultravioletspectrophotometry of 15 galactic Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 47, 257, 1982.

[2903] H. Nussbaumer and P. Storey. C III transition probabilities. Astr.Astrophys., 64, 139, 1978.

[2904] G. O’Brien and D. Lambert. He I 10838 A emission from α Bootis andα1 Herculis. Astrophys. J., 229, 33, 1989.

[2905] J. O’Brien. Transforms of the hypergeometric function that allow formore rapid convergence in calculations of free–free Gaunt factors. As-trophys. J., 170, 613, 1971.

[2906] J. O’Brien and C. Hooper. Low–frequency electric microfield distribu-tions in a plasma containing multiply charged ions. Phys. Rev. A, 5,867, 1972.

[2907] D. O’Connell, editor. Stellar Populations. (Amsterdam: North Hol-land), 1958.

[2908] B. Odom, D. Hanneke, B. DUrso, and G. Gabrielse. New measure-ment of the electron magnetic moment using a one–electron quantumcyclotron. Phys. Rev. Let., 97, 030801, 2006.

[2909] W. Oegerle and D. Van Blerkom. Neutral He emission in Wolf–Rayetenvelopes. Astrophys. J., 206, 150, 1976.

197



[2910] G. Oertel and L. Shomo. Tables for the calculation of radial multipolematrix elements by the Coulomb approximation. Astrophys. J. Suppl.,16, 175, 1968.

[2911] M. Oey. The number and metallicities of the most metal–poor stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 339, 849, 2003.

[2912] M. S. Oey. The lowest metallicities: What do they tell us? In Lamerset al. [2303], page 253.

[2913] T. Ohmura. Evaluation of free–free absorption coefficient of the negativehydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 140, 282, 1964.

[2914] T. Ohmura and H. Ohmura. Free–free absorption coefficient of thenegative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 131, 8, 1960.

[2915] T. Ohmura and H. Ohmura. Continuous absorption due to free–freetransition in hydrogen. Phys. Rev., 121, 513, 1961.

[2916] K. Ohnaka, T. Tsuji, and W. Aoki. Elemental abundances of C, N,and O in carbon stars. Astr. Astrophys., 353, 528, 2000.

[2917] J. Oke. The determination of spectroscopic absolute magnitudes forlate–type stars. Astrophys. J., 126, 509, 1957.

[2918] J. Oke. The Hertzsprung–Russell diagram for F5–K2 stars with themost accurate absolute magnitudes. Astrophys. J., 130, 487, 1959.

[2919] J. Oke. Standard stars for photoelectric spectrophotometry. Astrophys.J., 131, 358, 1960.

[2920] J. Oke. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of stars suitable for standards.Astrophys. J., 140, 688, 1964.

[2921] J. Oke. Absolute spectral energy distributions in stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 3, 23, 1965.

[2922] J. Oke. Absolute spectral energy distributions for white dwarfs. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 27, 21, 1974.

[2923] J. Oke. Faint spectrophotometric standard stars. Astr. J., 99, 1621,1990.

[2924] J. Oke and P. Conti. Absolute photoelectric spectrophotometry of starsin the Hyades. Astrophys. J., 143, 134, 1966.

[2925] J. Oke and J. Greenstein. Photoelectric scanning of spectral lines. As-trophys. J., 133, 349, 1961.

[2926] J. Oke and J. Gunn. Secondary standard stars for absolute spectropho-tometry. Astrophys. J., 266, 713, 1983.

198



[2927] J. Oke and R. Schild. The absolute spectral energy distribution ofα Lyrae. Astrophys. J., 161, 1015, 1970.

[2928] J. Oke, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Temperatures and surfacegravities of DB white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 281, 276, 1984.

[2929] Y. Oksyuk. Photodissociation of the molecular hydrogen ion. Opticsand Spectrosc. – USSR, 23, 115, 1967.

[2930] E. Olson. The calibration of uvby photometry. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,86, 80, 1974.

[2931] G. Olson. An escape probability treatment of doublet resonance linesin expanding stellar winds. Astrophys. J., 255, 267, 1982.

[2932] G. Olson, L. Auer, and J. Buchler. A rapidly convergent iterative solu-tion of the non–LTE radiation transfer problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 35, 431, 1986.

[2933] G. Olson and J. Castor. Detailed empirical models for the winds ofearly–type stars. Astrophys. J., 244, 179, 1981.

[2934] G. Olson and D. Ebbets. Mass–loss rates in early–type stars determinedby fitting Hα profiles. Astrophys. J., 248, 1021, 198.

[2935] G. Olson and P. Kunasz. Short characteristic solution of the non–LTE transfer problem by operator perturbation. I. The one–dimensionalplanar slab. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 38, 325, 1987.

[2936] B. O’Mara and R. Simpson. The He abundance in thirty–three mainsequence B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 19, 167, 1972.

[2937] A. Omont. Molecules in AGB (and post–AGB) circumstellar envelopes.In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 357.

[2938] A. Omont, E. Smith, and J. Cooper. Redistribution of resonance radi-ation. I. The effect of collisions. Astrophys. J., 175, 185, 1972.

[2939] A. Onifer and K. Gayley. The statistical Sobolev–Rosseland mean andthe effects of frequency redistribution on Wolf–Rayet wind driving. As-trophys. J., 590, 473, 2003.

[2940] E. Opik. Stellar structure, source of energy, and evolution. Pub. del’Observatoire Astr. de l’Universite de Tartu, No. 3, 30, 1, 1938.

[2941] J. Oppenheimer. Note on the theory of interaction of filed and matter.Phys. Rev., 35, 461, 1930.

[2942] J. Orosz and P. Hauschildt. The use of NextGen model atmospheres forcool giants in a light curve synthesis code. Astr. Astrophys., 364, 265,2000.

199



[2943] K. Osawa. Model stellar atmospheres with high content of He. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 253, 1959.

[2944] W. Osborn. On the strength of Hα in the O–stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 166, 491, 1974.

[2945] P. Osmer and D. Peterson. The composition and evolutionary status ofHe–rich stars. Astrophys. J., 187, 117, 1974.

[2946] L. Oster. The free–free emission and absorption coefficients in the radiofrequency range at very low temperatures. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 318,1970.

[2947] L. Oster. The relation between emission and absorption coefficients forarbitrary radiation processes. Astr. Astrophys., 33, 151, 1974.

[2948] D. Osterbrock. The escape of resonance–line radiation from an opticallythick medium. Astrophys. J., 135, 195, 1962.

[2949] D. Osterbrock. Line and continuum problems in gaseous nebulae. InHunt [1836], page 623.

[2950] D. Osterbrock. Astrophysics of Gaseous Nebulae and Active GalacticNuclei. (Mill Valley: University Science Books), 1989.

[2951] T. Oswalt, E. Sion, G. Hammond, G. Vauclair, J. Liebert, G. Wegner,D. Koester, and Marcum P. UV observations of the cool DBQA5 whitedwarf LDS 678 – Limits on the atmospheric composition, pressure shift,and gravitational redshift derived from C I 2479. Astr. J., 101, 583,1991.

[2952] S. O’Toole and U. Heber. Abundance studies of sdB stars using UVechelle HST/STIS spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 452, 579, 2006.

[2953] M. Otsuka. The relation between the optical escape factor and thethermalization length. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 21, 489,1979.

[2954] R. Oudmaijer, M. Groenewegen, and H. Schrijver. The absolute magni-tude of K0 V stars from BT HIPPARCOS parallaxes. Astr. Astrophys.,341, L55, 1999.

[2955] N. Owaki. On the equation of transfer of radiation through a non–greystellar atmosphere. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 1, 163, 1950.

[2956] S. Owocki. Winds from hot stars. Reviews in Modern Astronomy, 3,98, 1990.

[2957] S. Owocki. Instabilities in hot-star winds: Basic physics and recentdevelopments. In Heber and Jeffery [1563], page 393.

200



[2958] S. Owocki. Stellar wind mechanisms and instabilities. In Heydari-Malayeri et al. [1631], page 163.

[2959] S. Owocki. Radiation hydrodynamics of line–driven winds. In Hubenyet al. [1782], page 173.

[2960] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Nonlinear dynamics of insta-bilities in line–driven stellar winds. In Lamers and de Loore [2296],page 269.

[2961] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Time–dependent models of ra-diatively driven stellar winds. I. Nonlinear evolution of instabilities fora pure absorption model. Astrophys. J., 335, 914, 1988.

[2962] S. Owocki, J. Castor, and G. Rybicki. Physics of instabilities in radia-tively driven stellar winds. In Davidson et al. [915], page 291.

[2963] S. Owocki, S. Cranmer, and K. Gayley. Inhibition of wind compresseddisk formation by nonradial line-forces in rotating hot-star winds. As-trophys. J., 472, L115, 1996.

[2964] S. Owocki, and K. Gayley. in Nota and Lamers [2893], page 121.

[2965] S. Owocki, K. Gayley. and N. Shaviv A porosity-length formalism forphoton-tiring–limited mass loss from stars above Eddington limit. As-trophys. J., 616, 525, 2004.

[2966] S. Owocki, C. Poe, and J. Castor. Applicability of steady models forhot–star winds. In Garmany [1225], page 283.

[2967] S. Owocki and J. Puls. Nonlocal escape–integral approximations forthe line force in structured line–driven stellar winds. Astrophys. J.,462, 894, 1996.

[2968] S. Owocki and J. Puls. Line–driven stellar winds: The dynamical roleof diffuse radiation gradients and limitations to the Sobolev approach.Astr. Astrophys., 510, 355, 1999.

[2969] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds.I. Dependence on perturbation wavelength. Astrophys. J., 284, 337,1984.

[2970] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds.II. Effect of scattering. Astrophys. J., 299, 265, 1985.

[2971] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities in line–driven stellar winds.III. Wave propagation in the case of pure line absorption. Astrophys.J., 309, 127, 1986.

201



[2972] S. Owocki and G. Rybicki. Instabilities of line–driven stellar winds.V. Effect of an optically thick continuum. Astrophys. J., 368, 261,1991.

[2973] J. Oxenius. Emission and absorption profiles in a scattering atmosphere.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 5, 771, 1965.

[2974] J. Oxenius. Kinetic aspects of redistribution in spectral lines. In Beck-man and Crivellari [358], page 207.

[2975] J. Oxenius. Kinetic Theory of Particles and Photons. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1986.

[2976] J. Oxenius and E. Simonneau. Kinetic theory of spectral line formation.Annals of Phys., 234, 60, 1994.

[2977] D. Oza, R. Greene, and D. Kelleher. Collisional broadening of the Hαtransition of H and He+ in plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 37, 531, 1988.

[2978] B. Pagel. Center–limb variations in the equivalent widths of some in-frared Fraunhofer lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 115, 493, 1955.

[2979] B. Pagel. Note on the collisional dissociation of the H− ion in the solaratmosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 609, 1956.

[2980] B. Pagel. The distribution of temperature in the neighborhood of thesolar limb. Astrophys. J., 133, 924, 1961.

[2981] B. Pagel. The influence of metal abundance on the spectra and spectralclassification in late–type dwarfs Roy. Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 15,1962.

[2982] B. Pagel. Differential curve of growth analysis of τ Ceti and HD 122563.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 3, 139, 1963.

[2983] B. Pagel. Differential curve–of–growth analyses of some cool stars. Roy.Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 87, 227, 1965.

[2984] B. Pagel. Revised abundance analysis of the halo red giant HD 122563.Roy. Greenwich Obs. Bull. No. 104, 127, 1965.

[2985] B. Pagel. Differential curve of growth analyses of some cool dwarfs andsubgiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 137, 112, 1967.

[2986] B. Pagel. Stellar and solar abundances. Space Sci. Rev., 15, 1, 1973.

[2987] F. Paletou and L. Auer. A new approximate operator method for partialfrequency redistribution problems. Astr. Astrophys., 297, 771, 1995.

[2988] R. Pallavicini, editor. Hot Thin Plasmas in Astrophysics. (Dordrecht:Kluwer), 1988.

202



[2989] G. Pandey, R. Kameswara, D. Lambert, C. Jeffery, and M. Asplund.Abundance analyses of cool extreme He stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 324, 937, 2001.

[2990] G. Pandey, D. Lambert, C. Jeffery, and N. Rao. An analysis of ultravio-let spectra of extreme He stars and new clues to their origins. Astrophys.J., 638, 454, 2006.

[2991] G. Pandey, D. Lambert, N. Rao, and C. Jeffery. Abundances ofneutron–capture elements in the hot extreme He stars V 1920 Cygniand HD 124448. Astrophys. J., 602, L113, 2004.

[2992] A. Pannekoek. Ionization in stellar atmospheres. Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth.,1, 107, 1922.

[2993] A. Pannekoek. The theoretical contours of absorption lines. I. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 139, 1930.

[2994] W. Panofsky and M. Philips. Classical Electricity and Magnetism.(Reading: Addison–Wesley Publishing Company), 2nd edition, 1962.

[2995] J. Papaj, W. Wegner, and J. Krelowski. Intrinsic energy distributionsin spectra of early type stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 246, 408,1990.

[2996] E. Parker. Dynamics of the Interplanetary Gas and Magnetic Fields.Astrophys. J., 128, 664, 1958.

[2997] E. Parker. The hydrodynamic theory of solar corpuscular radiation andstellar wind. Astrophys. J., 132, 821, 1960.

[2998] E. Parker. Cosmical Magnetic Fields: Their Origin and Their Activity.(New York: Oxford University Press), 1979.

[2999] R. Parker, J. Greenstein, and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars.IV. A redetermination of the abundances in G dwarfs in the Hyades.Astrophys. J., 133, 101, 1961.

[3000] S. Parsons. Model atmospheres for yellow supergiants. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 18, 127, 1969.

[3001] S. Parsons. Effective temperatures, intrinsic colors, and surface gravitiesof the yellow supergiants and Cepheids. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152,121, 1971.

[3002] S. Parsons. Limb darkening for yellow supergiants. Astrophys. J., 164,355, 1971.

[3003] M. Parthasarathy, G. Gauba, T. Fujii, and Y. Nakada. Hot post–AGBstars. In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 29.

203



[3004] M. Parthasarathy, C. Sneden, and E. Bohm–Vitense. IUE observationsof weak G–band stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 96, 44, 1984.

[3005] I. Pascucci, S. Wolf, J. Steinacker, C. Dullemond, T. Henning, G. Nic-colini, and P. Woitke. The 2D continuum radiative transfer problem.Benchmark results for disk configurations. Astr. Astrophys., 417, 793,2004.

[3006] A. Pasquali, N. Langer, W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, A. Nota, I. Hubeny,and A. Moffat. O stars in transition. II. Fundamental properties andevolutionary status of Ofpe/WN 9 stars from HST ultraviolet observa-tions. Astrophys. J., 478, 340, 1997.

[3007] A. Pasquali, W. Schmutz, A. Nota, and L. Origlia. A spectral analysis ofHDE 269445 from optical and infrared observations. Astr. Astrophys.,327, 265, 1997.

[3008] A. Pauldrach. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. III. De-tailed statistical equilibrium calculations for H to Zn. Astr. Astrophys.,183, 295, 1987.

[3009] A. Pauldrach. Radiation driven atmospheres of O–type stars: SyntheticUV–spectra of consistent atmospheric models as a spectroscopic tool.In Szczerba et al. [3721], page 804.

[3010] A. Pauldrach, A. Feldmeier, J. Puls, and R.–P.. Kudritzki. Radiationdriven winds of hot stars: Theory of O star atmospheres as a spectraltool. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 105, 1993.

[3011] A. Pauldrach and A. Herrero. Multi–level non–LTE calculations for veryoptically thick winds and photospheres under extreme NLTE conditions.Astr. Astrophys., 199, 262, 1988.

[3012] A. Pauldrach, T. Hoffmann, and M. Lennon. Radiation–driven windsof hot luminous stars. XIII. A description of NLTE line blocking andblanketing towards realistic models for expanding atmospheres. Astr.Astrophys., 375, 161, 2001.

[3013] A. Pauldrach, T. Hoffmann, and R. Mendez. Radiation-driven winds ofhot luminous stars. XV. Constraints on the mass–luminosity relation ofcentral stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 1111, 2004.

[3014] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Gabler, and A. Wagner. Radia-tion driven winds of central stars of planetary nebulae. In Bianchi andGilmozzi [425], page 63.

[3015] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, and K. Butler. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. VII. The evolution of massive starsand the morphology of stellar wind spectra. Astr. Astrophys., 228, 205,1990.

204



[3016] A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, J. Puls, K. Butler, and J. Hunsinger.Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. XII. A first step towardsdetailed UV–line diagnostics of O–stars. Astr. Astrophys., 283, 525,1994.

[3017] A. Pauldrach, M. Lennon, T. Hoffmann, F. Sellmaier, R.–P. Kudritzki,and J. Puls. Realistic models for expanding atmospheres. In Howarth[1735], page 258.

[3018] A. Pauldrach and J. Puls. Radiation driven winds of hot luminous stars.Applications of stationary wind models. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 124, 1990.

[3019] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, R. Gabler, and A. Gabler. Radiation–drivenwinds of hot luminous stars. IX. Constraints on the wind temperatureof O–stars. In Garmany [1225], page 171.

[3020] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Radiation–driven winds ofhot luminous stars. Improvements of the theory and first results. Astr.Astrophys., 164, 86, 1986.

[3021] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Radiation–driven winds ofhot stars. Theory of O–star atmospheres as a spectroscopic tool. SpaceSci. Rev., 66, 105, 1994.

[3022] A. Pauldrach, J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, R. Mendez, and S. Heap.Radiation–driven winds of hot stars. V. Wind models for central starsof planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 207, 123, 1988.

[3023] W. Pauli. Uber das thermische Gleichgewicht zwischen Strahlung undfreien Elektronen. Z. fur Phys., 18, 272, 1923.

[3024] W. Pauli. Uber den Zusammenhang des Abschlusses der Electrongrupenim Atom mit der Komplexstruktur des Spektren. Z. fur Phys., 31, 765,1925.

[3025] W. Pauli. Zur Quantenmechanik des magnetischen Elektrons. Z. furPhys., 43, 601, 1927.

[3026] W. Pauli. The connection between spin and statistics. Phys. Rev., 58,716, 1940.

[3027] L. Pauling and E. Wilson. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (NewYork: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1935.

[3028] K. Pavlakis and N. Kylafis. A generalization of the Sobolev method forradiation transport with local and nonlocal line overlap. Astrophys. J.,467, 292, 1996.

[3029] R. Paxman, J. Seldin, M. Loefdahl, G. Scharmer, and C. Keller. Evalu-ation of phase–diversity techniques for solar–image restoration. Astro-phys. J., 466, 1087, 1996.

205



[3030] C. Payne. Stellar Atmospheres. (Cambridge: Harvard College Obser-vatory), 1925.

[3031] C. Payne. An analysis of the spectra of the Wolf–Rayet stars. Z. furAstrophys., 7, 1, 1933.

[3032] M. Pena, W.–R. Hamann, M. T. Ruiz, A. Peimbert, and M. Peimbert.A high resolution spectroscopic study of the extraordinary planetarynebula LMC-N66. Astr. Astrophys., 419, 583, 2004.

[3033] M. Pena, G. Stasinska, C. Esteban, L. Koesterke, S. Medina, andR. Kingsburgh. Galactic planetary nebulae with Wolf-Rayet nuclei.I. Objects with [WC] early–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 337, 866, 1998.

[3034] M. Pena, S. Torres-Peimbert, and M. Ruiz. Ultraviolet and opticalspectra of central stars of halo planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys.,265, 757, 1992.

[3035] G. Peach. Continuous absorption coefficients for non-hydrogenic atoms.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 124, 371, 1962.

[3036] G. Peach. A general formula for the calculation of absorption cross–sections for free–free transitions in the field of positive ions. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 130, 361, 1965.

[3037] G. Peach. Total continuous absorption coefficients for complex atoms.Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 70, 29, 1965.

[3038] G. Peach. Total continuous absorption coefficients for complex atoms.Astr. J., 71, 174, 1966.

[3039] G. Peach. Free–free absorption coefficients for non–hydrogenic atoms.Mem. R. Astr. Soc., 71, 1, 1967.

[3040] G. Peach. A revised general formula for the calculation of atomic pho-toionization cross sections. Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 71, 13, 1967.

[3041] G. Peach. Continuous absorption coefficients for non-hydrogenic atoms.Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 73, 1, 1970.

[3042] F. Pease. The angular diameter of α Bootis by the interferometer. Pub.Astr. Soc. Pacific, 33, 171, 1921.

[3043] F. Pease. The diameter of α Scorpii by the interferometer method. Pub.Astr. Soc. Pacific, 33, 204, 1921.

[3044] F. Pease. Interferometric observations of star diameters. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 34, 183, 1922.

[3045] D. Peat and A. Pemberton. Abundances of Na, Mg, and Ca in K–typegiant stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 140, 21, 1968.

206



[3046] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution a la theorie du type spectral. I. Introductiongenerale. La construction des modeles d’atmosphere. Ann. dAstrophys.,13, 294, 1950.

[3047] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution a la theorie du type spectral. IV. La forma-tion des raies dans les spectres stellaires. Ann. dAstrophys., 14, 115,1951.

[3048] J.-C. Pecker. Contribution a la theorie du type spectral. V. Le “blanket-ing effect” et la structure de la photosphere solaire. Ann. dAstrophys.,14, 152, 1951.

[3049] J.-C. Pecker. L’ecart a l’equilibre thermodynamique local dans la pho-tosphere solaire. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 245, 499, 1957.

[3050] J.-C. Pecker. Deviation de ETL dans les raies de Fraunhofer. Commun.Obs. Roy. Belgique, 157, 36, 1959.

[3051] J.-C. Pecker. Ecarts a l’equilibre et abondances dans les photospheressolaire et stellaires. I. Le spectre du titane neutre. Ecarts a l’ETL. Ann.dAstrophys., 22, 499, 1959.

[3052] J.-C. Pecker. The interpretation of the UV spectrum of stars. SpaceResearch, 3, 1076, 1962.

[3053] J.-C. Pecker. Model atmospheres. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 3, 135,1965.

[3054] J.-C. Pecker and E. Schatzman. Summary on ultraviolet stellar output.Rev. Mod. Phys., 30, 110, 1958.

[3055] J.-C. Pecker and E. Schatzman. Astrophysique Generale. (Paris: Mas-son et Cie.), 1959.

[3056] J.-C. Pecker and L. Vogel. Ecarts a l’equilibre et abondances dansles photospheres solaire et stellaires. II. Les cas des atomes neutres detitane, vanadium, chrome dans l’atmosphere solaire. Ann. dAstrophys.,23, 594, 1960.

[3057] A. Pellerin, A. Fullerton, C. Robert, J. Howk, J. Hutchings, N. Wal-born, L. Bianchi, P. Crowther, and G. Sonneborn. An atlas of galacticOB spectra observed with the Far Ultraviolet Spectroscopic Explorer.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 143, 159, 2002.

[3058] R. Pengelly and M. Seaton. Recombination spectra. II. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 127, 165, 1964.

[3059] U. Peppel. Mass loss rates for northern OB–stars. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 57, 107, 1984.

207



[3060] A. Peraiah. Spectral line formation in extended atmospheres. II. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 321, 1973.

[3061] A. Peraiah. Line formation in spherical media with partial frequencyredistribution. I. Solution of the line transfer. Astrophys. Space Sci., 58,189, 1978.

[3062] A. Peraiah. Line formation in spherical media with partial frequencyredistribution. II. Expanding media with the redistribution function RI.Astrophys. Space Sci., 63, 267, 1978.

[3063] A. Peraiah. An iterative simultaneous solution of the equations of sta-tistical equilibrium and radiative transfer in the comoving frame. J.Astrophys. Astr., 1, 101, 1980.

[3064] A. Peraiah. Comoving frame calculations of spectral lines formed inrapidly expanding media with the partial frequency redistribution func-tion for zero natural line width. J. Astrophys. Astr., 1, 3, 1980.

[3065] A. Peraiah. Effects of high radial velocities on line transfer in extendedatmospheres. Acta Astr., 30, 525, 1980.

[3066] A. Peraiah. Effects of high velocities on photoionization lines. J. As-trophys. Astr., 1, 113, 1980.

[3067] A. Peraiah. Lines formed in rotating and expanding atmospheres. J.Astrophys. Astr., 1, 17, 1980.

[3068] A. Peraiah. Radiative transfer in the comoving frame. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 77, 243, 1981.

[3069] A. Peraiah. Discrete space theory of radiative transfer. In Kalkofen[1984], page 281.

[3070] A. Peraiah. Aberration and advection effects in a plane–parallel mediumin motion. Astrophys. J., 317, 271, 1987.

[3071] A. Peraiah. Aberration and advection effects in expanding sphericallysymmetric shells. Astrophys. J., 371, 673, 1991.

[3072] A. Peraiah. Effects of aberration and advection on line formation. As-trophys. J., 380, 212, 1991.

[3073] A. Peraiah. An Introduction to Radiative Transfer. (Cambridge: Cam-bridge University Press), 2001.

[3074] A. Peraiah and I. Grant. Numerical solution of the radiative transferequation in spherical shells. J. Inst. Maths. Applics., 12, 75, 1973.

[3075] A. Peraiah and K. Nagendra. Effects of the partial frequency redistri-bution function RII on the level population ratios in a resonance line.Astrophys. Space Sci., 90, 237, 1983.

208



[3076] A. Peraiah, G. Raghunath, and K. Nagendra. Optical depth effectson the formation of spectral lines in rotating and expanding sphericalatmospheres. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 277, 1981.

[3077] A. Peraiah and K. Rangarajan. Effects of redistribution with dipolescattering on line source functions. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 245, 1981.

[3078] A. Peraiah, K. Rangarajan, and D. Rao. Photon escape probabilitiesin expanding atmospheres. J. Astrophys. Astr., 2, 81, 1981.

[3079] A. Peraiah and D. Rao. Effects of partial frequency redistribution onthe level population densities in a resonance line. Astrophys. Space Sci.,80, 437, 1981.

[3080] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer equation in sphericallysymmetric non–scattering media. Astrophys. Space Sci., 107, 177, 1984.

[3081] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer equation in sphericalsymmetry. Astrophys. J., 290, 411, 1985.

[3082] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Solution of radiative transfer equationin spherical–symmetry in partially scattering media. Astrophys. SpaceSci., 108, 67, 1985.

[3083] A. Peraiah and B. Varghese. Radiative transfer with Compton scat-tering in spherically symmetric shells. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 42, 675,1990.

[3084] M.-N. Perrin. Blanketing theory and the G− I index. Astr. Astrophys.,25, 79, 1973.

[3085] M.-N. Perrin. Colors and ionization equilibria in K–dwarfs. II. Implica-tions for the lower main sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 44, 9, 1975.

[3086] M.-N. Perrin, R. Cayrel, and G. Cayrel de Strobel. Colors and ionizationequilibria in K–dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 39, 97, 1975.

[3087] M.-N. Perrin, G. Cayrel de Strobel, and M. Dennefeld. High S/N de-tailed spectral analysis for four G and K dwarfs within 10 pc of the Sun.Astr. Astrophys., 191, 237, 1988.

[3088] M.-N. Perrin and M. Spite. Contribution to the search for solar spectralanalogs. An analysis of 16 Cyg A and B. Astr. Astrophys., 94, 207, 1981.

[3089] G. Pert. The effects of coherence and redistribution of radiative transferin large velocity gradients. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 46,165, 1991.

[3090] G. Peters and L. Aller. The chemical composition of ι Herculis. Astro-phys. J., 159, 525, 1980.

209



[3091] D. Peterson. The Balmer lines in early type stars. S.A.O. Special ReportNo. 293. Cambridge: Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory.

[3092] D. Peterson. Model stellar atmospheres: Numerical techniques. J.Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 18, 295, 1977.

[3093] D. Peterson and M. Scholz. Investigation of six O–type spectra. Astro-phys. J., 163, 51, 1971.

[3094] D. Peterson and S. Strom. Departures from LTE in the H–lines of lateB stars. Astrophys. J., 157, 1341, 1969.

[3095] R. Peterson. Relative abundances in metal–poor stars. III. Na throughCu. Astrophys. J., 244, 989, 1981.

[3096] R. Peterson and B. Carney. Abundance analyses of metal–poor stars.II. Yellow spectra of five dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 231, 762, 1979.

[3097] R. Peterson and C. Sneden. Relative abundances in metal–poor stars.I. The carbon–to–Fe ratio. Astrophys. J., 225, 913, 1978.

[3098] E. Peytremann. Theoretical effect of various broadening parameters onultraviolet line profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 76, 1972.

[3099] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. I. Sta-tistical method and calculation of a grid of models. Astr. Astrophys.,33, 203, 1974.

[3100] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. III. Ta-bles of models and broad–band colors. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 18, 81,1974.

[3101] E. Peytremann. Line blanketing and model stellar atmospheres. II. In-terpretation of broad–band photometric observations. Astr. Astrophys.,38, 417, 1975.

[3102] E. Peytremann. Ultraviolet spectra with line opacities. Astr. Astrophys.,39, 393, 1975.

[3103] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. IV. L’asombris-sement centre bord du soleil entre 3190A et 23,120A. Ann. dAstrophys.,18, 34, 1955.

[3104] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. V. Le corpsnoir etalon. Ann. dAstrophys., 24, 258, 1961.

[3105] R. Peyturaux. Etude du fond continu du spectre solaire. Ann. dAstro-phys., 31, 277, 1968.

[3106] H. Pfennig and E. Trefftz. Zur quasistatischen Druckverbreiterung derdiffusen Heliumlinien. Z. fur Phys., 190, 253, 1966.

210



[3107] J. Pfleiderer. Remarks on the relation between emission and absorptioncoefficients. Astr. Astrophys., 38, 323, 1975.

[3108] A. Philip and D. Hayes, editors. Multicolor Photometry and the Theo-retical HR Diagram. Dudley Observatory Report No. 9. (Albany: StateUniversity of New York), 1975.

[3109] A. Phillips. LTE line blanketing of an early B star atmosphere byultraviolet lines using accurate damping constants. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 181, 777, 1977.

[3110] A. Phillips and S. Wright. A fully blanketed early B star LTE modelatmosphere using an opacity sampling technique. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 192, 197, 1980.

[3111] J. Piccirillo, A. Bernat, and H. Johnson. Red giant model atmospheres.II. The relation between color and effective temperature for K and M gi-ant stars. Astrophys. J., 246, 246, 1981.

[3112] A. Pierce. Relative solar energy distribution in the spectral region10,000–25,000A. Astrophys. J., 119, 312, 1954.

[3113] A. Pierce, R. McMath, L. Goldberg, and O. Mohler. Observations ofsolar limb darkening between 0.5 and 10.2µ. Astrophys. J., 112, 289,1950.

[3114] A. Pierce and C. Slaughter. Solar limb darkening. I. At wavelength of3033–7297A. Solar Phys., 51, 52, 1977.

[3115] A. Pierce and C. Slaughter. Center to limb observations of Na lines inthe solar spectrum. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 48, 73, 1982.

[3116] A. Pierce, C. Slaughter, and D. Weinberger. Solar limb darkening inthe interval 7408–24018 A. II. Solar Phys., 52, 179, 1975.

[3117] A. Pierce and J. Waddell. Analysis of limb darkening observations.Mem. Roy. Astr. Soc., 68, 89, 1961.

[3118] J. Pierluissi, P. Vanderwood, and R. Gomez. Fast calculation algorithmfor the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 18, 555,1977.

[3119] C. Pilachowski. Abundances in cool evolved stars. In Nomoto [2868],page 17.

[3120] C. Pilachowski, C. Sneden, and R. Kraft. Na abundances in field metal–poor stars. Astr. J., 111, 1698, 1996.

[3121] L. Pilyugin, N. Sakhibullin, and G. Khromov. On the relationship be-tween the “Zanstra” temperatures of the nuclei of planetary nebulaeand the effective temperatures of these stars. Astrofizika, 14, 665, 1978.

211



[3122] R. Pino and V. Mujica. Non–Born–Oppenheimer corrections in an ex-actly solvable model of the hydrogen ion molecule. J. Phys. B, 31, 4537,1998.

[3123] M. Pinsonneault, D. Terndrup, R. Hanson, and J. Stauffer. Distances toopen clusters from main–sequence fitting. I. New models and compari-son with the properties of the Hyades eclipsing binary VB 22. Astrophys.J., 598, 588, 2003.

[3124] M. Pinsonneault, D. Terndrup, R. Hanson, and J. Stauffer. Distancesto open clusters as derived from main–sequence fitting. II. Constructionof empirically calibrated isochrones. Astrophys. J., 600, 946, 2004.

[3125] N. Piskunov, W. Weiss, and D. Gray, editors. Modeling of Stellar At-mospheres. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2003.

[3126] S. Pistinner, P. Hauschildt, D. Eichler, and E. Baron. On the primordialHe abundance and spectroscopic uncertainties. Phys. Rep., 311, 151,1999.

[3127] S. Pistinner, P. Hauschildt, D. Eichler, and E. Baron. Spectroscopyof low–metallicity giant H II regions: A grid of low–metallicity stellaratmospheres. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 302, 684, 1999.

[3128] G. Placzek. The angular distribution of neutrons emerging from a planesurface. Phys. Rev., 72, 556, 1947.

[3129] G. Placzek and W. Seidel. Milne’s problem in transport theory. Phys.Rev., 72, 550, 1947.

[3130] M. Planck. Uber das Gesetz der Energieverteilung im Normalspektrum.Ann. Physik, 4, 553, 1901.

[3131] M. Planck. The Theory of Heat Radiation. English translation of Vor-lesungen uber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung, 1913. (New York: DoverPublications), 1991.

[3132] H. Plaskett. Interpretation of Fraunhofer–line profiles. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 115, 256, 1955.

[3133] J. Plaskett. The O–type stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 2, 285,1924.

[3134] B. Plez, J. Brett, A. Nordlund. Spherical opacty sampling model atmo-sphees for M–giants. I. Techniques, data, and discussion Astr. Astro-phys., 256, 551, 1992.

[3135] B. Podolsky. Dispersion by H–like atoms in undulatory mechanics. Proc.Nat. Acad. Sci., 14, 253, 1928.

212



[3136] C. Poe, S. Owocki, and J. Castor. The steady state solutions of radia-tively driven stellar winds for a non–Sobolev, pure absorption model.Astrophys. J., 358, 199, 1990.

[3137] M. Pogodin. Theoretical profiles of Balmer lines in the spectra of starswith moving envelopes with allowance for spectral dependence of thehydrogen absorption coefficient. Astrofizika, 31, 506, 1990.

[3138] A. Poland. Neutral He lines and the He anomaly in hot stars. Astrophys.J., 160, 609, 1970.

[3139] A. Poland and A. Skumanich. Non–LTE effects for He I in early B–typestars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 18, 1971.

[3140] L. Pompeia, B. Barbuy, and M. Grenon. Detailed analysis of nearby bul-gelike dwarf stars. I. Stellar parameters, kinematics, and O abundances.Astrophys. J., 566, 845, 2002.

[3141] G. Pomraning. Compton and inverse Compton scattering. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 12, 1047, 1972.

[3142] G. Pomraning. The Equations of Radiation Hydrodynamics. (Oxford:Pergamon Press), 1973.

[3143] F. Pont, M. Mayor, C. Turon, and D. Vandenberg. HIPPARCOS sub-dwarf and globular cluster ages: The distance and age of M 92. Astr.Astrophys., 329, 87, 1998.

[3144] D. Popper. Red shift in the spectrum of 40 Eridani B. Astrophys. J.,120, 316, 1954.

[3145] D. Popper. On the Narrabri scale of absolute stellar fluxes. Astrophys.J., 151, 51, 1968.

[3146] D. Popper. Masses of hot main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 220, 11,1978.

[3147] D. Popper. Stellar masses. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 18, 115, 1980.

[3148] D. Popper. Masses, radii and luminosities from analysis of eclipsingbinaries. In Hayes et al. [1534], page 81.

[3149] D. Popper. Main–sequence G and K stellar masses. Astrophys. J., 404,67, 1993.

[3150] D. Popper. HIPPARCOS parallaxes of eclipsing binaries and the radia-tive flux scale. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 110, 919, 1998.

[3151] D. Popper, H. Jørgensen, D. Morton, and D. Leckrone. The He abun-dance in Population I stars. Astrophys. J., 161, 57, 1970.

213



[3152] S. Pottasch. On the determination of the solar chemical compositionfrom a study of the ultraviolet spectrum. Ann. dAstrophys., 28, 148,1965.

[3153] S. Pottasch. On the radiative cooling rate in stellar atmospheres. Bull.Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 7, 1965.

[3154] S. Pottasch. On the Fe lines observed in the solar ultraviolet spectrum.Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 18, 237, 1966.

[3155] S. Pottasch. The inclusion of dielectronic recombination processes inthe interpretation of the solar ultraviolet spectrum. Bull. Astr. Inst.Neth., 19, 113, 1967.

[3156] A. Powell. The chemical composition of 12 late F dwarfs. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 148, 477, 1970.

[3157] F. Praderie. Sur les raies de l’hydrogene. I. Profils quasistatiques dansles atmospheres stellaires. Ann. dAstrophys., 30, 31, 1967.

[3158] F. Praderie. Non–LTE analysis of the ultraviolet spectrum of A typestars. I. Copernicus observations of the Lyα profile in Vega (A0 V).Astr. Astrophys., 98, 92, 1981.

[3159] F. Praderie, A. Talavera, and H. Lamers. Resonance line profiles inA type supergiants from IUE and Copernicus spectra. Astr. Astrophys.,86, 271, 1980.

[3160] A. Pradhan, G.–X. Chen, S. Nahar, and H.–L. Zhang. Relativisticfine structure and resonance effects in electron–ion recombination andexcitation(e + C IV). Phys. Rev. Let., 87, 183201, 2001.

[3161] A. Pradhan and S. Nahar. Accuracy of stellar opacities and the solarabundance problem. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 52.

[3162] A. Pradhan and S. Nahar. Atomic Astrophysics and Spectroscopy.(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press), 2011.

[3163] A. Pradhan and H.–L. Zhang. Radiation damping of autoionzing reso-nances. J. Phys. B, 30, L571, 1997.

[3164] A. Pradhan and H.-L. Zhang. Electron collisions with atomic ions. InItikawa [1880], page 1.

[3165] L. Prandtl. Bericht uber Untersuchungen zur ausgebildeten Turbulenz.Z. Angew. Math. Mech., 5, 136, 1925.

[3166] L. Prandtl and O. Tietjens. Fundamentals of Hydro and Aeromechanics.(New York: Dover Publications), 1957.

214



[3167] N. Prantzos. Evolution of CNO abundances in the Universe. In Char-bonnel et al. [744], page 361.

[3168] M. Prasad, D. Kershaw, and J. Beason. A simple method for computingrelativistic Compton scattering kernel for radiative transfer. Appl. Phys.Let., 48, 1193, 1986.

[3169] G. Preston. The chemically peculiar stars of the upper main sequence.Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 257, 1974.

[3170] G. Preston. What are extremely metal poor stars good for anyway?Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 112, 141, 2000.

[3171] G. Preston and C. Sneden. What are these blue metal–poor stars? Astr.J., 120, 1014, 2000.

[3172] G. Preston, C. Sneden, I. Thompson, S. Shectman, and G. Burley. At-mospheres, chemical compositions, and evolutionary histories of verymetal–poor red horizontal–branch stars in the galactic field and inNGC 7078 (M 15). Astr. J., 132, 85, 2006.

[3173] E. Priest. Solar Magnetohydrodynamics. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1982.

[3174] R. Prinja. Photospheric absorption lines in the ultraviolet spectra ofO–stars and B–stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 246, 392, 1990.

[3175] R. Prinja, M. Barlow, and I. Howarth. Terminal velocities for a largesample of O stars, B supergiants, and Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J.,361, 607, 1990.

[3176] R. Prinja, D. Massa, and W. Fullerton. Wind variability of B super-giants. IV. A survey of IUE time–series data of 11 B0 to B3 stars. Astr.Astrophys., 387, 587, 2002.

[3177] R. Prinja, D. Massa, and L. Searle. The ionization structure of earlyB–supergiant winds. Astr. Astrophys., 430, L41, 2005.

[3178] J. Provencal and H. Shipman. HST observations of H and C in hotDB white dwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 518.

[3179] J. Provencal, H. Shipman, J. MacDonald, and S. Goodchild, editors.12th European Workshop on White Dwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronom-ical Society of the Pacific), 2001.

[3180] J. Provencal, H. Shipman, P. Thejll, and S. Vennes. C and H in hotDB white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 542, 1041, 2000.

[3181] N. Przybilla. Non–LTE modeling of the He I 10830A line in early–typemain sequence stars. Astr. Astrophys., 443, 293, 2005.

215



[3182] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for N I and NII. Abundances and stellar parameters. Model atom and first results onBA–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 955, 2001.

[3183] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Non–LTE line formation for hydrogen re-visited. Astrophys. J., 609, 1181, 2004.

[3184] N. Przybilla and K. Butler. Interpreting the Hydrogen IR Lines –Impact of Improved Electron Collision Data. In Kaufl et al. [2018],page 225.

[3185] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTEline formation for Mg I and Mg II: Abundances and stellar parameters.Model atoms and first results on A–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 369,1009, 2001.

[3186] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–lte revis-ited. In McWilliam and Rauch [2547], page 48.

[3187] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Quantitativespectroscopy of BA type supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 445, 1099, 2006.

[3188] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, S. Becker, R.–P. Kudritzki, and K. Venn. Non–LTE line formation for neutral O. Model atom and first results on A–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 1085, 2000.

[3189] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, U. Heber, and C. Jeffery. Extreme He stars:Non–LTE matters. He and hydrogen spectra of the unique objectsV652 Her and HD 144941. Astr. Astrophys., 443, L25, 2005.

[3190] N. Przybilla, K. Butler, and R.–P. Kudritzki. Non–LTE line formationfor neutral and singly–ionized C. Model atom and first results on BA–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 936, 2001.

[3191] A. Przybylski. Analysis of the spectrum of the A0 III halo starHD 106304. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 111, 1971.

[3192] J. Puls. Radiation–driven winds of hot luminous stars. IV. The influenceof multi–line effects. Astr. Astrophys., 184, 227, 1987.

[3193] J. Puls. Approximate lambda–operators working at optimum conver-gence rate. II. Line transfer in expanding atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys.,248, 581, 1991.

[3194] J. Puls, A. Feldmeier, U. Springmann, S. Owocki, and A. Fullerton.Synthesis of line profiles from models of structured winds. Astrophys.Space Sci., 221, 409, 1994.

[3195] J. Puls and A. Herrero. Approximate lambda–operators working atoptimum convergence rate. I. Theory and application to hydrostaticatmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 204, 219, 1988.

216



[3196] J. Puls and D. Hummer. The Sobolev approximation for the line forceand line source function in a spherically–symmetrical stellar wind withcontinuum opacity. Astr. Astrophys., 191, 87, 1988.

[3197] J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Herrero, A. Pauldrach, S. Haser, D. Lennon,R. Gabler, S. Voels, J. Vilchez, S. Wachter, and A. Feldmeier. O starmass–loss and wind momentum rates in the Galaxy and the MagellanicClouds: Observations and theoretical predictions. Astr. Astrophys., 305,171, 1996.

[3198] J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Santolaya-Rey, A. Herrero, S. Owocki, andJ. McCarthy. Spectral diagnostics of blue stars with winds. In Howarth[1735], page 245.

[3199] J. Puls, S. Owocki, and A. Fullerton. On the synthesis of resonance linesin dynamical models of structured hot–star winds. Astr. Astrophys.,279, 457, 1993.

[3200] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. (New) methods of radiative transfer in ex-panding atmospheres. In Garmany [1225], page 204.

[3201] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. Theory of radiatively driven winds of hotstars: II. Some aspects of radiative transfer. Rev. Mod. Astr., 3, 140,1990.

[3202] J. Puls and A. Pauldrach. Radiative transfer in expanding atmospheres:Radiative acceleration of Wolf–Rayet envelopes? In Crivellari et al.[872], page 175.

[3203] J. Puls, A. Pauldrach, R.–P. Kudritzki, S. Owocki, and F. Najarro. Ra-diation driven winds of hot stars – Some remarks on stationary modelsand spectrum synthesis in time–dependent simulations. (Ludwig Bier-mann Award Lecture 1992). Rev. Mod. Astr., 6, 271, 1993.

[3204] J. Puls, T. Repolust, T. Hoffmann, A. Jokuthy, and R. Venero. Ad-vances in radiatively driven wind models. In van der Hucht et al. [3888],page 61.

[3205] J. Puls, U. Springmann, and M. Lennon. Radiation–driven winds ofhot luminous stars. XIV. Line statistics and radiative driving. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 141, 23, 2000.

[3206] J. Puls, M. Urbaneja, R. Venero, T. Repolust, U. Springmann,A. Jokuthy, and M. Mokiem. Atmospheric NLTE models for the spec-troscopic analysis of blue stars with winds. II. Line–blanketed models.Astr. Astrophys., 435, 669, 2005.

[3207] A. Quirrenbach, D. Mozurkewich, D. Buscher, C. Hummel, and J. Arm-strong. Angular diameter and limb–darkening of Arcturus. Astr. As-trophys., 312, 160, 1996.

217



[3208] A. Ralston and P. Rabinowitz. A First Course in Numerical Analysis.(New York: Dover Publications), 2nd edition, 2001.

[3209] I. Ramırez, C. Allende Prieto, and D. Lambert. Oxygen abundances innearby stars. Clues to the formation and evolution of the galactic disk.Astr. Astrophys., 465, 271, 2007.

[3210] I. Ramırez, C. Allende Prieto, S. Redfield, and D. Lambert. Fundamen-tal parameters and abundances of metal-poor stars: The SDSS standardBD +17◦4708. Astr. Astrophys., 459, 613, 2006.

[3211] M. Ramspeck, U. Heber, and H. Edelmann. Early type stars at highgalactic latitudes. II. Four evolved B-type stars of unusual chemicalcomposition. Astr. Astrophys., 379, 235, 2001.

[3212] M. Ramspeck, U. Heber, and S. Moehler. Early type stars at highgalactic latitudes. I. Ten young massive B-type stars. Astr. Astrophys.,378, 907, 2001.

[3213] K. Rangarajan, D. Mohan-Rao, and A. Peraiah. The effects of non–coherent electron scattering on spectral line formation. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 250, 633, 1991.

[3214] K. Rangarajan, M. Rao, and A. Peraiah. Effects of stimulated emissionon radiative transfer with partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 235,305, 1990.

[3215] D. Rao. A numerical solution of the line transfer equation in a spher-ically symmetric atmospheres. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf.,62, 599, 1999.

[3216] D. Rao, B. Varghese, and M. Rao. A comparative study of finite–difference methods for radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spec-trosc. Radiat. Transf., 53, 639, 1995.

[3217] N. Rao and S. Mallik. Equivalent width of O I λ 7774 and absolutemagnitude relation for F and G supergiants. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 183, 211, 1978.

[3218] J. Rast, F. Cartier, F. Kneubuhl, D. Huguenin, and E. Muller. Measure-ment of the absolute solar brightness temperature in the far–infraredwith a balloon–borne interferometer. Astr. Astrophys., 83, 199, 1980.

[3219] T. Rauch. NLTE analysis of subluminous O–stars: The hot subdwarfin the binary system HD 128220. Astr. Astrophys., 276, 171, 1993.

[3220] T. Rauch. Implication of light metals (Li–Ca) on NLTE model atmo-spheres of compact hot stars. Astr. Astrophys., 320, 237, 1997.

[3221] T. Rauch. A grid of synthetic ionizing spectra for very hot compactstars from NLTE model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 403, 709, 2003.

218



[3222] T. Rauch and J. Deetjen. Handling of atomic data. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 103.

[3223] T. Rauch, S. Dreizler, and K. Werner. New spectral analyses of pre-white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864], page 221.

[3224] T. Rauch, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Spectral analysis of O(He)–typepost–AGB stars. Astr. Astrophys., 338, 651, 1998.

[3225] T. Rauch, U. Heber, K. Hunger, K. Werner, and T. Neckel. NLTEanalysis of subluminous O–stars: KS 292. Astr. Astrophys., 241, 457,1991.

[3226] T. Rauch, U. Heber, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the sdOK 648, the exciting star of the planetary nebula Ps 1 in the globularcluster M 15 (NGC 7078). Astr. Astrophys., 381, 1007, 2002.

[3227] T. Rauch, J. Koppen, R. Napiwotzki, and K. Werner. Classificationand spectral analysis of faint central stars of highly excited planetarynebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 347, 169, 1999.

[3228] T. Rauch, J. Koppen, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the planetarynebula K1–27 and its very hot H–deficient central star. Astr. Astrophys.,286, 543, 1994.

[3229] T. Rauch, J. Koppen, and K. Werner. Spectral analysis of the multiple–shell planetary nebula Lo Tr 4 and its very hot H–deficient central star.Astr. Astrophys., 310, 613, 1996.

[3230] T. Rauch and K. Werner. Implications of model atoms and numer-ical approximations on structure and line profiles of non–LTE stellaratmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 159, 1988.

[3231] T. Rauch and K. Werner. NLTE model atmospheres for hot stars. InCrivellari et al. [872], page 165.

[3232] T. Rauch and K. Werner. NLTE model atmospheres for super-soft X-raysources. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 85.

[3233] J. Raymond. Radiation from hot, thin plasmas. In Pallavicini [2988],page 3.

[3234] R. Rebolo, G. Israelian, and R. Garcıa–Lopez. New views on the earlyevolution of oxygen in the Galaxy. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 165,1999.

[3235] B. Reddy, D. Lambert, and C. Allende Prieto. Elemental abundancesurvey of the galactic thick disk. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 367, 1329,2006.

219



[3236] B. Reddy, D. Lambert, G. Gonzalez, and D. Yong. Spectroscopic anal-ysis of two carbon–rich post–asymptotic giant branch stars. Astrophys.J., 564, 482, 2002.

[3237] B. Reddy, J. Tomkin, D. Lambert, and C. Allende–Prieto. The chemicalcompositions of galactic disc F and G dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,340, 304, 2003.

[3238] D. Rees and A. Reichel. The redistribution functions of non–coherentscattering. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1795, 1968.

[3239] J. Reetz. Oxygen abundances in solar-type stars. Astrophys. Space Sci.,265, 171, 1999.

[3240] A. Reichel. Doppler broadening integrals and other relatives of the errorfunction. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 8, 1601, 1968.

[3241] A. Reichel and I. Vardavas. A simple quadrature method for the eval-uation of the redistribution functions RIII,IV(x′,n′;x,n). J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 929, 1975.

[3242] I. Reid. Younger and brighter – New distances to globular clusters basedon HIPPARCOS parallax measurements of local subdwarfs. Astr. J.,114, 161, 1997.

[3243] I. Reid. HIPPARCOS subdwarf parallaxes – Metal–rich clusters andthe thick disk. Astr. J., 115, 204, 1998.

[3244] I. Reid. The HR diagram and the galactic distance scale after HIPPAR-COS. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 37, 191, 1999.

[3245] I. Reid, F. van Wyk, F. Marang, G. Roberts, D. Kil kenny, and S. Ma-honey. A search for previously unrecognized metal–poor subdwarfs inthe HIPPARCOS astrometric catalog. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 325,931, 2001.

[3246] D. Reimers. A study of Ca II K2 and Hα line widths in late–type stars.Astr. Astrophys., 24, 79, 1973.

[3247] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. II. NGC 2516. Astr. Astrophys., 116, 341, 1982.

[3248] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. IV. NGC 2168. Astr. Astrophys., 202, 77, 1988.

[3249] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. V. NGC 3532. Astr. Astrophys., 218, 118, 1989.

[3250] D. Reimers and D. Koester. Spectroscopic identification of white dwarfsin galactic clusters. VII. NGC 6633. Astr. Astrophys., 285, 451, 1994.

220



[3251] A. Reiz. The structure of stars with negligible content of heavy metals.Astrophys. J., 120, 342, 1954.

[3252] L. Relyea and R. Kurucz. A theoretical analysis of uvby photometry.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 37, 45, 1978.

[3253] H. Remie and H. Lamers. Effective temperatures and radii of luminousO and B stars: A test for the accuracy of the model atmospheres. Astr.Astrophys., 105, 85, 1982.

[3254] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Non–LTE abundance corrections of Fe and C inA–type and related stars. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 966, 1996.

[3255] I. Rentzsch-Holm. On the importance of non–LTE abundance correc-tions: Iron and carbon. In Adelman et al. [20], page 99.

[3256] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Statistical equilibrium and photospheric abundanceof N in the Sun and in Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 305, 275, 1996.

[3257] I. Rentzsch-Holm. Abundance anomalies in main sequence A stars.III. N and S. Astr. Astrophys., 317, 630, 1997.

[3258] T. Repolust, J. Puls, M. Hanson, R.–P. Kudritzki, and M. Mokiem.Quantitative H and K band spectroscopy of galactic OB stars at mediumresolution. Astr. Astrophys., 440, 261, 2005.

[3259] T. Repolust, J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Stellar and wind parametersof galactic O–stars. The influence of line–blocking/blanketing. Astr.Astrophys., 415, 349, 2004.

[3260] R. Rich. The stellar population of the galactic bulge. In Barbuy andRenzini [239], page 29.

[3261] A. Richichi, A. Di Giacomo, F. Lisi, and G. Calamai. Accurate angu-lar diameter and effective temperature of seven late–type stars. Astr.Astrophys., 265, 535, 1992.

[3262] A. Richichi and F. Lisi. A new accurate determination of the angulardiameter of Antares. Astr. Astrophys., 230, 355, 1990.

[3263] A. Richichi, S. Ragland, B. Stecklum, and C. Leinert. Infrared high an-gular resolution measurements of stellar sources. IV. Angular diametersand effective temperatures of fifteen late–type stars. Astr. Astrophys.,338, 527, 1998.

[3264] S. Richling, E. Meinkohn, N. Kryzhevoi, and G. Kanschat. Radiativetransfer with finite elements. I. Basic method and tests. Astr. Astro-phys., 380, 776, 2001.

[3265] R. Richtmyer and K. Morton. Difference Methods for Initial–ValueProblems. (New York: Interscience Publishers), 2nd edition, 1967.

221



[3266] H. Riffert. A general Eulerian formulation of the comoving–frame equa-tion of radiative transfer. Astrophys. J., 319, 729, 1986.

[3267] W. Rindler. Introduction to Special Relativity. (Oxford: Oxford Uni-versity Press), 1982.

[3268] J. Ring and C. Stephens. The application of Michelson interferometersto high resolution astronomical spectrometry. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 158, 5, 1972.

[3269] A. Rodgers. Photoelectric spectrophotometry of O–type stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 122, 413, 1961.

[3270] L. Rodrıguez-Moreno, M. Chavez, E. Bertone, and A. Buzzoni.UVBLUE: A new high–resolution theoretical library of ultraviolet stel-lar spectra. Astrophys. J., 626, 411, 2005.

[3271] R. Rohrmann, A. Serenelli, L. Althous, and O. Benvenuto. Improvedsynthetic spectra of He–core white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,335, 499, 2002.

[3272] N. Rons. Radiative line transfer in overlapping doublets. Astr. Astro-phys., 309, 840, 1996.

[3273] A. Rosa. Der Aufbau der Sternatmospharen. I. Teil. Ionisation stellarerMaterie. Z. fur Astrophys., 25, 1, 1948.

[3274] A. Rosa. Wasserstoff im Sonnenspektrum. Z. fur Astrophys., 24, 38,1948.

[3275] A. Rosa and A. Unsold. Der Aufbau der Sternatmospharen. III. Teil.Die spezifische Warme cp als Funktion von Druck und Temperatur. Z.fur Astrophys., 25, 20, 1948.

[3276] S. Rose. The effect of degeneracy on the scattering contribution to theradiative opacity. Astrophys. J., 453, 45, 1995.

[3277] J. Rosendhal. A survey of Hα emission in early–type high–luminositystars. Astrophys. J., 186, 909, 1973.

[3278] J. Rosendhal. The strength of the He I λ 6678 line in OB supergiants.Astrophys. J., 183, 39, 1973.

[3279] P. Rosenzweig and L. Anderson. A determination of the basic atmo-spheric parameters of φ Cassiopeiae. Astrophys. J., 411, 207, 1993.

[3280] S. Rosseland. Note on the absorption of radiation within a star. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 84, 525, 1924.

[3281] S. Rosseland. The theory of the stellar absorption coefficient. Astrophys.J., 61, 42, 1925.

222



[3282] S. Rosseland. On the origin of bright lines in stellar spectra. Astrophys.J., 63, 218, 1926.

[3283] S. Rosseland. Astrophysik auf atomtheoretischer Grundlage. (Berlin:Springer–Verlag), 1931.

[3284] S. Rosseland. Theoretical Astrophysics. (Oxford: Oxford UniversityPress), 1936.

[3285] L. Rossi. Theoretical B−V color indices and bolometric corrections forhot horizontal branch stars. Astr. Astrophys., 74, 195, 1979.

[3286] F. Rostas, editor. Spectral Line Shapes. Volume 3. (Berlin: Walter deGruyter), 1985.

[3287] E. Rouef. Broadening of some solar Na I lines by atomic H. Astr.Astrophys., 38, 41, 1975.

[3288] E. Roueff and H. van Regemorter. Spectral line broadening due toatomic collisions. Astr. Astrophys., 1, 69, 1969.

[3289] E. Roueff and H. van Regemorter. The broadening by neutral hydrogenin the solar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 317, 1971.

[3290] J. Rountree. Ecarts a l’equilibre et abondances dans les photospheressolaire et stellaires. IV. Le cas du titane ionise. Ann. dAstrophys., 23,633, 1960.

[3291] J. Rountree and G. Sonneborn. Spectral Classification with the Inter-national Ultraviolet Explorer: An Atlas of B–type Spectra. NASA Ref.Pub. 1312. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office), 1993.

[3292] D. Roussel-Dupre. H I Lyα in the Sun: The effects of partial redistri-bution in the line wings. Astrophys. J., 272, 723, 1983.

[3293] F. Ruland, R. Griffin, R. Griffin, D. Biehl, and H. Holweger. Line block-ing and equivalent widths in the spectrum of Pollux. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 42, 391, 1980.

[3294] F. Ruland, H. Holweger, R. Griffin, D. Biehl, and R. Griffin. Spectro-scopic analysis of Pollux relative to the Sun with special reference toArcturus. Astr. Astrophys., 92, 70, 1980.

[3295] H. Russell. Relations between the spectra and other characteristics ofstars. Popular Astronomy, 22, 275, 1914.

[3296] H. Russell. On the composition of the Sun’s atmosphere. Astrophys. J.,70, 11, 1929.

[3297] H. Russell and F. Saunders. New regularities in the spectra of thealkaline earths. Astrophys. J., 61, 38, 1925.

223



[3298] R. Rutten. Radiative Transfer in Stellar Atmospheres. (Utrecht: Ster-rekundig Instituut), 2nd edition, 1995.

[3299] R. Rutten and R. Milkey. Partial redistribution in the solar photosphericBa II spectrum. Astrophys. J., 231, 277, 1979.

[3300] R. Rutten and E. van der Zalm. Revision of solar equivalent widths.Fe I oscillator strengths and the solar Fe abundance. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 55, 143, 1984.

[3301] S. Ryan. Light–element abundances in Population II dwarfs. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 104, 805, 1992.

[3302] S. Ryan and J. Norris. Subdwarf studies. II. Abundances and kinematicsfrom medium resolution spectra. Astr. J., 101, 1835, 1991.

[3303] S. Ryan and J. Norris. Subdwarf studies. III. The halo metallicitydistribution. Astr. J., 101, 1865, 1991.

[3304] S. Ryan, J. Norris, and T. Beers. Extremely metal–poor stars. II. El-emental abundances and the early chemical enrichment of the Galaxy.Astrophys. J., 471, 254, 1996.

[3305] S. Ryan, J. Norris, and M. Bessell. Subdwarf studies. IV. Abundanceratios in extremely metal–deficient stars. Astr. J., 102, 303, 1991.

[3306] R. Ryans, P. Dufton, C. Mooney, W. Rolleston, F. Keenan, I. Hubeny,and T. Lanz. An analysis of the optical spectra of the post–asymptoticgiant branch stars LSIV -12 111 and HD 341617. Astr. Astrophys., 401,1119, 2003.

[3307] G. Rybicki. Theoretical methods of treating line formation problemsin steady–state extended atmospheres. In Groth and Wellmann [1393],page 87.

[3308] G. Rybicki. A modified Feautrier method. In Hunt [1836], page 589.

[3309] G. Rybicki. A novel approach to the solution of multilevel transferproblems. In Athay et al. [147], page 145.

[3310] G. Rybicki. The interpretation of line profiles. In Bonnet and Delache[496], page 191.

[3311] G. Rybicki. Escape probability methods. In Kalkofen [1984], page 21.

[3312] G. Rybicki. Escape probability methods. In Beckman and Crivellari[358], page 199.

[3313] G. Rybicki. Radiation driven instabilities. In Lamers and de Loore[2296], page 175.

224



[3314] G. Rybicki. Recent advances in computational methods. In Crivellariet al. [872], page 1.

[3315] G. Rybicki. Radiative transfer. J. Astrophys. and Astr., 17, 95, 1996.

[3316] G. Rybicki. Properties of statistical equilibrium equations: Positivityand uniqueness. Astrophys. J., 479, 357, 1997.

[3317] G. Rybicki. A new kinetic equation for Compton scattering. Astrophys.J., 584, 528, 2003.

[3318] G. Rybicki. Improved Fokker–Planck equation for resonance line scat-tering. Astrophys. J., 647, 709, 2006.

[3319] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. Non–coherent scattering. V. Thermaliza-tion distances and their distribution function. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 144, 313, 1969.

[3320] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. A note on the ‘peaking effect’ in spherical–geometry transfer problems. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 170, 423, 1975.

[3321] G Rybicki and D. Hummer. A generalization of the Sobolev method forflows with nonlocal radiative coupling. Astrophys. J., 219, 654, 1978.

[3322] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. The specific luminosity of a three–dimensional medium in terms of the escape probability. Astrophys. J.,274, 380, 1983.

[3323] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration methodfor multilevel radiative transfer. I. Non–overlapping lines with back-ground continuum. Astr. Astrophys., 245, 171, 1991.

[3324] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration methodfor multilevel radiative transfer. II. Overlapping transitions with fullcontinuum. Astr. Astrophys., 262, 209, 1992.

[3325] G. Rybicki and D. Hummer. An accelerated lambda iteration methodfor multilevel radiative transfer. III. Noncoherent electron scattering.Astr. Astrophys., 290, 553, 1994.

[3326] G. Rybicki and A. Lightman. Radiative Process in Astrophysics. (NewYork: John Wiley & Sons), 1979.

[3327] G. Rybicki, S. Owocki, and J. Castor. Instabilities in line–driven stellarwinds. IV. Linear perturbations in three dimensions. Astrophys. J., 349,274, 1990.

[3328] Y. Saad and M. Schultz. Conjugate gradient–like algorithms for solvingnonsymmetric linear systems. Math. Comp., 44, 417, 1985.

225



[3329] Y. Saad and M. Schultz. GMRES: A generalized minimal residual al-gorithm for solving nonsymmetric linear. SIAM J. Sci. Statis. Comp.,7, 178, 1986.

[3330] D. Sacotte and R. Bonnet. The blocking effect on lines of the solar UVcontinuum between 2000A and 3000A. Astr. Astrophys., 17, 60, 1972.

[3331] K. Sadakane. The accuracy of abundances from middle B to F mainsequence normal stars. In Wehrse [4023], page 57.

[3332] K. Sadakane and M. Nishimura. Metal abundances and the microtur-bulence in Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 33, 189, 1981.

[3333] K. Sadakane, M. Nishimura, and R. Hirata. Analysis of the ultravioletspectrum (2000A to 3000A) of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 38, 215,1986.

[3334] K. Sadakane and M. Okyudo. Abundance of N and S in A–type stars.Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 41, 1055, 1989.

[3335] K. Sadakane, Y. Takeda, and J. Okyudo. Non–LTE analyses of neutralN–lines in two supergiants α Cygni and β Orionis. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 45, 471, 1993.

[3336] K. Sadakane and M. Ueta. Abundance analysis of Sirius in the blue–violet region. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 41, 279, 1989.

[3337] R. Saffer, P. Bergeron, D. Koester, and J. Liebert. Atmospheric param-eters of field subdwarf B stars. Astrophys. J., 432, 351, 1994.

[3338] R. Saffer, P. Bergeron, J. Liebert, and D. Koester. Atmospheric param-eters of subluminous B stars. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 53.

[3339] M. Saha. Ionization in the solar chromosphere. Phil. Mag., 40, 472,1920.

[3340] M. Saha. On a physical theory of stellar spectra. Proc. Roy. Soc., 99A,135, 1921.

[3341] M. Saha. Temperature ionization of elements of the higher groups. Phil.Mag., 44, 1128, 1922.

[3342] J. Sahade. On the structure and composition of the Wolf–Rayet stars.Astr. Astrophys., 87, L7, 1980.

[3343] R. Sahai. HST imaging of proto–planetary nebulae and very youngplanetary nebulae – Towards a new understanding of their formation.In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 53.

[3344] S. Sahal–Brechot. Impact theory of the broadening and shift of spectrallines due to electrons and ions in a plasma. Astr. Astrophys., 2, 322,1969.

226



[3345] S. Sahal–Brechot. Stark broadening and isolated lines in the impactapproximation. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 319, 1974.

[3346] S. Sahal–Brechot, M. Dimitrijevic and N. Moreau. Virtual LaboratoryAstrophysics: the STARK-B database for spectral line broadening bycollisions with charged particles and its link to the European projectVAMDC. J. Phys. Conf. Ser., 397, 1, 2012.

[3347] S. Sahal–Brechot and E. Segre. Semi–classical calculations of electronand ion broadening of the strongest UV ion lines of astrophysical inter-est. Astr. Astrophys., 13, 161, 1971.

[3348] H. Saio and C. Jeffery. The evolution of a rapidly accreting He whitedwarf to become a low–luminosity He star. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,313, 671, 2000.

[3349] M. Saito and S. Kawabata. Atmosphere of the K–type supergiant com-ponent of 32 Cygni. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 40, 605, 1988.

[3350] S. Saito and A. Uesugi. On model atmospheres of O–type stars. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 11, 90, 1959.

[3351] N. Sakhibullin. Non–LTE analysis of C lines in hot–star spectra. III. TheC II resonance lines and λ 4267.2 in B stars. Sov. Astr., 31, 151, 1987.

[3352] N. Sakhibullin, L. Auer, and K. van der Hucht. The non–LTE analysisof C lines in the spectra of hot stars. I. C III λ 4650 and λ 9710A tripletlines in the spectra of O stars. Sov. Astr., 26, 563, 1982.

[3353] N. Sakhibullin and K. van der Hucht. Non–LTE analysis of C lines inthe spectra of hot stars. Sov. Astr., 27, 529, 1983.

[3354] E. Salpeter. Nuclear reactions in stars. Buildup from He. Phys. Rev.,107, 515, 1957.

[3355] D. Samain. A high spectral resolution atlas of the balloon ultravioletspectrum of the Sun: 1950–2000 A. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 113, 237,1995.

[3356] A. Sanchez, R. Fulton, and H. Griem. Measurement of the ion dynamiceffect on the Hα and Dα lines at low electron densities. Phys. Rev. A,35, 2596, 1987.

[3357] A. Sandage. Observational approach to evolution. II. A computed lumi-nosity function for K0–K2 stars from MV ?+5 to MV ?−4.5. Astrophys.J., 125, 435, 1966.

[3358] A. Sandage. The population concept, globular clusters, subdwarfs, ages,and the collapse of the Galaxy. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 24, 421,1986.

227



[3359] A. Sandage and O. Eggen. On the existence of subdwarfs in the(Mbol, log Teff) diagram. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 278, 1959.

[3360] A. Sandage and M. Schwarzschild. Inhomogeneous stellar models.II. Models with exhausted cores in gravitational contraction. Astro-phys. J., 116, 463, 1952.

[3361] A. Sandage and G. Wallerstein. Color–magnitude diagram for the diskglobular cluster NGC 6356 compared with halo clusters. Astrophys. J.,131, 598, 1960.

[3362] A. Santolaya-Rey, J. Puls, and A. Herrero. Atmospheric NLTE–modelsfor the spectroscopic analysis of luminous blue stars with winds. Astr.Astrophys., 323, 488, 1997.

[3363] A. Sarmiento and J. Canto. A fast and reliable method for computingfree–bound emission coefficients for hydrogenic ions. Rev. Mex. Astr.Astrof., 11, 61, 1985.

[3364] A. Sarychev and E. Roshchina. Limb darkening of the solar disk in totalradiation. Astr. Vestnik, 33, 82, 1999.

[3365] W. Saslow and D. Mills. Raman scattering by hydrogenic systems. Phys.Rev., 187, 1025, 1969.

[3366] D. Sasselov and J. Lester. Accurate relative temperatures and redden-ings for cool stars from C I lines at 1 micron. Astrophys. J., 360, 227,1990.

[3367] D. Saumon, P. Bergeron, J. Lunine, W. Hubbard, and A. Burrows. Coolzero–metallicity stellar atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 424, 456, 1994.

[3368] D. Saumon and S. Jacobson. Pure hydrogen model atmospheres forvery cool white dwarfs. Astrophys. J. Let., 511, L107, 1999.

[3369] W. Saurer, K. Werner, and R. Weinberger. Spectroscopy of the centralstars of three evolved planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 328, 598,1997.

[3370] A. Sauval and J. Tatum. A set of partition functions and equilibriumconstants for 300 diatomic molecules of astrophysical interest. Astro-phys. J. Suppl., 56, 193, 1984.

[3371] M. Saxner and B. Gustafsson. A method for adding opacity distributionfunctions. Astr. Astrophys., 140, 334, 1984.

[3372] M. Saxner and G. Hammarback. An empirical temperature calibrationfor F dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 151, 372, 1985.

228



[3373] D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models formassive stars. Wolf–Rayet models with spherically outflowing envelopes.Astr. Astrophys., 309, 129, 1996.

[3374] D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmosphere models formassive stars: New ionizing fluxes and their impact on H II regions. InGallagher [1218], page 71.

[3375] D. Schaerer. The ionizing fluxes of early–type stars and their impact onH II regions and the ’diffuse ionized gas’. In Howarth [1735], page 310.

[3376] D. Schaerer. On the properties of massive Population III stars andmetal–free stellar populations. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 28, 2002.

[3377] D. Schaerer, C. Charbonnel, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and G. Schaller.Grids of stellar models. IV. From 0.8 to 120 M� at Z = 0.040. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 102, 339, 1993.

[3378] D. Schaerer and A. de Koter. Combined stellar structure and atmo-sphere models for massive stars. III. Spectral evolution and revised ion-izing fluxes of O3–B0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 598, 1997.

[3379] D. Schaerer, A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and A. Maeder. Combinedstellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. I. Interiorevolution and wind properties on the main sequence. Astr. Astrophys.,310, 837, 1996.

[3380] D. Schaerer, A. de Koter, W. Schmutz, and A. Maeder. Combinedstellar structure and atmosphere models for massive stars. II. Spectralevolution on the main sequence. Astr. Astrophys., 312, 475, 1996.

[3381] D. Schaerer and A. Maeder. Basic relations between physical parametersof Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 263, 129, 1992.

[3382] D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, A. Maeder, and G. Schaller. Grids of stellarmodels. II. From 0.8 to 120 M� at Z = 0.008. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,98, 523, 1993.

[3383] D. Schaerer and R. Pello. On the expected properties and observationalprospects of Population III objects. Astrophys. Space Sci., 281, 475,2002.

[3384] D. Schaerer and W. Schmutz. Hydrodynamic atmosphere models forhot luminous stars. Astr. Astrophys., 288, 231, 1994.

[3385] D. Schaerer and W. Schmutz. Hydrodynamic atmosphere models forhot luminous stars. II. Method and improvements over unified models.Space Sci. Rev., 66, 177, 1994.

229



[3386] D. Schaerer, W. Schmutz, and M. Grenon. Fundamental stellar param-eters of γ2 Velorum from HIPPARCOS data. Astrophys. J., 484, L153,1997.

[3387] G. Schaller, D. Schaerer, G. Meynet, and A. Maeder. New grids ofstellar models from 0.8 to 120 M� at Z = 0.020 and Z = 0.001. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 96, 269, 1992.

[3388] G. Scharmer. Solutions to radiative transfer problems using approxi-mate lambda operators. Astrophys. J., 249, 720, 1981.

[3389] G. Scharmer. A linearization method for solving partial redistributionproblems. Astr. Astrophys., 117, 83, 1983.

[3390] G. Scharmer. Accurate solutions to non–LTE problems using approxi-mate lambda operators. In Kalkofen [1984], page 173.

[3391] G. Scharmer and M. Carlsson. A new method for solving multi-levelnon–LTE problems. In Beckman and Crivellari [358], page 189.

[3392] G. Scharmer and M. Carlsson. A new approach to multi–level non–LTEradiative transfer problems. J. Comp. Phys., 59, 56, 1985.

[3393] G. Scharmer and A. Nordlund. DQPT: A computer program for solvingnon–LTE problems for two–level atoms in one–dimensional semi–infinitemedia with velocity fields. Technical Report 19, Stockholms Observa-torium, Saltsjobaden, Sweden, 1982.

[3394] L. Schiff. Quantum Mechanics. (New York: McGraw–Hill Book Com-pany), 3rd edition, 1968.

[3395] R. Schild, D. Peterson, and J. Oke. Effective temperatures of B– andA–type stars. Astrophys. J., 166, 95, 1971.

[3396] D. Schmalberger and M. Wrubel. Numerical studies of line blending.Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 881, 1960.

[3397] A. Schmeltekopf, F. Fehsenfeld, and E. Ferguson. Laboratory measure-ments of the rate constant for H− + H → H + e. Astrophys. J., 148,L155, 1967.

[3398] H. Schmid. Identification of the emission bands at λλ 6830, 7088. Astr.Astrophys., 211, L31, 1989.

[3399] H. Schmid. Raman scattering and symbiotic stars. In Gull et al. [1399],page 347.

[3400] H. Schmid, J. Krautter, I. Appenzeller, J. Barnstedt, T. Dumm,A. Fromm, M. Golz, M. Grewing, W. Gringel, C. Haas, W. Hopfensitz,N. Kappelmann, G. Kramer, A. Lindenberger, H. Mandel, U. Murset,H. Schild, W. Schmutz, and H. Widmann. ORFEUS spectroscopy of

230



the O VI lines in symbiotic stars and the Raman scattering process.Astr. Astrophys., 348, 950, 1999.

[3401] J. Schmid-Burgk. Radiative transfer through spherically–symmetric at-mospheres and shells. Astr. Astrophys., 40, 249, 1975.

[3402] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres.II. Location in the HR–diagram and some properties of extended atmo-sphere stars. Astr. Astrophys., 41, 41, 1975.

[3403] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres.III. The Population II B–star Barnard 29. Astr. Astrophys., 52, 49,1976.

[3404] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Extended static stellar atmospheres.IV. Study of an F giant. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 179, 563, 1977.

[3405] J. Schmid-Burgk and M. Scholz. Transfer in spherical media usingintegral equations. In Kalkofen [1984], page 381.

[3406] J. Schmid-Burgk, M. Scholz, and R. Wehrse. Extended static stellaratmospheres. V. Photospheres of luminous M stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 194, 383, 1981.

[3407] E. Schmidt, J. Rosendhal, and C. Jewsbury. A comparison of variableand non–variable stars in the Cepheid strip. Astrophys. J., 189, 293,1974.

[3408] E. Schmidt, J. Rosendhal, and C. Jewsbury. Line strengths for yellowsupergiants and Cepheids. Astrophys. Space Sci., 29, 397, 1974.

[3409] M. Schmidt and R. Wehrse. Discrete ordinate matrix methods. InKalkofen [1988], page 341.

[3410] A. Schmitt. The weak–He–line star α Sculptoris. I. The line spectrum.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 9, 427, 1973.

[3411] A. Schmitt, M. Scholz, and G. Traving. On the interpretation of pho-tometric and MK spectral types of early main–sequence stars. Astr.Astrophys., 12, 36, 1971.

[3412] W. Schmutz. Quantitative spectroscopy of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Nomoto[2868], page 305.

[3413] W. Schmutz. Quantitative spectroscopy of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Nomoto[2868], page 133.

[3414] W. Schmutz. Bolometric corrections for Wolf–Rayet stars: The influ-ence of wind line–blanketing. In Garmany [1225], page 117.

231



[3415] W. Schmutz. Non–LTE analysis of hot stars including line blanketing.In Crivellari et al. [872], page 191.

[3416] W. Schmutz. Line blanketed non–LTE atmosphere models for Wolf–Rayet stars. Space Sci. Rev., 66, 253, 1993.

[3417] W. Schmutz. What we really know, what we don’t know. In Vreuxet al. [3959], page 553.

[3418] W. Schmutz. Photon loss from the He Lyα line. The key to the accel-eration of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 321, 268, 1997.

[3419] W. Schmutz. Non–LTE model atmospheres with line blanketing andphoton loss. In Howarth [1735], page 119.

[3420] W. Schmutz and O. De Marco. Revised stellar parameters of Wolf–Rayet stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3889], page 147.

[3421] W. Schmutz and W.–R. Hamann. Higher mass loss rates for Wolf–Rayetstars? Astr. Astrophys., 166, L11, 1986.

[3422] W. Schmutz, W.–R. Hamann, and U. Wessolowski. Spectral analysis of30 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 236, 1989.

[3423] W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, and R. Gruenwald. Theoretical continuumenergy distributions for Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 104,1164, 1992.

[3424] W. Schmutz, C. Leitherer, I. Hubeny, M. Vogel, W.–R. Hamann, andU. Wessolowski. Non–LTE analysis of the Ofpe/WN 9 star HDE 269227(R84). Astrophys. J., 372, 664, 1991.

[3425] M. Scholz. Eine Analyse des Spektrums des B0 V Stern τ Scorpii. Z.fur Astrophys., 65, 1, 1967.

[3426] M. Scholz. Element abundances in O– and early B–stars. Vistas inAstronomy, 14, 53, 1972.

[3427] M. Scholz. Line spectra of eight O–stars from 3059 to 6683A. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 7, 496, 1972.

[3428] M. Scholz. On the abundances of noble gases in extreme Population Imatter and the Sun. Astr. Astrophys., 20, 465, 1972.

[3429] M. Scholz. Stellar radii. In Bedding et al. [361], page 51.

[3430] M. Scholz. On the interpretation of stellar disc observations in terms ofdiameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 321, 347, 2001.

[3431] M. Scholz and Y. Takeda. Model study of wavelength–dependent limbdarkening and radii of M–type giants and supergiants. Astr. Astrophys.,186, 200, 1987.

232



[3432] M. Scholz and J. Tsuji. The effects of spherical extension upon thephotospheric structure and spectrum of red giants: Comparison of Mand C stars. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 11, 1984.

[3433] K. Schonberg and K. Hempe. Multilevel line formation in the comov-ing frame: Accurate solution using an approximate Newton–Raphsonoperator. Astr. Astrophys., 163, 151, 1986.

[3434] M. Schonberg and S. Chandrasekhar. On the evolution of main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 96, 161, 1942.

[3435] D. Schonberner. Asymptotic giant branch evolution with steady massloss. Astr. Astrophys., 79, 108, 1979.

[3436] D. Schonberner. Late stages of stellar evolution: Central stars of plan-etary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 103, 119, 1981.

[3437] D. Schonberner. Late stages of stellar evolution. II. Mass loss and thetransition of asymptotic giant branch stars into hot remnants. Astro-phys. J., 272, 708, 1983.

[3438] D. Sch”onberner. Evolutionary status and origin of extremelyhydrogen–deficient stars. In Hunger et al. [1833], page 471.

[3439] D. Sch”onberner. Mass loss and post–asymptotic giant–branch evolu-tion. In Bianchi and Gilmozzi [425], page 137.

[3440] D. Sch”onberner. Mass loss and evolution of planetary nebulae. InMennessier and Omont [2567], page 355.

[3441] D. Schonberner and J. Drilling. On the ultraviolet spectrum of pre–white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 290, L49, 1985.

[3442] D. Schonberner, A. Herrero, S. Becker, F. Eber, K. Butler, R.–P. Ku-dritzki, and K. Simon. A non–LTE stellar atmosphere study of N–richearly–type stars. Astr. Astrophys., 197, 209, 1988.

[3443] D. Schonberner and K. Hunger. The UV spectrum of the extreme Hestars BD +10◦ 2179 and BD −9◦ 4395. Astr. Astrophys., 70, 57, 1978.

[3444] D. Schonberner and R. Napiwotzki. Spectroscopic investigation of oldplanetaries. I. Detection of two new “PG 1159” central stars. Astr.Astrophys., 231, L33, 1990.

[3445] D. Schonberner and M. Steffen. The evolution of AGB stars towardsplanetary nebulae. In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 85.

[3446] D. Schonberner and R. Wolf. Fine analysis of Popper’s star HD 124448.Astr. Astrophys., 37, 87, 1974.

233



[3447] T. Schoning. Ion–dynamical effects in the Stark broadening of H I andHe II line and the implications for high resolution spectroscopy. Astr.Astrophys., 282, 994, 1994.

[3448] T. Schoning and K. Butler. Stark broadening of He II lines. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 78, 51, 1989.

[3449] T. Schoning and K. Butler. Stark broadening of He II lines and newresults in astrophysical spectroscopy. Astr. Astrophys., 219, 326, 1989.

[3450] S. Schroder, L. Kaper, H. Lamers, and A. Brown. On the Hipparcosparallaxes of O stars. Astr. Astrophys., 428, 149, 2004.

[3451] E. Schrodinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. Ann. Physik,79, 361, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 1.

[3452] E. Schrodinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. II. Ann.Physik, 79, 489, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500],page 13.

[3453] E. Schrodinger. The relation between the quantum mechanics of Heisen-berg, Born, and Jordan, and that of Schrodinger. Ann. Physik, 79, 734,1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 45.

[3454] E. Schrodinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. III. Pertur-bation theory and its application to the Stark effect of the H Balmerlines. Ann. Physik, 80, 437, 1926. English translation. In Shearer andDeans [3500], page 62.

[3455] E. Schrodinger. Quantization as a problem of eigenvalues. IV. Ann.Physik, 81, 109, 1926. English translation. In Shearer and Deans [3500],page 102.

[3456] E. Schrodinger. Compton effect. Ann. Physik, 82, 257, 1927. Englishtranslation. In Shearer and Deans [3500], page 124.

[3457] L. Schubert. Modification of a quasi-Newton method for nonlinear equa-tions with a sparse Jacobian. Math. Comput., 24, 27, 1970.

[3458] S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Application of stratified Non–LTEmodel atmospheres to hot DA white dwarfs. In Provencal et al. [3179],page 79.

[3459] S. Schuh, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Equilibrium abundances in hotDA white dwarfs as derived from self–consistent diffusion models. I.Analysis of spectroscopic EUVE data. Astr. Astrophys., 382, 164, 2002.

[3460] S. Schuler, A. Hatzes, J. King, M. Kurster, and L.-H. The. Hyadesoxygen abundances from the λ 6300 [O I] line: The giant–dwarf oxygendiscrepancy revisited. Astr. J., 131, 1057, 2006.

234



[3461] S. Schuler, J. King, D. Fischer, D. Soderblom, and B. Jones. Spec-troscopic abundances of solar–type dwarfs in the open cluster M 34(NGC 1039). Astr. J., 125, 2085, 2003.

[3462] S. Schuler, J. King, L. Hobbs, and M. Pinsonneault. Oxygen in opencluster dwarfs: Pleiades and M 34. Astrophys. J., 602, L117, 2004.

[3463] S. Schuler, J. King, D. Terndrup, M. Pinsonneault, N. Murray, andL. Hobbs. Oxygen from the λ 7774 high-excitation triplet in open clusterdwarfs: Hyades. Astrophys. J., 636, 432, 2006.

[3464] R. Schulte-Ladbeck and J. Herald. Ionization stratification in WRwinds. Astrophys. Space Sci., 238, 87, 1996.

[3465] R. Schulte-Ladbeck, D. Hillier, and J. Herald. The Hopkins UltravioletTelescope farultraviolet spectral atlas of Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys.J., 454, L51, 1995.

[3466] A. Schuster. Radiation through a foggy atmosphere. Astrophys. J., 21,1, 1905.

[3467] K. Schwarzschild. On the equilibrium of the Sun’s atmosphere (Englishtranslation). In Menzel [2571], page 25.

[3468] K. Schwarzschild. Diffusion and absorption in the Sun’s atmosphere(English translation). In Menzel [2571], page 35.

[3469] M. Schwarzschild. Structure and Evolution of the Stars. (Princeton:Princeton University Press), 1958.

[3470] M. Schwarzschild and R. Harm. Red giants of Population II. II. Astro-phys. J., 136, 158, 1962.

[3471] M. Schwarzschild and R. Harm. Thermal instability in non–degeneratestars. Astrophys. J., 142, 855, 1965.

[3472] M. Schwarzschild and R. Harm. Hydrogen mixing by helium–shellflashes. Astrophys. J., 150, 961, 1967.

[3473] M. Schwarzschild, L. Searle, and R. Howard. On the colors of subdwarfs.Astrophys. J., 122, 353, 1955.

[3474] M. Schwarzschild and H. Selberg. Red giants of Population II. Astro-phys. J., 136, 150, 1962.

[3475] J. Schweickhardt, W. Schmutz, O. Stahl, T. Szeifert, and B. Wolf. Re-vised mass determination of the super massive Wolf–Rayet star WR 22.Astr. Astrophys., 347, 127, 1999.

[3476] A. Schweitzer, P. Hauschildt, F. Allard, and G. Basri. Analysis of Keckhigh–resolution spectra of VB 10. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 283, 821,1996.

235



[3477] N. Scott and P. Burke. Electron scattering by atoms and ions using theBreit–Pauli Hamiltonian: An R–matrix approach. J. Phys. B, 13, 4299,1980.

[3478] T. Scott, M. Aubert-Frecon, and J. Grotendorst. New approach for theelectronic energies of the hydrogen molecular ion. Chem. Phys., 324,323, 2006.

[3479] L. Searle and J. Oke. Effective temperatures of F–type stars using Hγline profiles. Astrophys. J., 135, 790, 1962.

[3480] R. Sears and A. Whitford. Six–color photometry of stars. XII. Colorsof Hyades and subdwarf stars. Astrophys. J., 155, 899, 1969.

[3481] M. Seaton. The quantum defect method. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,118, 504, 1958.

[3482] M. Seaton. Radiative recombination of hydrogenic ions. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 119, 81, 1959.

[3483] M. Seaton. The solution of capture–cascade equations for H. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 119, 90, 1959.

[3484] M. Seaton. Recombination spectra. III. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 127,177, 1964.

[3485] M. Seaton. Calculated intensities of He II recombination lines in theultraviolet. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 185, 5, 1978.

[3486] M. Seaton. Outer–region contributions to radiative transition probabil-ities. J. Phys. B, 19, 2601, 1986.

[3487] M. Seaton. Wing formulae for plasma-broadened spectral lines of hy-drogenic ions. J. Phys. B, 28, 565, 1995.

[3488] E. Sedlmayr. Non–LTE analysis of the infrared O I triplets in the solarspectrum. Astr. Astrophys., 31, 23, 1974.

[3489] M. Selby, D. Blackwell, A. Petford, and M. Shallis. Measurement ofthe absolute flux from Vega in the K–band, 2.2µ. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 193, 111, 1980.

[3490] M. Selby, C. Mountain, D. Blackwell, A. Petford, and S. Leggett. Mea-surement of the absolute monochromatic flux from Vega at λ 2.20 andλ 3.80 µ by comparison with a furnace. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203,795, 1983.

[3491] F. Sellmaier, J. Puls, R.–P. Kudritzki, A. Gabler, R. Gabler, andS. Voels. Unified NLTE model atmospheres including spherical exten-sion and stellar winds. IV. Improved line transfer and wind contamina-tion of H, He profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 273, 533, 1993.

236



[3492] P. Selvelli, L. Crivellari, and R. Stalio. The ultraviolet spectrum ofβ Ori (B8 Ia). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 27, 1, 1977.

[3493] K. Sen and S. Wilson. Radiative Transfer in Moving Media. (Singapore:Springer–Verlag), 1989.

[3494] A. Serenelli, L. Althaus, R. Rohrmann, and O. Benvenuto. The agesand colors of cool He–core white dwarf stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 325, 607, 2001.

[3495] A. Shapiro. Line formation in a purely scattering, optically thick, at-mosphere. Astrophysics, 45, 215, 2002.

[3496] T. Sharpe. Potential–energy curves for molecular hydrogen and its ions.Atomic Data, 2, 119, 1971.

[3497] C. Shastry. Existence of a discrete spectrum in the hydrogen molecularion. Prog. Theor. Phys., 50, 450, 1973.

[3498] N. Shchukina and J. Trujillo Bueno. The Fe line formation problemin three–dimensional hydrodynamic models of solar–like photospheres.Astrophys. J., 550, 970, 2001.

[3499] N. Shchukina, J. Trujillo Bueno, and M. Asplund. The impact of non–LTE effects and granulation inhomogeneities on the derived Fe andO abundances in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 618, 939, 2005.

[3500] J. Shearer and W. Deans, editors. Collected Papers on Wave Mechanicsby E. Schrodinger. (New York: Chelsea Publishing Company), 1978.

[3501] Z.–X. Shen, B. Jones, D. Lin, X.–W. Liu, and S.–L. Li. Spectroscopicabundance analysis of dwarfs in the young open cluster IC 4665. As-trophys. J., 635, 608, 2005.

[3502] Z.–X. Shen, X.–W. Liu, H.-W. Zhang, B. Jones, and D. Lin. Oxygenabundances of open cluster dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 660, 712, 2007.

[3503] A. Shestakov, D. Kershaw, and M. Prasad. Evaluation of integrals ofthe Compton scattering cross–section. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 40, 377, 1988.

[3504] J. Shi, G. Zhao, and Y. Chen. The C and N abundances in disk stars.Astr. Astrophys., 381, 982, 2002.

[3505] Y. Shima and H. Yatom. Inverse bremsstrahlung energy absorptionrate. Phys. Rev. A, 12, 2106, 1975.

[3506] H. Shimooda. Thermalization lengths in multilevel radiation transfer.Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 25, 547, 1973.

237



[3507] R. Shine, R. Milkey, and D. Mihalas. Resonance line transfer withpartial redistribution. V. The solar Ca II lines. Astrophys. J., 199, 724,1975.

[3508] R. Shine, R. Milkey, and D. Mihalas. Resonance line transfer with par-tial redistribution. VI. The Ca II K–line in solar–type stars. Astrophys.J., 201, 222, 1975.

[3509] H. Shipman. White dwarf evolution: A review. In Provencal et al.[3179], page 47.

[3510] H. Shipman, M. Barnhill, J. Provencal, S. Roby, I. Bues, F. Cor-dova, G. Hammond, P. Hintzen, D. Koester, J. Liebert, T. Oswalt,S. Starfield, G. Wegner, and V. Weideman. Hubble Space Telescope ob-servations of cool white dwarf stars: Detection of new species of heavyelements. Astr. J., 109, 1231, 1995.

[3511] H. Shipman, J. Provencal, S. Roby, M. Barstow, H. Bond, F. Bruh-weiler, D. Finley, G. Fontaine, J. Holberg, J. Nousek, E. Sion,R. Tweedy, F. Wesemael, and G. Vauclair. Photospheric, circumstellar,and interstellar features of He, C, N, O, and Si in the HST spectra offour hot white dwarf stars. Astr. J., 109, 1220, 1995.

[3512] H. Shipman and S. Strom. Lines of neutral He in O– and B–type stars.Astrophys. J., 159, 183, 1970.

[3513] Z. Shippony and W. Read. A highly accurate Voigt function algorithm.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 50, 635, 1993.

[3514] D. Shirk. A practical review of the Kompaneets equation and its appli-cation to Compton scattering. Technical Report LA-14297, Los AlamosNational Laboratory, 2006.

[3515] B. Shore and D. Menzel. Principles of Atomic Spectra. (New York:John Wiley & Sons), 1968.

[3516] S. Shore. An Introduction to Astrophysical Hydrodynamics. (San Diego:Academic Press), 1992.

[3517] S. Shore. Blue sky and hot piles: The evolution of radiative transfertheory from atmospheres to nuclear reactors. Historica Mathematica,29, 463, 2002.

[3518] S. Shore. The Tapestry of Modern Astrophysics. (Hoboken: Wiley–Interscience), 2003.

[3519] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. Massive multispecies, multilevel non–LTEmodel atmospheres for novae in outburst. Astrophys. J., 525, 375, 1999.

238



[3520] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. Atmospheric models of red giants withmassive–scale non–local thermodynamic equilibrium. Astrophys. J.,596, 501, 2003.

[3521] C. Short and P. Hauschildt. A Non–LTE line–blanketed model of asolar–type star. Astrophys. J., 618, 926, 2005.

[3522] C. Short, P. Hauschildt, and E. Baron. Massive multispecies, multilevelnon–LTE model atmospheres for novae in outburst. Astrophys. J., 525,375, 1999.

[3523] C. Short and J. Lester. Missing opacity in the atmospheric models ofred giants. Astrophys. J., 436, 165, 1994.

[3524] C. Short and J. Lester. Modeling the violet spectral region of cool stars:Line and continuous opacity. Astrophys. J., 469, 898, 1996.

[3525] F. Shu. The Physics of Astrophysics. Volume 1: Radiation. (Mill Valley:University Science Books), 1991.

[3526] F. Shu. The Physics of Astrophysics. Volume 2: Gas Dynamics. (MillValley: University Science Books), 1992.

[3527] D. Shulyak, V. Tsymbal, T. Ryabchikova, D. Stutz, and W. Weiss.Line–by–line opacity stellar model atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 428,993, 2004.

[3528] F. Sibelle, M. Lunel, and J. Bergeat. Theoretical infrared spectrum ofionized hydrogen between 0.8 and 4.5 microns. Astrophys. Space Sci.,30, 173, 1974.

[3529] A. Sidi, W. Ford, and D. Smith. Acceleration of convergence of vectorsequences. SIAM J. Num. Anal., 23, 178, 1986.

[3530] T. Sigut. Non–LTE calculations for the C I doublet system. Astrophys.J., 473, 452, 1996.

[3531] T. Sigut. Non–LTE equivalent widths for Ne I with error estimates.Astrophys. J., 519, 303, 1999.

[3532] T. Sigut. The interpretation of Mn II emission from late–type B stars.Astr. Astrophys., 377, 27, 2001.

[3533] T. Sigut and J. Lester. Infrared Rydberg emission lines in early–typestars. I. Mg II. Astrophys. J., 461, 972, 1996.

[3534] T. Sigut and A. Pradhan. Electron impact excitation of Mg II: Collisionstrengths and rate coefficients. J. Phys. B, 28, 4879, 1995.

[3535] S. Sim. Modeling the H Lyman lines in evolved late–type stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 326, 821, 2001.

239



[3536] K. Simon. Non–LTE analysis of subluminous O–stars. II. The H–deficient subdwarf O–star HD 127493. Astr. Astrophys., 107, 313, 1982.

[3537] K. Simon, K. Hunger, and R.–P. Kudritzki. The He content of the bluestar near the center of SN 1006. Astr. Astrophys., 98, 211, 1981.

[3538] K. Simon, R.–P. Kudritzki, G. Jonas, and J. Rahe. Non–LTE analy-sis of massive O–stars. III. The O3 stars HD 93128, HD 93129A, andHDE 303308. Astr. Astrophys., 125, 34, 1983.

[3539] E. Simonneau. Spectral line formation in non–LTE expanding atmo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys., 29, 357, 1973.

[3540] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical sym-metry. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 741, 1976.

[3541] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical symme-try. II. The conservative Milne problem. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 19, 439, 1978.

[3542] E. Simonneau. Radiative transfer in atmospheres with spherical symme-try. III. The Eddington approximation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 20, 49, 1978.

[3543] E. Simonneau. Sur l’anisotropie du champ de rayonnement dans lesatmospheres stellaires etendues. C. R. Acad. Sci. Paris, Ser. B, 287,341, 1978.

[3544] R. Simpson, B. O’Mara, and A. Hearn. The influence of ultravioletline blanketing on the neutral He triplet lines in B–type stars. Astr.Astrophys., 21, 57, 1972.

[3545] P. Singh. A radiative transfer calculation using RIII in an expandingspherically symmetric stellar atmosphere. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc.,269, 441, 1994.

[3546] R. Singh. Electronic energy levels of H+2 . Ind. J. Pure Appl. Phys., 15,

367, 1977.

[3547] E. Sion, R. Bohlin, R. Tweedy, and G. Vauclair. The identification ofhighly ionized metal species in the hot DA 1 white dwarf G121–B2Bwith the Hubble Space Telescope faint object spectrograph. Astrophys.J., 391, L29, 1992.

[3548] E. Sion, J. Greenstein, J. Landstreet, J. Liebert, H. Shipman, andG. Wegner. A proposed new white dwarf spectral classification system.Astrophys. J., 269, 253, 1983.

240



[3549] T. Sivarani, P. Bonifacio, P. Molaro, R. Cayrel, M. Spite, F. Spite,B. Plez, J. Andersen, B. Barbuy, T. Beers, E. Depagne, V. Hill,P. Francois, B. Nordstrom, and F. Primas. First stars. IV. CS 29497–030: Evidence for operation of the s–process at very low metallicity.Astr. Astrophys., 413, 1073, 2004.

[3550] R. Skartlien. A multigroup method for radiation with scattering inthree–dimensional hydrodynamic imulations. Astrophys. J., 536, 465,2000.

[3551] A. Skumanich and B. Domenico. On the application of the generalizedNewton–Raphson method in radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit.Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 11, 547, 1971.

[3552] J. Slater. Radiation and absorption on Schrodinger’s theory. Proc. Nat.Acad. Sci. U.S., 13, 7, 1927.

[3553] J. Slater. The theory of complex spectra. Phys. Rev., 34, 1293, 1929.

[3554] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Atomic Structure. Volume I. (New York:McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1960.

[3555] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Atomic Structure. Volume II. (New York:McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1960.

[3556] J. Slater. Quantum Theory of Molecules and Solids. Volume I. (NewYork: McGraw–Hill Publishing Company), 1963.

[3557] A. Slettebak, editor. Be and Shell Stars. IAU Symposium No. 70. (Dor-drecht: Reidel), 1976.

[3558] J. Smak. On the He content of the subdwarf binary ADS 16644. ActaAstr., 37, 357, 1987.

[3559] B. Smalley. The determination of effective temperature and surfacegravity for B to G stars. In Adelman et al. [20], page 43.

[3560] B. Smalley and M. Dworetsky. The atmospheric parameters of A andF stars. I. Comparison of various methods. Astr. Astrophys., 271, 515,1993.

[3561] B. Smalley and M. Dworetsky. The calibration of uvbyβ photometryfor B, A, and F stars. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 446, 1995.

[3562] W. Smart. Spherical Astronomy. (Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress), 1956.

[3563] B. Smirnov. Excitation transfer in atomic collisions. Soviet Phys.J.E.T.P., 24, 314, 1967.

241



[3564] A. Smit. Line profiles in the spectrum of β Orionis. Bull. Astr. Inst.Neth., 20, 274, 1969.

[3565] D. Smith, W. Ford, and A. Sidi. Extrapolation methods for vectorsequences. SIAM Rev., 29, 199, 1987.

[3566] E. Smith, J. Cooper, and C. Vidal. Unified classical–path treatment ofStark broadening in plasmas. Phys. Rev., 185, 140, 1969.

[3567] G. Smith. Numerical Solution of Partial Differential Equations. (NewYork: Oxford University Press), 1965.

[3568] G. Smith. A comparative high–resolution spectroscopic study of theHyades giants γ Tauri and ε Tauri. Astr. Astrophys., 350, 859, 1999.

[3569] G. Smith and J. Drake. The wings of the Ca infrared triplet lines inlate–type giant stars. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 125, 1990.

[3570] G. Smith and D. Lambert. Non–resonance lines of neutral Ca in thespectra of Arcturus and β Virginis. Astr. Astrophys., 117, 177, 1983.

[3571] G. Smith, D. Lambert, and M. Ruck. A fine analysis of Ca and Fe linesin the spectrum of the subdwarf Groombridge 1830. Astr. Astrophys.,263, 249, 1992.

[3572] G. Smith and M. Ruck. A new abundance analysis of the super–metal–rich K2 giant µ Leonis. Astr. Astrophys., 356, 570, 2000.

[3573] K. Smith and I. Howarth. Microturbulence in O supergiants. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 1146, 1998.

[3574] L. Smith. The features of the system of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Gebbieand Thomas [1243], page 23.

[3575] L. Smith and D. Hummer. C/He abundances in WC stars. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 230, 511, 1988.

[3576] L. Smith and L. Kuhi. Wolf–Rayet stars. IV. Line intensities in thespectra of two WN 6 stars. Astrophys. J., 162, 535, 1970.

[3577] L. Smith and C. Payne-Gaposhkin. The features of the system of Wolf–Rayet stars. In Gebbie and Thomas [1243], page 21.

[3578] L. Smith and U. Steinlin. Blanketing corrections for the RGU system.Z. fur Astrophys., 58, 253, 1964.

[3579] L. Smith and A. Willis. The C and N abundances in WN and WCWolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 201, 451, 1982.

[3580] M. Smith and S. Strom. Observational results concerning departuresfrom LTE in late B stars. Astrophys. J., 158, 1161, 1969.

242



[3581] P. Smith and W. Wiese, editors. Atomic and Molecular Data for SpaceAstronomy. (Berlin: Springer-Verlag), 1992.

[3582] V. Smith, K. Hinkle, K. Cunha, B. Plez, D. Lambert, C. Pilachowski,B. Barbuy, J. Melendez, S. Balachandran, M. Bessell, D. Geisler,J. Hesser, and C. Winge. Chemical abundances in 12 red giants ofthe Large Magellanic Cloud from high–resolution infrared spectroscopy.Astr. J., 124, 3241, 2002.

[3583] V. Smith and D. Lambert. The chemical composition of red giants.I. Dredge–up in the M and MS stars. Astrophys. J., 294, 326, 1985.

[3584] V. Smith and D. Lambert. The chemical composition of red giants.II. He burning and the s–process in the MS and S stars. Astrophys. J.,311, 843, 1986.

[3585] J. Smolinski, J. Climenhaga, and K. Wright. Line blanketing as relatedto luminosity and turbulence in F5–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,88, 213, 1976.

[3586] C. Sneden. The N abundance of the very metal–poor star HD 122563.Astrophys. J., 184, 839, 1973.

[3587] C. Sneden. C and N abundances in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J.,189, 493, 1974.

[3588] C. Sneden. CNO abundances in field stars of Population I and Popula-tion II. In Danziger et al. [910], page 1.

[3589] C. Sneden, J. Cowan, D. Burris, and J. Truran. Hubble Space Telescopeobservations of neutron–capture elements in very metal poor stars. As-trophys. J., 496, 235, 1998.

[3590] C. Sneden, J. Cowan, J. Lawler, I. Ivans, S. Burles, T. Beers, F. Primas,V. Hill, J. Truran, G. Fuller, B. Pfeiffer, and K.-L. Kratz. The extremelymetal–poor, neutron capture–rich star CS 22892–052: A comprehensiveabundance analysis. Astrophys. J., 591, 936, 2003.

[3591] C. Sneden, H. Johnson, and B. Krupp. A statistical method for treatingmolecular line opacities. Astrophys. J., 204, 281, 1976.

[3592] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, G. Langer, C. Prosser, and M. Shetrone. Oxygenabundances in halo giants. V. Giants in the fairly metal–rich globularcluster M 71. Astr. J., 107, 1773, 1994.

[3593] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, C. Prosser, and G. Langer. Oxygen abundancesin halo giants. I. Giants in the very metal–poor globular clusters M 92and M 15 and the metal–poor halo field. Astr. J., 102, 2001, 1991.

243



[3594] C. Sneden, R. Kraft, C. Prosser, and G. Langer. Oxygen abundances inhalo giants. III. Giants in the mildly metal–poor globular cluster M 5.Astr. J., 104, 2121, 1992.

[3595] C. Sneden, D. Lambert, J. Tomkin, and R. Peterson. Light–elementabundances in the weak G–band star HR 6766. Astrophys. J., 222, 585,1988.

[3596] C. Sneden, D. Lambert, and R. Whitaker. The O abundance in metal–poor stars. Astrophys. J., 234, 964, 1989.

[3597] C. Sneden, A. McWilliam, G. Preston, J. Cowan, D. Burris, andB. Armosky. The ultra–metal-poor, neutron-capture–rich giant starCS 22892-052. Astrophys. J., 467, 819, 1996.

[3598] C. Sneden and M. Parthasarathy. The r– and s–process nuclei in theearly history of the Galaxy – HD 122563. Astrophys. J., 288, 55, 1985.

[3599] C. Sneden, G. Preston, A. McWilliam, and L. Searle. Ultra–metal–poorhalo stars: The remarkable spectrum of CS 22892-052. Astrophys. J.,431, 27, 1994.

[3600] M. Snijders. The continuous UV flux of α Lyrae. Non–LTE results.Astrophys. J., 214, 35, 1977.

[3601] M. Snijders and H. Lamers. Observations and theory of Mg II lines inearly type stars. II. Theory and predicted profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 41,245, 1975.

[3602] M. Snijders and A. Underhill. The He II lines in the spectrum of ζ Pup-pis. Astrophys. J., 200, 634, 1985.

[3603] T. Snow, G. Wegner, and P. Kunasz. Variations in the mass flow fromζ Puppis. Astrophys. J., 238, 643, 1980.

[3604] J. Sobeck, I. Ivans, J. Simmerer, C. Sneden, P. Hoflich, J. Fulbright,and R. Kraft. Manganese abundances in cluster and field stars. Astr.J., 131, 2949, 2006.

[3605] I. Sobelman. Atomic Spectra and Radiative Transitions. (Berlin:Springer–Verlag), 1979.

[3606] I. Sobelman, L. Vainshtein, and E. Yukov. Excitation of Atoms andBroadening of Spectral Lines. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1981.

[3607] V. Sobolev. The diffusion of Lα radiation in nebulae and stellar en-velopes. Sov. Astr., 1, 678, 1957.

[3608] V. Sobolev. The Diffusion of Radiation in a Medium of Finite OpticalThickness. Sov. Astr., 1, 332, 1957.

244



[3609] V. Sobolev. Stars with bright spectral lines. In Ambartsumyan [86],chapter 28–29, pages 478–519.

[3610] V. Sobolev. On the Theory of Radiation Diffusion in Stellar Atmo-spheres. Sov. Astr., 3, 563, 1959.

[3611] V. Sobolev. Moving Envelopes of Stars. (Cambridge: Harvard Univer-sity Press), 1960.

[3612] V. Sobolev. A Treatise on Radiative Transfer. (Princeton: D. Van Nos-trand Company), 1963.

[3613] H. Socas–Navarro and J. Trujillo Bueno. Linearization versus precon-ditioning: Which approach is best for solving multilevel transfer prob-lems? Astrophys. J., 490, 383, 1997.

[3614] T. Soffner, R. Mendez, G. Jacoby, R. Ciardullo, M. Roth, and R.–P.Kudritzki. Planetary nebulae and H II regions in NGC 300. Astr.Astrophys., 306, 9, 1996.

[3615] S.-E. Solheim and E. Meistas, editors. 11th European Workshop onWhite Dwarfs. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific),1999.

[3616] L. Soloveva. Non–LTE calculations of the N IV lines. Sov. Astr., 27,415, 1983.

[3617] L. Soloveva. Non–LTE investigation of the atmospheres of main–sequence O–stars. Sov. Astr., 30, 189, 1986.

[3618] W. Somerville. The continuous absorption coefficient of the negativehydrogen molecular ion. Astrophys. J., 139, 192, 1964.

[3619] W. Somerville. The continuous absorption coefficient of He−. Astrophys.J., 141, 811, 1965.

[3620] G. Sonneborn, H. Moos, and B.-G. Andersson, editors. Astrophysics inthe Far Ultraviolet: Five Years of Discovery With FUSE. (San Fran-cisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2006.

[3621] W. Sparks and D. Fischel. Partition functions and equations of state inplasmas. NASA Report. No. 1155. (Washington, DC: U. S. GovernmentPrinting Office), 1971.

[3622] A. Spencer. Continuum Mechanics. (London: Longman Group Ltd.),1980.

[3623] E. Spiegel. Convection in stars I. Basic Boussinesq convection. Ann.Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 9, 323, 1971.

245



[3624] E. Spiegel. Convection in stars II. Special effects. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 10, 261, 1972.

[3625] W. Spiesman and G. Wallerstein. O and Fe abundances in two metal–poor stars. Astr. J., 102, 1790, 1991.

[3626] H. Spinrad, J. Greenstein, B. Taylor, and I. King. On the supermetal-licity of the main sequence stars in M 67 and NGC 188. Astrophys. J.,162, 891, 1970.

[3627] H. Spinrad and R. Wing. Infrared spectra of stars. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 7, 249, 1969.

[3628] F. Spite. Accuracy of the determination of the abundances in solar typestars. In Wehrse [4023], page 69.

[3629] F. Spite and M. Spite. Abundances in the halo cool star HD 128279.Astr. Astrophys., 40, 141, 1975.

[3630] M. Spite. Trends of element abundances in the stars of our Galaxy. InBarbuy and Renzini [239], page 123.

[3631] M. Spite and F. Spite. Study of the abundances of heavy elementsin F–G type stars. I. Differential analysis of two metal–deficient stars:HR 646 and HR 860. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 63, 1973.

[3632] M. Spite and F. Spite. Abundances in the star HD 128279. II. Reductionprocedure, equivalent widths, and final abundances. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 28, 307, 1977.

[3633] M. Spite, F. Spite, R. Cayrel, V. Hill, B. Nordstrom, B. Barbuy,T. Beers, and P. Nissen. Abundances in very metal–poor stars. As-trophys. Space Sci., 265, 141, 1969.

[3634] L. Spitzer. Notes on the theory of noncoherent scattering. Astrophys.J., 99, 1, 1944.

[3635] L. Spitzer. Physics of Fully Ionized Gases. (New York: John Wiley &Co.), 1956.

[3636] L. Spitzer and J. Greenstein. Continuous emission from planetary neb-ulae. Astrophys. J., 114, 407, 1951.

[3637] U. Springmann. Multiple resonance–line scattering and the “momentumproblem” in Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr. Astrophys., 289, 505, 1994.

[3638] U. Springmann and A. Pauldrach. Radiation–driven winds of hot lu-minous stars. XI. Frictional heating in a multicomponent stellar windplasma and decoupling of radiatively accelerated ions. Astr. Astrophys.,262, 515, 1992.

246



[3639] U. Springmann and J. Puls. Models of radiatively driven Wolf–Rayetstar winds. In Howarth [1735], page 286.

[3640] H. Spruit, A. Nordlund, and A. Title. Solar convection. Ann. Rev. Astr.Astrophys., 28, 263, 1990.

[3641] R. Stalio and P. Selvelli. The ultraviolet spectra of ε Ori (B0 Ia) andκ Ori (B0.5 Ia). Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 21, 241, 1975.

[3642] R. Stalio and L. Willson, editors. Pulsation and Mass Loss in Stars.(Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1988.

[3643] J. Stallcop. Absorption of infrared radiation by electrons in the field ofa neutral hydrogen atom. Astrophys. J., 187, 179, 1974.

[3644] R. Stancliffe and C. Jeffery. Mass loss and yield uncertainty in low–massasymptotic giant branch stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 375, 1280,2007.

[3645] G. Stasinska, G. Grafener, M. Pena, W.–R. Hamann, L. Koesterke, andR. Szczerba. Comprehensive modeling of the planetary nebula LMC–SMP 61 and its [WC] type central star. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 329,2004.

[3646] G. Stasinska and D. Schaerer. Combined stellar structure and atmo-sphere models for massive stars. IV. The impact on the ionization struc-ture of single star H II regions. Astr. Astrophys., 322, 615, 1997.

[3647] J. Stebbins and G. Kron. Six color photometry of stars. X. The stellarmagnitude and color index of the sun. Astrophys. J., 126, 266, 1957.

[3648] W. Steenbock and H. Holweger. Statistical equilibrium of lithium incool stars of different metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 130, 319, 1984.

[3649] M. Steffen. A model atmosphere analysis of the F5 IV-V subgiantProcyon. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 59, 403, 1985.

[3650] M. Steffen and H. Holweger. Line formation in convective stellar atmo-spheres. I. Granulation corrections for solar photospheric abundances.Astr. Astrophys., 397, 258, 2002.

[3651] M. Steffen, H. Ludwig, and B. Freytag. Synthetic spectra computedfrom hydrodynamical model atmospheres of DA white dwarfs. Astr.Astrophys., 300, 473, 1995.

[3652] M. Steffen and D. Schonberner. Long–term evolution of AGB windenvelopes: Insights from hydrodynamical models. In Le Bertre et al.[2348], page 379.

247



[3653] C. Stehle. Stark broadening of the hydrogen Lyman-α line from thecenter to the near line wings for low-density plasmas. Phys. Rev. A, 34,4153, 1986.

[3654] C. Stehle. Stark broadening of hydrogen Lyman and Balmer in theconditions of stellar envelopes. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 104, 509, 1994.

[3655] C. Stehle. Stark profiles of He+. Astr. Astrophys., 292, 699, 1994.

[3656] C. Stehle. The hydrogen Paschen lines. In Adelman et al. [20], page 123.

[3657] C. Stehle and R. Hutcheon. Extensive tabulations of Stark broadenedH–line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 140, 93, 1999.

[3658] C. Stehle, A. Mazure, G. Nollez, and N. Feautrier. Stark broadeningof H–lines: New results for the Balmer lines and astrophysical conse-quences. Astr. Astrophys., 127, 263, 1983.

[3659] R. Stein and A. Nordlund. Simulations of solar granulation. I. Generalproperties. Astrophys. J., 499, 914, 1998.

[3660] R. Stein and A. Nordlund. Realistic solar convection simulations. SolarPhys., 192, 91, 2000.

[3661] R. Stein and A. Nordlund. Radiative transfer in 3D numerical simula-tions. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 519.

[3662] O. Steiner. A rapidly converging temperature correction procedure us-ing operator perturbation. Astr. Astrophys., 231, 278, 1990.

[3663] O. Steiner. Fast solution of radiative transfer problems using a methodof multiple grids. Astr. Astrophys., 242, 290, 1991.

[3664] R. Steinitz and R. Shine. On the dependence of the two–level sourcefunction on its own radiation field. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 162, 197,1962.

[3665] L. Stenholm. A new approach to the solution of multidimensional non–LTE radiative transfer. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 577, 1977.

[3666] L. Stenholm, H. Storzer, and R. Wehrse. An efficient method for the so-lution of 3D radiative transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 45, 47, 1991.

[3667] L. Stenholm and R. Wehrse. The core–saturation method with partialredistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 131, 399, 1984.

[3668] A. Stephens and A. Boesgaard. Abundances from high–resolution spec-tra of kinematically interesting halo stars. Astr. J., 123, 1647, 2002.

248



[3669] C. Sterken, editor. The Future of Photometric, Spectrophotometric andPolarimetric Standardization. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society ofthe Pacific), 2007.

[3670] A. Sternberg, T. Hoffmann, and A. Pauldrach. Ionizing photon emissionrates from O– and early B–type stars and clusters. Astrophys. J., 599,1333, 2003.

[3671] A. Stewart. Perturbation variation study of photodetachment from H−.J. Phys. B, 11, 3851, 1978.

[3672] W. Stibbs. On a problem in the theory of formation of absorption lines.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 113, 493, 1953.

[3673] D. Stickland. On the energy distributions of main sequence stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 153, 501, 1971.

[3674] D. Stickland and D. Lambert. A high resolution IUE spectrum of theG0–G5 Ia supergiant HR 8752. Astr. Astrophys., 102, 296, 1981.

[3675] M. Stift and G. Moser. Frequency grids in radiative transfer problems.Astr. Astrophys., 268, 616, 1993.

[3676] J. Stilley and J. Callaway. Free–free absorption coefficient of the nega-tive hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 160, 245, 1970.

[3677] M. Stix. The Sun: An Introduction. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 2ndedition, 2002.

[3678] E. Stoner. The limiting density in white dwarf stars. Phil. Mag., 7, 63,1929.

[3679] E. Stoner. The equilibrium of dense stars. Phil. Mag., 9, 944, 1930.

[3680] V. Straizys, K. Zdanavicius, and G. Tautvaisiene. The halo populationof G and K subdwarfs. Astrophys. Space Sci., 104, 219, 1984.

[3681] K. Strand, editor. Basic Astronomical Data. (Chicago: University ofChicago Press), 1963.

[3682] P. Strittmatter and D. Wickramasinghe. The atmospheres of whitedwarfs. III. The line spectra. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 152, 47, 1971.

[3683] A. Stroeer, U. Heber, T. Lisker, R. Napiwotzki, S. Dreizler,N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers. Hot subdwarfs from the ESO super-nova Ia progenitor survey. II. Atmospheric parameters of subdwarfO stars. Astr. Astrophys., 462, 269, 2007.

[3684] S. Strom and E. Avrett. The temperature structure of early–type modelstellar atmospheres. I. Detailed analysis of a 10000 K model. Astrophys.J., 140, 1381, 1964.

249



[3685] S. Strom and E. Avrett. The temperature structure of early–type modelstellar atmospheres. II. A grid of stellar models. Astrophys. J. Suppl.,12, 1, 1965.

[3686] S. Strom, J. Cohen, and K. Strom. Analysis of F and G subdwarfs.I. The location of subdwarfs in the theoretical H–R diagram. Astrophys.J., 147, 1038, 1967.

[3687] S. Strom, O. Gingerich, and K. Strom. Studies in non–grey stellaratmospheres. III. The metal abundances of Sirius and Vega. Astrophys.J., 146, 880, 1966.

[3688] S. Strom and W. Kalkofen. The effect of departures from LTE on thestellar continuum fluxes in the spectral–type range B5–A0. Astrophys.J., 144, 76, 1966.

[3689] S. Strom and W. Kalkofen. An observational test for departures fromLTE in the spectral range B5 to A0. Astrophys. J., 149, 191, 1967.

[3690] S. Strom and R. Kurucz. A statistical procedure for computing line–blanketed model stellar atmospheres with applications to the F5 IV starProcyon. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 6, 591, 1966.

[3691] S. Strom and D. Peterson. Surface gravity determinations for main–sequence stars. Astrophys. J., 152, 859, 1968.

[3692] S. Strom and K. Strom. The He content of subdwarfs. Astrophys. J.,150, 501, 1967.

[3693] S. Strom and K. Strom. Effect of Si opacity on B– and A–star models.Astrophys. J., 155, 17, 1969.

[3694] S. Strom and K. Strom. The effect of Lyα wing opacity on the tem-perature scale and He content for subdwarfs. Astrophys. J., 155, 363,1969.

[3695] S. Strom and K. Strom. An analysis of the bright O star in the globularcluster M 3. Astrophys. J., 159, 195, 1970.

[3696] S. Strom and K. Strom. Asymptotic giant and red giant branch starsin globular clusters. Astr. Astrophys., 14, 111, 1971.

[3697] S. Strom, K. Strom, and D. Carbon. A model–atmosphere analysis offive apparently super–metal–rich K giants. Astr. Astrophys., 12, 177,1971.

[3698] B. Stromgren. The opacity of stellar matter and the H content of thestars. Z. fur Astrophys., 4, 118, 1932.

[3699] B. Stromgren. On the interpretation of the Hertzsprung–Russell dia-gram. Z. fur Astrophys., 7, 222, 1933.

250



[3700] B. Stromgren. The boundary–value problem of the theory of stellarabsorption lines. Astrophys. J., 86, 1, 1937.

[3701] B. Stromgren, B. Gustafsson, and E. Olsen. Evidence of He abun-dance differences between the Hyades stars and field stars, and betweenHyades stars and Coma cluster stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 94, 5,1982.

[3702] O. Struve. The Stark effect in stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 69, 173,1929.

[3703] O. Struve. Pressure effects in stellar spectra. Astrophys. J., 70, 85,1929.

[3704] O. Struve. Thermal Doppler effect and turbulence in stellar spectra ofearly class. Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S., 18, 585, 1932.

[3705] O. Struve. An interesting phenomenon in stellar spectroscopy (δ C Ma).Astrophys. J., 104, 138, 1946.

[3706] O. Struve and C. Elvey. The intensities of stellar absorption lines.Astrophys. J., 79, 406, 1934.

[3707] S. Sturenburg and H. Holweger. Statistical equilibrium and photo-spheric abundance of C in the Sun and Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 237,125, 1990.

[3708] V. Suleimanov, J. Madej, J. Drake, T. Rauch, and K. Werner. Onthe relevance of Compton scattering for the soft X–ray spectra of hotDA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 455, 679, 2006.

[3709] C. Sur and R. Chaudhuri. Branching ratios of radiative transitions inO VI. J. Phys. B, 40, 1, 2007.

[3710] J. Surdej. Contribution to spectral line formation in moving stellarenvelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 60, 303, 1977.

[3711] J. Surdej. Radiative forces in expanding envelopes. Astr. Astrophys.,62, 303, 1978.

[3712] J. Surdej. Line profiles in expanding envelopes. Astr. Astrophys., 73, 1,1979.

[3713] J. Surdej. Formation of resonance doublet profiles in rapidly expandingenvelopes. Astrophys. Space Sci., 73, 101, 1980.

[3714] R. Sutherland. Accurate free–free Gaunt factors for astrophysical plas-mas. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 300, 321, 1998.

[3715] D. Swartz. An approximate Newton–Raphson method for multilevelline formation using the Sobolev theory. Astr. Astrophys., 239, 227,1990.

251



[3716] P. Swings and S. Chandrasekhar. On the distribution of the absorbingatoms in the reversing layers of stars and the formation of blendedabsorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 97, 24, 1936.

[3717] B. Swirlres. The absorption coefficient of a degenerate gas. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 91, 857, 1931.

[3718] J. Sykes. Approximate integration of the equation of transfer. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 111, 377, 1951.

[3719] J. Synge and A. Schild. Tensor Calculus. (New York: Dover Publica-tions), 1978.

[3720] R. Szczerba and S. Gorny, editors. Post–AGB Objects as a Phase ofStellar Evolution. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 2001.

[3721] R. Szczerba, G. Stasinska, and S. Gorny, editors. International Confer-ence on Planetary Nebulae as Astronomical Tools. (Melville, New York:American Institute of Physics), 2005.

[3722] Y. Takeda. Multiplets in multi–level non–LTE radiative transfer. Astr.Astrophys., 211, 383, 1989.

[3723] Y. Takeda. Study on the non–LTE effect of Fe in stellar atmospheres–Application to Arcturus. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 242, 455, 1991.

[3724] Y. Takeda. Statistical equilibrium and abundances of C and N in theatmosphere of Vega. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 44, 649, 1992.

[3725] Y. Takeda. Strength of the O I triplet λλ 7771–5 and atmosphericmicroturbulence in A–F stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 44, 309, 1992.

[3726] Y. Takeda. Non-LTE effects on CNO abundance determinations forsolar-type stars: The Sun, Procyon, and the oxygen problem in metal-poor dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 46, 53, 1994.

[3727] Y. Takeda. Spectroscopic determinations of stellar parameters and pho-tospheric He abundances of α Cygni and β Orionis. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 46, 181, 1994.

[3728] Y. Takeda. Self–consistent multi–parameter fitting of stellar flux spec-tra. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 47, 287, 1995.

[3729] Y. Takeda. Oxygen–line formation in Population II A–type stars. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 49, 471, 1997.

[3730] Y. Takeda. Oxygen line formation in late–F through early–K disk/halostars. Infrared O I triplet and [O I] lines. Astr. Astrophys., 402, 343,2003.

252



[3731] Y. Takeda, K. Kato, Y. Watanabe, and K. Sadakane. Line–profile anal-ysis of K I λ 7699 in the Sun and in Procyon. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan,48, 511, 1996.

[3732] Y. Takeda, S. Kawanomoto, and K. Sadakane. Non–LTE analysis ofthe O λλ 7771–5 triplet in mid–G through early–K giants. Pub. Astr.Soc. Japan, 50, 9, 1998.

[3733] Y. Takeda, S. Kawanomoto, M. Takada–Hidai, and K. Sadakane. Oand N abundances in Hyades F–type dwarfs. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 50,509, 1998.

[3734] Y. Takeda, M. Ohkubo, and K. Sadakane. Spectroscopic determina-tion of atmospheric parameters of solar–type stars: Description of themethod and application to the Sun. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 54, 451,2002.

[3735] Y. Takeda and K. Sadakane. Spectroscopic study of C, N, O, and Sabundances in a field horizontal–branch star HD 161817. Pub. Astr.Soc. Japan, 49, 571, 1997.

[3736] Y. Takeda, B. Sato, E. Kambe, K. Sadakane, and M. Ohkubo. Spectro-scopic determination of stellar atmospheric parameters: Application tomid–F through early–G dwarfs and subgiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan,54, 1041, 2002.

[3737] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–H-idai. On the abundance of Na in A–F supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 46, 395, 1994.

[3738] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. On the abundances of N and S in lateB through F supergiant atmospheres. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 47, 169,1995.

[3739] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. Oxygen abundances in late–B throughF supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 50, 629, 1998.

[3740] Y. Takeda and M. Takada–Hidai. He and C abundances in late–B andearly–A supergiants. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 52, 113, 2000.

[3741] Y. Takeda, M. Takada–Hidai, and J. Kotake. Deneb’s light–elementabundances revisited. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 48, 753, 1996.

[3742] Y. Takeda, G. Zhao, M. Takada–Hidai, Y.–Q. Chen, and H.–W. Zhang.Non–LTE analysis of the Na abundance of metal–poor stars in the galac-tic disk and halo. Chinese J. Astr. & Astrophys., 3, 316, 2003.

[3743] A. Tanner, D. Figer, F. Najarro, R.–P. Kudritzki, D. Gilmore, M. Mor-ris, E. Becklin, I. McLean, A. Gilbert, J. Graham, J. Larkin, N. Leven-son, and H. Teplitz. High spectral resolution observations of the massivestars in the galactic center. Astrophys. J., 641, 891, 2006.

253



[3744] S. Tarafdar and M. Vardya. The Rayleigh scattering cross–sections ofHe, C, N, and O. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 145, 171, 1969.

[3745] S. Tarafdar and M. Vardya. The importance of molecular Rayleighscattering in the atmospheres of very late–type stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 163, 261, 1973.

[3746] G. Taresch, R.–P. Kudritzki, M. Hurwitz, S. Bowyer, A. Pauldrach,J. Puls, K. Butler, D. Lennon, and S. Haser. Quantitative analysis ofthe FUV, UV, and optical spectrum of the O3 star HD 93129A. Astr.Astrophys., 321, 531, 1997.

[3747] J. Tatum. Accurate partition functions and dissociation equilibriumconstants of diatomic molecules of astrophysical interest. Pub. Domin.Astrophys. Obs., 13, 1, 1966.

[3748] G. Tautvaisiene, B. Edvardsson, E. Puzeras, and I. Ilyin. Chemicalcomposition of evolved stars in the open cluster NGC 7789. Astr. As-trophys., 431, 933, 2005.

[3749] G. Tautvaisiene, B. Edvardsson, I. Tuominen, and I. Ilyin. Chemicalcomposition of evolved stars in the open cluster M 67. Astr. Astrophys.,360, 499, 2000.

[3750] G. Tautvaisiene, B. Edvardsson, I. Tuominen, and I. Ilyin. Chemi-cal composition of red horizontal branch stars in the thick disk of theGalaxy. Astr. Astrophys., 380, 578, 2001.

[3751] B. Taylor. Catalogs of temperatures and [Fe/H] averages for G and Kstars. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 134, 121, 1999.

[3752] B. Taylor. The upper end of the galactic metallicity scale. In Chavezet al. [746], page 95.

[3753] J. Taylor, Z. Yan, A. Dalgarno, and J. Babb. Variational calculationson the hydrogen molecular ion. Molec. Phys., 97, 25, 1999.

[3754] W. Tchang-Brillet, J.-F. Wyart, and C. Zeippen, editors. 5th Inter-national Colloquium on Atomic Spectra and Oscillator Strengths forAstrophysical and Laboratory Plasmas. Physica Scripta, T65, 1996.

[3755] A. Tej and T. Chandrasekhar. Angular diameter and effective tem-perature of a sample of 15 M giants at 2.2µ from lunar occultationobservations. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 317, 687, 2000.

[3756] P. Ten Bruggencate. Die Entstehung der Fraunhoferschen Linien in derSonnenatmosphare. Z. fur Astrophys., 4, 159, 1932.

[3757] P. Ten Bruggencate, H. Gollnow, S. Gunther, and W. Strohmeier. DieMitte–Rand–Variation der Balmerlinien Hα auf der Sonnenscheibe.Z. fur Astrophys., 26, 51, 1949.

254



[3758] T. ten Brummelaar, M. Creech-Eakman, and J. Monnier. Probing starswith optical and near–IR interferometry. Physics Today, 62, 28, 2009.

[3759] E. Terez. Spectral energy standard intended for stellar absolute spec-trophotometry. Astrometria & Astrofiz., 36, 97, 1978.

[3760] E. Terez. Absolute calibration of the energy distribution in spectra ofsix stars in the near–ultraviolet region. Astr. Cirk. No. 1034, 1979.

[3761] E. Terez. High–precision method for absolute calibration of photoelec-tric equipment in a broad spectral band. Sov. Astr., 23, 112, 1979.

[3762] E. Terez. Rediscussion of the model atmosphere of Vega. In Guyenneand Zeleny [1422], page 347.

[3763] A. Thackeray. The He star HD 168476. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 114,93, 1954.

[3764] P. The, H. Tjin A Die, R.–P. Kudritzki, and P. Wesselius. Studies ofthe Carina Nebula. III. The spectral energy distribution of the very hotand massive star HD 93250. Astr. Astrophys., 91, 360, 1980.

[3765] A. Theissen, S. Moehler, U. Heber, and K. de Boer. Hot subluminousstars at high galactic latitudes. IV. Physical parameters and distancesof 18 hot subdwarf stars and their spatial distribution. Astr. Astrophys.,273, 524, 1993.

[3766] P. Thejll, F. Bauer, R. Saffer, J. Liebert, D. Kunze, and H. Shipman.Analysis of He–rich subdwarf O–stars. I. NLTE models, methods, andfits for 21 Palomar green survey sdOs. Astrophys. J., 433, 819, 1994.

[3767] P. Thejll, S. Vennes, and H. Shipman. A critical analysis of the ul-traviolet temperature scale of the He–dominated DB and DBV stars.Astrophys. J., 370, 355, 1991.

[3768] P. Thejll, S. Vennes, and H. Shipman. The effective temperature of theDBVs, and the sensitivity of crossref ? vausio91, DB model atmospheresto input physics. In G. Vauclair and E. Sion, editors, White Dwarfs,page 257, 1991.

[3769] F. Thevenin and T. Idiart. Stellar Fe abundances: Non–LTE effects.Astrophys. J., 521, 753, 1999.

[3770] L. Thomas. The kinematics of an electron with an axis. Phil. Mag., 3,1, 1927.

[3771] L. Thomas. The radiation field in a fluid in motion. Quart. J. Math.(Oxford), 1, 239, 1930.

[3772] R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere.I. The resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 125, 260, 1957.

255



[3773] R. Thomas. Comment on the use of net rate processes and the equivalent2–level atom in non–LTE computations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 871,1960.

[3774] R. Thomas. The source function in a non–equilibrium atmosphere.IV. Evaluation and application of the net radiative bracket. Astrophys.J., 131, 429, 1960.

[3775] R. Thomas. Comment on the difference between a non–LTE and a pure–absorption model for the line–blanketing effect. Astrophys. J., 141, 333,1965.

[3776] R. Thomas. Some Aspects of Non–Equilibrium Thermodynamics in thePresence of a Radiation Field. (Boulder: University of Colorado Press),1965.

[3777] R. Thomas. Stellar Atmospheric Structural Patterns. NASA ReportNo. SP–471. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office), 1983.

[3778] R. Thomas and R. Athay. Physics of the Solar Chromosphere. (NewYork: Interscience), 1961.

[3779] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. Departure from the Saha equation for ionizedHe. II. Atmospheric thicknesses too small to satisfy detailed balance inthe resonance lines. Astrophys. J., 134, 740, 1961.

[3780] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. Departures from the Saha equation for ionizedHe. I. Condition of detailed balance in the resonance lines. Astrophys.J., 133, 588, 1961.

[3781] R. Thomas and J. Zirker. The source function in a non–equilibriumatmosphere. VIII. Solution for a two–level atom in a finite atmosphere.Astrophys. J., 134, 733, 1961.

[3782] G. Thompson. The influence of thermal non–coherent scattering on lineprofiles. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 897, 1960.

[3783] H. Thompson, F. Keenan, P. Dufton, R. Ryans, J. Smoker, D. Lam-bert, and A. Zijlstra. Iron abundances of B–type post–asymptotic giantbranch stars in globular clusters: Barnard 29 in M 13 and RO 5701 inω Cen. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 378, 1619, 2007.

[3784] P. Thoren, B. Edvardsson, and B. Gustafsson. Subgiants as probes ofgalactic chemical evolution. Astr. Astrophys., 425, 187, 2004.

[3785] W. Tobin and J. Kaufmann. Analysis of the three high–velocity B starsHD 125924, HD 165995, and CPD −72◦1184. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 207, 369, 1984.

[3786] J. Tomkin. The composition of the subdwarf Groombridge 1830. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 156, 349, 1972.

256



[3787] J. Tomkin and R. Bell. The Fe, C, and N abundances of the subdwarfGroombridge 1830. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 163, 117, 1973.

[3788] J. Tomkin and D. Lambert. N abundances in disk and halo dwarfs.Astrophys. J., 279, 220, 1984.

[3789] J. Tomkin, D. Lambert, and S. Balachandran. Light–element abun-dances in 20 F and G dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 290, 289, 1985.

[3790] J. Tomkin and J. Lambert. C, N, and O abundances in main–sequencestars. I. Procyon and the Hyades cluster stars 45 Tauri and HD 27561.Astrophys. J., 223, 937, 1988.

[3791] J. Tomkin, M. Lemke, D. Lambert, and C. Sneden. The C–to–O ratioin halo dwarfs. Astr. J., 104, 1568, 1992.

[3792] J. Tomkin, C. Sneden, and D. Lambert. Carbon abundances in halodwarfs. Astrophys. J., 302, 414, 1986.

[3793] J. Tomkin, V. Woolf, D. Lambert, and M. Lemke. Carbon in field Fand G disk stars. Astr. J., 109, 2204, 1995.

[3794] A. Torres and P. Conti. The spectra of Wolf–Rayet stars. II. The WC 9subclass. Astrophys. J., 280, 181, 1984.

[3795] A. Torres, P. Conti, and P. Massey. Spectroscopic studies of Wolf–Rayetstars. III. The WC subclass. Astrophys. J., 300, 379, 1986.

[3796] A. Torres and P. Massey. An atlas of optical spectrophotometry ofWolf–Rayet carbon and oxygen stars. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 65, 459,1987.

[3797] A. Torres-Dodgen and P. Massey. Spectrophotometry of Wolf–Rayetstars: Intrinsic colors and absolute magnitudes. Astr. J., 96, 1076,1988.

[3798] C. Tout and W. van Hamme, editors. Exotic Stars as Challenges toEvolution. (San Francisco: Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 2002.

[3799] R. Trampedach, W. Dappen, and V. Baturn. A synoptic comparison ofthe Mihalas–Hummer–Dappen and OPAL equations of state. Astrophys.J., 646, 560, 2006.

[3800] N. Trams, L. Waters, H. Lamers, C. Waelkens, T. Geballe, and P. The.Post–AGB candidates: Selection and IR properties. Astr. Astrophys.Suppl., 87, 361, 1991.

[3801] N. Trams, L. Waters, C. Waelkens, H. Lamers, and W. van der Veen.The effect of mass loss on the evolution of low–mass post–AGB stars.Astr. Astrophys., 218, L1, 1989.

257



[3802] N. Tran-Minh, N. Feautrier and H. Van Regemorter. On simple quan-tum theories of pressure broadening: the exact resonance approximationapplied to Lyman alpha. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 849,1976.

[3803] N. Tran-Minh and H. Van Regemorter. Quantum theory of Stark broad-ening by electrons. J. Phys. B, 5, 903, 1972.

[3804] G. Traving. Die Atmosphare des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. Z. fur Astro-phys., 36, 1, 1955.

[3805] G. Traving. Die Atmosphare des O9 V–Sternes 10 Lacertae. Z. furAstrophys., 41, 215, 1957.

[3806] G. Traving. Bemerkungen zu den Analysen des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii.Z. fur Astrophys., 44, 142, 1958.

[3807] G. Traving. Uber die Theorie der Druckverbreiterung von Spektrallinien.(Karlsruhe: Verlag G. Braun), 1960.

[3808] G. Traving. The atmospheres of two B–type stars in the galactic halo.Astrophys. J., 135, 439, 1962.

[3809] P. Tremblay and P. Bergeron. Spectroscopic analysis of DA whitedwarfs: Stark broadening of hydrogen lines including nonideal Effects.Astrophys. J., 696, 1755, 2009.

[3810] C. Trefzger and M. Grenon. Estimates of C and N abundances in ex-tremely metal–deficient field giants. In Danziger et al. [910], page 87.

[3811] C. Trefzger, G. Langer, D. Carbon, N. Suntzeff, and R. Kraft. C andN abundances in giant stars of the metal–poor globular cluster M 15.Astrophys. J., 266, 144, 1983.

[3812] V. Trimble and J. Greenstein. The Einstein redshift in white dwarfs. III.Astrophys. J., 177, 441, 1972.

[3813] A. Tripicchio, G. Severino, E. Covino, L. Terranegra, and R. Lopez.The Na I resonance lines as a spectroscopic test of late–type stellaratmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 681, 1997.

[3814] J. Trujillo–Bueno. The generation and transfer of polarized radiationin stellar atmospheres. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 551.

[3815] J. Trujillo Bueno and P. Fabiani Bendicho. A novel iterative schemefor the very fast and accurate solution of non–LTE radiative transferproblems. Astrophys. J., 455, 646, 1995.

[3816] J. Trujillo Bueno and F. Kneer. Multidimensional radiative transferin stratified atmospheres. IV. Radiative cooling by LTE and non–LTEspectral lines. Astr. Astrophys., 174, 185, 1987.

258



[3817] C. Trundle, D. Lennon, J. Puls, and P. Dufton. Understanding B–type supergiants in the low–metallicity environment of the SMC. Astr.Astrophys., 417, 217, 2004.

[3818] W. Tscharnuter. Spherical radiation transport with a discontinuoussource function. Astr. Astrophys., 57, 279, 1975.

[3819] T. Tsuji. Molecular abundances in stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astro-phys., 23, 411, 1973.

[3820] T. Tsuji. Atmospheres of red supergiant stars. I. Model atmospheresbased on a band–model opacity. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 28, 543, 1976.

[3821] T. Tsuji. Atmospheres of red supergiant stars. II. The M2 supergiantstar Betelgeuse. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 28, 567, 1976.

[3822] T. Tsuji. Spectral energy distribution and effective temperature scaleof M–giant stars. II. Application of the infrared flux method. Astr.Astrophys., 99, 48, 1981.

[3823] W. Tucker. Radiation Processes in Astrophysics. (Cambridge: M. I. T.Press), 1975.

[3824] H. Tug. The blackbody as a standard light source. Astr. Astrophys.,37, 249, 1974.

[3825] H. Tug, N. White, and G. Lockwood. Absolute energy distributions ofα Lyrae and 109 Virginis from 3925A to 9040A. Astr. Astrophys., 61,679, 1977.

[3826] D. Turnshek, R. Bohlin, R. Williamson, O. Lupie, J. Koorneef, andD. Morgan. An atlas of Hubble Space Telescope photometric, spec-trophotometric, and polarimetric calibration objects. Astr. J., 99, 1243,1990.

[3827] D. Turnshek, D. Turnshek, E. Craine, and P. Boeshaar. An Atlas ofDigital Spectra of Cool Stars. (Tucson: Western Research Company),1985.

[3828] R. Turolla, L. Nobili, and M. Calvani. Radiatively driven winds in Wolf–Rayet stars: A unified core–atmosphere model. Astrophys. J., 324, 899,1988.

[3829] J. Twitty, P. Rarig, and R. Thompson. A comparison of fast codesfor the evaluation of the Voigt profile. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 24, 529, 1980.

[3830] R. Tylenda. Wolf–Rayet central stars of planetary nebulae. In Jefferyand Heber. [1904], page 101.

259



[3831] R. Tylenda, K. Jeske, R. Szczerba, and N. Siodmiak. Modeling of theobserved post–AGB evolution. In Szczerba and Gorny [3720], page 139.

[3832] A. Uesugi. Non–coherent scattering for blended lines. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 14, 147, 1962.

[3833] A. Uesugi. An interpretation of photon diffusion process. Ann. dAstro-phys., 26, 263, 1963.

[3834] A. Uesugi. Photon escape probability. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 18, 437,1966.

[3835] G. Uhlenbeck and S. Goudsmit. Spinning electrons and the structureof spectra. Nature, 117, 264, 1926.

[3836] H. Uitenbroek. Operator perturbation method for multi–level line trans-fer with partial redistribution. Astr. Astrophys., 213, 360, 1989.

[3837] H. Uitenbroek. Multilevel radiative transfer with partial frequency re-distribution. Astrophys. J., 557, 389, 2001.

[3838] H. Uitenbroek. The effect of coherent scattering on radiative losses inthe solar Ca II K Line. Astrophys. J., 565, 1312, 2002.

[3839] H. Uitenbroek. Multi–level accelerated lambda iteration with partialredistribution. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 597.

[3840] H. Uitenbroek and C. Briand. The Mg I λ 285.21 nanometer line: Anexample of non–LTE line formation. Astrophys. J., 447, 453, 1995.

[3841] A. Underhill. Absorption lines formed in a moving atmosphere. Astro-phys. J., 106, 128, 1947.

[3842] A. Underhill. A model atmosphere for an early O-type star. Pub.Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 8, 357, 1951.

[3843] A. Underhill. Some observations of C III emission in the O–type stars.Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 67, 23, 1955.

[3844] A. Underhill. On the use of the H–lines as absolute magnitude criteriain the O stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 10, 169, 1956.

[3845] A. Underhill. On the origin of the λ 5696 emission in O stars. Astrophys.J., 126, 28, 1957.

[3846] A. Underhill. A line intensity study of the spectrum HD 188001, 9 Sagit-tae. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 11, 283, 1960.

[3847] A. Underhill. A study of the Wolf–Rayet stars HD 192103 andHD 192163. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 11, 209, 1960.

260



[3848] A. Underhill. Early–type stars with extended atmospheres. In Green-stein [1334], chapter 10, page 411.

[3849] A. Underhill. The Wolf–Rayet stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 6, 39,1968.

[3850] A. Underhill. The C IV resonance lines in B and early A supergiants.Astrophys. J., 235, 149, 1980.

[3851] A. Underhill. Angular diameters, effective temperatures, radii, andluminosities of O3, O4, and O5 stars. Astrophys. J., 263, 741, 1982.

[3852] A. Underhill. Angular diameters, effective temperatures, radii, andluminosities of 10 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astrophys. J., 266, 718, 1983.

[3853] A. Underhill. C IV 5806A in Wolf–Rayet stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,100, 1269, 1988.

[3854] A. Underhill, L. Divan, M.-L. Prevot-Burnichon, and V. Doazan. Ef-fective temperatures, angular diameters, distances, and linear radii for160 O and B stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 189, 601, 1979.

[3855] A. Underhill and V. Dozan, editors. B–Stars With and Without Emis-sion Lines. NASA Report No. SP–456. (Washington, DC: U. S. Gov-ernment Printing Office), 1982.

[3856] A. Underhill and K. van der Hucht. Line blocking factors in the ultra-violet spectra of 35 B6 to A0 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 54, 393, 1987.

[3857] A. Underhill and J. Waddell. Stark Broadening Functions for the H–Lines. NBS Circular No. 603. (Washington, DC: U.S. GovernmentPrinting Office), 1959.

[3858] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. I. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 2, 53, 1950.

[3859] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. II. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 158, 1952.

[3860] W. Unno. On the radiation pressure in a planetary nebula. III. Theproblem of He II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 3, 178, 1952.

[3861] W. Unno. Note on the Zanstra redistribution in planetary nebula. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 4, 100, 1952.

[3862] W. Unno. The line blanketing effect on a model atmosphere. Pub. Astr.Soc. Japan, 15, 400, 1963.

[3863] W. Unno. Radiative transfer in spherical geometry. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 41, 211, 1989.

261



[3864] W. Unno and Y. Yamashita. A theory for non–grey atmospheres. Pub.Astr. Soc. Japan, 12, 157, 1960.

[3865] A. Unsold. Wasserstoff und Helium in Sternatmospharen. Z. fur Astro-phys., 3, 81, 1931.

[3866] A. Unsold. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. II. Teil.Deutung des Linienspektrums, Kosmische Haufigkeit der leichten Ele-ment, Elektronendruck pe, Temperatur T und Schwerebeschleunigungg in der Atmosphare von τ Scorpii. Z. fur Astrophys., 21, 22, 1942.

[3867] A. Unsold. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. III. Teil.Theorie des kontinuierlichen Spektrums. Z. fur Astrophys., 21, 229,1942.

[3868] A. Unsold. Uber die Einstellgeschwindigkeit des thermodynamischenIonisationsgleichgewichtes in der Konvektionzone einer Sternatmo-sphare. Z. fur Astrophys., 21, 307, 1942.

[3869] A. Unsold. Uber den Einfluss der Fraunhofer–Linien auf die Temper-aturschichtung der Sternatmospharen. Z. fur Astrophys., 22, 356, 1943.

[3870] A. Unsold. Quantitative Analyse des B0–Sternes τ Scorpii. IV. Teil.Druckverbreiterung der He und He+ Linien. Eine neue Methode zurBestimmung des Haufigkeitsverhaltnisses von Wasserstoff und Helium.Z. fur Astrophys., 23, 75, 1944.

[3871] A. Unsold. Wasserstoff und Helium in Sternatmospharen der Spektral-typen O bis B3. Z. fur Astrophys., 23, 100, 1944.

[3872] A. Unsold. Der Aufbau der Sternatmospharen. II. Teil. AdiabatischeZustandsanderungen stellar Materie. Z. fur Astrophys., 25, 11, 1948.

[3873] A. Unsold. Uber die Integralgleichung des Strahlungsgleichgewichtes inSternatmospharen. Z. fur Astrophys., 24, 363, 1948.

[3874] A. Unsold. Was kann man aus einer gegebenen Wachstumskurveschliessen? Z. fur Astrophys., 24, 384, 1948.

[3875] A. Unsold. Zur Berechnung der Zustandsummen fur Atome und Ionenin einem teilweise ionisierten Gas. Z. fur Astrophys., 24, 355, 1948.

[3876] A. Unsold. Physik der Sternatmospharen. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag),2nd edition, 1955.

[3877] A. Unsold. Zur Deutung der kontinuierlichen Sternspektren. Z. furAstrophys., 49, 1, 1960.

[3878] A. Unsold and O. Struve. Curves of growth and line contours. Astro-phys. J., 110, 455, 1949.

262



[3879] J. Vader, S. Pottasch, and R. Bohlin. Stellar Lyα and Lyβ profiles.Astr. Astrophys., 60, 211, 1977.

[3880] J. Valenti and D. Fischer. Spectroscopic properties of cool stars.I. 1041 F, G, and K dwarfs from Keck, Lick and AAT Planet searchprograms. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 159, 141, 2005.

[3881] D. Van Blerkom. Theory of Wolf–Rayet spectra. In Bappu and Sahade[227], page 165.

[3882] D. Van Blerkom and D. Hummer. A non–LTE theory of overlappinglines near the series limit. Astrophys. J., 154, 741, 1968.

[3883] D. Van Blerkom and D. Hummer. The normalized on-the-spot approxi-mation for line transfer problems. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf.,9, 1567, 1969.

[3884] G. Van Citters and D. Morton. Model atmospheres for B–type starswith blanketing by ultraviolet lines. Astrophys. J., 161, 695, 1970.

[3885] H. C. van de Hulst. Light Scattering by Small Particles. (New York:John Wiley & Sons), 1957.

[3886] K. van der Hucht. Past and present classification of hot massive stars.In Vreux et al. [3959], page 1.

[3887] K. van der Hucht, J. Cassinelli, and P. Williams. Influence of abun-dances on mass–loss determination for WC stars. Astr. Astrophys.,168, 111, 1986.

[3888] K. van der Hucht, A. Herrero, and C. Esteban, editors. A Massive StarOdyssey: From Main Sequence to Supernova. (San Francisco: Astro-nomical Society of the Pacific), 2003.

[3889] K. van der Hucht, G. Koenigsberger, and P. Eenens, editors. Wolf–RayetPhenomena in Massive Stars and Starburst Galaxies. (San Francisco:Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1999.

[3890] R. van Helden. The spectrum of o2 C Ma (B3 Ia) I. Equivalent widthsand line profiles. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 7, 311, 1972.

[3891] R. van Helden. The spectrum of o2 C Ma (B3 Ia) II. Interpretation ofthe observations. Astr. Astrophys., 21, 209, 1972.

[3892] J. van Loon. On the metallicity dependence of the winds from redsupergiants and asymptotic giant branch stars. In Lamers et al. [2303],page 211.

[3893] M. van Noort, I. Hubeny, and T. Lanz. Multidimensional non–LTEradiative transfer. I. A universal two–dimensional short–characteristicsscheme for Cartesian, spherical and cylindrical coordinate systems. As-trophys. J., 568, 1066, 2002.

263



[3894] M. van Noort, T. Lanz, H. Lamers, R. Kurucz, R. Ferlet, G. Hebrard,and A. Vidal-Madjar. Fe II emission lines in the UV spectrum of Sirius Aand Vega. Astr. Astrophys., 334, 633, 1998.

[3895] J. van Paradijs. A search for departures from LTE in the spectra of Gand K–type giants and supergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 28, 385, 1973.

[3896] J. van Paradijs. An analysis of the line spectra of some G and K Ibsupergiants. Astr. Astrophys., 23, 369, 1973.

[3897] J. van Paradijs. Line blocking in the visual and near infrared spectraof G, K, and M–type giants. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 24, 53, 1976.

[3898] J. van Paradijs and D. Kester. Abundances of C, N, and O in six Gand K type giants. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 1, 1976.

[3899] J. van Paradijs and M. Vardya. Line blanketing and opacity probabilitydistribution function. Astrophys. Space Sci., 331, 9, 1975.

[3900] H. van Regemorter. Rate of collisional excitation in stellar atmospheres.Astrophys. J., 136, 906, 1962.

[3901] H. van Regemorter. Spectral line broadening. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astro-phys., 3, 71, 1965.

[3902] A. van Teeseling, B. Gansicke, K. Beuermann, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch,and K. Reinsch. HST/STIS ultraviolet spectroscopy of the supersoftX–ray source RX J0439.8–6809. Astr. Astrophys., 351, L27, 1999.

[3903] D. Vanbeveren, W. Van Rensbergen, and C. de Loore, editors. Evolutionof Massive Stars: A Confrontation Between Theory and Observation.(Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1994.

[3904] D. VandenBerg, B. Edvardsson, K. Eriksson, and B. Gustafsson. Onthe use of blanketed atmospheres as boundary conditions for stellarevolutionary models. Astrophys. J., 675, 746, 2008.

[3905] C. van’t Veer-Menneret. Effective temperature determinations usingBalmer line profiles: The influence of the structure of the model. InAdelman et al. [20], page 56.

[3906] C. van’t Veer-Menneret, D. Katz, R. Cayrel, and C. Soubrian. A gridof metal–poor model stellar atmospheres for stars born in the earlyGalaxy. Astrophys. Space Sci., 265, 257, 1969.

[3907] A. Vanture and G. Wallerstein. C, N, and O abundances of selectedstars in the Hertzsprung gap. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 111, 84, 1999.

[3908] I. Vardavas. Non–isotropic redistribution effects on spectral line forma-tion. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 1, 1976.

264



[3909] I. Vardavas. Redistribution effects on line formation in movingstellar atmospheres. II. The non–isotropic redistribution functionsRI, II, III(x

′,n′;x,n). J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 16, 781,1976.

[3910] I. Vardavas. The scattering effects of the redistribution functionRIIA(x′,n′;x,n) on spectral line formation. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Ra-diat. Transf., 16, 715, 1976.

[3911] I. Vardavas and C. Cannon. Non–isotropic redistribution inchromospheric–type stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 53, 107,1976.

[3912] I. Vardavas and L. Cram. Partially coherent scattering models for theformation of the chromospheric Ca II K line. Solar Phys., 38, 367, 1974.

[3913] M. Vardya. Pressure dissociation. Astrophys. J., 132, 905, 1960.

[3914] M. Vardya. Hydrogen–helium adiabats for late–type stars. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 4, 281, 1960.

[3915] M. Vardya. Physical atmospheric parameters for late–type stars. As-trophys. J., 133, 107, 1961.

[3916] M. Vardya. Planck and Rosseland mean of Rayleigh scattering by H2.Astrophys. J., 135, 303, 1962.

[3917] M. Vardya. Opacity at λ1.65µ in the late–type stars . In Avrett et al.[191], page 50.

[3918] M. Vardya. Thermodynamics of a solar composition gaseous mixture.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 129, 205, 1965.

[3919] M. Vardya. Role of negative ions in late–type stars. Mem. Roy. Astr.Soc., 70, 249, 1967.

[3920] M. Vardya. Atmospheres of very late–type stars. Ann. Rev. Astr. As-trophys., 8, 87, 1970.

[3921] M. Vardya and R. Wildt. Molecules and late–type stellar models. As-trophys. J., 131, 448, 1960.

[3922] Y. Varshni and C. Lam. Wavefunction for the hydrogen molecular ion.J. Phys. B, 10, 1833, 1972.

[3923] S. Vasilevskis. The accuracy of trigonometric parallaxes of stars. Ann.Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 4, 57, 1966.

[3924] H. Vath. Three–dimensional radiative transfer on a massively parallelcomputer. Astr. Astrophys., 284, 319, 1994.

265



[3925] G. Vauclair, H. Schmidt, D. Koester, and N. Allard. White dwarfsobserved by the HIPPARCOS satellite. Astr. Astrophys., 325, 1055,1997.

[3926] G. Vauclair and E. Sion, editors. White Dwarfs. (Dordrecht: Kluwer),1991.

[3927] G. Vauclair, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Discovery of strong ultra-violet absorption in the spectrum of the DC white dwarf G 33-49. Astr.Astrophys., 100, 113, 1981.

[3928] G. Vauclair, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. IUE observation of UVabsorption in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf L1363–3. Astr. As-trophys., 109, 7, 1982.

[3929] K. Venn and N. Przybilla. New N and C in AF supergiants. In Char-bonnel et al. [744], page 20.

[3930] S. Vennes, P. Chayer, J. Dupuis, and T. Lanz. Iron in hot DA whitedwarfs. Astrophys. J., 652, 1554, 2006.

[3931] S. Vennes and T. Lanz. A comparative study of the atmospheric com-position of the DA white dwarfs Feige 24 and G191–B2B. Astrophys.J., 553, 399, 2001.

[3932] S. Vennes, P. Thejl, and H. Shipman. Abundances of trace heavy ele-ments in hot DA white dwarfs. In Vauclair and Sion [3926], page 235.

[3933] S. Vennes, P. Thejll, D. Wickramasinghe, and M. Bessell. Hot whitedwarfs in the Extreme Ultraviolet Explorer survey. I. Properties of asouthern hemisphere sample. Astrophys. J., 467, 782, 1996.

[3934] E. Verdugo, A. Talavera, and A. Gomez de Castro. UnderstandingA–type supergiants. I. Ultraviolet and visible spectral atlas. Astr. As-trophys. Suppl., 137, 351, 1999.

[3935] A. Verhamme, D. Schaerer, and A. Maselli. 3D Lyα radiation transfer.I. Understanding Lyα line profile morphologies. Astr. Astrophys., 460,397, 2006.

[3936] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chromo-sphere. Basic computations and summary of the results. Astrophys. J.,184, 605, 1973.

[3937] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chro-mosphere. II. The underlying photosphere and temperature–minimumregion. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 30, 1, 1976.

[3938] J. Vernazza, E. Avrett, and R. Loeser. Structure of the solar chromo-sphere. III. Models of the EUV brightness components of the quiet Sun.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 45, 635, 1981.

266



[3939] S. Verwey. The Stark effect of hydrogen in stellar spectra. Proc. Ams-terdam Acad., 38, No. 5, 1935.

[3940] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Hydrogen Stark broadening cal-culations with the unified classical path theory. J. Quantit. Spectrosc.Radiat. Transf., 10, 1011, 1970.

[3941] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Unified Theory Calculations of StarkBroadened H–Lines Including Lower State Interactions. NBS Mono-graph No. 120. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office),1971.

[3942] C. Vidal, J. Cooper, and E. Smith. Hydrogen Stark–broadening tables.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 25, 37, 1973.

[3943] A. Vidal-Madjar, N. Allard, D. Koester, M. Lemoine, R. Ferlet,P. Bertin, R. Lallement, and G. Vauclair. G191–B2B: Accurate abun-dances for N, Si, and Fe from GHRS observations. Astr. Astrophys.,287, 175, 1994.

[3944] T. Viik. An efficient method to calculate Ambarzumian’s, Chan-drasekhar’s, and Hopf’s functions. Astrophys. Space Sci., 127, 285,1986.

[3945] M. Villamariz and A. Herrero. The most luminous stars in our Galaxy.Astrophys. Space Sci., 263, 247, 1998.

[3946] M. Villamariz and A. Herrero. Fundamental parameters of galacticluminous OB stars. V. The effect of microturbulence. Astr. Astrophys.,357, 597, 2000.

[3947] M. Villamariz, A. Herrero, S. Becker, and K. Butler. Chemical com-position of galactic OB stars. I. CNO abundances in O9 stars. Astr.Astrophys., 388, 940, 2002.

[3948] W. Vincenti and C. Kruger. Introduction to Physical Gas Dynamics.(New York: John Wiley & Sons), 1965.

[3949] J. Vink, A. de Koter, and H. Lamers. New theoretical mass–loss ratesof O and B stars. Astr. Astrophys., 362, 295, 2000.

[3950] J. Vink, A. de Koter, and H. Lamers. Mass–loss predictions for O andB stars as a function of metallicity. Astr. Astrophys., 369, 574, 2001.

[3951] R. Viotti and C. Rossi. Analysis of stellar spectra with enhanced emis-sion lines. In Gull et al. [1399], page 281.

[3952] R. Viotti, A. Vittone, and M. Friedjung, editors. Physics of the Forma-tion of Fe II Lines Outside of LTE. International Astronomical UnionColloquium 94. (Dordrecht: Reidel), 1988.

267



[3953] E. Vitense. Die Wasserstoffkonvektionszone der Sonne. Z. fur Astro-phys., 32, 135, 1953.

[3954] S. Voels, B. Bohannan, D. Abbott, and D. Hummer. Photospheres ofhot stars. III. Luminosity effects at spectral type O9.5. Astrophys. J.,340, 1073, 1989.

[3955] H.-H. Voigt. Quantitative Analyse des cB2 – Ubergiganten 55 Cygni.Z. fur Astrophys., 31, 48, 1953.

[3956] B. Voss, D. Koester, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, and D. Reimers.High-resolution UVES/VLT spectra of white dwarfs observed for theESO SN Ia progenitor survey. II. DB and DBA stars. Astr. Astrophys.,470, 1079, 2007.

[3957] M. Vrancken, K. Butler, and S. Becker. Non–LTE line formation forS II and S III. Astr. Astrophys., 311, 668, 1996.

[3958] M. Vrancken, D. Lennon, P. Dufton, and D. Lambert. The atmosphericparameters and chemical composition of early B–type giants in h andχ Persei. Astr. Astrophys., 358, 639, 2000.

[3959] J. Vreux, A. Detal, D. Fraipont–Caro, E. Gosset, and G. Rauw, edi-tors. Wolf–Rayet Stars in the Framework of Stellar Evolution. (Liege:Institut d’Astrophysique), 1996.

[3960] K. Vyverman, W. Van Rensbergen, and D. Vanbeveren. On the relationbetween the mass loss rate and the stellar parameters of OB–type stars.Space Sci. Rev., 66, 191, 1994.

[3961] J. Waddell. Center–limb variations of moderate strength lines fromphotoelectric observations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 928, 1960.

[3962] J. Waddell. Solar center–limb variations of the Na D lines from photo-electric observations. Ann. dAstrophys., 23, 917, 1960.

[3963] J. Waddell. Center–to–limb observations of the Na D lines. Astrophys.J., 136, 223, 1962.

[3964] C. Waelkens, L. Waters, A. Cassatella, T. Le Bertre, and H. Lamers.HD 213985: A hot post–AGB star in the galactic halo. Astr. Astrophys.,181, L5, 1987.

[3965] G. Wahlgren and S. Hubrig. Emission lines in the spectra of late–Bstars. Astr. Astrophys., 362, 1004, 2000.

[3966] C. Wahlstrom and M. Carlsson. The formation of the solar He II1640.4A emission line. Astrophys. J., 433, 417, 1994.

[3967] N. Walborn. Some spectroscopic characteristics of the OB Stars: AnN anomaly. Astrophys. J., 161, L149, 1970.

268



[3968] N. Walborn. On the existence of OB Stars with anomalous N andC spectra. Astrophys. J., 164, L67, 1971.

[3969] N. Walborn. Some extremely early O Stars near Eta Carinae. Astrophys.J., 167, L31, 1971.

[3970] N. Walborn. Some spectroscopic characteristics of the OB stars: Aninvestigation of the space distribution of certain OB stars and the ref-erence frame of the classification. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 23, 257, 1971.

[3971] N. Walborn. Spectral classification of OB stars in both hemispheresand the absolute–magnitude calibration. Astr. J., 77, 312, 1972.

[3972] N. Walborn. Some morphological properties of WN spectra. Astrophys.J., 189, 269, 1974.

[3973] N. Walborn. Spectral classification of O and B0 supergiants in theMagellanic Clouds. Astrophys. J., 215, 53, 1977.

[3974] N. Walborn. An atlas of yellow–red OB spectra. Astrophys. J. Suppl.,44, 535, 1980.

[3975] N. Walborn. The O3 stars. Astrophys. J., 254, L15, 1982.

[3976] N. Walborn. Evolutionary He and CNO anomalies in the atmospheresand winds of massive hot stars. In Nomoto [2868], page 70.

[3977] N. Walborn. Selective emission lines in O–type spectra. In Gull et al.[1399], page 217.

[3978] N. Walborn. The earliest O–type stars. In van der Hucht et al. [3888],page 13.

[3979] N. Walborn and R. Bohlin. An atlas of OB spectra from 1000A to1200 A. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 108, 477, 1996.

[3980] N. Walborn and E. Fitzpatrick. Contemporary optical spectral classifi-cation of the OB stars – A digital atlas. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 102,379, 1990.

[3981] N. Walborn, I. Howarth, D. Lennon, P. Massey, M. Oey, A. Moffat,G. Skalkowski, N. Morrell, L. Drissen, and J. Parker. A new spectralclassification system for the earliest O stars: Definition of type O2.Astr. J., 123, 275, 2002.

[3982] N. Walborn, K. Long, D. Lennon, and R.–P. Kudritzki. A reconnais-sance of the 900–1200A spectra of early O Stars in the MagellanicClouds. Astrophys. J., 454, L27, 1995.

[3983] N. Walborn and J. Nichols–Bohlin. Ultraviolet spectral morphology ofthe O stars. IV. The OB supergiant sequence. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,99, 40, 1987.

269



[3984] N. Walborn, J. Nichols–Bohlin, and R. Panek. International Ul-traviolet Explorer Atlas of O–Type Spectra from 1200 to 1900A.NASA Ref. Pub. 1155. (Washington, DC: U.S. Government PrintingOffice), 1985.

[3985] N. Walborn and R. Panek. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of theO stars. II. The main sequence. Astrophys. J., 286, 718, 1984.

[3986] N. Walborn and R. Panek. Ultraviolet spectral morphology of theO stars. III. The ON and OC stars. Astrophys. J., 291, 806, 1985.

[3987] N. Walborn, J. Parker, and J. Nichols. International Ultravio-let Explorer Atlas of B–Type Spectra from 1200 to 1900A. NASARef. Pub. 1363. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government PrintingOffice), 1995.

[3988] G. Walker and S. Hodge. Equivalent widths and halfwidths of the λ 4388and λ 4471 He I lines, rotational velocities and λ 4430 central depths for450 O to B5 stars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 12, 401, 1965.

[3989] H. Walker. IRAS results for H–deficient stars. In Hunger et al. [1833],page 407.

[3990] J. Walker and D. Schonberner. A fine analysis of the extreme He–richstar HD 168476. Astr. Astrophys., 97, 291, 1981.

[3991] L. Wallace, K. Hinkle, and W. Livingston. An Atlas of the Spec-trum of the Solar Photosphere from 13,500 to 28,000 cm−1 (3570 to7405 A). (Tucson: National Solar Observatory), 1998.

[3992] L. Wallace, W. Livingston, K. Hinkle, and P. Bernath. Infrared spectralatlases of the Sun from NOAO. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 106, 165, 1996.

[3993] G. Wallerstein. Abundances in G dwarfs. VI. A survey of field stars.Astrophys. J. Suppl., 6, 407, 1962.

[3994] G. Wallerstein. Chamberlain and Aller’s subdwarf abundances.Astrophys. J., 525, No. 1C, Part 3, 447, 1999.

[3995] G. Wallerstein, T. Greene, and L. Tomley. Abundances of the lightelements in the H–poor star HD 30353. Astrophys. J., 150, 245, 1967.

[3996] G. Wallerstein, J. Greenstein, R. Parker, H. Helfer, and L. Aller. Redgiants with extreme metal deficiencies. Astrophys. J., 137, 280, 1963.

[3997] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars. I. A com-parison of two stars in the Hyades with the Sun. Astrophys. J., 129,347, 1959.

[3998] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarf stars. II. Thehigh–velocity star 85 Pegasi. Astrophys. J., 129, 720, 1959.

270



[3999] G. Wallerstein and H. Helfer. Abundances in G dwarfs. V. The metal–rich star 20 Leo Minoris and two comparison stars. Astrophys. J., 133,562, 1961.

[4000] G. Wallerstein, H. Helfer, L. Aller, R. Parker, and J. Greenstein. Redgiants with extreme metal deficiencies. Astrophys. J., 137, 280, 1963.

[4001] G. Wallerstein and W. Hunziker. Abundances in high–velocity A stars.II. The metal–poor star HD 109995. Astrophys. J., 140, 214, 1964.

[4002] G. Wallerstein, I. Iben, P. Parker, A. Boesgaard, G. Hale, A. Cham-pagne, C. Barnes, F. Kappler, V. Smith, R. Hoffman, F. Timmes,C. Sneden, R. Boyd, B. Meyer, and D. Lambert. Synthesis of the el-ements in stars: Forty years of progress. Rev. Mod. Phys., 69, 995,1997.

[4003] G. Wallerstein, Y. Stone, and J. Williams. Abundances in high–velocityA stars. I. 7 Sextantis. Astrophys. J., 135, 459, 1962.

[4004] F.–L. Wang, G. Zhao, and J.–M. Yuan. Electronic structure and radia-tive opacity of the metallic elements in hot and dense stellar material.Astrophys. J., 600, 963, 2004.

[4005] B. Warner. Abundances of the Fe group elements in the atmosphere ofSirius. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 133, 389, 1966.

[4006] B. Warner. The abundances of the elements in the solar photosphere.IV. The Fe group. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 138, 229, 1968.

[4007] B. Warner. Stellar angular diameters. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 158,1, 1972.

[4008] P. Warren. A model atmosphere of the super–supergiant HR 5171. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 161, 427, 1973.

[4009] T. Watanabe and K. Kodaira. Model study of the sphericity effects inextended atmospheres of late–type stars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 30, 21,1978.

[4010] T. Watanabe and W. Steenbock. Statistical equilibrium of neutral Cain the Sun and Procyon. Astr. Astrophys., 149, 21, 1985.

[4011] L. Waters, C. Waelkens, and N. Trams. Observed properties of brightpost–AGB stars. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 449.

[4012] S. Weber. Winds in hot stars. Astrophys. J., 243, 954, 1981.

[4013] L. Webster and I. Glass. The coolest Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 166, 491, 1974.

271



[4014] G. Wegner. Spectrophotometry of stars near the cool end of the whitedwarf sequence. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 171, 529, 1975.

[4015] G. Wegner. The hot white dwarf HD 149499B. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr.Soc., 187, 17, 1979.

[4016] G. Wegner and D. Koester. Atmospheric analysis of the carbon whitedwarf G227–5. Astrophys. J., 288, 746, 1985.

[4017] W. Wegner. Intrinsic color indices of BO supergiants, giants, and dwarfsin the UBV RIJHKLM system. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 270, 229,1994.

[4018] R. Wehrse. Blanketed model atmospheres for cool H–rich white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 19, 453, 1972.

[4019] R. Wehrse. On the influence of the hydrogen molecule on the adiabaticgradient. Astr. Astrophys., 35, 157, 1974.

[4020] R. Wehrse. The atmospheres of cool white dwarfs of spectral type DA.Astr. Astrophys., 39, 169, 1975.

[4021] R. Wehrse. Model atmospheres for cool H–rich white dwarfs. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 24, 95, 1976.

[4022] R. Wehrse. An efficient algorithm for the calculation of the adiabaticgradient for low temperature stellar atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 59,283, 1977.

[4023] R. Wehrse, editor. Accuracy of Element Abundances From Stellar At-mospheres. (Berlin: Springer–Verlag), 1990.

[4024] R. Wehrse and B. Baschek. Radiation fields in moving media: New an-alytical and numerical solutions of the transfer equation. Phys. Reports,311, 187, 1999.

[4025] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion for ra-diation in moving media. I. Basic assumptions and formulae. Astr.Astrophys., 359, 780, 2000.

[4026] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion for radi-ation in moving media. II. Limits for large and small velocity gradientsfor deterministic lines. Astr. Astrophys., 359, 799, 2000.

[4027] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion of radi-ation in moving media. III. Stochastic representation of spectral lines.Astr. Astrophys., 390, 1141, 2002.

[4028] R. Wehrse, B. Baschek, and W. von Waldenfels. The diffusion of radia-tion in moving media. IV. Flux vector, effective opacity, and expansionopacity. Astr. Astrophys., 401, 43, 2003.

272



[4029] R. Wehrse and W. Kalkofen. Advances in radiative transfer. Astr.Astrophys. Rev., 13, 3, 2006.

[4030] R. Wehrse and A. Peraiah. Formation of the hydrogen Lyα line inexpanding spherical nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 71, 289, 1979.

[4031] V. Weidemann. Metallhaufigkeiten, Druckschichtung und Stoss-dampfung in der Sonnenatmosphare. Z. fur Astrophys., 36, 101, 1955.

[4032] V. Weidemann. Strahlungsaustausch in nichtgrauen Atmospharen. Z.fur Astrophys., 62, 132, 1961.

[4033] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Hγ line profiles and masses of DA whitedwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 85, 208, 1980.

[4034] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. The upper mass limit for white dwarfprogenitors and the initial–final mass relation for low and intermediatemass stars. Astr. Astrophys., 121, 77, 1983.

[4035] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. The presence of C in DZ star atmo-spheres. Astr. Astrophys., 210, 311, 1989.

[4036] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Trace hydrogen in DB white dwarfs:GD408 – The lowest H abundance case. Astr. Astrophys., 249, 389,1991.

[4037] V. Weidemann and D. Koester. Surface C abundances and composi-tional stratification of cool He–rich white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 297,216, 1995.

[4038] V. Weidemann, D. Koester, and G. Vauclair. IUE observation of strongUV absorption in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf LP 145–141. Astr.Astrophys., 83, L13, 1980.

[4039] V. Weidemann, D. Koester, and G. Vauclair. IUE observation of UVcarbon I absorption lines in the spectrum of the C2 white dwarf L 97–3.Astr. Astrophys., 95, L9, 1981.

[4040] V. Weidemann and D. Schonberner. Stellar evolution theory – Up toand on the AGB. In Mennessier and Omont [2567], page 3.

[4041] R. Weinberger and A. Acker, editors. Planetary Nebulae. InternationalAstronomical Union Colloquium 155. (Dordrecht: Kluwer), 1993.

[4042] W. Weise and J. Fuhr. Atomic transition probabilities for hydrogen,helium, and lithium. J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data, 38, 565, 2009.

[4043] J. Weisheit. Photon escape probabilities for Stark–broadened Lymanseries lines. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 222, 585, 1979.

273



[4044] W. Weiss and A. Baglin, editors. Inside the Stars. (San Francisco:Astronomical Society of the Pacific), 1993.

[4045] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Resonanzfluoreszenz. Ann. Physik, 401,23, 1931.

[4046] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Kopplungsbreite und der Stossdampfung.Z. fur Phys., 75, 287, 1932.

[4047] V. Weisskopf. Die Breite der Spektrallinien in Gasen. Z. fur Phys., 34,1, 1933.

[4048] V. Weisskopf. Zur Theorie der Kopplungsbreite. Z. fur Phys., 77, 398,1932.

[4049] V. Weisskopf. Die Streuung des Lichtes an angeregtenAtomen. Z. fur Phys., 85, 451, 1933.

[4050] V. Weisskopf. The intensity and structure of spectral lines.Observatory, 56, 291, 1933.

[4051] V. Weisskopf. Uber die Lebensdauer angeregter Atom–Zustande.Physikalische Zeitschrift der Sowjetunion, 4, 97, 1933.

[4052] V. Weisskopf and E. Wigner. Berechnung der naturlichen Linienbreiteauf Grund der Diracschen Lichttheorie. Z. fur Phys., 63, 54, 1930.

[4053] V. Weisskopf and E. Wigner. Uber die naturliche Linienbreite in derStrahlung des harmonischen Oszillators. Z. fur Phys., 65, 18, 1930.

[4054] C. von Weizsacker. Element transformation inside stars. II. Phy. Z.,39, 633, 1938.

[4055] R. Wells. Rapid approximation to the Voigt/Faddeeva function and itsderivatives. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 62, 29, 1999.

[4056] K. Werner. Construction of non–LTE model atmospheres using approx-imate lambda operators. Astr. Astrophys., 161, 177, 1986.

[4057] K. Werner. Stellar atmospheres in non–LTE: Model construction andline formation calculations using approximate lambda operators. InKalkofen [1988], page 67.

[4058] K. Werner. Non–LTE line blanketing in atmospheres of hot stars: Theeffects of H, He, and C. Astr. Astrophys., 204, 159, 1988.

[4059] K. Werner. Non–LTE model atmosphere calculations with approximatelambda operators: Application of tridiagonal operators. Astr. Astro-phys., 226, 265, 1989.

[4060] K. Werner. NLTE analysis of the unique pre–white–dwarf H 1504+65.Astr. Astrophys., 251, 147, 1991.

274



[4061] K. Werner. Analysis of PG 1159 stars. In Heber and Jeffery [1563],page 273.

[4062] K. Werner. On the Balmer–line problem. Astrophys. J., 457, L39, 1996.

[4063] K. Werner. Search for trace amounts of H in hot DO white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 309, 861, 1996.

[4064] K. Werner. Stellar atmospheres. In Mezzacappa [2586], page 395.

[4065] K. Werner. Properties of atmospheres and winds of H–deficient centralstars and related objects. Astrophys. Space Sci., 275, 27, 2001.

[4066] K. Werner. NLTE radiative transfer and model atmospheres of hotstars. In Piskunov et al. [3125], page 81.

[4067] K. Werner. Stark broadening in non–LTE stellar atmospheres: Effectson occupation numbers and line profiles. Astr. Astrophys., 139, 237,984.

[4068] K. Werner, K. Bagschik, T. Rauch, and R. Napiwotzki. A search forplanetary nebulae around hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 327, 721,1997.

[4069] K. Werner, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Nagel, T. Rauch, and S. Schuh.Model photospheres with accelerated lambda iteration. In Hubeny et al.[1777], page 31.

[4070] K. Werner, J. Deetjen, S. Dreizler, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Temperaturescale and Fe abundances of very hot central stars of planetary nebulae.In Kwok et al. [2256], page 169.

[4071] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. Metal line blanketed non–LTE model atmo-spheres for planetary nebula nuclei. Acta Astr., 43, 321, 1993.

[4072] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. On the Ni abundance in hot H–rich whitedwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 286, L31, 1994.

[4073] K. Werner and S. Dreizler. The classical stellar atmosphere problem.J. of Comp. and Appl. Math., 109, 65, 1999.

[4074] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, N. Kappelmann, J. Kruk, T. Rauch,and B. Wolff. Ultraviolet spectroscopy of hot compact stars. Rev. Mod.Astr., 10, 219, 1997.

[4075] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, and T. Rauch. New results on PG 1159stars and ultrahigh–excitation DO white dwarfs. In Isern et al. [1864],page 207.

275



[4076] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, T. Rauch, T. Fleming, E. Sion, andG. Vauclair. High resolution UV spectroscopy of two hot (pre)whitedwarfs with the Hubble Space Telescope. KPD 0005+5106 and RXJ2117+3412. Astr. Astrophys., 307, 860, 1996.

[4077] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, U. Heber, T. Rauch, L. Wisotzki, and H.-J.Hagen. Discovery of two hot DO white dwarfs exhibiting ultrahigh–excitation absorption lines. Astr. Astrophys., 293, L75, 1995.

[4078] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, and T. Rauch. Born–again AGB stars: Startingpoint of the H–deficient post–AGB evolutionary sequence? In Le Bertreet al. [2348], page 379.

[4079] K. Werner, S. Dreizler, and B. Wolff. Spectral analysis of the hotDO white dwarf PG 1034+001. Astr. Astrophys., 298, 567, 1995.

[4080] K. Werner and U. Heber. On the evolutionary link between white dwarfsand central stars of planetary nebulae: NLTE analysis of PG 1144+005.Astr. Astrophys., 247, 476, 1991.

[4081] K. Werner and U. Heber. Spectral diagnostics of hot subdwarfs: Suc-cesses and problems. In Crivellari et al. [872], page 341.

[4082] K. Werner, U. Heber, and T. Fleming. Spectral analysis of the hottestknown He–rich white dwarf: KPD 0005+5106. Astr. Astrophys., 284,907, 1994.

[4083] K. Werner, U. Heber, and K. Hunger. Non–LTE analysis of fourPG 1159 stars. Astr. Astrophys., 244, 437, 1991.

[4084] K. Werner and F. Herwig. The elemental abundances in bare planetarynebula central stars and the shell burning in AGB stars. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 118, 183, 2006.

[4085] K. Werner and D. Husfeld. Multi–level non–LTE line formation cal-culations using approximate Λ–operators. Astr. Astrophys., 148, 417,1985.

[4086] K. Werner and T. Rauch. On the neon abundance in PG 1159–typecentral stars of planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys., 284, L5, 1994.

[4087] K. Werner and T. Rauch. Mass and radius of the white dwarf in thebinary V471 Tau from ORFEUS and HIPPARCOS observations. Astr.Astrophys., 324, L25, 1997.

[4088] K. Werner, T. Rauch, M. Barstow, and J. Kruk. H 1504+65 – Thenaked stellar C/O core of a former red giant observed with FUSE andChandra. In Tout and van Hamme [3798], page 201.

276



[4089] K. Werner, T. Rauch, M. Barstow, and J. Kruk. Chandra and FUSEspectroscopy of the hot bare stellar core H 1504+65. Astr. Astrophys.,421, 1169, 2004.

[4090] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Fluorine in extremely hot post–AGB stars: Evidence for nucleosynthesis. Astr. Astrophys., 433, 641,2005.

[4091] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Discovery of photospheric Ar invery hot central stars of planetary nebulae and white dwarfs. Astr.Astrophys., 466, 317, 2007.

[4092] K. Werner, T. Rauch, and J. Kruk. Quantitative spectral analysis ofevolved low-mass stars. In Hubeny et al. [1782], page 15.

[4093] K. Werner, T. Rauch, R. Napiwotzki, N. Christlieb, D. Reimers, andC. Karl. Identification of a DO white dwarf and a PG 1159 star in theESO SN Ia progenitor survey (SPY). Astr. Astrophys., 424, 657, 2004.

[4094] K. Werner, T. Rauch, E. Reiff, J. Kruk, and R. Napiwotzki. Identifi-cation of Ne in FUSE and VLT spectra of extremely hot H–deficient(pre–) white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 427, 685, 2004.

[4095] K. Werner and B. Wolff. The EUV spectrum of the unique bare stellarcore H 1504+65. Astr. Astrophys., 347, L9, 1999.

[4096] K. Werner, B. Wolff, M. Pakull, A. Cowley, P. Schmidtke, J. Hutchings,and D. Crampton. Non-LTE model atmosphere analysis of the supersoftX–ray source RX J0122.9–7521. In Greiner [1348], page 131.

[4097] A. Weselink. The color index of a black body with infinite temperature.Bull. Astr. Inst. Neth., 10, 99, 1948.

[4098] F. Wesemael. Hot white dwarfs as soft X–ray sources. Astr. Astrophys.,65, 301, 1978.

[4099] F. Wesemael, J. Greenstein, J. Liebert, R. Lamontagne, G. Fontaine,P. Bergeron, and J. Glaspey. An atlas of optical spectra of white dwarfstars. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific, 105, 761, 1993.

[4100] P. Wesselius and D. Koester. Effective temperatures of hot white dwarfs.Astr. Astrophys., 70, 745, 1978.

[4101] U. Wessolowski and W.–R. Hamann. Line formation in expanding at-mospheres: Lines from excited levels. Astr. Astrophys., 167, 106, 1986.

[4102] U. Wessolowski, W. Schmutz, and W.–R. Hamann. Synthetic He spectrafor Wolf–Rayet stars: A grid of models. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 160, 1988.

277



[4103] J. Westin, C. Sneden, B. Gustafsson, and J. Cowan. The r–process–enriched low–metallicity giant HD 115444. Astrophys. J., 530, 783,2000.

[4104] J. Wheeler, C. Sneden, and J. Truran. Abundance ratios as function ofmetallicity. Ann. Rev. Astr. Astrophys., 27, 279, 1989.

[4105] J. Wheeler and R. Wildt. The absorption coefficient of the free–freetransitions of the negative hydrogen ion. Astrophys. J., 95, 281, 1942.

[4106] O. White. A general solution of the statistical equilibrium equations.Astrophys. J., 134, 85, 1961.

[4107] O. White. Limb–darkening observations of Hα, Hβ, and Hγ. Astrophys.J. Suppl., 7, 333, 1962.

[4108] O. White. Analysis of center–to–limb variations in Hα, Hβ, and Hγ.Astrophys. J., 137, 1217, 1963.

[4109] O. White. A photoelectric observation of the mean solar Hα profile.Astrophys. J., 139, 1340, 1964.

[4110] O. White. Inversion of the limb–darkening equation using the Pronyalgorithm. Astrophys. J., 152, 217, 1968.

[4111] O. White and Z. Suemoteo. A measurement of the solar H and Kprofiles. Solar Phys., 3, 523, 1968.

[4112] C. Whitney. Quantitative spectral classification. In Gingerich [1265],page 3.

[4113] G. Wick. Uber ebene Diffusionsprobleme. Z. fur Phys., 121, 702, 1943.

[4114] D. Wickramasinghe, D. Allen, and M. Bessell. Infrared photometry ofcool white dwarfs. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198, 473, 1982.

[4115] D. Wickramasinghe and M. Bessell. Spectra of southern white dwarfs.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 181, 713, 1977.

[4116] D. Wickramasinghe and M. Bessell. A cool DA white dwarf with self–broadened lines. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 186, 399, 1979.

[4117] D. Wickramasinghe, M. Bessell, and P. Cottrell. Subdwarfs or coolDA white dwarfs? Astrophys. J., 217, L65, 1977.

[4118] D. Wickramasinghe and I. Reid. The DB white dwarfs. I. The He Iλ 4388+4471+4516 blend. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 203, 887, 1983.

[4119] D. Wickramasinghe and J. Whelan. The discovery of H in a DB whitedwarf. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 178, 11, 1977.

278



[4120] N. Wiener and E. Hopf. Uber eine Klasse singularen Integralglei-chungen. Sitz. Der Preussischen Akad. Der Wiss., Math. Phys. Klasse,page 696, 1931.

[4121] B. Wienke. Relativistic invariance and photon–electron scattering ker-nels in transport theory. Nucl. Sci. Engin., 52, 247, 1973.

[4122] B. Wienke. Relativistic Compton scattering from moving electrons andangular moments. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 15, 151, 1975.

[4123] B. Wienke. Relativistic photon–Maxwellian electron cross sections.Astr. Astrophys., 152, 336, 1985.

[4124] B. Wienke and B. Lathrop. Fast scheme for photon–Maxwellian electroncross sections. J. Comp. Phys., 53, 331, 1984.

[4125] J. Wiersma, R. Rutten, and T. Lanz. NLTE in a hot hydrogen star:Auer and Mihalas revisited. In Hubeny et al. [1777], page 130.

[4126] W. Wiese. Information about databases. Physica Scripta, T65, 207,1996.

[4127] W. Wiese and J. Fuhr. On the accuracy of atomic transition probabili-ties. In Wehrse [4023], page 7.

[4128] W. Wiese, J. Fuhr, and T. Deters. Atomic Transition Probabili-ties of C, N, and O. A critical data compilation. Monograph No. 7,J. Phys. Chem. Ref. Data (New York: American Institute of Physicsand American Chemical Society), 1996.

[4129] W. Wiese, J. Fuhr, D. Kelleher, W. Martin, A. Musgrove, and J. Sugar.Critically evaluated data for atomic spectra. In Adelman and Wiese[22], page 105.

[4130] W. Wiese, M. Smith, and B. Glennon. Atomic Transition Probabilities.Vol 1. H through Ne. [NSRDS–NBS–4] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept.of Commerce), 1966.

[4131] W. Wiese, M. Smith, and B. Miles. Atomic Transition Probabilities. Vol2. Na through Ca. [NSRDS–NBS–22] (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. ofCommerce), 1969.

[4132] R. Wildey, E. Burbidge, A. Sandage, and G. Burbidge. On the effects ofFraunhofer lines on UBV measurements. Astrophys. J., 135, 94, 1962.

[4133] R. Wildt. Electron affinity in astrophysics. Astrophys. J., 89, 295, 1939.

[4134] R. Wildt. Negative ions of hydrogen and the opacity of stellar atmo-spheres. Astrophys. J., 90, 611, 1939.

279



[4135] E. Wilkinson, J. Green, and W. Cash. Extreme ultravioletspectroscopy of G191–B2B: Direct observation of ionization edges.Astrophys. J., 397, L51, 1992.

[4136] J. Wilkinson. The Algebraic Eigenvalue Problem. (Oxford: OxfordUniversity Press), 1965.

[4137] K. Williams, M. Bolte, and D. Koester. An empirical initial–final massrelation from hot, massive white dwarfs in NGC 2168 (M 35). Astrophys.J. Let., 615, L49, 2004.

[4138] M. Williams. The Milne problem in radiative transfer. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 141, 403, 1968.

[4139] P. Williams. The strong 3.3µ emission line in Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 199, 93, 1982.

[4140] P. Williams, S. Arakaki, D. Beattie, J. Born, T. Lee, D. Robertson,M. Stewart, and D. Adams. Near infrared spectrometry of WC stars.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 192, 25, 1980.

[4141] P. Williams and P. Eenens. Displaced He I absorption lines in Wolf–Rayet stars – Revisions to v(∞)? Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 240, 445,1989.

[4142] R. Williams. Spectrophotometric determination of stellar temperatures.Pub. Obs. Michigan, 7, 93, 1939.

[4143] A. Willis. P–Cygni profiles observed in the ultraviolet and visible spec-tra of Wolf–Rayet stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 198, 987, 1982.

[4144] A. Willis. The chemical composition of the Wolf–Rayet stars. Inde Loore and Willis [938], page 87.

[4145] A. Willis, P. Crowther, A. Fullerton, J. Hutchings, G. Sonneborn,K. Brownsberger, D. Massa, and N. Walborn. An atlas of far-ultravioletspectra of Wolf–Rayet stars from the FUSE satellite. Astrophys. J.Suppl., 154, 651, 2004.

[4146] A. Willis, L. Dessart, P. Crowther, P. Morris, A. Maeder, P. Conti,and K. van der Hucht. The Ne abundance in WC stars. I. ISO SWSspectroscopy of WR 146 (WC 6+O). Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 290,371, 1998.

[4147] A. Willis, K. van der Hucht, P. Conti, and C. Garmany. An atlas ofhigh resolution IUE ultraviolet spectra of 14 Wolf–Rayet stars. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 63, 417, 1986.

[4148] A. Willis and R. Wilson. Ultraviolet observations of nine Wolf–Rayetstars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 182, 559, 1978.

280



[4149] R. Willstrop. Absolute measures of stellar radiation. I. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 121, 17, 1960.

[4150] R. Willstrop. Absolute measures of stellar radiation. II. Mem. Roy.Astr. Soc., 69, 83, 1965.

[4151] A. Wilson and G. Worrall. An analysis of the solar sodium D lines.Astr. Astrophys., 2, 469, 1969.

[4152] D. Wilson. Induced Compton scattering in radiative transfer. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 200, 881, 1982.

[4153] K. Wilson and W. Nicolet. Spectral absorption coefficients of C, N, andO atoms. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 7, 891, 1967.

[4154] O. Wilson. The structure of the atmosphere of the K–type componentof ζ Aurigae. Astrophys. J., 107, 126, 1948.

[4155] O. Wilson. Eclipses by extended atmospheres. In Greenstein [1334],chapter 11, page 436.

[4156] O. Wilson and H. Abt. Chromospheric structure of the K–type compo-nent of ζ Aurigae. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 1, 1, 1954.

[4157] R. Wilson. The ionized He series originating from the fifth quantumlevel. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 113, 557, 1953.

[4158] R. Wilson. Spectrophotometric measurements of early–type stars.IV. Results for stars of types O6–B0. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 118,92, 1958.

[4159] S. Wilson and K. Sen. Radiative Transfer in Curved Media. (Singapore:World Scientific Publishing Company), 1990.

[4160] S. Wilson, C. Tung, and K. Sen. The “peaking effect” of the emer-gent intensity in spherical–geometry transfer problems. Pub. Astr. Soc.Japan, 27, 611, 1975.

[4161] H. Wind. Electron energy for H+2 in the ground state. J. Chem. Phys.,

42, 2371, 1965.

[4162] H. Wind. Vibrational states of the hydrogen molecular ion. J. Chem.Phys., 43, 2956, 1965.

[4163] A. Wishart. The bound–free photodetachment cross section of H−. J.Phys. B, 12, 3511, 1979.

[4164] A. Wishart. The bound–free photodetachment cross section of H−.Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 187, 59P, 1979.

281



[4165] M. Wittkowski, J. Aufdenberg, and P. Kervella. Tests of stellar modelatmospheres by optical interferometry. VLTI/VINCI limb–darkeningmeasurements of the M4 giant ψ Phe. Astr. Astrophys., 413, 711, 2004.

[4166] H. Wohl and A. Nordlund. A comparison of artificial solar granuleswith real solar granules. Solar Phys., 97, 213, 1985.

[4167] P. Woitke. Modeling the mass loss of cool AGB stars. In Piskunov et al.[3125], page 387.

[4168] B. Wolf. Model atmosphere analysis of the A3 Ia-0 supergiant HD 33579in the Large Magellanic cloud. Astr. Astrophys., 20, 275, 1972.

[4169] B. Wolf, L. Campusano, and C. Sterken. Spectroscopic and photometricinvestigation of the A2 Ia-0 star HD 160529. Astr. Astrophys., 36, 87,1974.

[4170] S. Wolf, T. Henning, and B. Stecklum. Multidimensional self–consistentradiative transfer simulations based on the Monte Carlo method. Astr.Astrophys., 349, 839, 1999.

[4171] B. Wolff, S. Jordan, D. Koester, and D. Reimers. The nature of theDAB white dwarf HS 0209+0832. Astr. Astrophys., 361, 629, 2000.

[4172] B. Wolff and D. Koester. Hydrogen and metals in cool DZ white dwarfs.In Provencal et al. [3179], page 157.

[4173] B. Wolff, D. Koester, and S. Dreizler. EUVE observations of DA whitedwarfs. In Solheim and Meistas [3615], page 524.

[4174] B. Wolff, D. Koester, S. Dreizler, and S. Haas. Photospheric metals inhot DA white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 329, 1045, 1998.

[4175] B. Wolff, D. Koester, and J. Liebert. Element abundances in cool whitedwarfs. II. Ultraviolet observations of DZ white dwarfs. Astr. Astro-phys., 385, 995, 2002.

[4176] B. Wolff, J. Kruk, D. Koester, R. Allard, N. Ferlet, and A. Vidal–Madjar. FUSE observations of hot white dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 373,674, 2001.

[4177] S. Wolff, editor. The A–Stars: Problems and Perspectives. NASA Re-port No. SP–463. (Washington, DC: U. S. Government Printing Office),1983.

[4178] S. Wolff. Luminosities, masses and ages of B–type stars. Astr. J., 100,1994, 1990.

[4179] S. Wolff and J. Heasley. The determination of the He abundance inmain–sequence B stars. Astrophys. J., 292, 589, 1985.

282



[4180] S. Wolff, L. Kuhi, and D. Hayes. The effective temperatures of A andB stars. Astrophys. J., 152, 871, 1968.

[4181] S. Wolff and G. Wallerstein. Abundances of Fe–peak elements inHD 122563 from ultraviolet spectra. Astrophys. J., 150, 257, 1967.

[4182] W. Wolffram. Analyse des metallarmen roten Riesensterns HD 122563.Astr. Astrophys., 17, 17, 1972.

[4183] J. Wollaert, H. Lamers, and C. de Jager. A differential analysis of UVphotospheric lines of OBN and OBC stars. Astr. Astrophys., 194, 197,1988.

[4184] T. Woods, G. Rottman, O. White, J. Fontenla, and E. Avrett. Thesolar Lyα line profile. Astrophys. J., 442, 989, 1995.

[4185] C. Woodward, M. Bicay, and J. Shull, editors. Tetons 4: Galactic Struc-ture, Stars and the Interstellar Medium. (San Francisco: AstronomicalSociety of the Pacific), 2001.

[4186] V. Woolf and G. Wallerstein. Chemical abundance analysis of Kapteyn’sStar. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 350, 575, 2004.

[4187] R. Woolley. Interlocking of lines in absorption spectra. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 90, 779, 1930.

[4188] R. Woolley. Interlocking of triplets of absorption lines. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 91, 864, 1931.

[4189] R. Woolley. The analysis of line intensities in stellar spectra. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 92, 482, 1932.

[4190] R. Woolley. The effect of collisions on the central intensity of the Fraun-hofer lines. Z. fur Astrophys., 5, 67, 1932.

[4191] R. Woolley. Fluoresence in Hα and Hβ. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 94,631, 1934.

[4192] R. Woolley. The contours of lines at the extreme limb of the Sun. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 98, 3, 1937.

[4193] R. Woolley. Non–coherent formation of absorption lines. Mon. Not.Roy. Astr. Soc., 98, 624, 1938.

[4194] R. Woolley. Collisions and the theory of radiative equilibrium. Mon.Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 99, 478, 1939.

[4195] R. Woolley and W. Stibbs. The Outer Layers of a Star. (Oxford:Clarendon Press), 1953.

[4196] K. Wright. Line intensities and the solar curve of growth. Astrophys.J., 99, 249, 1944.

283



[4197] K. Wright. Line intensities in the spectra of K–type stars. Pub. Astr.Soc. Pacific, 61, 160, 1949.

[4198] K. Wright. A study of line intensities in the spectra of four solar–typestars. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 8, 1, 1948.

[4199] K. Wright. The spectrum of Capella. Pub. Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 10,1, 1954.

[4200] K. Wright. Observations of stellar spectra related to extended atmo-spheres. In Barbuy and Renzini [325], page 117.

[4201] K. Wright and T. Jacobson. Measurements of line–ratios used for lu-minosity classification in stellar spectra of types F to K. Pub. Domin.Astrophys. Obs., 12, 373, 1965.

[4202] K. Wright, E. Lee, T. Jacobson, and J. Greenstein. Line intensitiesin the spectra of representative stars of spectral types B to G. Pub.Domin. Astrophys. Obs., 12, 173, 1963.

[4203] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth for the formation of absorption linesaccording to the Milne–Eddington model. I. Total flux. Astrophys. J.,109, 66, 1949.

[4204] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth for the formation of absorptionlines according to the Milne–Eddington model. II. Center of the disk.Astrophys. J., 111, 157, 1950.

[4205] M. Wrubel. Exact curves of growth. III. Schuster–Schwarzschild model.Astrophys. J., 119, 51, 1954.

[4206] G. Wu. A new method of calculating multi–level non–LTE line forma-tion. Astrophys. Space Sci., 189, 171, 1992.

[4207] B. Yada. The effect of two–photon emission on the radiation field ofplanetary nebulae. I. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 5, 128, 1953.

[4208] B. Yada. The effect of two–photon emission on the radiation field ofplanetary nebulae. II. Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 6, 76, 1954.

[4209] Y. Yamashita. MK spectral types of bright M–type stars. Pub. Domin.Astrophys. Obs., 13, 47, 1967.

[4210] Y. Yamashita, K. Nariai, and T. Norimoto. An Atlas of RepresentativeStellar Spectra. (Tokyo: University of Tokyo Press), 1978.

[4211] Y. Yamashita and W. Unno. A theoretical study on the curve of growth.Pub. Astr. Soc. Japan, 15, 230, 1963.

[4212] Z.–C. Yan, J.–Y. Zhang, and Y. Li. Energies and polarizabilities of thehydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. A, 67, 625041, 2003.

284



[4213] J. Yelnik, K. Burnett, J. Cooper, R. Ballagh, and D. Voslamber. Re-distribution of radiation for the wings of Lyα. Astrophys. J., 248, 705,1981.

[4214] F. Yi, C. Zheng, and A. Borysow. Quantum mechanical computations ofcollision–induced absorption in the second overtone band of hydrogen.J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 67, 303, 2000.

[4215] D. Yong, F. Grundahl, P. Nissen, H. Jensen, and D. Lambert. Abun-dances in giant stars of the globular cluster NGC 6752. Astr. Astrophys.,438, 875, 2005.

[4216] H. Yorke. Numerical solution of the equation of radiation transfer inspherical geometry. Astr. Astrophys., 86, 286, 1980.

[4217] C. Young. Calculation of the absorption coefficient for lines with com-bined Doppler and Lorentz broadening. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat.Transf., 5, 549, 1965.

[4218] P. Zaal, A. de Koter, L. Waters, J. Marlborough, T. Geballe, J. Oliveira,and B. Foing. On the nature of the H I infrared emission lines ofτ Scorpii. Astr. Astrophys., 349, 573, 1999.

[4219] P. Zaal, L. Waters, T. Geballe, and J. Marlborough. Emission featuresin Brackett α and Brackett γ in spectra of normal O and B stars. Astr.Astrophys., 326, 237, 1997.

[4220] P. Zaal, L. Waters, and J. Marlborough. H I infrared line formation inearly B–type stars. Astrophys. Space Sci., 255, 147, 1998.

[4221] L. Zacs, V. Klochkova, and V. Panchuk. The chemical com-position of the post–AGB star, protoplanetary nebula candidateIRAS 22272+5435. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 275, 764, 1995.Astr.Astrophys., 395, 373, 2002.

[4222] G.–J. van Zadelhoff, C. Dullemond, F. van der Tak, J. Yates,S. Doty, V. Ossenkopf, M. Hogerheijde, M. Juvela, H. Wiesemeyer,and F. Schoier. Numerical methods for non–LTE line radiative trans-fer: Performance and convergence characteristics. Astr. Astrophys., 395,373, 2002.

[4223] M. Zboril. Properties of He–rich stars. III. Model atmospheres anddiagnostic tools. Astr. Astrophys., 363, 1051, 2000.

[4224] M. Zboril and P. Byrne. Metallicity and photospheric abundances infield K and M stars. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 299, 753, 1998.

[4225] E. Zeidler and D. Koester. On the “just overlapping line approximation”for molecular absorption. Astr. Astrophys., 113, 173, 1982.

285



[4226] E. Zeidler, V. Weidemann, and D. Koester. Metal abundances in He–rich white dwarf atmospheres. Astr. Astrophys., 155, 356, 1986.

[4227] Ya. Zel’dovich, V. Kurt, and R. Syunyaev. Recombination of hydrogenin the hot model of the universe. Sov. Phys. JETP, 28, 146, 1969.

[4228] Ya. Zel’dovich and E. Levich. Bose condensation and shock waves inphoton spectra. Sov. Phys. JETP, 28, 1297, 1969.

[4229] Ya. Zel’dovich, E. Levich, and R. Syunyaev. Stimulated Compton inter-action between Maxwellian electrons and spectrally narrow radiation.Sov. Phys. JETP, 35, 733, 1972.

[4230] H.–L. Zhang, S. Nahar, and A. Pradhan. Close–coupling R–matrixcalculations for electron–ion recombination cross sections. J. Phys. B,32, 1459, 1999.

[4231] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Relativistic and electron correlation ef-fects in electron impact excitation of Fe2+. J. Phys. B, 28, 3403, 1995.

[4232] Y. Zhang, C. Cheng, J. Kim, J. Stanojevic, and E. Eyler. Dissociationenergies of molecular and the hydrogen molecular ion. Phys. Rev. Let.,92, 203003, 2004.

[4233] G. Zhao. Abundances of heavy elements in metal deficient stars. I. Ob-servational material and model atmospheres. Acta Astr. Suppl., 13, 140,1993.

[4234] G. Zhao. Abundances of heavy elements in metal deficient stars. II. De-tailed spectroscopic analysis. Acta Astr. Suppl., 13, 347, 1993.

[4235] G. Zhao, K. Butler, and T. Gehren. Non–LTE analysis of neutral Mgin the solar atmosphere. Astr. Astrophys., 333, 219, 1998.

[4236] G. Zhao and T. Gehren. Non–LTE analysis of neutral Mg in cool stars.Astr. Astrophys., 362, 1077, 2000.

[4237] G. Zhao and P. Magain. The chemical composition of the extreme halostars. II. Green spectra of 20 dwarfs. Astr. Astrophys., 238, 242, 1990.

[4238] S. Zhekov and M. Perinotto. Complete models for the PN system: Star,wind, and nebula. Astr. Astrophys., 334, 239, 1998.

[4239] C. Zheng and A. Borysow. Modeling of collision–induced infrared ab-sorption spectra of H2 pairs in the first overtone band at temperaturesfrom 20 to 500 K. Icarus, 113, 84, 1995.

[4240] C. Zheng and A. Borysow. Rototranslational collision–induced absorp-tion by H2 – H2 pairs at temperatures from 600 to 7000 K. Astrophys.J., 441, 960, 1995.

286



[4241] O. Zienkiewicz. Finite Element Methods in Engineering Science (Lon-don: McGraw–Hill Book Company), 1971.

[4242] R. Zinn. The temperature dependence of Hβ strength in O stars. As-trophys. J., 162, 909, 1970.

[4243] H. Zirin. Astrophysics of the Sun. (Cambridge: Cambridge UniversityPress), 1988.

[4244] D. Zucker, G. Wallerstein, and J. Brown. Abundances of selected ele-ments in five oxygen–poor stars in ω Centauri. Pub. Astr. Soc. Pacific,108, 911, 1996.

[4245] B. Zuckerman, D. Koester, I. Reid, and M. Hunsch. Metal lines inDA white dwarfs. Astrophys. J., 596, 477, 2003.

OPACITY PROJECT

[4246] D. Hummer and D. Mihalas. The equation of state for stellar envelopes.I. An occupation probability formalism for the truncation of internalpartition functions. Astrophys. J., 331, 794, 1988.

[4247] D. Mihalas, W. Dappen, and D. Hummer. The equation of state forstellar envelopes. II. Algorithm and selected results. Astrophys. J., 331,815, 1988.

[4248] W. Dappen, D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, and B. Mihalas. The equation ofstate for stellar envelopes. III. Thermodynamic quantities. Astrophys.J., 332, 261, 1988.

[4249] D. Mihalas, D. Hummer, B. Mihalas, and W. Dappen. The equation ofstate for stellar envelopes. IV. Thermodynamic quantities and selectedionization fractions for six elemental mixes. Astrophys. J., 350, 300,1990.

[4250] D. Hummer. The atomic internal partition function. In Hauer andMerts [1505], page 1.

[4251] W. Dappen, L. Anderson, and D. Mihalas. Statistical mechanics ofpartially ionized plasmas. The Planck–Larkin partition function, polar-ization shifts, and simulations of optical spectra. Astrophys. J., 319,195, 1987.

[4252] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations. I. General description.J. Phys. B, 20, 6363, 1987.

[4253] K. Berrington, P. Burke, K. Butler, M. Seaton, P. Storey, K. Taylor,and Y. Yu. Atomic data for opacity calculations: II. Computationalmethods. J. Phys. B, 20, 6379, 1987.

287



[4254] Y. Yu, K. Taylor, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations:III. Oscillator strengths for C II. J. Phys. B, 20, 6399, 1987.

[4255] Y. Yu and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: IV. Pho-toionization cross sections for C II. J. Phys. B, 20, 6409, 1987.

[4256] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: V. Electron impactbroadening of some C II lines. J. Phys. B, 20, 6431, 1987.

[4257] J. Fernley, K. Taylor, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calcu-lations: VII. Energy levels, f–values, and photoionization cross sectionsfor He–like ions. J. Phys. B, 20, 6457, 1987.

[4258] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: VIII. Line–profileparameters for 42 transitions in Li–like and Be–like ions. J. Phys. B,21, 3033, 1988.

[4259] G. Peach, H. Saraph, and M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calcu-lations: IX. The lithium isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 21, 3669,1988.

[4260] D. Luo, A. Pradhan, H. Saraph, P. Storey, and Y. Yu. Atomic data foropacity calculations: X. Oscillator strengths and photoionization crosssections for O III. J. Phys. B, 22, 389, 1989.

[4261] D. Luo and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XI. Thecarbon isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 22, 3377, 1989.

[4262] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XII. Line–profile pa-rameters for neutral atoms of He, C, N, and O. J. Phys. B, 22, 3603,1989.

[4263] M. Seaton. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XIII. Line profiles fortransitions in hydrogenic ions. J. Phys. B, 23, 3255, 1990.

[4264] J. Tully, M. Seaton, and K. Berrington. Atomic data for opacity calcu-lations: XIV. The beryllium sequence. J. Phys. B, 23, 3811, 1990.

[4265] P. Sawey and K. Berrington. Atomic data for opacity calculations:XV. Fe I – IV. J. Phys. B, 25, 1451, 1992.

[4266] V. Burke. Atomic data for opacity calculations: XVII. Calculation ofline broadening parameters and collision strengths between n = 2, 3,and 4 states of C IV. J. Phys. B, 25, 4917, 1992.

[4267] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations:XVIII. Photoionization and oscillator strengths of Si–like ions Si0, S2+,Ar4+, Ca6+. J. Phys. B, 26, 1109, 1993.

288



[4268] K. Butler, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data for opacity cal-culations: XIX. The Mg isoelectronic sequence. J. Phys. B, 26, 4409,1993.

[4269] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data for opacity calculations:XX. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe II.J. Phys. B, 27, 429, 1994.

[4270] A. Hibbert and M. Scott. Atomic data for opacity calculations:XXI. The Ne sequence. J. Phys. B, 27, 1315, 1994.

[4271] M. Le Dourneuf, S. Nahar, and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of Fe+.J. Phys. B, 26, L1, 1993.

[4272] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Photoionization of neutral iron. J. Phys.B, 28, L1, 1995.

[4273] S. Nahar. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths forFe III. Phys. Rev. A, 53, 38, 1996.

[4274] M. Seaton, C. Zeippen, J. Tully, A. Pradhan, C. Mendoza, A. Hibbert,and K. Berrington. The Opacity Project – Computation of atomic data.Rev. Mexicana Astr. Astrof., 23, 19, 1992.

[4275] M. Seaton. The Opacity Project – A postscript. Rev. Mexicana Astr.Astrof., 23, 180, 1992.

[4276] M. Seaton. Radiative opacities. In Weiss and Baglin [4044], page 222.

[4277] W. Cunto, C. Mendoza, F. Ochsenbein, and C. Zeippen. TOPbase atthe CDS. Astr. Astrophys., 275, L5, 1993.

[4278] M. Seaton. Fitting and smoothing of opacity data. Mon. Not. Roy.Astr. Soc., 265, L25, 1993.

[4279] M. Seaton, Y. Yu, D. Mihalas, and A. Pradhan. Opacities for stellarenvelopes. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 266, 805, 1994.

[4280] M. Seaton. New atomic data for astronomy: An introductory review.In Adelman and Wiese [22], page 1.

[4281] M. Seaton. Interpolations of Rosseland–mean opacities for variable Xand Z. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 279, 95, 1996.

[4282] M. Seaton, editor. The Opacity Project. Volume 1. (Bristol: Instituteof Physics Publishing), 1995.

[4283] K. Berrington, editor. The Opacity Project. Volume 2. (Bristol: Insti-tute of Physics Publishing), 1997.

[4284] M. Seaton. Free–free transitions and spectral line broadening. J. Phys.B., 33, 2677, 2000.

289



[4285] M. Seaton and N. Badnell. A comparison of Rosseland–mean opacitiesfrom OP and OPAL. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 354, 457, 2004.

[4286] N. Badnell, M. Bautista, K. Butler, F. Delahaye, C. Mendoza,P. Palmeri, C. Zeippen, and M. Seaton. Updated opacities from theOpacity Project. Mon. Not. Roy. Astr. Soc., 360, 458, 2005.

IRON PROJECT

[4287] K. Berrington. Summary of the IRON and Opacity Projects. In Adel-man and Wiese [22], page 19.

[4288] D. Hummer, K. Berrington, W. Eissner, A. Pradhan, H. Saraph, andJ. Tully. Atomic data from the IRON Project. I. Goals and methods.Astr. Astrophys., 279, 298, 1993.

[4289] D. Lennon and V. Burke. Atomic data from the IRON Project. II. Ef-fective collision strengths for infrared transitions in carbon–like ions.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 103, 273, 1994.

[4290] K. Butler and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRON Project. V. Ef-fective collision strengths for transitions in the ground configuration ofoxygen–like ions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 108, 1, 1994.

[4291] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.VI. Collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe II. Astr. Astrophys.,293, 953, 1995.

[4292] S. Nahar. Atomic data from the IRON Project. VII. Radiative dipoletransition probabilities for Fe II. Astr. Astrophys., 293, 967, 1995.

[4293] M. Galavis, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRONProject. X. Effective collision strengths for infrared transitions in Si–and S–like ions. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 111, 347, 1995.

[4294] R. Kisielius, K. Berrington, and P. Norrington. Atomic data from theIRON Project. XV. Electron excitation of the fine–structure transitionsin H–like ions He II and Fe XXVI. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 118, 157,1996.

[4295] M. Bautista. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XVI. Photoionizationcross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe V. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,119, 105, 1996.

[4296] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.XVII. Radiative transition probabilities for dipole allowed and forbid-den transitions in Fe III. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 119, 509, 1996.

[4297] H.–L. Zhang. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XVIII. Electronimpact excitation collision strengths and rate coefficients for Fe III.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 119, 523, 1996.

290



[4298] M. Bautista. Atomic data from the IRON Project. XX. Photoionizationcross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe I. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl.,122, 167, 1997.

[4299] M. Bautista and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.XXVI. Photoionization cross sections and oscillator strengths for Fe IV.Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 126, 365, 1997.

[4300] H.–L. Zhang and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.XXVII. Electron impact excitation collision strengths and rate coeffi-cients for Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 126, 373, 1997.

[4301] M. Galavis, C. Mendoza, and C. Zeippen. Atomic data from the IRONProject. XXIX. Radiative rates for transitions within the n = 2 complexin ions of the boron isoelectronic sequence. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 131,119, 1998.

[4302] G.–X. Chen and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.XXXVII. Electron impact excitation collision strengths and rate coeffi-cients for Fe VI. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 136, 395, 1999.

[4303] P. Storey, H. Mason, and P. Young. Atomic data from the IRONProject. XL. Electron excitation of the Fe V EUV transitions. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 141, 285, 2000.

[4304] S. Nahar, F. Delahaye, A. Pradhan, and C. Zeippen. Atomic datafrom the IRON Project. XLIII. Transition Probabilities for Fe V. Astr.Astrophys. Suppl., 144, 141, 2000.

[4305] G.–X. Chen and K. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.XLIV. Transition probabilities and line ratios for Fe VI with fluorescentexcitation in planetary nebulae. Astr. Astrophys. Suppl., 147, 111, 2000.

[4306] S. Nahar and A. Pradhan. Atomic data from the IRON Project.LIX. New radiative transition probabilities for Fe IV including finestructure. Astr. Astrophys., 437, 345, 2005.

[4307] S. Nahar. Atomic data from the IRON Project. LXI. Radiative E1, E2,E3, and M1 transition probabilities for Fe IV. Astr. Astrophys., 448,779, 2006.

OPAL

[4308] F. Rogers. Statistical mechanics of Coulomb gases of arbitrary charge.Phys. Rev. A, 10, 2441, 1974.

[4309] F. Rogers. Formation of composites in equilibrium plasmas. Phys. Rev.A, 19, 375, 1979.

[4310] F. Rogers. Occupation numbers for reacting plasmas. The role of thePlanck–Larkin partition function. Astrophys. J., 310, 723, 1986.

291



[4311] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Reexamination of the metalcontribution to astrophysical opacity. Astrophys. J., 322, L45, 1987.

[4312] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Parametric potential method of generatingatomic data. Phys. Rev. A, 38, 5007, 1988.

[4313] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Opacities for classical Cepheidmodels. Astrophys. J., 360, 221, 1990.

[4314] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Opacity tables for Cepheid variables. Astro-phys. J., 371, L73, 1991.

[4315] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Opacities for the solar radiative interior.Astrophys. J., 371, 408, 1991.

[4316] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Radiative atomic Rosseland mean opacitytables. Astrophys. J. Suppl., 79, 507, 1992.

[4317] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and B. Wilson. Spin–orbit interaction effects onthe Rosseland mean opacity. Astrophys. J., 397, 717, 1992.

[4318] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Rosseland mean opacities for variable com-positions. Astrophys. J., 401, 361, 1992.

[4319] C. Iglesias and B. Wilson. Statistical simulation of atomic data inopacity calculations. J. Quantit. Spectrosc. Radiat. Transf., 52, 127,1994.

[4320] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Discrepancies between OPAL and OP opac-ities at high densities and temperatures. Astrophys. J., 443, 460, 1995.

[4321] C. Iglesias, B. Wilson, F. Rogers, W. Goldstein, A. Bar–Shalom, andJ. Oreg. Effects of heavy metals on astrophysical opacities. Astrophys.J., 445, 855, 1995.

[4322] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. The OPAL opacity code: New results. InAdelman and Wiese [22], page 31.

[4323] C. Iglesias and F. Rogers. Updated OPAL opacities. Astrophys. J., 464,943, 1996.

[4324] F. Rogers and C. Iglesias. Opacity of stellar matter. Space Sci. Rev.,85, 61, 1998.

[4325] C. Iglesias, F. Rogers, and D. Saumon. Density effects on the opacityof cool He white dwarf atmospheres. Astrophys. J., 569, 111, 2002.

292



WEB SITES

[4326] Opacity Projecthttp://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/op.htmlIron Projecthttp://www.usm.lmu.de/people/ip/papers/papers.htmlOpserverhttp://opacities.osc.eduOpacity Tableshttp://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/OpacityTables.htmlTopbasehttp://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/topbase/topbase.htmlTipbasehttp://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/tipbase/home.htmlTiptopbasehttp://cdsweb.u-strasbg.fr/OP.htxRadiative Datahttp://www.astronomy.ohio-state.edu/˜nahar

293



theory of stellar atmospheres: an introduction to...

Documents